Full text of "Ares Le Mandat 4th Edition With Appendix"

See other formats

Ares Le Mandat

By Anthony of Boston

4th Edition(with appendix concerning Mars and
the Dow J ones) -dates added to end of Chapter 48
-PLA changed to PA in Chapter 49 on pg 753
Chapter 50: Bitcoin Macro added

-The previous edition was the 3rd edition and cx)nsisted of:

-all edits from the 2nd Edition
-reaffirm note added to end of Chapter 48
-Chapter 49 added

The previous edition before the 3rd edition was the 2nd edition and
consisted of:

-Chapter 48 added

-pg 413 edited &-pg 488 edited

Ares Le Mandat

written by
Anthony of Boston

Ares Le Mandat

All images gathered and attributed to its rightful
owners accordingly.

Astrology charts used with permission from Astro-
dienst AG

Astrology Chart Images by Astrodienst AG/
www.astro.com

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be
reproduced in any form on by an electronic or
mechanical means, including information storage and
retrieval systems, without permission in writing from
the publisher, except by a reviewer who may quote
brief passages in a review.

Digital Edition - 4th edition

upload: Feb 10 2020

This digital edition self-published in 2020. The very
first digital edition was self-published in Nov 10 2019
on Archive.org

First public upload date of this 4th edition to Ar-
chive.org 2/10/2020

Table of Contents

Introduction

Chapter 1: The Catholic Church, Fatima, and Doctrine
Chapter 2: Statues and the Trinity

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

Chapter 4: The Reformation

Chapter 5: Pre-Constantine Church

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

Chapter 7: Homosexuality and Pedophilia

Chapter 8: Salvation outside the Church

Chapter 9: Feminism and roles in the Church

Chapter 10: Finance

Chapter 11: Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

Chapter 12: Purgatory

Chapter 13: Capitalism

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

Chapter 16: The Significance of the Church

Chapter 17:The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666
(666/lawless one calculated on pg 144)

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

Chapter 19: Preterism

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

Chapter 21: The Global Ghrist Gonscious Economy

Ghapter 22: Why France

Ghapter 23: 666 Gurriculum

Ghapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate(Israel, USA)

Ghapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate(Federal Reserve)

Ghapter 26: The Disregard of Identity

Ghapter 27: Health Engineering Mandate(Africa)

Ghapter 28: A Perspective of Armageddon

Ghapter 29: Weather Engineering Mandate(Middle East)

Ghapter 30: Data for Probability Theorists

Ghapter 31: Glarity regarding the 1000 years

Ghapter 32: India and the Sovereignty of Nations

Ghapter 33: War and Peace, Lion and Lamb

Ghapter 34: Marriage under 666

Ghapter 35: Shia and Sunni under Dajjal

Ghapter 36: Glarity on Gauquelin

Ghapter 37: Glarity on the Second Goming of Ghrist

Ghapter 38: After-life under 666

Ghapter 39: The Third Temple

Ghapter 40: Why the Gonsecration of Russia was so Important
Ghapter 41: A Message to the Nations
Ghapter 42: Revelation of the Most Holy
Ghapter 43: Subsequent Timetable(Mabus)

Ghapter 44: Understanding LGBT
Ghapter 45: Eclipses System
Ghapter 46: Islamic and Talmudic system
Ghapter 47: Perspective on Atheism
Ghapter 48: Follow up to Ghapter 25
Ghapter 49: 7 Year Peace Plan(Israel/Gaza)

Ghapter 50: Bitcoin Macro

Preface

Israel/Palestine

I wanted to express my intent for this writing to serve as an instrument
of understanding and allow the result of that to take shape however it
may, but at the same time express my intent to prevent this writing
from being interpreted as a catalyst for further conflict in the Middle
East. The purpose of this writing is to set the perspective in accordance
with the Word of God and allow a sense of self-determination and
conviction regarding the Word to assume its proper role. The goal of
this writing is to express an awareness and a sense of urgency regarding
the Middle East, specifically the Israel/Palestine issue. In order to truly
unveil the issue of Palestine, the Catholic eschatology has to be dealt
with, which is why the first i 6 chapters explain the nature of the
Catholic Church, the question of why the scandals happened, and how
the events lead to the revelation of the lawless one. While arguments
are made to defend the Catholic foundations, it should not be regarded
as a polemic against the Jewish and Islamic faith foundations even
though arguments are made in response to popular Jewish and Islamic
arguments against Catholicism. Any words taken as an attack should be
regarded as a respect for distinction. This has to be done so that Islam
and Judaism can become more clear. While I am fully aware that many
perspectives surrounding the developing timeline regarding Israel is
marred with conflict that has roots in broken promises and political
misunderstandings, I am also aware that many lives have been lost in
the process and much justice has still yet to be applied accordingly.
Today, as of 2019 , Israel is locked in a proxy battle with Iran and also
facing much aggression from the leadership in Gaza, specifically
Hamas, a terrorist organization who took over Gaza in 2007 , and who
will not stop firing rockets into Israeli territory toward Israeli civil¬
ians. While Hamas is a Sunni-based organization, much of the anti-
Israel sentiment in the Middle East stems mostly from Iran and

Preface

Lebanon, which is a channel of influence between the Iranian regime
and Hezbollah, a Shiite militant group that is fundamentally against the
state of Israel and is located in Lebanon. This channel of influence
between Iran and Hezbollah support each other in bringing opposition
to the Jewish State. Lebanon is right on the border of Israel and even
though Hezbollah is considered a terrorist organization by the Israeli
government and has carried out terror attacks, even they themselves
are aware of the implication of all out war with Israel. Nevertheless, the
number one point of contention for Israel remains in the land of
Palestine and the issue of establishing a 2 state solution, where the
Palestinians can live alongside Israel, but with their own government,
international recognition and self determination. The main issue
regarding this solution is that many in Palestine insist on having
control over all of Palestine, including the areas that make up the
Jewish state. Much of the current opposition to Israel is consistent in
attacking Israeli civilians, which thus, in turn, puts Palestinian civilians
in danger when Israel has to respond. Even in saying this, I am aware
that if an entity should know beforehand that any operation would have
civilian casualties, then that entity should also be morally culpable
should there be civilian casualties as a result. This doesn't mean that
Israel is indifferent that their operations for justice will have civilian
casualties; it means the level of carnage that the Palestinians have
experienced at the hands of the Israeli army raises questions about
tactics. I don't want to draw an equivalency between terrorism and a
legitimate state like Israel which, like any nation, has legitimate rea
sons for feeling they should defend themselves just in general. This is
understandable when it doesn't precipitate military operations in Gaza
which often result in massive casualties for Palestinian civilians. Be¬
cause terrorism should not define the Palestinians, and because Israel
has many times since the formation of Israel sought a peaceful co¬
existence with the Palestinians, an attempt to pacify the anger rooted
in a deal gone wrong dating back to the end of WWI should not be

Preface

considered with hostility. The validation of this writing from the aspect
of a Palestinian or Israeli reader should be taken from Chapter 24 . The
content in that chapter will dictate the course of this writing and
whether or not the phenomenon is worth being looked into by both
Israeli and Palestinian scholars as a tool for peace. When speaking on
the topic of peace and trying to convince one whether or not it should
be strived for, one has to look at the factors that protract conflict.
We often find that continued exposure to a certain experience
brings with it an element of cynicism, where the person no longer
cares about how the other side may affect him. A red line was
crossed and as a result the sub-conscious mind cannot recover any
hope related to the other side being any form of positivity to the per¬
son. In essence, the cynicism as a result of prolonged grievance be¬
comes a matter of contention toward any action by the other side,
good or bad. While Israel can still conjure a possible peace, many
Palestinians may have had their red line crossed and thus cannot
consider any action by Israel a good thing, even if Israel may pro¬
vide something favorable to the Palestinians. In Islam, the word for
this prohibition of something, even if it's backed by good intentions is
called "haram." If Israel itself has become haram to the Palestini¬
ans, then the chance for peace is null. But the Palestinians must
know that any attempt at peace on their part would be globally rec¬
ognized as their own humanitarian effort toward the world, a credit
that would never be understated. If the Palestinians can realize that
the world is asking for their help to bring peace, and not the
other way around, then much progress can be made and any
actions deemed haram by the Palestinians can be allowed to mani¬
fest in a way that credits the Palestinians as the leaders of global
peace. The result is the rest of the world taking a proactive
role in seeing that the Palestinians are somehow compensated ac¬
cordingly by the UN for what was lost as a result of the broken promise
made to them after World War I.

Introduction

In times of crisis, human endeavor has always taken technological
progress to the next level. It’s why it’s often said that necessity is
the mother of invention. In today’s world, as of 2019 , the overar¬
ching problem stems around the fact that humans don’t fully under¬
stand each other. Even with decades of inquiry from psychology,
the human condition still results to an outcome of war, strife,
greed and destruction. In Christianity, the lesson is to love each other,
however, in Scripture, we find the final word of the Bible revolving
not around the concept of love but around the need for understanding.

“let he who has understanding.”

What understanding does is allow for us to brace ourselves for the
resistance we experience in the world, which is in contrast to the many
times we are often caught off guard. Now, we're at the point where
Religion, prophecy, and Psychology takes us to the doorstep of what is
called Social Engineering. It’s a subject that allows us to regard our¬
selves with the same objectivity and determination as any other
task we undertake while looking for a successful outcome. In the
case of 666 , however, this successful outcome would take place at the
risk of eternal damnation. The future social engineering mandate that
was alluded to in the Bible is now upon us. Like any important phase or
transition, rite of passage is often required. This book would serve its
purpose in that sense as the Catholic Church, being a major part of
the divine timeline from Daniel, becomes the appropriate route to
take in order to lay out the proper framework for the transition. In
gathering the karma, the revelation of the lawless one becomes
the foundation for Social Engineering as it decodifies the seven seals

Introduction

and provides a much needed basis for understanding the human condi¬
tion. Even though it potentially serves as a real implication to one’s
God perspective, such a phase is a necessary precursor for the return
of Christ. The area of France will be highlighted as the geographical fo¬
cus relating to the revelation of the lawless one. The reason for this is
that many of the hints throughout history, revolving around Paul’s
prophecy of the lawless one and John’s prophecy of 666, came from areas
within France.

The return of Christ will not be easy for humanity, however, many have the
feeling that what has been, and what has played its designated role should
now come full circle. The fruits of experiencing centuries of war, labor, grief,
despair and suffering, along with the continued dread of it all, has become
ripe enough to warrant a visible result, one that all of humanity can be
satisfied with. The Social Engineering mandate is the culmination of a
drawn out plan starting from antiquity.

The book is essentially divided into 2 parts. The first few chapters are
arguments and conclusions defending Catholic foundations and explaining
Catholic prophecy, while the rest focuses on the actual intended meaning of
the lawless one, 666, the seven seals, and social engineering. The first half
compiles the necessary historical perspective requirements needed to
effectuate the revelation of the lawless one in the second half. This is done in
order for God's timeline to firmly established itself into its next phase,
leaving no room for doubt regarding questions about its foundation.

The Nicene Creed

Jesus’s bodily resurrection is the cornerstone of the Catholic faith. It has been
the subject of much debate, with both sides of the argument defending its
position to the fullest. Without believing that Christ rose from the dead, one
cannot call themselves a Catholic.

We believe in one God,

the Father, the Almighty, Maker of

all that is, seen and unseen.

We believe in one Lord, Jesus
Christ, the only Son of God,
eternally begotten of the Father,
God from God, Light from Light,
true God from true God, begotten,
not made, consubstantial of one
Being with the Father. Through
him ah things were
made.

For us men and for our
salvation he came down from
heaven, and by the Holy Spirit
was incarnate of the Virgin Mary,
and became man.

For our sake he was crucified
under Pontius Pilate;
he suffered death and was
buried.

On the third day he rose again in
accordance with the Scriptures;

he ascended into heaven

and is seated at the right hand of

the Father.

He will come again in glory to judge
the living and the dead, and his
kingdom will have no end.

We believe in the Holy Spirit, the
Lord, the giver of life, who proceeds
from the Father and the Son.

With the Father and the Son he is
worshipped and glorified.

He has spoken through the
Prophets.

We believe in one holy catholic and
apostolic Church.

We acknowledge one baptism for
the forgiveness of sins.

We look for the resurrection of the
dead, and the life of the world to
come. Amen.

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

Chapter 1

The Catholic Church, Fatima, and Doctrine

This writing is written in accordance with Biblical Scripture. It’s
based on the prophecies of Paul, a part of which has already been
fulfilled at Vatican II in 1965, when the mandate of the Holy Latin
Mass was oflicially removed from Catholic Dogma. The next part of
his prophecy regarding the revelation of the lawless one will be in¬
serted here in this writing. But before the lawless one can be re¬
vealed, steps have to be taken in order to clear an official path that
will allow for it. The path leading to this moment will be ex¬
plained in a way that compiles the necessary information needed to
initiate the next step for humanity according to God’s plan. The
steps take us from Daniel’s prophecy to its culmination being the
genesis of the Catholic Church, all the way to the now revealed name
of the lawless one. What is critical about the content of this book re¬
lates to one’s faith. If one is outside of the traditional faith, new revela¬
tions would continue to put Daniel's 490 year prophecy further in the
past as God’s plan for humanity continues its forward motion. This
would leave the unbelieving further from the inclusivity regarding
the Ultimate Truth. All of the signs regarding God’s plan revolves
around Catholic history, and this history leaves a major focus point¬
ing to the geographical area of France as an important key to identify¬
ing the lawless one. The prophecies of Marie Julie Jahenny, the
La Salette apparitions, the inquiry of a French Statistician, writings of
Nostradamus and the research of someone ancestrally linked to
France weigh in as crucial evidence for this. These things, while
also being mentioned along with the Fatima apparition, piece to¬
gether information that implicates Catholic France as the center of this
major biblical controversy. While Nostradamus prophecies are not
sanctioned by the Catholic Church, his Catholicism, French con¬
nection, and mention of the actual beast are automatically justified

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

to be noted as factors that accommodate him into Catholic prophecy.
Because judging prophecy is a matter of perspective, any words deemed
positive or negative must be taken from the point of view of perspective.
In light of that, Daniel’s prophecy likely ended after the 490 years and
culminated with the advent of Christianity and the formation of the
Catholic Church. Such an outcome is still considered by opposing
adherents as an abomination. Perspective is key. Because new prophecy
arises after the fulfillment of previous prophecy, and just like Daniel’s
490 year prophecy coming into focus after fulfillment of Jeremiah’s,
Paul and John’s prophecy would have came into focus after the
fulfillment of Daniel’s. Many signs and visions related to Paul’s
prophecy have occurred throughout the history of the Catholic Church,
via the mystics, saints, etc. This book will cover the culmination of
Paul’s prophecy regarding the falling away, and the now revealing of the
lawless one. These are 2 events designated to precede the return of
Christ’s reign on Earth. In the midst of these prophecies, the
architecture of the social engineering mandate involving the mark of
the beast becomes more readily apparent.

The Catholic Church has distanced itself from an in depth inquiry into
prophecy regarding the Church. This is done mainly for the sake of
retaining a sense of humility against ostentationalism when describing
the sensational. However, it’s not just for that reason. Many of the
prophecies implicate the Catholic Church, ironically, as the focal point
surrounding the prophesied gloom. With regard to sensationalism,
however, many popes have warned against the temptations arising from
it. Sensationalism is defined as the use of exciting or shocking stories or
language at the expense of accuracy, in order to provoke public interest
or excitement. Ironically, the Catholic Church has approved a number
of Marian apparitionsfvisions involving a message from Virgin Mary),

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

many of which could be regarded, in observation of the attention
received, as a form of sensationalism that the Church is engaging
in....due to supernatural elements involved in describing the cases.
While much of the content of this book has a sensational nature,
sensationalism is not the intent of this writing. A lot of research has gone
into the information put forth. Much of religion is built upon faith in the
supernatural or the unseen, so drawing a line where sensationalism starts
and where it ends with regards to religion would prove to be very
difficult.

I'm writing this as a layman to try and personally resolve questions
pertaining to Catholic Doctrine that have been a source of confusion for
many. Such is obligatory for compiling the necessary information needed
to justify the revelation of the lawless one. In order not to confuse the
reader, it has to be said this doesn’t necessitate to justifying the actions of
the Church. It’s only done as way to take the proper steps within the
assigned path needed for revealing 666. In the Catholic Church, the
Magisterium is the authority on interpreting Scripture, however, the
layman has every right to come to an understanding of it. Since Vatican II
points to a restrainer being taken out of the way, this message can now
assume the authority to freely undertake the task of revealing the lawless
one(666). While this writing is critical of the current state of the Catholic
Church, it still defends the legitimacy of it by defending the base of
Catholic Church doctrine (through Scripture) against non-Catholic
viewpoints. To reiterate, the reason for this defense is so that a path is
cleared for the revelation. The questions that will be outlined and
addressed in this writing will be the ones pertaining to the worship of
Mary, praying to saints and martyrs, and the power of the Cardinals,
Bishops, and Popes. Included for greater understanding will be the
Fatima apparitions, the third secret, Vatican II, the visions of Marie-

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

Julie Jahenny and how these events tie into what is currently happening
in both the Church and society as a result of the destruction of the Holy
Sacrifice of the Latin Mass during Vatican II, and the Church purposely
ignoring the many warnings given in advance. Also covered, will be how
the Catholic prophecies point to France as the next point of reference
regarding God’s plan for humanity; a plan which unveils the mystery of
666 with the help of Marie Julie Jahenny, Nostradamus, and a French
Statistician. The prophesied future social engineering project revolving
around the meaning of 666 is described later on. Daniel’s prophecy is
another component mentioned in the book as something that ended after
the designated 490 years. All in all, it should be stated that providing
adequate defense to the foundations of the Catholic Church doesn’t take
away from the problems surrounding the current state of affairs
regarding pedophilia and other issues. The defense argument is here to
provide a base of understanding and transition for the unveiling of an
important message.

When speaking on the topic of religion, it’s easy to assume that it means
downgrading, for the sake of it, the aspect of humanity that loves, cares
for others, and mourns a person based on qualities that were a blessing to

those who knew them. regardless of how they believed. It’s often

assumed that the spirit that celebrates someone for qualities that
automatically brought joy to everyday lives is of no importance in light of
one’s creed. Even the part of us that unites with others who share a
common pain seemingly takes a backseat when it comes to dogma. It’s
important to understand perspective and the proper place and time for
everything. In the wake of tragedy, it’s difficult to lay our faith perspective
as a roadblock to acknowledging, with others, a common pain. It’s
common for many to come together while putting aside the differences of

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

creed for the sake of community healing. It’s important to understand
that Catholicism doesn’t condemn anyone to Hell that is outside of the
Church in such a way that it automatically excludes Catholicism itself
from the basic humaneness of humanity. What the Church does
exclude itself from is giving glory to man over giving it to God, which is
why the Church cannot accept secular humanism or good qualities to be
a part of man, and not fully a characteristic from God that trickles down
to humanity. Since reverence to those who mourn is defined outside of
the Church as a necessary human quality and inside the Church as
directly from God, the respect given should be taken with gratitude
without the need to provoke or insinuate hostility from the standpoint
of creed. While Catholicism teaches that there is no salvation outside
the Church, the doctrine of purgatory gives Catholics the right to pray
for those who were not in the faith at the time of death, but were under
the grace of God for the very human qualities that automatically granted
them contrition at the time of death. In these prayers, Catholics hope
for God to purify the soul of the departed and eventually accept the
person into His eternal presence. Every minute of every day since the
beginning of the Church, there have been prayers going up for all the
souls in purgatory. In doing this, Catholics are not insinuating or
declaring themselves to be saved. In fact, it was confirmed in the
Council of Trent that a believer cannot have the assurance of salvation.
The Council of Trent states: “If any one saith, that he will for certain, of
an absolute and infallible certainty, have that great gift of perseverance
unto the end,-unless he have learned this by special revelation; let him
be anathema.” This aligns with Scripture, i Corinthians 4-5:

“In fact, I do not even judge myself. My conscience is clear, but that does
not vindicate me. It is the Lord who judges me. Therefore judge nothing
before the appointed time; wait until the Lord comes. He will bring to

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

light what is hidden in darkness and will expose the motives of men’s
hearts. At that time each will receive his praise from God.”

As of 2019, the Catholic Church is under intense scrutiny from the public,
and the government due to the widespread pedophilia scandal that first
made national headlines in 2002. The outrage is centered, not only
around the deplorable actions and behaviors of clergy members toward
the young laity, but also around the inaction of the Catholic Church
authorities to sufficiently penalize the perpetrators of these acts.
Reprimanding and reassigning the offending priest to different Church
parishes over and over again has raised serious doubts about the moral
standards of the Catholic Church. This method of dealing with it is widely
considered to be the Church's way of covering up the abuse. Many believe
that Pope Benedict XVI’s prior position under Pope John Paul II as
Prefect of the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith from 1981 - 2002
and his inability to properly handle cases of reported sex abuse during
that time is what led to his resignation as Pope in 2013. Another very
important thing to note is the fact that the Church’s child abuse scandal
dates back as far as 7 decades. It has affected not only the Catholic
Church, but also institutions within various other denominations. 7
decades is significant because it takes us back to around 1950, which was

the last decade before the 2nd Vatican Council in 1962.an event that

can safely be regarded as the great apostasy foretold by Paul in his letter to
the Thessalonians. It’s evident that throughout history there are many
apparitions that seem to reinforce Paul’s prophecy. For instance, this
falling away was further forewarned, but in a more detailed manner,
through an occurrence at Fatima in 1917 in which the Virgin Mary
appeared in an apparition to 3 children. It would be difficult to
comprehend what is happening in the Church and the world today
without an understanding of Scripture and without an understanding of

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

what transpired at Fatima. Everything that is going on now and has
been for quite some time revolves around that event. In May 1917, in
Fatima, Portugal, 3 children, Lucia dos Santos and her cousins
Francisco and Jacinta Marto reported seeing an apparition of the Virgin
Mary, which would be the first of a series of apparitions encountered
by them between May and October that year. During the apparitions,
the children were given 3 secrets, encompassing a series of important
instructions, visions, and prophecies that would take place in the future,
along with a miracle of the sun later that year in October. Two of those
secrets were revealed in 1941 in Lucia Dos Santos’s memoirs. The First
Secret turned out to be a vision of Hell. The Second involved explicit
instructions for the Catholic Church to consecrate Russia to the
Immaculate Heart of Mary so that the war(WWI) would stop and
communism wouldn’t spread error . The third Secret was written down,
but instructed by the Virgin Mary to be released no later than i960.
Given to a bishop by Lucia dos Santos, and then to the Vatican, the
third Secret was not revealed until the year 2000. According to many
sources in the Vatican who actually read it, the third and final secret
revealed a great apostasy of the Catholic Church, starting from the top
of the Church Hierarchy. It also was said to reveal the fate of a Bishop in
white, along with all the priests and religious people following behind
him. Many say that part took place with the assassination attempt of
Pope John Paul H in 1981. Others believe that it may signify attacks on
Catholic churches throughout the world. A key reason all of this is
important is because the apparitions were actually approved by the
Catholic Church in 1930 and then recognized by Pope Pius XII in 1940.
In doing so, the Vatican made themselves clearly aware of the explicit
instructions given to Lucia Dos Santos by the Virgin Mary. This brought
with it a certain degree of moral culpability in deciding on whether or

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

not to heed the instruction for the third secret to be released either no

later than i960 or at the time of Lucia's death. depending on which

one came first. Subsequently, i960 came first and the third secret, which
warned of a great apostasy within the Catholic Church, ended up not

being revealed until the year 2000. almost 40 years after Vatican II.

Some of the laity in the Catholic Church considered this intentional, as a
way to transition the Church through Vatican II as smoothly as possible.
Vatican II, which occurred between 1962 and 1965, turned out to be the
Church’s attempt to modernize by changing the liturgy. As a consequence,
it ended up leading to the largest exodus of Priests and Nuns from the
Catholic Church since the Reformation. This had a ripple effect that
subsequently led to the decay of morals and proper behavior in society as
the rise of Rock and Roll, abortion. Rap Music, pornography, mass
shootings, racism, disobedience, liberal theology(many ways to
salvation), pedophilia. Gay Marriage, and promotion of sexual perversion
began to permeate throughout society. All of which can be gathered from
a starting point that occurred at the time of Vatican II. This progressive
rise in transgression against morality threatened the basic foundations of
not only Christendom, but also western civilization. History supports this
by giving us a perspective that this changing of the Liturgy had been
deemed a hazard long before the fact. Throughout Catholic history, and in
light of Fatima being the key warning, many mystics have received visions
of an event in the Church that would eliminate the Holy SacrificeCThe
Holy Latin Mass). One in particular, are the prophecies of Marie Julie
Jahenny, which are right up there with Fatima in term of importance and
which the book will cover in more detail. It turned out that these
warnings and prophecies coming to pass are now actually serving as a ray
of hope for many in the Catholic traditional sector. Lucia dos Santos
inserted in her memoirs after revealing the first 2 secrets of Fatima the
following sentence, which are words directly from the Virgin Mary:

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

“In Portugal, the dogma of the Faith will always be preserved.”

Not only is this a prophecy of how today’s Catholic Traditional Church
movement is building itself upon Fatima to continue the Latin Mass tradi¬
tion, but also a prophecy of how Fatima will inspire many to return to the
Church. Clearly, without the events that occurred at Fatima in I9i7,there
wouldn’t be much to stand on, but Our Lady, foreseeing the apostasy at
Vatican II, revealed this warning to preserve it. By getting the laity to un¬
derstand the Church through Fatima, the Virgin Mary brings hope that
Catholic dogma can always be preserved no matter what happens on earth.
The reason for such a refuge relates to the fact that the Novus OrdofPost
Vatican II)Church completely giving into society through this moderniza¬
tion can only lead to society inquiring about the need for any Church... if
Church teaching would simply go along with society. At that point, the
Virgin Mother is justified, as the only hope for all of Christendom would
indeed be that refuge of understanding Fatima. Vatican I stated that
there will always be a Bishop of Rome in the chair of St. Peter. If this to be
a reality, the knowledge of Fatima would have to continuously grow.

We can inquire the biblical basis for Fatima. To understand it and the
great Apostasy, one must understand Paul’s writings to the Thessalonians
about the return of Jesus Christ. Here is an excerpt from 2 Thessaloni¬
ans 2:3

“Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except
there come a falling away first."

As stated before, the great apostasy of the Catholic Church at Vatican II by
modernizing and changing the Liturgy from Latin to the local language

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

was the catalyst behind the moral decline of both the Church and society.
The ripple effect proved obvious and the Catholic Church was not even im¬
mune to this decay or “falling away.” The pedophilia scandal that subse¬
quently crippled the Church is still being investigated by the authorities as
of 2019. As far as the big picture is concerned, one can consider that it’s all
part of a much larger force of evil that has engulfed the world. A good per¬
spective for understanding the correlation between Scripture and Catholic
Prophecy would be one that observes Paul as giving insight to the Thessalo-
nians about a falling away from the Church and the event regarding Our
Lady at Fatima, the blessed Virgin Mary, as pointing directly to it with a
timetable and specifics. This easily designates Vatican II as the point of ref¬
erence for the fulfillment of Paul’s prophecy regarding a falling away.

The quote “In Portugal, the dogma of the Faith will always be preserved.”
leads one to ask, “what is Dogma?” Dogma is principle. It’s a set of values.
Dogma of the Catholic Church are its values that do not change. It is, in
essence, a sense of conviction. The Catholic Church has many convictions,
however, one of the most central, which has been under threat, is the one
that proclaims there is no salvation outside of the Catholic Church. Sensibil¬
ity would ask why or how can that be since there are people who are good
but don’t believe in God or go to Church. While that is true in being the
case, a Christian would still have to contend with a question of how wide is a
believer allowed to make the gate to life mentioned in Matthew. Would he
be able expand it for those who don’t believe? Could it be made wider to ac¬
commodate other faiths. Matthew 7, verse 13 and 14 makes this point:

“Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the way
that leads to destruction, and many enter through it. But small is the gate

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

and narrow the way that leads to life, and only a few find it.” From this
passage alone, one can ascertain that all these different beliefs, which
would encompass a large number of people, cannot fit inside this
narrow path mentioned in Matthew. This speaks, very much, to the
difficulty of declaring one’s faith in the way it can lead to hardship,
being ostracized, attacked, vilified, and in many cases even killed.
These are outcomes that many would rather avoid with perhaps only a
few making it their choice to experience them. This profession of faith
is a very real standard put forth in Scripture. Contrary to popu¬
lar belief, such a standard is actually very difficult to live up to. Scrip¬
ture, however, is very clear. There is only one way in and everyone can¬
not fit into it. This does not indicate that such division should be
regarded with hostile determination. What it does indicate is
that the determination required only involves the profession of one’s
own faith along with the subsequent fruits of that by way of the
Holy Spirit. From that viewpoint, one can ascertain that division is
very much a real thing that should be accepted, and understood to
be something that cannot be simply dissolved.

Catholic doctrine has been criticized for a long time as not falling in
line with Scripture. Many non-Catholics refer to the part of Scripture
where Jesus says “Call no man Father” as a major deviation. This is
controversial because Catholics do refer to clergy members as “Father”
with clergy members continuing to accept this as the norm. Upon
observation, it seems like Catholics are indeed blatantly breaking this
command to call no man Father. If we look directly at the text, we can
justify that Catholics are not violating it all in neither literal and
symbolic sense. Here is Matthew 23:9:

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

“And call no man your father upon the earth; for one is your Father,
which is in heaven.”

In order for you to call someone YOUR father, you would have to address
someone as “my father.” Catholics simply call priest “father”, but never
address any priest, bishop, or cardinal as their own father. In other
words, one will never hear Catholics address a priest as “my Father.” This
presents an argument that Jesus is denoting possessive case with this
passage. Obviously, this would boil down to accepting the passage as the
correct translation. However, and not to disregard that in continuing the
argument, it can even be noted that the existence of the Church amongst
some European cultures that often accepted referring to another person
as “my Child”, or “my Lady” as the norm for denoting a sense of respect,
the Church, within that culture, never violated Scripture in a literal sense
by giving in to the prevailing culture and thus taking the approach to
address its clergy as “my father.” Remarkable, when looking at how the
culture’s use of “my” doesn’t define itself to represent a possessive case
and yet doesn’t influence the traditional Catholic greeting to a priest to
change itself from “Father” to “my Father”. Also important to note is that
Catholics never refer to the priest as their own Father even when speaking
about a priest in 3rd person. For example, it’s likely one won’t ever hear
Catholics say “I went to Church today, and my father gave a great homily
at mass.” Moreover, it’s also widely believed that most Christians are
violating this passage by calling their earthly father, “father”. Most
Christians call their earthly father “Dad” or “Daddy”, and almost never
address their earthly father face to face as “my daddy.” Even though when
speaking about their earthly father in 3rd person, they may use the term
“my Father” or “my Daddy” did this or that. In that sense, the argument
that there is deviation from Scripture actually seems more relevant in

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

observing the way people refer to their earthly parents than it does to the
manner in which Catholics refer to clergy members. When just simply
taking into context the passage itself. ..simplythe sentence by itself:

“And call no man your father upon the earth: for one is your Father,

which is in heaven.”.one can see the word Father is clearly denoted as

taking on the status of God. So if Jesus is speaking of assigning the status
of God to the word “Father” and vice versa in the second part of that
passage, then he must be referring to “father” in that same context in the
first part of that passage. If he is not, then one has to ask how could Jesus
assign an earthly title of an earthly personffather meaning biological dad)
to God. Surely, He could not have done that. So if Jesus’s understanding
of “father” is not simply another word for “God” but an understanding of
the word “father” as contextual, then from this, one can extrapolate that a
person is not to assign to their earthly father or anyone called “father” the
status of God. Catholics haven’t violated this in any way. Priests, Bishops,
and Cardinals are not considered to be the same status as God in Catholic
Doctrine. The Pope, who is defined as the “Vicar of Christ, is also not
understood as equal to God” His status connotes being a representative of
Someone and not the actual Person and definitely not the same status of
someone. We don’t consider a United States ambassador as a President of
the United States even though they are the head of the embassy that
represents their home government in a foreign country. In the passage, if
the word “father” denotes the status of God definitively, then the
prevailing culture must officially change its meaning to mean that of a
deity and nothing else, otherwise the word for biological dad that is
taught in schools would continue to mean “God”, and thus leave learners
very confused.

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

Catholics are often accused of worshiping and praying to Mary, the
mother of Jesus. It can be justified that Catholics do not worship, but
venerate Mary in accordance with Scripture. In Luke 1:48, Mary says:

“For he has looked on the humble estate of his servant. For behold, from
now on all generations will call me blessed;”

This passage can be said to be a prophecy in itself, with the reverence
that Catholics have shown to Mary throughout history as a fulfillment of
it. Because it’s a prophecy from the Virgin Mary, the veneration given
to Her would not be so much by human will as it would be by God’s
will. Furthermore, showing reverence and honoring someone would not
translate to giving someone the status of God. Luke 1:48, in reference,
doesn’t make it wrong for believers to hold the Mother of God sacred. If
anything, Luke 1:48 places moral culpability on those who don’t.
Believers in Christfthe saints, the martyrs, the Virgin Mother), given the
Holy Spirit, all have eternal life. Catholics honor Mary and ask for her
intercession on their behalf with regard to the worship and
supplicationfprayer request) to Jesus, who ultimately intercedes upon
any request directed to the Almighty. Not just Mary, but also the saints
and martyrs can intercede. Since Jesus gave the gift of the Holy Spirit to
His followers, who also passed it down to their followers, a chain is left

that leads directly to Jesus, and through Him, to God. a chain that

started with the Virgin Mother giving birth to Jesus by the power of
the Holy Spirit. Jesus sent out his followers to preach the Gospel, and
gave them the Holy Spirit so that they may have the power to do so. If
this isn’t so from a nonCatholic Christian perspective, then why, as
believers in Christ, would any Christian follow Paul's teachings?
Biblical Christians are, in essence, going through Paul to get to Jesus,

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

which, in itself, constitutes an adherence to this quality of intercession.
Paul's words are not Jesus's words, yet all of Christendom submits to Paul's
doctrine anyway. Even those who listened to the Apostles had to go
through them to get to the heart of Jesus's message. If one believes that
there is no chain there, or that intercession is not needed, then all of
Christianity that accepts the writings which come after the 4 Gospels, such
as:

Acts of the Apostles Romans 1 Corinthians 2 Corinthians
Galatians Ephesians Philippians Colossians 1 Thessalonians 2
Thessalonian 1 Timothy 2 Timothy Titus Philemon Hebrews
James 1 Peter 2 Peter 12 John 3 John Jude Revelation

would be lost. Catholics acknowledge and respect the chain. It's one of
the reasons why many who are part of the Catholic faith, yet oppose the
Novus Ordo Catholicism, don’t simply turn away from the Church, but
only pray that the Church will eventually answer their grievances. It's a
respect that even Martin Luther himself had when regarding his own
questioning of Catholic Doctrine. It was only later on that his writings
took on more than its original intention of reform and actually served as
encouragement for those simply seeking to rebel. As far as intercession
is concerned, Jesus came as an intermediary between God and Man so
that there is no way to God but through Him. If intercession was not nec¬
essary then Jesus would have no reason to give the Holy Spirit to his
disciples in order that they may continue to carry out His work. In the
book of Acts, we see Peter begin to boldly proclaim the gospel. Those
that witnessed and heard it were pierced. They then asked Peter for in¬
structions on what to do. Acts 2: 37:

“Now when they heard this, they were pierced to the heart, and said to
Peter and the rest of the apostles, “Brethren, what shall we do?” Peter said
to them, “Repent, and each of you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ
for the forgiveness of your sins; and you will receive the gift of the Holy
Spirit.”

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

One can use this passage to argue against intercession by pointfully
asking “how did Peter explain to them how they would receive the gift of
the Holy Spirit?”... and then answering that same question with.... “He
didn’t say pray to Mary, pray to himself, pray to Abraham, or that
someone has to intercede for you. He said to repent and be baptized in
the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins and you will
receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.” While that is a plausible observation,
a simple reply to such a statement would be “why not just repent to God?
Why need a formal baptism from Peter? Would they not have been saved
if they repented without being Baptized by Peter or any of the
Apostles??”

What Peter is saying is that they need both repentance and baptism. No
one else besides Peter or any of the Apostles could baptize them at that
moment. So that passage clearly indicates some form of intercession -
from someone who has already received the Holy Spirit- is required for
Salvation if that person is available. If a formal baptism is not required,
then the ritual would not be carried out in almost all Christian Churches
since practicing formal baptism, itself, is essentially a contradiction to
“faith alone” doctrine. The behavior and the belief don’t match up in that
regard if one is a non Catholic Christian who maintains faith alone. Even
Jesus took it upon Himself to be Baptized by John the Baptist, and told
John the Baptist that it must be done in order to fulfill all righteousness.
That passage alone would indicate that, according to Jesus, Ceremony
and Ritual are a righteous necessity. It can also be said that without
some form of intercession, the very message of the Gospels, which
encompasses the heart of Christian of faith, could never have even
permeated. Intercession goes back to the Virgin Mary, and whether one
prays to her or not, or ask her to intercede on their behalf or not, that
chain remains. The Holy Spirit first came upon her giving her the grace

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

to be the mother of the Son of God, Jesus, who in turn passed it onto His
disciples, who in turn passed it on to others through baptizing and
calling for repentance. That line continued throughout historyfuntil
Vatican II). It’s what the Catholic Church calls apostolic succession. To
ignore this inheritance of grace passed down throughout history starting
with the Holy Spirit entering the Virgin Mother and going all the way to
the clergy does injustice to the Word of God. If intercession is not
required, then the common custom throughout Christianity in which
one can pray for others would just be an insinuation that one has the
power to alter God’s judgment. Praying for others would be paradoxical
to going against intercession. Ultimately, intercession is not about
worshiping Mary or the saints, or the martyrs. It’s about asking them
to pray for us. Jesus often made analogies to the structure of reality be¬
ing a basis for how we should approach God. Oftentimes, in our
earthly life, we find it is the case very often that in order to make
contact with authority, we have to first make contact with those whom
the authority figure has designated to answer all the inquiries directed
towards him. Based on parameters that he sets for them, a person under
authority can then allow the one making a supplication to the au¬
thority to have it heard by the authority. Such an analogy would apply
to the Kingdom of God. Romans 13: i:

“Let every person be subject to the governing authorities. For there is no
authority except from God, and those that exist have been instituted by
God.“

At this point, there is nothing to point to in Catholic Doctrine that would
hold Mary to be equal to God, or be God for that matter. If Jesus is clear
that one cannot worship 2 masters, then there would have to be
something in Catholic Doctrine that states Mary is greater than or equal

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

to God? Since there is nothing in Catholic Doctrine that indicates or
states that, one can resolve that Catholicism is in accordance with
Scripture in regards to Mary.

Earlier, it was mentioned how Vatican II’s changing of the Liturgy from
the Latin Mass to the current Novus Ordo Mass given in the local
language served as the catalyst behind the degradation of Church and
society as witnessed today. Ceremony or liturgy in a Church can affect an
entire society since the Church and even religion can be said to be the
center of principle itself. Because the Latin Mass was dogma, a principle
that cannot change, the actual change of it had a ripple effect. Changing it
is what effectively removed the dogmatic element. Historically, Satan is
regarded as a hater of principles and therefore such a deviation would be
all that is needed for him to get inside. A good analogy would be someone
who is on a diet and has one cheat meal of ice cream, and in his guilt sees
no need to revert back to his diet. It is by owing to the fact that since he’s
already cheated, he may as well continue. That can be likened to Satan’s
logic at work. The word of God as it relates to prophecy is the only thing
that can override this traditional aspect, as we saw in the life of Jesus
Christ through his contention with the traditionally minded Pharisees. As
far as the ceremonial aspect of Mass, Jesus is clear on the importance of
it in his Baptism by John the Baptist. John the Baptist, in being humbled
by the presence of Jesus, tells Jesus that Jesus is the one who should be
baptizing him, to which Jesus responds by telling John that he(John)
must be the one to do it in order to fulfill all righteousness. The words
“fulfill all righteousness” conveys a paramount importance in the act of
John baptizing Jesus. Notice “all” as a keyword there that insinuates that
leaving out the ceremony of baptism would somehow leave righteousness
incomplete. This provides insight as to how an entire society can be

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

determined as righteously unfulfilled based on how ceremony is initiated.

It is something that cannot be understated. Jesus’s insistence on it.

even amongst circumstances that argues against the necessity for itfJesus,
being the Lord and Messiah having to receive graces through baptism
from John the Baptist) shows just how significant the act, work, and ritual
of baptism is. The Catholic Church in recognizing the importance of ritual
and intercession has laid out 7 sacraments that the laity must go through
in order to develop their relationship with God and their understanding of
the faith. The seven sacraments are Baptism, Eucharist, Confirmation,
Reconciliation, Anointing of the sick. Marriage, and Holy orders. The
Catholic Church teaches that the sacraments are necessary for Grace.
Other denominations of Christianity, however, support the idea that one
is saved by faith alone without the need for works. This concept of faith
alone contradicts Jesus’s own Baptism where he insisted that John carry
out the task of baptizing him regardless of how Jesus’s status might make
it seem unnecessary for John to baptize him. Jesus’s response that it
would “fulfill all righteousness” would confirm the need for faith and
works. In Ephesians 2:8 Paul says,

“For it is by grace you have been saved through faith, and this is not from
yourselves; it is the gift of God, not by works, so that no one can boast.”

The Catholic Church doesn’t deny the need for faith, and this passage
doesn’t deny the need for works. “Works” in this passage of Ephesians
refers to human effort by works of the law to believe or have faith. The
passage is clear “For it is by grace you have been saved through faith” and
then later on in the passage it says “not by works.” Works and Grace are
clearly used as antagonists to each other when describing how “faith”
comes about. So by replacing the words “by grace” with “not by works”

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

and also reading the passage as “For it is “not by works” you have
been saved through faith” still puts it right in line with the point Paul
is making here which centers around “faith”. That faith is not
something that a human can work on under his own volition or make
his own decision to have. No amount of effort on his part alone will
give him “faith”. It’s God’s grace that either grants you faith at birth,
or leads you to it throughout your life. Why is there such a big em¬
phasis on Faith? Paul mentions in Romans :

“Therefore no one will be justified in His sight by works of the law.
For the law merely brings awareness of sin. But now, apart from the
law, the righteousness of God has been revealed, as attested by the
Law and the Prophets. And this righteousness from God comes
through faith in Jesus Christ to all who believe. There is no
distinction, for all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God, and
are justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in
Christ Jesus.”

Before Jesus, works of the Law served as justification, but after Jesus
with “the righteousness of God being revealed”, works of the law
comes thru the faith in Jesus which is something that is given by grace
so that no one can boast. The non-Catholic concept is based on faith
as ultimately leading to good works, and therefore faith alone is
enough. The problematic nature of this concept is that even if faith
alone automatically produces a desire to practice good deeds, that
very faith could still not be measured or confirmed as a standalone.
The output would have to be the metric to confirm the faith as real,
which indicates that there is a relationship between faith and works. If
this is not the case, then any proclamation of faith would have to be

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

judged as legitimate. Because faith leads to works, and works ultimately
judges faith, the two cannot be regarded as separate from each other. It
is written in Scripture that a good tree cannot bear bad fruit. Paul also
mentions in Romans: “Do we, then, nullify the law by this faith?
Certainly not! Instead, we uphold the law.” The upholding of the law
mentioned in this passage signifies that works of the law remain
relevant, but to keep one from boasting, the works of the law is said to
come about through faith in Jesus which is only given by grace. The
non-Catholic doctrine of Faith alone violates when Paul says in Romans
that it is through faith that Christians uphold the law, and not through
themselves. Nowhere does it assert that Paul erases the need for works
of the Law. He is simply defining it through Faith in Jesus Christ.

“Do we, then, nullify the law by this faith? Certainly not! Instead, we
uphold the law.”

While a non-Catholic viewpoint would agree that works are defined
through faith, the concept of faith alone cannot outweigh the
significance of works if it is indeed works that ultimately judges faith.
Further reading also shows that Paul is not even contradicting James
who clearly clarifies the equality between faith and works. James 2:24:

“You see that a person is considered righteous by what they do and not
by faith alone.”

In light of this adherence to Scripture, nowhere in Catholic Doctrine
does it deny the need for Faith. The Church only confirms what Paul
and James writes. They both assert that “works” are now defined
through Faith, and that faith alone is not enough. Both are needed. Even

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

if works are dependent on faith, it is still works that ultimately judges
faith, due to the fact that it is the key component necessary to confirm
one’s faith as genuine. After reading the new testament, one can tiy to
argue and ask: if Peter is the Rock of the Church, then why is Paul’s
message throughout the new testament seemingly given more credence
than Peter’s gospel? The answer to that lies in the fact that without Peter,
Paul’s gospel doesn’t ever come about. It wasn’t until after Peter’s vision
of God granting him permission to preach the gospel to the Gentiles, that
the rest of the apostles were then able to do so. This testifies to Peter’s
authority regarding the spreading of the gospels. In Acts lo, Peter was
given a vision in a dream that signified permission from God to spread the
message of the gospels to the gentiles. It was confirmed by the arrival of
men sent by a roman centurion named Cornelius who, himself, was also
given a message in a dream. After arriving to where Peter was located, the
men sent by Cornelius invited Peter back to Cornelius’s home where they
later shared their experiences. This leads to Peter baptizing Cornelius and
then the giving of the Law without the requirement of circumcision. This
act would have been considered an abomination by the Jewish Tradition.
It also marked the breaking of an agreement between Peter and the
Jewish people who wished to receive the gospels of Jesus but also
maintain their tradition. That agreement held that the mandate of
Circumcision would stay in place for Jews and proselytes upon receiving
the gospels. This break by Peter, roughly 3 V2 years after Jesus’s death
was the beginning of what we now know as Christianity. Before that, the
gospels were only being taught to Jews and proselytesfnon Jews who were
circumcised or baptized) on an agreement that the traditions of Jewish
people would remain in place as a prerequisite in order to receive the
gospels. At the time, the three requirements for Gentile proselytes to
Judaism were circumcision, baptism and sacrifice, presumably in that
order. In Jewish tradition, it was not until after circumcision that a man

Chapter i: The Catholic Church, Fatima and Doctrine

could be taught the law. This was initially upheld by the apostles before
Peter’s vision and formal break with the agreement. So from this, we can
gather that everything about the New Testament being a revelation to the
Gentiles is built upon Peter’s vision in Acts and his subsequent breaking
of the covenant. This would thus signify the Church’s development upon
Peter.

Chapter 2: Statues and the Trinity

Chapter 2

Statues and the Trinity

Another major attack on Catholicism is the issue of statues. Many Anti-
Catholics like to cite Deuteronomy 4:15-18 in their attack on religious
statues:

"Since you saw no form on the day that the Lord spoke to you at Horeb
out of the midst of the fire, beware lest you act corruptly by making a
graven image for yourselves, in the form of any figure, the likeness of
male or female, the likeness of any beast that is on the earth, the like¬
ness of any winged bird that flies in the air, the likeness of anything that
creeps on the ground, the likeness of any fish that is in the water under
the earth."

Exodus 20 4-5 also states:

“You shall not make for yourself an idol of any kind, or an image of any¬
thing in the heavens above, on the earth beneath, or in the waters below.
You shall not bow down to them or worship them; for I, the LORD your
God, am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers on their chil¬
dren to the third and fourth generations of those who hate Me.”

When walking into Catholic Churches, one can see many statues of
saints, martyrs, the Virgin Mary, Jesus, etc. We often see people kneel¬
ing before the statues and praying under them. Are these acts in viola¬
tion of Exodus 20 4-5? An idol is defined as an image used as an ob¬
ject of worship. In Catholicism, prayer is not synonymous with
worship. Because of intercession, eternal life, and the Holy Spirit,

Chapter 2: Statues and the Trinity

prayer takes on a different meaning and cannot be automatically defined
to worship. The only One worshiped in Catholicism is God the Father,
and nowhere in the Catholic Church is there any likeness of God in the
form of a statue, image, etc. that is designated to serve as an object of
worship or serve as a dwelling place for God. The standard example of
idolatry as a violation of God’s law took place with the erection of the
Golden Calf. It was constructed by the Jewish people in the Old
Testament when they were being led out of Egypt by Moses. Growing
impatient, they decided to erect a Golden Calf as a dwelling place for
God. Because it was outside of a direct command from God, punishment
ensued. The passage in Exodus that forbids idols is referring to images
being made to represent an actual dwelling place for God. Because there
are examples of God commanding certain things to be built to represent
Him, such as the Tabernacle, this passage restricting the construction of
images must be interpreted in the realm of context. There are no statues
or images in the Catholic Church that are identified as a God or gods in
the same context of the Golden Calf being created to be an actual
dwelling place for God, nor is there any doctrine in the Catholic faith
that encourages the faithful to worship anything or anyone else outside
of God. The depiction of God in the Sistine Chapel, the actual painting
done by Michelangelo is not sanctioned by the Catholic Church as a
focal point of God’s presence. God's presence is not relegated to that
painting in the way that would define scriptural idolatry. Of course,
someone can then ask about the Trinity and whether or not the Trinity
is a form of idolatry — the worship of multiple Gods. One God existing in
3 Persons: Father, Son, and Holy Spirit is difficult to resolve to
anything other than worship of multiple Gods. However, since
experience shapes us into who we are as one person, a person’s deeds
thus cannot be separated from the person, nor can his intent be

Chapter 2: Statues and the Trinity

separated from the outcome of his deeds. When someone is on trial,
it’s not just his deeds that are on trial which will end up going to jail
or not. The person, himself, would be held accountable or judged as a
person as a result of what he’s done. It’s all placed together into one
package. Can a mob boss who wills for his subordinates to commit a
crime be held separate from the crime? Will the mob boss not
experience judgment? Human experience of God’s power on earth
through our understanding of Him as our heavenly Father, and later
on.... our understanding of His will(deeds) through the life of Jesus
with the divine helper of the Holy Spirit cannot be separated from
God Himself. If Jesus says the only way to the Father is through
Him(Jesus), whose power comes from the Holy Spirit, then the
Trinity begins to make sense to a believer. Denying the Trinity would
give credit to those who deny Jesus, but believe in the Father and also
credit to those who deny The Father, but believe in Jesus. This
perspective would keep one from viewing the Trinity as the worship of
multiple Gods. It would allow one to understand Jesus and His life as
so significant, that it makes it a determinant to the one true God.
Because the majority of the Jewish people did not accept Christ, the
Trinity serves as a verdict to a dynamic where the Truth is allocated to
the few over the many, similar to how Noah's arc was created to spare
only a few of the people on earth, while leaving behind the majority.
It’s important not to view the Trinity as a definition of God being a
creation of man. The Trinity is a method of worship for one God as
laid out by the instructions Christ left us, which calls for us to seek the
Father through Him by being baptized and receiving the Holy Spirit.
This would infer that the Trinity was not created by bishops, priests or
popes, but actually preached by Jesus:

Chapter 2: Statues and the Trinity

John 14:6:

Jesus answered, "I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to
the Father except through me.”

John 14:15-17;

“If you love me, you will keep my commandments. And I will ask the
Father, and he will give you another Helper, to be with you forever, even
the Spirit of truth, whom the world cannot receive, because it neither sees
him nor knows him. You know him, for he dwells with you and will be in
you.”

John 15:26;

“But when the Helper comes, whom I will send to you from the Father,
the Spirit of truth, who proceeds from the Father, he will bear witness
about me.”

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

Chapter 3

Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

The infallibility of the Pope is a doctrine laid out by the Catholic Church
that espouses the Pope is preserved from error when interpreting matters
on morals and faith. It’s often mistaken that this infallibility also extends
his personal moral conduct, which is something the Catholic Church has
never taught. The Catholic Church teaches that the pope is still liable to
sin, regardless of this infallibility. Since it’s only on interpretation of
morals and faith that the pope is deemed infallible, one can conclude that
the doctrine of infallibility should not contradict the possibility of Papal
infraction. Infallibility means that no matter how the Pope’s
interpretation of morals may be viewed by someone else, it would still
remain unopposed by the Church while he is in office. It is not necessarily
the idea that the Pope is always right, but more of a conclusion that his
authority on interpretation holds a certain degree of force. A good analogy
would be the policy that some retail stores have about customers always
being right. What is obviously meant is that the customer isn’t always
right but that the customer has an authority pertaining to their grievances
that the service worker or clerk cannot just outrightly oppose.
Throughout his tenure, the pope’s infallibility will remain upheld, and
thus any interpretation he may give on morals and faith will remain
unopposed by the Church. Romans 13:11:

“Let every person be subject to the governing authorities. For there is no
authority except from God, and those that exist have been instituted by
God.”

Papal infallibility speaks to this authority and the need for Christians to
honor obedience. For if it were not for the governing authorities,
Christianity would have never spread and the message of Jesus would

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

have stayed concentrated to just a few small circles in hiding.
Understanding that God still operates through the laws of nature helps
understand the need for a centralized authority like the Roman Catholic
Church to be a conduit for spreading the gospels. This answers why God
would not write the Scriptures Himself, but instead have His chosen
people write it through divine inspiration. This is a key element in
understanding God’s relationship to the laws that govern the real world.
God can use anything to implement His will on Earth. * During the time
of this writing on April 30th 2019, a group of prominent clergy
members and theologians issued a letter to the Catholic
Bishops around the world asking them to consider charging
Pope Francis with Heresy for his interpretations on sexuality,
marriage, and the unique dogma of the Catholic Faith. This is a
major act of defiance within the Church to Papal Infallibility.

The issue of celibacy and the necessity for priests, bishops, cardinals, and
popes to remain celibate in their service to God raises many questions.
Many non-Catholics have a hard time reconciling Apostolic succession to
Scripture and thus the unbroken chain of the Holy Spirit from the Virgin
birth of Jesus to Jesus assigning Peter as the rock of the Church and that
resulting authority being passed all the way down to the pope, cardinals,
bishops, and priests. It was such that the authority of Jesus applied not
only to His disciples during His life, but also applied to all of His disciples
throughout history. Jesus was clear in what He commanded His closest
disciples to do in order that they should follow Him: to forsake family,
money, everything so that they can inherit the kingdom of God. Just as
Jesus had done, all of His apostles had also done. They all left their
families, property, money, and pursued no sexual relationships
throughout their ministry. So how can anyone who wants to live as Christ

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

did by spreading the gospels live contrary to what Jesus commanded of His
disciples? Did Jesus’s standards change for his closest followers? Even Paul
re-iterates along those same lines in 1 Corinthians 7:32-40:

“I want you to be free from anxieties. The unmarried man is anxious
about the things of the Lord, how to please the Lord. But the married
man is anxious about worldly things, how to please his wife, and his
interests are divided. And the unmarried or betrothed woman is anxious
about the things of the Lord, how to be holy in body and spirit. But the
married woman is anxious about worldly things, how to please her
husband. I say this for your own benefit, not to lay any restraint upon
you, but to promote good order and to secure your undivided devotion to
the Lord. If anyone thinks that he is not behaving properly toward his
betrothed, if his passions are strong, and it has to be, let him do as he
wishes: let them marry—it is no sin”

This passage refers to the married man as anxious about things of the world.
To deny this is the case with a married man is to directly deny a very
important passage in Scripture. The married man is trying to serve 2
masters: the world to please his wife and heaven to please God. Jesus said in
Matthew 6: 24:

"No one can serve two masters. Either you will hate the one and love the
other, or you will be devoted to the one and despise the other. You cannot
serve both God and money.”

Faith is needed for salvation, but discipleship—walking the footsteps of
Jesus—has a requirement that Jesus laid out plainly. Those requirements
are to forsake the things of the world and sex is one of them. For a priest to

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

marry in the Catholic Church and then remain a priest is the same as
disobeying a face to face command directly from Jesus. Most of what has
been mentioned about Church Doctrine regarding Scripture was
understood by the Church before the Reformation, but afterwards with
the development of Non-Catholic churches in protest of the Church,
Catholicism required a need for continuous explanation of Catholic
Church dogma’s consummate alignment with Scripture. Over time, the
Church’s constant defense against attacks from non-Catholics has
weakened it, due to the sheer numbers of new denominations arising and
subsequently joining in on those attacks against the Catholic Church. This
eventually led to the idea that the formation of so many different
denominations must have a moral basis. This “breaking away” continues
to expand even into breaking away from Christianity altogether, but still
taking with it the aspect of “Salvation.” This dilemma is what led to the
falling away from the Church’s tradition, Vatican II, and its subsequent
effect on the Church and society. As numerous scandals in the Vatican
followed, so did the rise of cultural immorality and because of this,
consistent rebellion—the idea that everyone can attain Salvation. All
religions defined to worship the same God is essentially Freemasonry,
which the Catholic Church strictly condemns. The Church of Christ is
often symbolized as a marriage, and in a marriage, a man cannot accept
more than one wife. He doesn’t hate all other women because of it, nor
does he hold any hostility, but he is aware of who his wife is and exactly
the responsibilities that are entitled to him because she is his wife. Does it
seem wrong if he were to marry other women at the same time? A
monogamist cannot be a polygamist, and vice versa a married man cannot
accept other women, who are not his wife, to start saying that he is indeed
their husband.

The concept of Transubstantiation has caused many to question the
Church’s beliefs surrounding the Eucharist. Transubstantiation is the

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

bread and wine actually becoming the body and blood of Christ upon
consecration by the priest during Communion at Catholic Mass, while
still retaining the form of bread and wine. Many don’t consider this
concept biblical. Here is Jesus at the last Supper in Mark 14: 22-24:

“And as they were eating, he took bread, and after blessing it
broke it and gave it to them, and said, “Take; this is my body.”

And he took a cup, and when he had given thanks he gave it to
them, and they all drank of it. And he said to them, “This is my
blood of the covenant, which is poured out for many”

As imitators of Christ, everything about the Eucharist is in accordance
with the Last Supper. It is a tradition of the Church that started with
Christ. To understand Tradition, look to 1 Corinthians 11:

“You are to imitate me, just as I imitate Christ. Now I commend you for
remembering me in everything and for maintaining the traditions, just as
I passed them onto you.”

Transubstantiation is a tradition started by Christ and we see in 1
Corinthians 11, Paul thanking his followers for maintaining tradition as
imitators of Paul, who himself is an imitator of Christ. Once again
Scripture presents the line or succession that is integral to being a
follower of Christ. The Catholic Church is obligated to carry out Jesus’s
work, which over time has become a tradition, a tradition that Paul
promotes as a necessary part of God’s plan. Transubstantiation started
with Christ at the last supper and the tradition is continued in the
Church through the Holy Spirit. Christ’s ceremonial act at the last supper
is not about the interpretation of what He meant by “this is my body” or
“this is my blood”, or whether what Jesus meant is to be taken literal or

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

symbolic. It’s about carrying out His tradition as followers of Christ.
If you go back to John’s baptism of Christ, you can see that certain
things don’t require an extensive explanation. John couldn’t
interpret why it was necessary for him to baptize Jesus. Yet Jesus
didn’t respond by fully enlightening John on how Jesus, as the
Messiah, could accept baptism from John. He instead told him to
just do it “for the sake of fulfilling all righteousness.” It gave
precedent to the act, the ritual over the interpretation of it. The
Catholic Church’s ceremonial act of the Eucharist fulfills all
righteousness as the tradition started by Christ at the last supper,
just as John the Baptist’s baptism of Jesus does. The interpretation
of why these acts are carried out are so insignificant in relation to the
necessity of doing it. The Catholic Church reaffirmed
Transubstantiation at Fourth Council of the Lateran in 1215. The
Catholic doctrine of Transubstantiation, which takes on a literal view
of the Last Supper which, in essence, is not an interpretation at all,
but a complete reverence to the text regarding a sacred event in
Jesus’s life. If something is taken literal, what is there to interpret? If
the text is taken word for word, then it is not the Church making an
interpretation. Transubstantiation is simply following the Last
Supper according to the ceremony that Christ used and nothing
more. During the Last Supper in Matthew 26:26-28, Christ says:

“While they were eating, Jesus took bread, said
the blessing, broke it, and giving it to his
disciples said, “Take and eat; this is my body.’

Then he took a cup, gave thanks, and gave it to
them, saying, ‘Drink from it, all of you, for this is
my blood of the covenant, which will be shed on
behalf of many for the forgiveness of sins.’”

Chapter 3: Papal Infallibility, Celibacy, Transubstantiation, and Confession

The passage is self-explanatory. Just as there was no need for Jesus to
go into detail about why John should baptize him, there was also no
reason for Jesus to go into detail about what he means in this passage.
It’s not asking questions; it’s simply a matter of rite over interpreta¬
tion. Repeating the words of Christ as used in the Eucharist is a mat¬
ter of ritual with each word meaning exactly what it says.

The idea that a Christian has to confess his sins to a man in order to be
forgiven is a major hindrance to many non-Catholics in trying
understand Catholic Doctrine. Non-Catholics argue that no where in
the Bible does it say that a person has to confess his sins to another
man to be forgiven. However, in James 5:16, it states:

“Therefore, confess your sins to one another and pray for one another,
that you may be healed. The prayer of a righteous person has great
power as it is working.”

This indicates that the Bible doesn’t speak against confessing one’s sin
to another man. On the contrary, it actually endorses the act. The
passage also continues to affirm the concept of intercession, by way of
encouraging a sinner to seek out another person to confess his sins to.
Intercession is one of the central tenets of the Catholic faith. The Bible
is actually more extreme than Catholicism with reference to the need
for intercession as it relates to confession, thus making it all the more
perplexing that someone could speak against it and undermine the need
for it. To argue that Catholics are outside of the Bible in making it a
necessity for a sinner to confess his sins to someone on earthfin the
case of Catholicism, the priest, and in the case of James 5:16, another
righteous person) is gravely missing the mark.

Chapter 4: The Reformation

Chapter 4

The Reformation

The greatest schism in the Catholic Church was influenced by a man
named Martin Luther, a German monk who lived during the 1500s.
Martin Luther didn’t initially intend to leave the Catholic Church; his
initial intention was to protest the greed behind the selling of indul¬
gences. Indulgences, in and of itself, are just an acknowledgment of a
good deed to be held against any temporal sinful condition a person
may be in. It was a common practice at the time. The lay people would
send in donations to the Church and in return, would receive an in-
dulgence(acknowledgment) that their good deed had been noted and
applied to the hope for their salvation. 1 Peter 4:8:

“Above all, keep loving one another earnestly, since love covers a
multitude of sins.”

However, in Germany, bishops began to try and place a price tag on these
acknowledgments. This is where the problem was and why Martin Luther
spoke out with his 95 Theses. Even then, Luther never spoke out against
the Apostolic succession that gives the Catholic Church the authority to
interpret Scripture, nor ever alluded to any break from the Catholic
Church or its central dogma. Anyone who adheres to the ideas of Luther is
misguided in believing that this entails forming something totally
different from the Catholic Church, or breaking away altogether. Many of
Luther's arguments were addressed in the Council of Trent, but the
protestant reformation had—by then—taken on a life of its own and was no
longer willing to listen to anything the Catholic Church had to say even
with regard to any grievances they may have had with the Church. While
Martin Luther started with noble intentions, he eventually became so

Chapter 4: The Reformation

zealous in protesting against the Church that he ended up “sowing
discord amongst brothers” and motivated people to break away
completely. Many sources indicate that this was a source of sorrow
and regret for Martin Luther throughout his life, even though he
never publicly recanted. The arrival of the printing press is what
allowed Luther to reach more people than what was normally
possible before that time. His viewpoints led to a disobedient attitude
that everyone has the authority to interpret . cripture. This led to
a perpetual reform and break attitude, which—in turn—led to more
new churches coming about on a regular basis. “The History
of the Protestant Reformation: In a Series of Essays, Volumes
1-2” By Martin John Spalding quotes Luther in describing the sad
state of affairs in Germany:

“Everything is reversed,” he(Martin Luther) laments, “the world
grows everyday the worse for this teaching; and the misery of it is,
that men are nowadays more covetous, more licentious, and more
wicked than of old under the Papacy. “Our Evangelicals,” he avows,
“are now sevenfold more wicked than they were before. In proportion
as we hear the Gospel, we steal, lie, cheat, gorge, swill, and commit
eveiy crime. If one devil has been driven out of us, seven worse ones
has taken their place, to judge from the conduct of princes, lords,
nobles, burgesses, and peasants, their utterly shameless acts, and
their disregard of God and his menaces.”

Luther also goes on to say this:

“Under the Papacy[ Catholic Church], men were charitable and gave
freely; but now, under the gospel all almsgiving is at an end, eveiyone
fleeces his neighbor, and each seeks to have all for himself. And the
longer the gospel is preached, the deeper do men sink in avarice,
pride, and ostentation.”

Chapter 4: The Reformation

This doesn’t sound like someone who is satisfied with an outcome he
himself is responsible for. Ironically, he even credits the Catholic Church
as superior to this new protestant movement that has been initiated
because of him. It, perhaps, was not coincidence that Germany, being the
location marking the initial catalyst that led to the first major break in the
Catholic Church, would also be the location that gave birth to the rise of
Fascist Dictator Adolf Hitler, who came to power in the 1930s to inflict
terror upon the whole world in the form of WWII and the mass slaughter
of Jews all over Europe. Even the rise of communism has its foundations
in Germany, as Karl Marx and his Communist league was made up of
mostly German radicals. Looking at the history of Germany from the start
of the reformation, one can discern that God’s will to emphasize his
displeasure was at work.

The Catholic Church narrative in Nazi Germany is often misrepresented
from a historical standpoint, mainly as a way to discredit Catholicism.
Pictures are often presented showing members of the Church giving the
Nazi salute as a way to argue that Catholicism supported Hitler’s
atrocities. The relationship between the rise of Nazism in the 1930s and
the Catholic Church can best be summed up as hostile. Before Hitler came
to power on the passing of an Enabling Act, giving him emergency powers
to respond to the Reichstag fire, he first needed a certain amount of votes
in Parliament for the act to be effectuated. At that time, the Catholics in
Germany were mostly represented in politics by the Center party and
while under pressure from the Nazis as a result of the Reichstag fire, they
gave Hitler the votes needed for the Enabling Act to be passed. It’s
important to note that any support by the Church for the Nazi
government was only contingent on the Church retaining its
independence from the State, and the State, in return, not violating
the basic moral tenets of Catholicism. The Reichstag Fire was widely

Chapter 4: The Reformation

considered to be a terror attack and not a staged event orchestrated by
the Nazis. Therefore, the series of events leading to the passing of the
Enabling Act was backed, more so, by fear and not necessarily by
outright support for Hitler. The Nazis were extremely anti-Catholic and
felt that Catholicism and Nazism were fundamentally incompatible. It’s
actually Neo-Paganism that can best describe the ideologies of Nazism.
While there was a strong rift between the Nazis and the Church because
of this, they did, however, manage to agree on many Anti- Communistic
principles ever since Bolshevism began to take siege on Germany in the
early 20’s. But even in light of this common ground, violations by the
Nazis against the rights of the Church and the morals of its teachings
were still—nonetheless—met with fierce resistance by laity, clergy, and
bishops alike.... many of whom were sent to concentration camps. Many
were also killed for protesting Hitler’s policies, such as the ones related
to the removal of crucifixes in school, the expropriation of monasteries
and convents, the euthanasia program, and the persecution of Jews. It
was only a year after the enabling act was passed that all other political
parties were outlawed, with many members of the Catholic Center party
arrested, jailed, or killed during what was called “the night of long
knives.” This persecution was consistent throughout Hitler’s reign.
During Hitler’s initial rise to power, the Nazis and the Catholic Church
signed an agreement that would have kept the Government out of
Church affairs and vice versa. Almost immediately, the agreement was
consistently violated by the Nazis. Many Catholic laymen and priests
were jailed and executed throughout the 1930s for a variety of reasons
made up by the Nazis. Such actions led the Catholic Church to
subsequently forbid any Catholics in Germany to join the Nazi Party.
Even though this was later rolled back due to the mandating of Nazi
party membership for regular employment in certain industries, it
didn’t slow down Catholic resistance to Adolf Hitler. The resistance of

Chapter 4: The Reformation

the Church grew so strong, that the papacy got involved. Pope Pius XI was
obliged to issue an encyclical in 1937 criticizing Germany for its hostility to
the Church and its violation of the Concordat signed in 1933, which
guaranteed Church independence of State. While all members of the
Catholic Church were critical of Hitler’s policies during this time, it was the
laity and the priests that bore the brunt of Nazi wrath. In the Dachau
concentration camp, over 2000 Catholic priests were detained with over
1000 of them dying there. Laity Catholics murdered by the Nazis
numbered heavily. The millions of Polish people who perished at the hands
of the Nazis were mostly Jewish Catholics. It would be only by policy that
German Bishops would be spared from suffering the same fate. But even
for them, the threat would always linger of what would happen to them
should Hitler win the war. Plans to eliminate high ranking Bishops after
the war was over was—no doubt—an important agenda for the Nazis. Pope
Pius XH, while not as outspoken as Pope Pius XI against the Nazis, was
just as instrumental in supporting the resistance against Hitler. He helped
a number of conspirators try and overthrow the Nazi regime. The Vatican
was also instrumental in freeing Jews from Nazi persecution with
documentation and secret hideout shelters. While it is often presented
through media and imagery that the Catholic Church supported Hitler’s
atrocities, the truth of it bares a much different reality, one that reveals the
tragic loss of millions of Catholics.

Chapter 5: Pre-Constantine Church

Chapter 5

Pre-Constantine Church

The Early Church before Constantine is often referenced in defense of an
argument that espouses non-centralization. Since a non-centralized
element existed in Christianity before it was adopted by the Roman Empire
as the official Roman Church in the 4* Century, a non-centralized Church
must have been, according to the argument, the ultimate intention of Jesus
Christ. When it comes to Christ’s actual intention, one must discern
between intention and God’s will... along with Jesus’s outlook toward that
dynamic. During the agony in the Garden, it was clear that Jesus had some
major apprehension in facing what would be his actual death on the cross.
Even though He made it clear to his disciples that it was something that
was suppose to happen, the agony He suffered in the Garden of
Gethsemane after the last supper is indicative that such a death did not
exactly align with Jesus’s own desire. That night. He even prayed for entire
scenario to pass over him. This is what He says in Matthew 26:39: “And He
went a little farther, and fell on His face and prayed, saying, ‘O My Father,
if it be possible, let this cup pass from Me; nevertheless, not as I will, but as
Thou wilt.’” It’s also a misconception to believe that the centralization of
the Church started after Constantine. It was actually during the 2nd
century that the Church began to take on a more centralized approach.
Church matters began to fall under the direction of a central Bishop whose
Church authority oftentimes extended throughout an entire city. This
formation arose in response to the inconsistent teachings of Scripture
that came about with the lack of organization. The Church before Con¬
stantine was loosely organized and Scripture was inconsistently interpreted
and taught. Church recognition of the need to correct this for the sake of a
more consistent gospel was part of the evolution of the Church; an ar¬
gument that is supported when taking into account that this necessity was

recognized even before Constantine. It can be said that Catholicism is not
the big bad wolf of inflexible intolerance, but the original example of the
acceptance and compromise needed to accommodate. Non-Catholics try
to base the argument that new denominations arising is what was actually
intended, and in referring to pre-Constantine Church matters when
everything was more spread out and decentralized, they insinuate that
this dynamic is the antithesis to the exclusivity of Catholic Dogma.
However, agreements are often binding and we even see today that there
are more ecumenical denominations coming about to pacify the sense of
division that surrounds the basic curriculum of Biblical Scripture.
Catholicism is built upon that, which is why the current opposition to the
Catholic Church by Catholics doesn’t usually equate to a break from the
Church. To reiterate, this spreading out of teaching without organization
ultimately leads to inconsistencies of teaching that can only be fixed via
centralization. With the rise of ecumenical denominations, we see history
repeating itself along with the evolutionary process that already
culminated in the formation of the Catholic Church way back in the 4th
century. This necessity of central Bishops becoming a part of the Church
before Constantine speaks to this evolutionary process for the Church
that would ultimately lead to Rome becoming the center of the Catholic
Church. Of course, one can argue that Vatican II was part of this
evolutionary process and therefore should be regarded with the same
acceptance as the process that eventually led to the centralization of
Biblical teaching through Catholicism. However, evolutionary process
doesn’t discount the perfect nature of time and the perfect nature of age
keeping a body from warning itself when its health is in danger. This
doesn’t nullify the aspect of prophecy, regarding an apostasy, coming into
play when referencing Vatican H. When looking back at the Early Church,
it could be said that the diverse teaching of Scripture that led to the need
for a more central form of teaching for the sake of consistency was itself a

Chapter 5 : Pre-Constantine Church

warning that was naturally heeded as a part of the evolutionary
process for the Church.

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

Chapter 6

Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

The Doctrine of Catholicism being consummately backed by Scripture
doesn’t disregard the nature of Vatican II and the negative effects that
changing the Liturgy has had on the Church and Society. The element of
prophecy comes into view and within that prophecy fulfillment is the
force of the Holy Spirit. The Catholic Church today, as in dire straits as it
is, is still part of a living testimony of God’s will. While not the moral
example, it’s still the point of reference for prophecy due to the fact that
it had to be taken out of the way for prophecy to be fulfilled. It’s
the Magisterium, specifically—which is the authority of designated
Church officials to interpret Scripture by the force of the Holy Spirit—
that Paul is prophesying to be taken out of the way for this lawless one to
be revealed. The culmination of this prophecy started out with what
many believe to be attempts by freemasonry ideas, communism, and
sexual perversion to infiltrate the Catholic Church decades prior, along
with the growing reformation movement that led to the rise of many
different denominations of Christianity. These all served as a major
catalyst for the events surrounding the decision making process of Vati¬
can II. This change at Vatican II has spurred the slow rise of a
movement within the Catholic Church that denies the legitimacy of
the current papacy until a Pope comes along and re-instates the
Latin Mass. This movement is called sedevacantism. The Catholic
Church doesn’t take it serious because the Church’s belief that the
promise of Jesus saying that “the gates of hell shall never prevail”
against the Church make it impossible for sedevacantism to con¬
sider the papacy dead after Vatican 11. Not only that, Vatican I,
which sedevacantists accept as legitimate, stated that

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

there will be a Bishop of Rome on the chair of Peter in perpetuity.
Another aspect that can be argued against sedevacantism is that only the
Pope can decide how his successor is elected, so if the Papacy ended right
before Vatican II, there would be no way a new Pope could be elected
because only the Pope can decide the method for how his successor is
chosen. Pope Pius XII(if considered by sedevacantists as the last
legitimate Pope) released a document stating how his successors were to
be elected. The college of Cardinals that Pope Pius XII recommended to
elect a new Pope as his successor cannot stand today because all of those
Cardinals are now deceased. Source: Online Video - The Problem with
Sedevacantism - Catholic Answers. Youtube. Date Posted: Feb 19,
2015 On the flip side, sedevacantism can be seen as a fulfillment of
Jesus’s promise that the gates of Hell shall never prevail against the
Church owing to the fact that sedevacantists don’t reject their Catholic
Faith, but only await a decree that they feel would keep the Church
strong and enduring. In doing so, sedevacantists make room for Paul's
prophecy about the restraining force of the Catholic Church being taken
out of the way without losing sight of Jesus’s promise. Also
sedevacantism refusing to acknowledge a Pope as legitimate doesn’t
nullify Vatican I’s decree that there will always be a Bishop of Rome in
the Chair of Peter in perpetuity. The legitimacy of a Pope by
sedevacantism is strictly contingent on reinstatement of the Latin Mass.
So, in essence, if the current Pope calls another council and reinstates the
Latin Mass, sedevacantists will then deem him legitimate. The strongest
case for sedevacantism’s argument that Vatican II needs to be reversed
are the Fatima Apparitions of the Virgin Mary to 3 children in Fatima,
Portugal in 1917. The third secret given to Lucia dos Santos and then to
the Vatican informed the Church of a coming apostasy of the Catholic
Church along with the time-frame of when and who would start it.
When Pope Pius XII affirmed the apparition, the Church became

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

obligated to obey the words of the “Virgin Mary” which called for the
release of the document containing the third secret no later than i960.
Sedevacantist believe that it was a prophetic warning about Vatican II
and the decision by the Church not to release the third secret according
to the time-frame designated by the Virgin Mother was what led to the
successful conclusion of Vatican II and, subsequently, the steady moral
decline within the Church and Society. Sedevacantist are not to be
confused with Traditional Catholics who are deeply disappointed with
the state of the Catholic Church and wishes for the Papacy to take a more
conservative approach to Church issues. In terms of this, one of the
biggest roadblocks restraining a reinstatement of the Latin Mass is the
argument of whether or not the Liturgy was infallibly defined at the
Council of Trent or infallibly defined at Vatican Council 11. Sedevacantist
and Traditional Catholics believe that the Mass was infallibly defined in
the Council of Trent, and Novus Ordo Catholics believe the liturgy was
infallibly defined at Vatican 11. Another council would surely have to
address this dilemma. The warning by the Virgin Mary of apostasy in the
Church, and the events surrounding the few years before and after
Vatican II deems the third secret to be of such magnitude that it can be
said that providence itself drew resistance to what transpired upon the
Vatican’s insistence to not reveal the third secret of Fatima before i960.
During the papal conclave to elect a new Pope in 1958, the decision came
down to 2 cardinals: Cardinal Giuseppi Siri and Cardinal Angelo
Roncalli. Cardinal Siri was the most popular cardinal in Italy and a
favorite of Pius XII. He was a traditionalist and opposed to innovation.
He was widely believed to be the elected pope 2 days before the election
of Cardinal Roncalli. Cardinal Angelo Roncalli had been dismissed from
a teaching position from Lateran Seminary in Rome for promoting
revolutionary ideas. He also socialized with Freemasons, communists,
and modernists. Pius XII, at the request of the FBI, sent him to Venice to

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

serve as Arch Bishop there. Source: Online Video - Papal Imposters
4/12 The 1958 Conclave - Eclipse 1958. YouTube. Date: April 4, 2011.
It was a poor background for a candidate for Pope. During a conclave,
when a new pope is elected, white smoke is released at St. Peter’s square.
During the 1958 conclave, white smoke was emitted and persisted long
enough that there could be no doubt that a new pope was elected. After
20 minutes of anticipation by the crowd at St Peter’s Square, no Pope
appeared. Vatican radio then announced that it was a mistake and no
pope was yet elected. Dr. Paul Williams, in his book “The Vatican
Exposed,” made reference to FBI sources which revealed that Cardinal
Siri was elected at that moment, but the results were suppressed by many
French Cardinals believing it would cause widespread riots and the
assassination of Bishops behind the Iron Curtain. Another source, Fr.
Malachi Martin, a former Jesuit priest, later said that Cardinal Siri
refused to take the office believing that it would put his family in danger.
After it was announced that the previous white smoke was a mistake,
white smoke appeared again, and that turned out to be the official
decision of the conclave, which ended in the election of Cardinal Roncalli
as the new Pope. What's interesting about Siri’s election and then refusal
is that it was not a fluke. There was a force at work that wanted Siri to
become the new Pope and also a force at work that wanted to keep it from
happening. Interestingly, Siri won the number of votes needed to win in
the next 2 conclaves . The one in 1963, and then again in 1978. So all
three times. Cardinal Siri refused the election for fear of his family’s
safety. Cardinal Siri, as a staunch traditionalist, had every intention to
stop the modernization of the Church, and after Vatican II, reverse the
decisions made by the previous Popes in their effort to modernize the
Church. The forces behind the modernization of the Church were willing
to kill in order to make it happen. These forces are all related to the
warning of the third secret of Fatima. Fr. Malachi Martin, who served as

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

secretary to Cardinal Augustin Bea during preparations for the Second
Vatican Council in 1958, was a long term novelist and a documentarian of
Vatican history, and formerly a member of the Jesuit order who left the
order in the early 1960s and became an American citizen. Fr. Malachi was
present at Vatican II and saw first hand of the evil inside the Vatican that
followed. Malachi reported deliberate satanic rituals inside the Vatican,
which was later backed up by a Bishop in a press conference in 1998.
Emmanuel Milingo, who was formerly the archbishop of Lusaka, Zambia
at the time, made an announcement in the late 90’s at the Fatima 2000
Conference that there are formalized satanic rituals in the Vatican. In
Malachi Martin’s book, “Windswept House”, it starts out with a satanic
ritual that took place in the early 1960’s called “enthrallment of the fallen
angel Lucifer” which was a Satanic dedication to Lucifer instead of God.
Because prophecy is living, the reality begins to manifest that the
warnings were only part of a prophecy that would have ultimately led to
apostasy, with those warnings never being part of a plan to be heeded, but
only to be given.

Specifically, the change in the Liturgy, marked the steady decline of
society starting with the advent of Rock and Roll which exploded into
consciousness 2 years before the death of Pope Pius XII in 1958 and 6
years before Vatican 11. Before Vatican II, criticism of this type of music
by the Church was persistent enough to keep its influence out of the
Church. But after Vatican II, we began to see the Church become less
critical of the music, which later translated into parents becoming less
critical of it, and eventually kids becoming more influenced by it. Would
the Manson killings have taken place in 1969 if the Church was still doing
the Latin Mass? Charles Manson was influenced by rock and roll and even
motivated by a song called Helter Skelter to go out and order his followers
to murder innocent people. Russel Joseph McVinney was an American

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

prelate of the Roman Catholic Church and said in 1957 that Rock and Roll
threatens to bring the youth back to the jungle and animalism. Seeing all
the thuggery, mass shootings, rapes, abortions and sexual perversions
today, one can say that he was accurate in his assessment. Rock and roll
eventually led to more extreme forms of music coming about with almost
no resistance by the Church, by parents, or by teachers alike. Heavy Metal,
Gangster Rap music, and Hip Hop all threaten the sanity of children and
the safety of society. The promotion of sexual perversion by these entities
coincides with the current crisis in the Church regarding pedophilia and
homosexuality. Children influenced by bad music and laxed parenting
eventually grew up, and many of them became priest without ever growing
out of those childhood attitudes and influences that carried with it the
attitude that everything is about self-gratification. According to exorcists,
there are 2 things that the Devil hates, the Latin Mass and the Rosary.
Dennis Prager, founder of Prager University, who has an online series
called fireside chats and is a nationally syndicated radio talk-show host
and columnist, observed the rise of Mass shootings from the 1950’s and in
an article posted on June 4, 2019 on his website

https://www.dennisprager.com, he came to the conclusion that the main
thing that changed from the 1950’s, in which there was only 1 mass
shooting for the entire decade, was the fact that America became less
religious from that point. While this is not a reference to Vatican H on his
part, it does present an interesting coincidence that he would mention
that very change since 1950 to be a decline in religion when in fact Vatican
II took place in 1962 and lasted until 1965 and is often cited by traditional
Catholics as the reason for society being in the decline that it’s in. This
provides us with a non Catholic perspective that agrees a change with
regard to religion from that timeframe which Vatican II just so happened
to take place, even though he doesn’t mention it, effected the stability of

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

society. According to his research, after the decade of the 50s, mass
shootings jumped to 6 during the 60s, 13 during the 70s, 32 during the
8o’s, and then 42 during the go’s.

The reformation was another major influence on weakening the Catholic
Church through continuous criticism of the sacrificial aspect of the Mass,
an aspect that was removed in 1969 by Pope Paul VI. It can only be
concluded that the Rosary would be next in line seeing that the criticism of
Catholic veneration of the Virgin Mother is very widespread throughout
non-Catholicism. A good analogy of how Satan makes entry would be
someone who is on a diet and over eats at one meal, and then convinces
himself that since he already overate, he may as well overeat for the rest of
the day. Another would be to see how someone is criticized for ordering a
big mac from McDonalds along with a diet coke . To someone else, it
makes no sense that one would assume a diet coke would offset the
unhealthy aspects of the big mac. The observer’s logic assumes that going
all the way would make more sense. The Big mac doesn’t confer good
health and therefore having a diet coke with it just causes the eater to lose
out on the greater enjoyment of having a regular coke with it. Therefore
taking a diet coke is considered to be devoid of basic reasoning in that
sense. It’s exactly how Satan tempts a murderer to kill multiple times. He
convinces him that killing one will grant him the same punishment as
killing more than one. Accepting this perspective is what ensures the
perpetrator’s place in Hell. When a person sees no redemption, he
continues in sin. It’s a textbook example of how Satan latches onto a soul.
He convinces a person that they are awful, they believe it and then follow
along with his program in such a way that it ensures their place in
everlasting Hell Fire. Another temptation that also arises involves using
overt over-compensation simply to regain a certain status as opposed to
offering genuine contrition. It’s quite possible that the Church sees no

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

redemption in sight regarding the current pedophilia scandal and
therefore feels the need to compensate via outward tolerance rooted in
society’s standards over Catholic standards. The outlook is that they’ve
already transgressed so greatly, that by default, they must relax the
standard tenets of Church dogma in order to compensate morally. This
outlook can also be said to be a judgment in itself, and not an actual
temptation. It was prophesied at Fatima that “Church dogma will always
be preserved.” Because Catholic prophecy forewarns believers that these
things were to take place, the faithful can remain hopeful of God’s will
being exercised in light of all of it. The Catholic Church cannot deny this
because Fatima is an approved apparition by Pope Pius XII.

The Virgin Mary, in the second secret of Fatima, warned the 3 children
of the need to consecrate Russia to the Immaculate Heart of Mary so
Russia’s errors(communism) would not spread throughout the world.
The Virgin Mary said “If my requests are heeded, Russia will be
converted, and there will be peace; if not, she will spread her errors
throughout the world.” Pope John Paul II consecrated the world to the
Immaculate Heart in 1984. An event in which Lucia Dos Santos
confirmed in an interview to be the fulfillment of the Virgin Mary’s
request to consecrate Russia. In 1991, the USSR collapsed and
communism in Russia ended. Many do not consider the consecrations
performed by Pope Pius XII and Pope John Paul II to be legitimate
because those consecrations did not single out Russia or reference
Fatima. Both consecrations were for the entire world. This argument
presents another case of the Catholic Church refusing to properly heed
the instructions of the Virgin Mary. The degree to which the spread of
communism was affected correlated to the degree that the Virgin

Chapter 6: Vatican II after-effects and Sedevacantism

Mary’s instructions were followed. It can be said that since Her
instructions to Consecrate Russia was done halfheartedly by the
Papacy, the result of stopping the spread of communism was only a
halfhearted result. Even though the Cold War ended in 1991 with the
fall of the Soviet Union, the war itself still rears its head from time to
time in today’s age. Fr. Nicholas Gruner, who passed away in 2015,
was a Roman Catholic Priest and crusader for Our Lady of Fatima.
He pushed for the Catholic Church to carry out a proper
consecration of Russia, and also warned of the consequences for not
doing so. He warned that failure to consecrate Russia as requested
by the Virgin Mother would usher in the arrival of the Antichrist.
While Sister Lucia accepted Pope John Paul IPs consecration in
1984, it's possible that it being done late did not discount the fact
that communism had already spread beyond Russia's borders at
that point. Even though Russia is no longer communist, the
consecration being done and accepted wouldn't have to mean
that communism itself was kept at bay. Once cancer spreads, the
body part where the cancer originated would not speak for the
areas where the cancer spread to should the original site of the
cancer become free of it. If one doesn't agree with Fr. Gruner's
assertion about the consecration, one would still have to give
credence to his sense of urgency regarding the spreading of the
errors of communism, which is taking place in today's world.
Even if an attempt at a full consecration wouldn't change
anything, Fr. Gruner's stance is still easily translatable into trying
to do something about a grave matter, no matter how futile any
attempt to circumvent it would prove to be.

Chapter 7 ; Homosexuality and Pedophilia

Chapter 7

Homosexuality and Pedophilia

Does corruption in the Church by priests, cardinals, bishops, and popes
de-legitimize the sanctity of the Church, or the principles upon which it
was found? There is no doctrine in the Catholic Church that says ranking
members of the Church are incapable of immorality. Peter himself denied
Jesus. The Pope’s infallibility is related to interpretation on matters of faith
and dogma. Just as all humans are, the man who is serving as Bishop of
Rome is capable of sin. The Catholic Church teaches this and is in no way
contradicting Papal infallibility. Moreover, the Holy Spirit doesn’t prevent
a person from committing sin. What it does is serve as a helper which
guides one to all truth and gives one the same authority that Jesus did to
preach the gospel, heal the sick, perform miracles, etc. This power of the
Priests, Bishops, Cardinals, and the Pope is called the Magisterium, the
force of the Holy Spirit within the Catholic Church. Non-Catholics often
use papal infractions as a way to de-legitimize the basic foundations of the
Church. There is no denying that the Church has fallen away from its moral
foundations due to what has come to light regarding the pedophilia
scandal. However, it doesn’t justify a perspective that completely
eliminates the very purpose of the Church. Because the Church is founded
on Scripture, it’s also founded on prophecies in Scripture taking place in
their due time. Such a prophecy of the Church falling away doesn’t discount
the Catholic Church as a focal point for fulfillment of the prophecy. To
implicate the foundations based on all subsequent infractions would be
almost equivalent to another Apostle using Peter’s denial of Jesus to
remove him from being the Rock of the Church. Peter’s authority is
founded upon Jesus’s verbal acknowledgment of him, while his subsequent
denial of Christ never managed to disqualify Jesus’s authority on the
matter, nor did it disqualify Peter’s later actions of baptizing without
circumcision as the consummation of what was prophesied by Daniel.

Chapter 7 ; Homosexuality and Pedophilia

This is an important perspective to have when judging both prophecy
and the foundations of the Church, along with what is happening in the

Church.as all being tied together. It must also be said that receiving

the Holy Spirit would not mean that the person who has it won’t, at some
point, grieve the Holy Spirit. Ephesians 4:30:

“And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, by whom you were sealed for
the day of redemption.”

This passage clearly shows that a person with the Holy Spirit can still sin
and this is something we can attribute to the doctrine of free will. The
Pedophilia scandal infers how the problem of homosexual perversion in
the Church coincides with the promotion of sexual perversion as a normal
staple of today’s society. These deviating standards permeated after
Vatican II. The majority of cases related to clergy abuse of minors involved
adult male sexual activity on young adolescent males or prepubescent
boys. The sexual crimes in the Church follow the opposite trend that occurs
in secular society, in which the majority of underage sexual abuse cases
involve an adult male on a young woman or prepubescent girl. This, in
itself, would implicate the homosexuality factor within the Priesthood to
be an issue along with the pedophilia scandal. The Catechism regards
Homosexual activity as a sin and encourages those who struggle with it to
try and conform to a celibate lifestyle. Therefore, homosexuality itself, as a
sexual preference, cannot be deemed an automatic disqualification if it’s
followed by chastity. The Catechism actually condemns all sexual activity
outside of marriage. This, however, should not be regarded as the Church
espousing an equivalency between homosexual and heterosexual activity,
especially when taking into account that heterosexual activity is permitted
by the Catholic Church after marriage, while homosexual activity is never
permitted under any circumstance. This leaves the homosexual desire to

Chapter 7 : Homosexuality and Pedophilia

be a more critical quality than the heterosexual desire with regards to
the difference between violating something that is ordained under
certain circumstances such as marriage for heterosexual sex, and
something that is never ordained under any circumstance - as in the
case of homosexual sex. The conflict arising from Homosexuals joining
the priesthood is that even though they may adhere to the call for
celibacy in their vocation, it is the fact that their choice to join the
priesthood raises the chance that their choice is partly motivated by an
internal lust to seek the company of those who are the objects of their
sexual attraction, which in the case of the Catholic Priesthood, would be
other men. This is problematic and constitutes an inequality with the
fact that a heterosexual male joining the priesthood is in no way
influenced by his lust, but by the complete sacrifice that celibacy would
entail for him. In his case, lust has no bearing on his decision to join
because there are no elements in the priesthood that would arouse his
natural desire to be in the company of women. Whereas for a
homosexual, the priesthood would contain elements that arouses his
natural desires to be in the company of men. Even though he may never
pursue a sexual act with another male in his presence, his sexual desire
for them alone would be a motivating influence for him to remain a
priest. A heterosexual priest doesn’t have this influence to boost his
sense of vocation. Does this mean that heterosexual priests are without
sin in their vocation? Of course not. On February 6, 2019, Pope Francis
responded to allegation of abuse by clergy members against nuns. He
said it does exist and there were cases of sexual slavery of nuns by clergy
members during Pope Benedict XVI’s tenure and some that are ongoing
in Africa, Asia, and Latin America. The sexual slavery revolved mainly
around manipulation and the abuse of power by clergy members over
religious sisters.

Chapter 8: Salvation outside the Church

Chapter 8

Salvation outside the Church

The Catholic Church infallibly teaches “extra ecclesiam nulla salus,” or
“outside the Church there is no salvation.” Pope Francis recently quoted
Pope Paul in 2013 in saying “It’s an absurd dichotomy to think one can live
with Jesus, but without the Church, to follow Jesus outside the Church, to
love Jesus and not the Church” If Pope Francis doesn’t speak of this
foundational principle in such a manner, he would simply be confirming
the legitimacy of Martin Luther and the reformation. In essence, what he
would be doing is acknowledging other denominations arising from
Martin Luther’s rebellion as valid and true Catholic denominations. Of
course, we only reference this principle in terms of traditional Catholicism
as it was before Vatican II, and not in terms of today’s Novus Ordo
Catholicism. The Pope Francis quote is just an example of how it was
made to serve its purpose historically. To express this any other way would
have made one just as guilty as Luther. Since there is no salvation outside
of the Catholic Church, other denominations are thus considered by the
Catholic Church as still in protest of the Church. The Catechism declares
that “those who believe in Christ and have been properly baptized are put
in a certain, although imperfect, communion with the Catholic Church.”
Therefore, the statement “no salvation outside the Church” cannot be
considered by non-Catholics an automatic sentence to hell. The Church
doesn’t usually acknowledge other denominations as single valid entities,
but only rebellious members of the one true Church and its dogma.
Catholic means Universal and is based on the teachings of Jesus Christ, so
a new church, theoretically, cannot come about outside of that. This would
leave the only possible explanation for entities identifying themselves
outside of Catholicism as being formed for the sole reason of rebelling

Chapter 8: Salvation outside the Church

against Catholicism. There being no “salvation outside the Catholic
Church” speaks to this impossibility of being able to fully serve Jesus
outside the Catholic(Universal) Church, and the quote “absurd dichotomy
to think one can live with Jesus, but without the Church, to follow Jesus
outside the Church, to love Jesus and not the Church” as a result always
holds weight. To say there is salvation outside of the Catholic Church
would be to say that the sacrifice of the Saints and Martyrs were in vain
and that they could have renounced their faith and still have been saved.
To say that there is salvation outside of the Catholic Church would be
putting oneself in the same position as the saints and martyrs and then
renouncing Jesus. Proclaiming the Word, especially in Christianity,
especially when it comes to the Gospels, should not be considered a call to
arms against other faiths, but Satan has been clever in getting others to
use proclamations of Jesus as a provocation to persecute other faiths and
thus an excuse for those other faiths to rebel, even sometimes violently.
Anyone who has read the Gospels can easily see that proclaiming them is
in no way a call for conflict. To interpret otherwise speaks to one’s own
hostility being directed by Satan. To be aware of this responsibility to
proclaim the Word is a key to understanding the Catholic Faith and a key
to placing oneself within the realm of Salvation and the Word of God.
There are 2 passages that require the believer to exercise judgment and
balance regarding this. The first is in the Old Testament in Proverbs that
states how God hates those who sow discord amongst the brethren and the
other is a passage from Jesus Christ that mentions the responsibility to
confess Jesus before men. Today, many Christians face a huge conflict on
how to discern balance between the two: tolerance required not to sow
discord, and discernment on when to profess Jesus in a way that pleases
Him. Matthew 15: 17 - 18:

Chapter 8: Salvation outside the Church

“Do you not yet realize that whatever enters the mouth goes into the
stomach and then is eliminated? But the things that come out of the
mouth come from the heart, and these things defile a man.”

God knows what a proclamation originates from in a person’s heart with
regard to whether or not it’s done in an effort to please Him. A
proclamation of Truth doesn’t always originate from malice, even though
sometimes it can. Also, a proclamation that shortcuts Truth doesn’t
always originate from a desire to calm. There are times it can originate
from cowardice with regard to fearing the actions of man over fearing the
actions of God. A good example would be Peter’s denial of Christ. God
knows the heart and if a proclamation of Truth is motivated by malice, or
if a sidestepping of Truth as Peter did is motivated by cowardice of not
wanting to face conflict in defense of the Word of God, then God is very
aware and will judge accordingly. This is key to understanding this
balance of what is meant by the narrow gate that leads to life and the wide
gate that leads to destruction.

Chapter 9: Feminism and roles in the Church

Chapter 9

Feminism and roles in the Church

Feminism has often considered Catholic Doctrine to be opposed to the
rights of women to be equal to men. The Catholic Church does not
advocate against the rights of women, nor advocate that women are
less than men. Scripture defines roles for the Church. Just as the
Church is subordinate to the role of Scripture, the men are subordinate
to the role of the Church, and likewise the women are subordinate to
the roles of the men in the Church. In unison, everyone is equal in
subordination to everyone else’s role as indicated in Scripture, just as
they are to their own roles. A person has to submit to his own role in
order to carry it out. i Corinthians 11:3:

“Now I commend you for remembering me in everything and for
maintaining the traditions, just as I passed them on to you. But I want
you to understand that the head of every man is Christ, and the head of
the woman is man, and the head of Christ is God.”

Man in his role cannot be considered superior to his own subordination
to his proper role, just as woman in her role cannot be considered
superior to her own subordination to her proper role. Can the top exist
without the bottom? One must try to think of the Church as a Body and
how hard it would be to function if the legs became the head, or the
fingers became the heart. According to the words of Christ, it’s the
servant who is higher among people, so there is nothing offensive about
the roles in the Church when everyone is carrying them out in all
submission and humility. Women becoming priest in the Catholic
Church would be the opposite of the Church upholding the rights of
women. It would actually take away from both a woman’s right to
be submissive to the Word of God, and also the man’s right to be

Chapter 9: Feminism and roles in the Church

submissive to the Word of God. A man no more enjoys his role in the
Church than a women enjoys hers. Because of this, an equality arises in
the sense of duty required to carry them out.

Along with the hierarchy of the Church being questioned as sexist, the rule
that priest are not allowed to marry also comes into conflict with some
feminist ideas. Many non-Catholics fail to see how being single translates to
more spiritual graces than being married. Even Paul advises staying single if
one is seeking more spiritual graces. 1 Corinthians 7: 32 -35

“I would like you to be free from concern. An unmarried man is concerned
about the Lord’s affairs—how he can please the Lord. But a married man is
concerned about the affairs of this world—how he can please his wife— and
his interests are divided. An unmarried woman or virgin is concerned about
the Lord’s affairs: Her aim is to be devoted to the Lord in both body and
spirit. But a married woman is concerned about the affairs of this
world—how she can please her husband. I am saying this for your own good,
not to restrict you, but that you may live in a right way in undivided devotion
to the Lord.”

The Catholic Church’s policy of Priestly celibacy is not rooted in misogyny.
It’s everything to do with devotion to the Lord. Jesus was very specific
in mentioning what is required of those who chose to follow Him. This pas¬
sage in Matthew reminds us of the higher spiritual graces from the sin¬
gle life. Matthew 19: 29:

“And everyone who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother
or wife or children or fields for my sake will receive a hundred times as much
and will inherit eternal life.”

Chapter 9: Feminism and roles in the Church

It can be said that the single life is a superior state to the married life.

Christ advocated celibacy.should it be possible for someone, and so did

Paul. It would be difficult for a married priest to drive out demons or
properly perform an exorcism. This call to the ministry is no different than
if one lived during the time of Jesus and asked Him if they could become
his follower. It's also not the Catholic Church that links the call to ministry
inextricably to the call for celibacy. Jesus Christ is the One who made these
demands of his followers. Interestingly, obligatory celibacy was not an
issue in the Catholic Church until Vatican II stripped the Mass of its
sacrificial nature, which just so happens to be another indicator as to why
the Mass is of grave importance.

Chapter lo: Finance

Chapter 10

Finance

The financial/money issue in the Catholic Church has caused many to
question their faith in the Church. To a lot of people, it seems so hypocritical
that the Church can preach about a man that walked with the poor and lived
the most humble lifestyle, but yet allow themselves to retain so much wealth
and luxury. The Catholic Church is the most charitable organization in the
world, a charity that extends not only to the present, but also the future. As
with all institutions that handle resources, there would obviously be that
element of money grabbing in the Church. The Vatican Bank has about 8
billion in assets, and while the accounts should be in the name of only those
residing in the Vatican, they also happen to be in the name of powerful
officials looking to store money. The Church’s lack of oversight is no
different than Jesus’s lack of oversight of funds donated towards His
ministry. The Vatican is and should be looked upon as a separate entity
from the bank, just as Jesus’s ministry was looked upon as a separate entity
from the corrupt money grabbing of Judas Iscariot, who was likely the one
left in charge of contributions made to His ministry. In Matthew 6 :19-20
Jesus says:

“Do not lay up for yourselves treasures on earth, where thieves break in and
steal.”

Jesus practiced what He preached and also knew this would lead to one of
the many persecutions he endured during his life, the one of betrayal. The
Church in following the footsteps of Jesus is liable to this same deception
that Judas carried out on Christ. It must be said that the Pope only manages
the Church, while Vatican City is left to the management of separate
administrators. Vatican City is supported financially by contributions and

Chapter lo: Finance

donations. Similarly, any contributions made to Jesus’s ministry would
have been handled by Judas Iscariot, and not by Jesus himself. Because
Jesus practiced not paying attention to these matters, it left him
vulnerable to the schemes of greedy men. So likewise, the Holy Seefthe
Pope) historically in doing the same thing has left the Church vulnerable
to the schemes of greedy men put in charge of the funds. Jesus was clear
that everything He suffered, his followers would also suffer.

The Vow of Poverty is often taken out of context by non-Catholics who try
to criticize Diocesan Priest for owning property. The problem with that
argument is that it doesn’t take into account the fact that Diocesan Priest
do not usually take a vow of Poverty. What they do take is a vow of
obedience to their Bishop. The vow of Poverty is usually taken by clergy
members that are part of religious orders like the Dominicans and the
Jesuits. Their income is usually a monthly stipend of about too dollars,
and if they work at a school or university, their paycheck likely goes to
their superiors. The properties they reside in or cars they drive usually
belongs to their religious institute. There are, however, some Diocesan
Priests who do remain a part of these religious orders which take vows of
Poverty. In that case, a Diocesan Priest would be obligated to continue
the vow.

Chapter ii: Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

Chapter 11

Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

“No salvation outside the Catholic Church” is a difficult concept to come
to terms with. The idea that one can maintain that good non- Catholics
are not entitled to the same Spiritual graces that good Catholics are is
preposterous to a sensible human mind. It's almost as if the concept is
driven by a competitive element innate in the human condition and is
just rearing itself in the realm of religious canon and religious law.
Anyone who accepts Scripture must come to terms with this reality of
salvation, i Corinthians 9:24-27

“Do you not know that in a race all the runners run, but only one receives
the prize? So run that you may obtain it. Every athlete exercises
self-control in all things. They do it to receive a perishable wreath, but we
an imperishable. So I do not run aimlessly; I do not box as one beating
the air. But I discipline my body and keep it under control, lest after
preaching to others I myself should be disqualified.”

One thing we can gather from Paul is that there is a race and there is a
prize and even according to Jesus, the route to that prize is very narrow.
“Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the
road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it. But small is the
gate and narrow the road that leads to life, and only a few find it.” In
essence, there can only be a few winners, and a lot of losers. If you study
other religions, one can see that this passage holds much weight as not
only biblical, but also universal. One can conclude that this competition is
even acknowledged by other religions. As a result. Scripture makes it
very clear that we cannot all agree. Anyone who accepts the Word of God
must come to terms with this. To try and sugarcoat the Word would be a

Chapter ii: Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

grave error. At the same time, this is not a declaration that there will
always be war. Looking at history, there is no proof that a common
consensus is a guarantor of peace, when the size of the margin of
difference has been shown to have no bearing on the magnitude of
reactionary conflict arising from those differences. The Puritans broke
from the Church of England even though both have a protestant
viewpoint. Muslims kill each other in Middle East over differences of
interpretation of the same religion. Civil wars occur amongst people of
the same ethnicity, and conflict happens amongst parties of the same
government. Theoretically, there should only be one Protestant Church
when they all agree that unending rebellion against the Catholic Church
is warranted. We see in contrast to the commonality that still leads to
division how history also shows that major differences in declarations
don’t necessarily equate to violent conflict. Jews and Muslims co¬
existed for centuries during the Islamic Spain era (711-1492) and
actually benefited from each other’s presence. Logic would assume that
getting along would require(taking into account the strict standards
held by both religions) for at least one of the parties to renounce their
own way. To my knowledge, there is no record of any renouncements
of faith during that time. This would give us an example of how a
concerted effort not to sow discord can operate in tandem with
proclaiming one’s own faith... all without any insinuations of hostility
coming about. We can thus say that this balance is possible. Today’s
world, however, doesn’t see this as the case. In, 2019, a historic
interfaith covenant was signed by Pope Francis and Sheikh Ahmed
al-Tayeb of Sunni Islam. The document that was signed by both parties
declared that the diversity of religions was the will of God. As
disturbing as this is to traditional Catholicism, this cannot be opposed
by the Catholic Church due to the doctrine of infallibility of the Pope.
This move by Pope Francis will likely be criticized anyway by those

Chapter ii: Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

traditionalist Catholics who hold the document to mean that since it is
the will of God for the diversity of religions, then all of them must be
acceptable to God. The danger from such a decree that postulates
diversity of religion as the Will of God is the potential ripple effect that
could lead to the idea that since nature itself is the Will of God, then all
things arising from natural man is also acceptable to God, which
therefore disqualifies the need for God. There are many examples of this
in today’s society. The document signed by both Pope Francis and Sheikh
Ahmed was based on combating extremism. It’s a misconception that
unity of ideology will somehow constitute world peace. History shows
that the size and scale of the difference doesn’t equate to the size and
scale of the conflict. As stated before, there have been times when
opposing viewpoints have operated together peacefully and when similar
viewpoints have operated together non-peacefully. Catholicism doesn’t
have to sign such a document because its own doctrine doesn’t advocate
violence to non-Catholics. There is nothing in Church doctrine that
violently opposes the existence of other faiths and this due to the
doctrine of Free Will for all creation still retaining its legitimacy upon
Scripture being measured up against non-Biblical sources.

Sirach 15:14-17:

“When God, in the beginning, created man, he made him subject to his
own free choice. If you choose you can keep the commandments; it is
loyalty to do his will. There are set before you fire and water; to
whichever you choose, stretch forth your hand. Before man are life and
death, whichever he chooses shall be given him.”

To combat Extremism, one must understand its nature. Extremism is
often motivated by nihilism(a rejection of all moral principles, religion,
etc. and an acceptance that life is meaningless). Ironically, religion and

Chapter ii: Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

politics is often what a terrorist uses to show as what is revolving
around his acts of terror. However, most of the extremists who act out
violently do so out of an indiscriminate rage that arises out of a
discontent with involuntary celibacy, and not so much from any strong
feelings that center around religion or politics. The lack of validation
from a woman can drive a man to feel a sense of neglect from both
women and society, in such a way that he often succumbs to external
sources of validation which are centered around rebellion using violent
means. The initial fragile state from prolonged singleness doesn’t sud¬
denly decide upon that course. It’s when that fragile state is further
injured through some triggering event, like a rejection or breakup and
coupled with some unfavorable encounters with one’s peers, that the
person then allows himself to be steered in a direction that ends in
violent expression. So it’s not religion that is the catalyst for their
madness, but simply the fact that they are unsuccessful in
consummating or maintaining a relationship with a woman. Religion
or politics is used as a way of covering up the shame that would come
about in admitting that one’s malevolence is the result of not being able
to have a woman. There is always an exception, such as Elliot Rodger,
who openly admitted that his anger revolved around his lack of success
with women. His case is proof that virtually all terrorism centers
around this aspect as more cases of mass shootings are now being
presented with some form of romantic frustration or prolonged
singleness being suffered by the perpetrator prior to his heinous acts.
There is even an online movement called Incel, short for involuntary
celibacy, that advocates many of the same ideologies espoused by
religious extremists with regards to female sexuality. There is an
undeniable correlation there, which further converges the basis of all
terrorism around the world as romantic/sexual in nature, and not as

Chapter ii: Extremism, Terrorism, and Involuntary celibacy

directly religious or political from the perpetrator's perspective as many
have come to believe. In Islamic extremism, enforced celibacy plays a huge
role in this male frustration. In many strict Islamic cultures, a man cannot
even speak to a woman unless he gets permission from her parents and
cannot spend time with her before marriage without the presence of her
parents. This environment makes it a ripe one for romantic frustration.
Moreover, when describing an epidemic of lonely males, one often conveys
the idea that this means an epidemic of sex. The epidemic has more to do
with a lack of emotional romantic intimacy with the opposite sex. The
reason it's easier for a nihilist to use Islam over other religions as a way
to cover up their rage over involuntary celibacy or inability to consum¬
mate a relationship is because the text cited in the Quran is able to be in¬
terpreted as a direct command to kill non-believers. Another factor that
serves as a roadblock to combating extremism and promoting peace is that
the Islamic tradition of abrogation, which espouses that later text in
the Quran essentially repeals all the previous text pertaining to the same
issue, makes it difficult for objective readers of the Quran to displace
peaceful Muslims from the more radical and violent Muslims. It is not
only this abrogation but also the fear on the part of traditional Muslims
to contextualize the more aggressive and seemingly intolerant revela¬
tions of the Prophet Muhammad as relevant to the time in which they
were revealed.a time in which he and his followers faced severe per¬

secution and had no choice but to defend themselves against the Pagan
worshipers who wanted to kill them. The fear that contextualization di¬
minishes the eternal and universal nature of the text will serve as an
obstacle in getting modern times to understand that Islam is not funda¬
mentally an intolerant religion.

Chapter 12 : Purgatory

Chapter 12

Purgatory

The Roman Catholic Church teaches that a person can either go to Hell,
Heaven, or Purgatory. Purgatory is defined by the Catholic Church as a
condition or place. Throughout history, non-Catholics have become very
critical of this doctrine and consider purgatory as something that's not
mentioned in the Bible. If one defines what purgatory is - the condition of
a person who died within the grace of God without atoning for his sins, but
is yet still able to enter heaven by going through a soul purification process
— then one can understand how purgatory would in fact line up in
accordance with Scripture. This purification process is said to be assistable
by prayers of the living for the deceased. In the book of Maccabees
12:42-44, which is left out of non-Catholic Bibles, Judas Maccabees
offered prayers for his comrades who died in battle when he discovered
they hadn’t been faithful to God’s command of staying away from idols.

“and they turned to prayer, beseeching that the sin which had been
committed might be wholly blotted out. And the noble Judas exhorted the
people to keep themselves free from sin, for they had seen with their own
eyes what had happened because of the sin of those who had fallen. He also
took up a collection, man by man, to the amount of two thousand drachmas
of silver, and sent it to Jerusalem to provide for a sin offering. In doing this
he acted very well and honorably, taking account of the resurrection. For if
he were not expecting that those who had fallen would rise again, it would
have been superfluous and foolish to pray for the dead.”

Non-Catholics often use the fact that Jesus died for all of our sins to ar¬
gue the doctrine of purgatory. While Jesus did pay the penalty for all
of our sins, Paul still reminds us that this salvation is only indicative of

Chapter 12: Purgatory

the faith given to us by Grace which produces the fruit of repentance.
However, if someone dies in sin without the fruits of repentance, one
has to ask how can that be reconciled to faith in Jesus if faith, after
the resurrection, holds the keys to works of the law. Romans 3:31:

“Do we, then, nullify the law by this faith? Not at all! Rather, we uphold
the law.”

Likewise, a lack of faith must hold the keys to works of sin. Jesus died for
the sins of all, but his death did not override the free will of others to
reject the grace of having faith in Him. Why did the calls for repentance
continue after His Resurrection?, as we see numerous times in Acts. If
works of righteousness are no longer necessary, then how does one define
“repent”? Repentance constitutes a work because it’s a turning away
from sin and a change of mind, along with a change in behavior. This
makes repentance, itself, an act. In Acts 2: 38 Peter replied:

"Repent and be baptized, every one of you, in the name of Jesus Christ for
the forgiveness of your sins. And you will receive the gift of the Holy
Spirit.”

This passage shows that there is still a process even after the death and
resurrection of Jesus. This process is not an annulment of Jesus’s
sacrifice, but the reality that because of Jesus’s sacrifice, we can repent
and be forgiven. The argument against Purgatory is often the assumption
that the Catholic Church is teaching that the prayers of the living are
making decisions for God and taking for granted the Death and

Chapter 12: Purgatory

Resurrection of Jesus. The Catholic Church doesn’t teach this. The Catholic
Church teaches that the prayers of the living could be of assistance to the
soul going through a purification process. Prayers by definition are only a
request, and not a command. Just as a prayer for something in one’s life is
not making a decision for God, and doesn’t guarantee that God will grant
the request. However, the prayer itself could help in one’s desire for God’s
intervention. The fact that a prayer can be of assistance to the soul is not
rooted in the Church interpreting how the process of God’s judgment of
souls operates or the meaning behind Jesus’s death, but rooted in the very
definition of prayer itself. What the Catholic Church is essentially saying
about Purgatory is that the advantage to the soul after death is that the
living can still pray. Philippians 4:6:

“Do not be anxious about anything, but in everything by prayer and
supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God.”

Chapter 13: Capitalism

Chapter 13

Capitalism

The Catholic Church has been very outspoken against Communism and
this can easily be interpreted that the Church is business-oriented
Capitalism. Over the years, the Papacy hasn’t paid as much attention to
money as they have to administrative matters regarding the Church
hierarchy. This is a reason why they’ve always been susceptible to
corruption and mismanagement from accountants and contribution
managers. However, the belief that people should be able to own
property ends up placing Catholicism more on the side of Capitalism
than it does Communism. People tend to define the general idea of
Capitalism by focusing on the personal aspect of property while
ignoring the other more important aspect of Capitalism, which is the
necessity of a person to acknowledge the rights of others to own
property, something the Catholic Church advocates...not the entirety of
how Capitalism is defined in terms of the pursuit of personal wealth, but
the part that necessitates acknowledging the rights of others to own
property. So therefore one cannot say, unanimously, that the Church is
supporting Capitalism. Just as someone who is against abortion cannot
be automatically considered Republican because the Republican party
is anti-abortion. That person may not agree with all aspects of
the Republican Party, and cannot therefore be identified as
Republican but can indeed be considered fully against the Democratic
party’s support of abortion because of the magnitude of the role
his own moral standard regarding new born infants plays in his
life. That analogy is the best way to observe Catholicism’s view of
economics and its anti-communist stance. Capitalism is often looked
at from the point of view of I, an assumption that capitalism is
only referring to one’s own agenda to own and capitalize. Even
though Capitalism has much to do with how one views his own right

Chapter 13: Capitalism

to own property, it also has much to do with how a person views
another’s right to own property. Charity is also guided by this principle of
acknowledging the rights of others to own; others being both the rich and
the poor. Nowhere in the Bible does Jesus advocate a person going out and
forcing someone else to give. Someone who is poor is not exempt from the
Ten Commandments and thus able to steal. It is no more fair to define
the rich as greedy than it is to define the poor as lazy. Obviously, wealth
doesn’t always constitute greed and corruption, and poverty doesn’t
always constitute laziness. There are so many variables at work in
economics, and to ignore the many while paying attention to the few is
advocating for one’s own degree of complacency with regards to an uneven
distribution. Ironically, many billionaires are unapologetic
socialists, all the while not even practicing socialism themselves by giving
their employees equal rights to control the means of production. It seems
counter-intuitive, since consensus-wise Capitalism caters to the rich and
oppresses the poor, that a billionaire would advocate socialism. Many
times this attitude by billionaires is rooted in a selfishness that does not
want to see others have more than oneself. By getting others to share,
he could maintain his wealth relative to others. A true capitalist would be
happy that another person is exerting his right to own property, own a
business, own land, etc... legally, no matter what he himself is doing
with his own property. So it makes perfect sense that a billionaire’s
resentment of this right of someone else to own property should not be
considered an aspect of Capitalism when looking at the fact that
Capitalism can only fully have a name in a society when a person
acknowledges the right of someone else to own property. Otherwise, theft
would be the only ideology that can be defined for that society.
Socialism would stifle the billionaire's competition, while capitalism
would remain a daily threat to their selfish attitude to the rising
wealth and the endeavors of other people. Historically, true
Socialism has never been successfully implemented. Workers, as a whole.

Chapter 13: Capitalism

have never successfully owned the means of production. The power over
this aspect has always ended up falling into the hands of the Government,
which then creates a situation of full-blown Communism. Capitalism, on
the other hand, is something that doesn’t start when I decide to own
property. It starts when I decide to allow others to own property and can
only be completely defined when the aspect of people allowing others in
society to own property is included within the very definition. When
referencing the wealth inequality aspect with regard to Capitalism, one has
to also reference the general attitude towards wealth within the
demographics. Just as the unemployment rate only accounts for people
who are actively looking for work, wealth inequality must account for the
amount of people actively pursuing an increasing profit from an endeavor,
or his/her own business. If a metric doesn’t take into account when
someone doesn’t want wealth, when someone is not looking to get ahead
at his place of work, and when someone insists on remaining in their
circumstances, then that metric cannot ascertain properly the reason for
the wealth inequality. If two people are at the table eating, but one is not,
one cannot easily assume that other person is being denied food by the
person who is eating when it’s possible that he was offered, but declined.
One cannot look at that situation and undeniably point the finger at the
person eating and say he is purposely starving the other person sitting by
him. It’s possible for the other person to already be content. At the same
time, we cannot conclude that the person is not indeed starving him. The
problem with Communism is that it doesn’t inquire these things and just
assumes, while Capitalism and the free market leaves it up to the person
eating to decide what to do with his food, much in the way our free will
from God leaves it up to us to decide to do the right thing. Wealth
inequalities have to also be measured in terms of output. Does a teacher
just assume a student is struggling when his grades are not up to par?

Chapter 13: Capitalism

Cannot that same teacher discern when he is not putting in effort? Is it
never the case that people reap what they actively sowed, while others have
never sowed at all? On the surface, a society where there is no wealth
inequality sounds great. However, can that society be seen in that same
great light when there is a significant disparity in output even though there
is an even distribution of wealth? Therefore, the Church advocating for the
rights of others to own property becomes antithetical to Communism.
Government has tried to limit capitalism through harsh regulation, but has
failed to see when certain strict regulation is serving as barriers to entry for
up and coming businesses to access the market share of an industry. This
keeps the money from circulating properly within the economy while
disallowing competition to naturally limit the rising capital of major
corporations. This further implicates government intervention against the
free market as not only limiting the rights of the rich, but also limiting
rights of the poor in their desire to bring equilibrium to the economic
climate through efforts of their own. To reiterate. Catholic Doctrine only
advocates the rights of others to own property and speaks against whatever
denies people this right. Another antagonistic set up against this argument
is assuming that Jesus would have been a Socialist. The problem with
arguing Socialism is that there is no historical evidence that it’s even
possible. Socialism is basically workers owning the means of production.
The breakdown of that leading to government intervention would be how
Communism comes about, which is basically defined as the state owning
the means of production. So when Socialism is brought up, it’s automati¬
cally intertwined and grouped in with the word Communism. This is
because of Socialism’s consistent failure to establish itself, which as a re¬
sult turns it into a gateway to Communism. The failure of Socialism is that
it fails to distinguish the working class from the non working class in its

Chapter 13: Capitalism

protest against Capitalism. So, in other words, the push to implement So¬
cialism is backed by two types of people, the working and the non- work¬
ing. When the non-working class wins out and is ultimately in con¬
trol of the movement against Capitalism, Communism ends up be¬
ing the result because a non-worker can’t control the means of produc¬
tion if he doesn’t work. The state would then distribute the wealth
evenly regardless of output. The other problematic aspect, in the case
of the actual workers controlling the movement against capitalism, is
that there is no way to guarantee everyone will agree on how the
means of production or the profits will be allocated once Socialism
is implemented. If workers themselves cannot enforce it amongst
themselves, who then has to step in and enforce it? Jesus would have
never been a Socialist as it pertains to Socialism being unattainable and
thus a cause for Communism. While his gospel was social, it more heavily
described a sense of immaterialism and non-wealth that would funda¬
mentally oppose the idea of wealth sharing or accumulation from the
business standpoint in Capitalism and Socialism. The argument for
Jesus as communist fails because Jesus never demanded help from
the Roman Government. Communism would have called for Roman
Empire administrative intervention to help the poor. Jesus called for
his followers to give to the poor, which is actually more an aspect of the
free market where participants in society take care of the poor as op¬
posed to the State doing it. He also made no restrictions on who can give
to the poor. Look at the passage about the woman who gave all she had
to live on. Mark 12: 41- 44:

“Jesus sat down opposite the place where the offerings were put and
watched the crowd putting their money into the temple treasury. Many
rich people threw in large amounts. But a poor widow came and put in
two very small copper coins, worth only a few cents. Calling his disciples

Chapter 13: Capitalism

to him, Jesus said, “Truly I tell you, this poor widow has put more into
the treasury than all the others. They all gave out of their wealth; but
she, out of her poverty, put in everything—all she had to live on.”

The free-market doesn’t restrict charity. A huge misconception about
Capitalism and the free market is that it somehow forbids charity.
Exactly the opposite, it actually encourages charity from members of
society. The greed, just like all other sins and vices that exist in society,
is not from the free market, but from the free will given to us by God.

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Chapter 14

Islam and Judaism

Islam and Judaism maintains the notion of Jesus being God to be
fundamentally unreconcilable to any Scriptural based theology rooted in
the Abrahamic concept of God. Corporealizing a deity is a postulate that
Judaism, nor Islam would ever accept. When searching Scripture, it’s
very hard to argue that the Moshiach, a word the Jewish tradition uses for
Messiah, would be God in human form. Nevertheless, the argument that
God cannot assume human form and therefore Jesus is not God can still
be challenged using Scripture. The way to do that is by making the argu¬
ment that Jesus never actually refers to himself as God in the sense that
when Jesus is on Earth, God is not in Heaven. Jesus mentions in John
that He and the Father are one. John lo: 25-30:

“I already told you,” Jesus replied, “but you did not believe. The works I
do in My Father’s name testify on My behalf. But because you are not My
sheep, you refuse to believe. My sheep listen to My voice; I know them,
and they follow Me. I give them eternal life, and they will never perish. No
one can snatch them out of My hand. My Father who has given them to
Me is greater than all. No one can snatch them out of My Father’s hand. I
and the Father are one.”

Jesus never specifically states in the Bible “I am God.” He does say, “I and
the Father are One.” This can be interpreted to mean that Jesus is
actually God if one uses the right perspective here. This is a postulate that
all Christians accept. However, as confounding as this is for Torah based
theology, it becomes more confusing when Christians accept that Jesus is
also the Son of God, which would logically make Jesus separate from
God. John 10: 32-36:

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

“At this, the Jews again picked up stones to stone Him. But Jesus
responded, “I have shown you many good works from the Father. For which
of these do you stone Me?” “We are not stoning You for any good work,”
said the Jews, “but for blasphemy, because You, who are a man, declare
Yourself to be God.” Jesus replied, “Is it not written in your Law: ‘I have said
you are gods’? if he called them gods to whom the word of God came—and
the Scripture cannot be broken— then what about the One whom the Father
sanctified and sent into the world? How then can you accuse Me of
blasphemy for stating that I am the Son of God?”

In John, Jesus says both “I and the Father are one” and also “I am the Son of
God.” This confusion is resolved by the Trinity, which holds the keys to
understanding this. Because Catholics have the Trinity, Catholics can speak
to the fact that the experience of the Messiah walking on Earth amongst the
people cannot be separated from God Himself. And the fact that Jesus is
the Messiah and also His experience makes it so that He Himself can¬
not be separated from both God and divinity.... and within that perspec¬
tive, the actions of Jesus that come from the Father...the miracles, the res¬
urrection, and the Church cannot be separated from God the Father. So
in essence, with the perspective of Jesus and God being inseparable, one
can interpret that Jesus is God without insulting the sovereignty of
God. This would justify no salvation outside the Catholic Church
and also why, according to traditional Catholicism, Islam and Judaism
could not worship the God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.
There is no way for Catholics to believe that Jesus and His full experi¬
ence on Earth are inseparable from God the Father, and at the same
time also believe that words which do not define it as such
would have the same validity. Since Islam and Judaism don’t

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

believe fully in the Gospels, Catholics cannot say that Islam, Judaism, and
Christianity all worship the same God if those same Catholics believe that
Jesus and God are inseparable. For any Christian to espouse that Islam and
Judaism worship the God of Abraham Isaac and Jacob would mean that
“Word”, which is defined as God in Genesis, used in Jewish and Islamic
Scripture is just as valid even with the Word, as defined in their Scrip¬
ture, would not include Jesus as the son of God. In Judaism, there is no
mention of Jesus, and in Islam, there is no mention of Jesus as
God. Islam only acknowledges Jesus as a prophet. If the God of Abra¬
ham, Isaac and Jacob is the Word, with “Word” not being a distinction
from God in any way, while also not being the packaging of two into one,
with there being only one God, then all three cannot be valid under the
same God if one’s Word is distinct from the others.

There being One God(Word) is the reason why there is the Trinity. It is the
ultimate reinforcement of monotheism as the Trinity encompasses the

Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost.One God(Word) in three distinct

persons. It was Jesus’s way of compiling the necessary karma within the
word of God into one confirmed package for the continuation of God’s plan
through a direct path. It’s difficult to downplay the attitude required in
accepting Jesus based on what He is proclaiming here in the
Gospels....that God and therefore everything to do with the one God of
Abraham cannot even be acknowledged outside of everything to do
with Jesus. This essentially leaves everything outside of a full accep¬
tance of Christ as null and having absolutely nothing to do with God
at all. This is a dire proclamation by Jesus Christ that makes the
whole decision in how one chooses a faith a matter of eternal significance
and also a cut and dry answer as to whether or not one is with God... with
no gray area in between. This should not be confused with prophecy,
which encompasses all things pertaining to events on Earth.

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Resolving the issue of Jesus’s divinity still leaves us with the question of
unfulfilled Messianic prophecies and the aspect of Jesus’s lineage to the
House of David being unresolved due to a virgin birth via Holy Spirit and
not to an actual human Father. This would essentially disqualify Jesus to
be of a direct descendancy from the House of David via his father,
Joseph. In Jewish Tradition, tribal lineage passes only
through the father(Numbers 1:18, Ezra 2:59), with the determina¬
tion of Jewish ethnicity passing through the mother. Therefore, one
cannot claim to be of a certain tribe if there is no earthly father. This
poses an issue for Christianity in resolving Jesus to old testament
prophecy. However, in Jesus’s case, it would have been a matter of Jew¬
ish record that Jesus is the biological son of Joseph and a descendant of
King David. In other words, during His time, Jesus is legally the biologi¬
cal son of Joseph. The Book of Matthew traces Joseph’s lineage.
Matthew 1:1-16:

“This is the genealogy of Jesus the Messiah the son of David, the son of
Abraham:

Abraham was the father of Isaac,

Isaac the father of Jacob,

Jacob the father of Judah and his brothers,

Judah the father of Perez and Zerah, whose mother was Tamar, Perez the
father of Hezron,

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Hezron the father of Ram, Ram the father of Amminadab,
Amminadab the father of Nahshon,

Nahshon the father of Salmon,

Salmon the father of Boaz, whose mother was Rahab,
Boaz the father of Obed, whose mother was Ruth,

Obed the father of Jesse,

and Jesse the father of King David.

David was the father of Solomon, whose mother had been Uriah’s wife.

Solomon the father of Rehoboam,
Rehoboam the father of Abijah,
Abijah the father of Asa,

Asa the father of Jehoshaphat

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Jehoshaphat the father of Jehoram,

Jehoram the father of Uzziah,

Uzziah the father of Jotham,

Jotham the father of Ahaz,

Ahaz the father of Hezekiah,

Hezekiah the father of Manasseh,

Manasseh the father of Amon,

Amon the father of Josiah,

and Josiah the father of Jeconiah and his brothers at the time of
the exile to Babylon

After the exile to Babylon:

Jeconiah was the father of Shealtiel,

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Shealtiel the father of Zerubbabel,

Zerubbabel the father of Abihud,

Abihud the father of Eliakim,

Eliakim the father of Azor,

Azor the father of Zadok,

Zadok the father of Akim,

Akim the father of Elihud,

Elihud the father of Eleazar,

Eleazar the father of Matthan,

Matthan the father of Jacob,

and Jacob the father of Joseph, the husband of Mary, and Mary was the
mother of Jesus

This would be legally binding during the time of Jesus and a matter of proof
according to God’s will that Jesus be born of a virgin and that Joseph move
forward with the marriage legally.... by legally, meaning the marriage is
accepted as legal in every sense along with Jesus’s birth accepted as
legitimate in every sense. This resolution comes about by inferring the
difficulty in questioning God’s will to do one thingfMary’s virgin birth to
Jesus by Holy Spirit), yet have it accepted in another wayfMary’s legal
biological birth to Jesus via Joseph). The angel appearing to Joseph and
giving him a message from God to take Mary as his wife, even in lieu of
Mary being, technically and legally, due for punishment over her pregnancy
before the consummation of her marriage to Joseph indicates that God’s

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

intervention is a matter of enforcing His will upon the course of events.
Otherwise, He would have Mary show the Jewish people that she was
indeed pregnant by the Holy Spirit. Since this is not the case, and yet it is
still written, one can believe that accepting both the virgin birth narrative
and the actual legitimate legality of Jesus as the biological son of Joseph
is in accordance with a Will of God that the birth happen by the Holy
Spirit, yet be accepted legally at the time. This submission to acceptance
in light of scriptural awareness can be extrapolated from the command
given to Joseph to wed Mary. This justifies allowing the controversy on
whether or not Jesus is the actual biological son of Joseph to be
overridden by God’s intent for His own chosen people to accept Jesus as
truly the legal biological offspring of Joseph.

Regarding the virgin birth, it is well known that the Hebrew word used to
describe who will birth the Messiah in Isaiah was almah. Almah means a
young woman of childbearing age. The Hebrew word for virgin is Betulah.
So, this implies that a virgin birth is an incorrect translation of Isaiah. The
argument to support the virgin narrative is the expectation in Jewish
Tradition for a young woman of childbearing age to be a virgin anyway.
Therefore, the word “almah” can be defined to mean both a young woman
and a virgin. However, the presence of “almah” would undermine the
importance of Mary being a virgin at the time of Jesus’s birth. Such an
anomaly would have had to be foreseen by the prophet Isaiah in such a
way that it would have been explicitly noted without leaving room for
ambiguity. It cannot be possible that such a prophecy is only held valid in
hindsight based on an event that could have gone either way to fulfill the
prophecy. The only way to resolve this is to look at Scripture referring to
the birth of significant figures. The references to Eve, Sarah, Rebekah,
Hanna, Jochebed, and Bathsheba bearing a child always included a refer¬
ence to the person fathering the child. So Scripturally, it could be expected
for Isaiah’s prophecy to also include the presence of a man

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

involved in the young woman’s(almah) conceiving of a child. Since
there is no reference to a man involved in the almah’s conceiving of a
child, Isaiah 7:14 can be interpreted to mean an actual virgin birth. If
Judaism espouses that there is to be one Messiah that comes and
fulfills the old testament prophecies, then this question still remains
from their point of view: If Jesus is the Messiah, why didn’t he fulfill all
of the old testament prophecies such as leading the Jews back to Israel,
rebuilding the Temple, and implementing world peace? During the
time Jesus was alive he quoted the Old Testament quite often
throughout his life. These quotes symbolize his mission as a fulfillment
of Old testament prophecy. It’s important to remember that just as in
today’s time with there being so many different interpretations on
eschatology, there a likelihood that this also manifested somewhat in
Jesus’s time regarding the coming of the Messiah.

Matthew 16: 21:

“From that time on Jesus began to explain to his disciples that he must
go to Jerusalem and suffer many things at the hands of the elders, the
chief priests and the teachers of the law, and that he must be killed and
on the third day be raised to life.”

Christ mentioned that he would have to suffer first, which is also
written in Isaiah.

Isaiah 53:3:

"He was despised and rejected by men, a man of sorrows, and familiar
with suffering. Like one from whom men hide their faces he was
despised, and we esteemed him not."

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Isaiah 53:7:

"He was oppressed and afflicted, yet he did not open his mouth; he was
led like a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is
silent, so he did not open his mouth."

Isaiah 53:10:

“Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise him; he hath put him to grief: when
thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see his seed, he shall
prolong his days, and the pleasure of the LORD shall prosper in his
hand.”

In the previous chapters of Isaiah, Israel and the House of Jacob is
referred to as “servant”, so it seems quite reasonable that the suffering
servant mentioned in Isaiah relates to the Jewish people and not an
individual person. Here are examples:

Isaiah 41:8-9:

“But you, Israel, My servant, Jacob whom I have chosen, descendant of
Israel My friend; You, whom I have taken from the ends of the earth,
and called from its remotest parts, and said to you: You are My servant;

I have chosen you and not rejected you.”

Isaiah 43:10:

“You are My witnesses, declares the Lord, and My servant whom I have
chosen: That you may know and believe in Me and understand that I am
He, before Me there was no god formed, neither shall there be after
Me.”

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Isaiah 44:1-2, 21:

“But now, listen, O Jacob My servant, and Israel whom I have chosen.
Thus says the Lord who made you, and formed you from the womb, who
will help you: Do not fear, O Jacob My servant, Yeshurun who I have
chosen... Remember these things O Jacob, and Israel, for you are My
servant, I have formed you, you are My servant O Israel, you will not be
forgotten by Me.”

Isaiah 45:4:

“For the sake of Jacob My servant, and Israel My chosen one, I have
called you by your name.”

Isaiah 48:20:

“Go forth out of Babylon, flee from the Kasdim with a voice of singing,
declare, tell this, say it even to the ends of the earth: say. The Lord has
redeemed His servant Jacob.”

Isaiah 49:3:

“And said unto me, you are My servant, Israel, in whom I will be
glorified.”

This is a common theme throughout Isaiah and is reasonable to expect
that “servant” mentioned in chapter 53 will follow that same pattern. In
Isaiah 52: 13-15, God announces that his servant will eventually
prosper and be lifted up and kings and nations of the world will be
shocked and astonished. However, in that passage, an individual is
referred to along with Israel.

-Passages gathered after reading an article by Rabbi Skobac entitled
“Why Jews don’t see Jesus in the Bible.”

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Isaiah 52:13-15:

“Behold, My servant will prosper, He will be high and lifted up and greatly
exalted. Just as many were appalled at You— His appearance was
disfigured more than any man. His form more than the sons of men. So
He will sprinkle many nations. Kings will shut their mouths because of
Him, for what had not been told them they will see, and what they had not
heard they will perceive.”

This passage references someone other than just Israel. Israel is never
referred to as “Him” or “His” anywhere else in Isaiah, so it can only be
concluded that “Him” and “His” is referring to a person, while the “You” is
directed specifically to Zion which is often used as a synonym for
Jerusalem and also for the biblical Land of Israel as a whole. Isiah
addresses Zion in the beginning of the chapter. If Isaiah speaks of
deliverance to the Jews earlier in Isaiah through the single individual of
Cyrus, it can be concluded that the book of Isaiah would continue along
that same theme with Isaiah once again mentioning an individual arising
to deliver the Jewish people.

Another argument against Jesus is that there is no way to prove factually
that He rose from the Dead. In support of the Resurrection of Jesus being
prophesied in the Old testament. Psalms 16:10 is often referenced:

“For You will not abandon my soul to Sheol, nor will You let your Holy
One see decay.”

The Catholic Church teaches that the Resurrection is a historical event
based on the empty tomb and the account of the apostles. It states in the

Catechism:

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

"Although the Resurrection was an historical event that could be verified
by the sign of the empty tomb and by the reality of the apostles'
encounters with the risen Christ, still it remains at the very heart of the
mystery of faith as something that transcends and surpasses history."

The resurrection doesn’t have to be justified by Old testament Scripture
if we’re using a system that gives credence to the new prophet after
the fulfillment of the previous prophecy. We saw how Daniel’s
prophecy came into focus upon the fulfillment of Jerimiah’s regarding
the Jews returning to Israel. Likewise, the coming of a messiah would
bring with it a credence to new prophecy upon its fulfillment. If Jesus’s
presence on Earth fulfilled the coming of a messiah, then one can jus¬
tifiably phase out Daniel and bring Jesus’s prophecy into focus. Since
Jesus reiterated the remainder of Daniel’s prophecy anywayfthe
abomination of desolation) and did it in conjunction with his own
prophecies regarding His death, resurrection, and the destruction of the
temple, we technically would not have to reference Daniel anymore af¬
ter the birth of Jesus. As readers, in this case, we can safely hand
over the reigns for Jesus’s prophecy to cover the rest of Daniel while
also bringing to light His own. This allows us to submit to Jesus
prophecy regarding His own resurrection, which obviously does oc¬
cur according to Scripture. And then, by this system, we can safely
move on to Paul and John’s once Jesus’s prophecies are fulfilled.

The Jews traditionally don’t believe that the Mashiach(messiah) will rise
from the dead nor will be God taking on human form. When Jesus says
that he is “Son of God” and also announces that “I and the Father are
one,” “One” does not connote taking on the form of something. In
Scripture in Genesis 2:24, it says:

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

“For this reason a man will leave his father and his mother and be
united to his wife, and they will become one flesh.”

Traditionally, the Jews don’t regard this reference to “one flesh” to
mean that the man and woman become a single hermaphroditic
creature upon coming together. So likewise, when Jesus announces
that “He and the Father are one”, the definition of “One”, by Jewish
tradition, doesn’t have to connote Jesus being God in physical form,
but simply a unification. This unification doesn’t have to indicate the
conveyance of an equality with God. Jewish tradition even teaches
that after death, a person becomes reunited with God. Of course,
there are other parts in Scripture, in which his disciples are basi¬
cally saying that Jesus is God in the flesh.

Philippians 2 :6

“though he was in the form of God, did not count equality with God a
thing to be grasped,”

Collassians2:i9

“In Christ all the fullness of the Deity lives in bodily form.”

John 1:14

“And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld
his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father,) full of grace
and truth.”

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Catholic Church teaches this aspect of Jesus being both fully God and
fully man. Because God is defined as the Word in Genesis, the God of
Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob cannot be described outside of anything
written in Scripturefthe Word of God), and the fact that there is
Scripture in the Old testament pointing to Jesus as the Messiah,
and since the Messiah(Mashiach) is the culmination of God’s master
plan in the Jewish tradition, it effectively puts Jesus, his flesh, his life,
and his ministry into ScripturefThe Word), and thus the Scripturefthe
Word) in Jesus. So in essence, since the Word is God, God becomes
identified with Jesus’s life in the same way God is identified with the
rest of the Biblefthe Word). Since Jesus was a flesh being, and cannot be
mentioned outside of Godfthe Word), God becomes flesh.

There are 2 things that cannot be resolved to Jewish Tradition by the
first coming of Jesus Christ: The re-building of the temple, and the
facilitation of the in gathering of the Jews to the Land of Israel. These 2
events were not accomplished by Jesus at his first coming, mainly due to
the fact that the Temple was already in place while He was alive and the
Jews were already in Israel. This is where conflict comes in regarding the
time of the messiah being either before the destruction of the Temple or
after. While it can be interpretively resolved through Scripture that Jesus
is to come a second time using a system of new prophecy focus upon
fulfillment of a previous prophecy, it leaves a major problem when the
second coming actually does arrive since many non-Catholic Christians
believe that Jesus is coming again in physical form to accomplish those
things. While such an event of a second coming in the flesh could be
interpreted by Christians to be the return of Jesus, the Jews could
interpret that same event to be the first coming of the Messiah
...and a new argument would arise that is based on what the true

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

beginnings of this person is, either from a woman for the first time or from
the Virgin Mary during the time of King Herod. However, Catholics would
not have this problem due to the fact that while they believe in a second
coming of Christ, they don’t believe Jesus is returning in physical form to
reign on Earth. Catholics, therefore, would have a more complete
fulfillment of Daniel’s vision to stand on, while Judaism still has to resolve
who was the messiah that was “cut off’ in Daniel before it can move
forward. A second coming, itself, either spiritual or physical, is not at odds
with Jewish Tradition. The Old Testament foretells the second coming of
Elijah, and scripturally in the New Testament, a second coming doesn’t
connote the exact same appearance of the person as he was during his first
term of existence. An example would be how Jesus refers to John the
Baptist as Elijah, even though John the Baptist said “No”, when asked if he
was Elijah the prophet.

The best way to resolve a second coming scripturally from the Old
Testament in a way that would distinguish it from non-Christian prophecy
is to accept that Daniel’s prophecy ended after the 490 years without this
multiple century time gap. The ending culminated in the development of
Christianity when Peter broke the covenant of circumcision and brought
the gospel to the Gentiles about 3 and 1/2 years after Jesus died, officially
making the law Of God available to all nations regardless of Circumcision.
This then paved the way for Paul who further consummated the meaning
of Christianity during the next few years and into the close of Daniel’s 490
year prophecy. This left Daniel 9:24( finishing the transgression, making
an end of sins, making reconciliation for iniquity, bringing in everlasting
righteousness, and sealing up the vision and prophecy, and anointing the
most Holy) to be resolved to a broader outworking of God’s Plan which
hangs over the remainder of prophecy, but is to eventually be fulfilled at

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

some point. With those 490 years being a mandatory phase necessary for
the broader outworking of God’s Plan to eventually come about, one can
say that everything that occurred within that 490 year period was a
fulfillment of Daniel’s prophecy, even as that prophecy was integrated and
adopted into Jesus’s prophecies. Therefore the life of Jesus Christ is
affirmed as a fulfillment, and subsequent prophecies regarding his second
coming can be fully justified.

Peter’s actions was a break with the Jewish Tradition of Circumcision.
Just as in the Old Testament, when the Jews, in not keeping the Sabbath
Tradition, caused God to subsequently make Israel desolate by allowing
them to be conquered by the Babylonians, the new testament marks a
similar theme here...upon Peter’s break with tradition and the subsequent
chain of events that leads to another desolation of Israel. As expected,
Israel was later sacked by Rome in AD 70. This ties into Jesus’s prophecy
about the abomination of desolationfrequires understanding) being a
warning to flee to the mountains. The fulfillment of these prophecies
leaves the next prophecy as the point of focus. Just as Daniel became the
focus of prophecy after Jeremiah’s prophecy of the Jews’ returning to
Israel was fulfilled, Paul and John now become the focus of prophecy in
this case of Daniel’s 490 year prophecyfintegrated with Jesus’s, but
separate from the broader outworking of God’s plan mentioned in Daniel)
being fulfilled, which paves the way for a Second Coming as it was
prophesied by Paul, which thus resolves all scriptural confusion regarding
it.

The risk of adhering to Judaism and Islam is that Jesus as the real
Messiah would effectively make all worship of God within the Jewish and
Islamic faith essentially null and void, since their worship doesn’t espouse

100

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Jesus and his life as “one with God.” However, it is important to note
that such a perspective wouldn’t disqualify Biblical prophecy from
referencing both of them. After the temple was destroyed in AD 70, it
was a huge blow to the Jewish people as it broke their hope that the
rebuilding of the second temple and the arrival of what they define to be
a Davidic king would mark the beginning of an eternal earthly kingdom
for Israel. There was nothing in Old testament Scripture that predicted
the temple would be destroyed again before the arrival of a Messiah. This
led to a Jewish tradition of Jewish history also being a part of the Jewish
future, which is essentially a circular perspective. So, just as there was
King David establishing a kingdom in Israel, an exodus, a return, a
rebuilding, and an awaiting for the messiah, there would also be those
things again. The New Testament predicts the destruction of the Jewish
Temple. Jesus says in Matthew, “You see all these things, do you not?
Amen, I say to you, there will not be left here a stone upon another stone
that will not be thrown down.” Many make the argument that the gospels
were written after the destruction of the Temple which makes it a
possibility that the prophecies were added after the fact. The Gospel of
Mark probably dates from AD 66-70, which is around the time of
the destruction of the second temple. So, there is a somewhat valid
argument there. However, much of the older Scriptures were also later
edited by Scribes even before the time of Jesus. It can be argued that
because it’s a fact that Scribes edit books already written, the book of
Isaiah could have, perhaps, been tampered with. In Isaiah, there seems
to be a perfect prediction of King Cyrus by exact name. So the use of the
argument pointing to the historical aspect of a common practice by
Scribes must be cited in such a way that it can distinguish amongst the
times when it could have been a possibility. Otherwise, all aspects of its
possibility with proper context would have to be considered a valid

101

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

part of Jewish Tradition. Jesus Christ as the Messiah would also allow
for a viewpoint of continuity or perpetuity, without the need to resolve
the lack of foresight in the Tanakh or Old testament Scriptures about
the destruction of the Temple in AD 70 (as something to take place
before the messiah) with this idea of a historical echo. According to the
Jewish Tradition that rejects Jesus as the Messiah that was predicted
in Isaiah and Daniel, (and therefore rejects Daniel's prophecy of a
messiah “that will be cut off’ coming before the destruction), the
proper scenario would have had to play out in the following manner
up to the time of Jesus in order for a Messiah to be accepted by the
Jewish people: “King David sets up Kingdom, Israel and temple later
destroyed, Jews driven out, Jews allowed to return, Jews rebuild
temple, temple destroyed again, Elijah returns and paves the way for
another JCing, Davidic king then returns, establishes a dynasty and
Israel independence as a sovereign nation and global kingdom
leading to world peace and knowledge of God.” This in itself
would not align with Scripture and would make no mention of
Daniel’s prophecy regarding a messiah being cut off before the de¬
struction. Daniel’s messiah “cut off’ prophecy would seem like too
important a stage to just leave out of the messianic process. At the
time when that messiah in Daniel was to be awaited by the Jewish
People in reference to Daniel’s prophecy, Jesus came onto the scene
proclaiming it was He who was the Messiah and it was John the Bap¬
tist who was Elijah. Because He couldn’t convince the Pharisees that
He was indeed the messiah. He was put to death. The timing of this cor¬
relates with Daniel’s timing of the events leading to the destruction
and the “cut off’ of the messiah. However, rejection of Jesus altogether
by Jewish Tradition, even as this Messiah mentioned in Daniel, leaves a
blank space in the Jewish Tradition regarding the messianic age. This
cannot be resolved due of the fact that the eventual destruction of the
Temple came about without a prior Jewish Orthodox consensus of an
existence of the messiah before that time.

102

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

It may be confusing as to how Daniel’s prophecy up to the Messiah
played out perfectly in a literal sense when it is commonly interpreted
that the final 7 years of it has been left open to start at any time in the
future. It’s often questioned as to why wouldn’t all 490 prophesied
years take place within the 490 years, when indeed the first 483
prophesied years took its complete course. When one looks at
Daniel’s 70 week prophecy or 490 years literally, the fulfillment or
completion of it can only point to the apostles’ ministry after Jesus’s
time on Earth, which would have placed it during the last and final
week of Daniel’s prophecy. The messiah was prophesied to be cut off
after 483 years or 69 weeks, which leaves 1 week leftfy years) after
His death. Those next 7 years after Jesus’s death were marked by
the apostles’ ministry outlined in Acts. The only individual one can
say to have been of any consequence related to the last week of
Daniel’s 70 weeks prophecy pointing to the break of a covenant
would be Peter. The Jewish covenant of circumcision was ini¬
tially instituted as a requirement upon the apostles converting many
Jewish people to the gospel of Christ. This covenant of circumcision
between the apostles and the Jewish people as a requirement
to receive the teachings of Jesus was broken about 3 and 1/
2(roughly?) years into Peter’s ministry, which would be the same 3
and 1/2 years after Jesus’s death. When Peter revealed the gospels to
the uncircumcised Romans, he officially sealed the ministry of Christ to
the gentiles, and set off a chain of events that led to the desolation of
Israel and the eventual rise of the Roman Catholic Church. We also
know that somewhere in the AD 30’s Saul was converted, which
also points to the theme of gentiles receiving the gospels. Of course,
reading the passage in this manner, one would also have to view the
word “abomination” from another angle or another perspective in
order to resolve the antagonistic hostility it can be defined to imply.

103

Chapter 14: Islam and Judaism

Important to note that Jesus, himself, still represents an abomination to
the Jewish tradition. He was charged with Blasphemy by the Jewish
authorities and handed over to the Romans to be crucified. This is why
perspective is important because Christians wouldn’t consider Jesus as
having done anything wrong. Likewise, Christians couldn’t consider
Peter’s acts as wrong from their own perspective. But from the perspective
of someone who values the Jewish Tradition, such as Daniel, Peter’s acts
would easily be deemed an abomination. However, regardless of point of
view, a literal interpretation of 70 weeks would indicate this prophecy is
finished and whatever happened from that point on is ultimately what was
meant by the prophecy. In light of that, seeing that the fulfillment of one
prophecy from one prophet didn’t complete the eschatology of God’s plan,
but led to the declaration of the next prophecy from another prophet.
With this tradition in place, one can gather scripturally that the next major
prophecy regarding humanity now lies in Paul’s letter to Thessalonians
along with John of Patmos’s book of revelation. Subsequently, the
question of faith in Christ would now be a matter of urgency for those
seeking to have glory upon the next fulfillment of God’s plan for humanity.

The curse of Jeconiah, which is declared in Jeremiah 22: 28-30 that none of his descen¬
dants would he on the throne of Israel, doesn't apply to Jesus since in Exodus 20: 5, it
states that God visits "the iniquity of the fathers on the children, on the third and the fourth
generations of those who hate Me." Jesus was the 14th generation from Jeconiah, according
to Matthew, and therefore would have heen a rightful heir since the curse would have been
lifted at the 3rd or 4th generation from JeconiahfZerubahbel or Abiud) to be in accordance
with Exodus 20:5.

104

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

Chapter 15

Infiltration and Grievances

Grievances with the Catholic Church doesn’t automatically justify a
break from the Church. Because Catholic means Universal, a break from
the Catholic Church would automatically put one outside of a united
body in Christ. Martin Luther knew that the Catholic Church was built
upon the Truth, and it was a reason that he never officially declared a
new Church. This was despite the fact that he knew his words stirred
people up and caused them engage in the rebellion necessary to form
another church. Later, it was argued that the only reason he didn’t
recant was because it would have forced him to face the consequences of
being considered a traitor by the peasant class who rallied around him.
Seeing that they had already invested much time in undermining
Church authority in order to consolidate their own agenda, an act of
recanting by Luther would have put a dent in the reformation
movement and likely lead to them killing him in revenge. For
the sake of the foundations of the Church, the tradition-
alists—unlike the reformationists—who oppose the Church make it
very clear that their intention is not to start another one. This
serves as testimony that makes it more apparent that the Catholic
Church foundation lines up consummately with Scripture. When it
comes to traditional Catholicism, the most disheartening aspect for
them in regards to the current state of the Catholic Church is that there
is no sense of urgency by the Church to confront society in a mean¬
ingful way. There are no bishops in the streets warning people
to turn away from sin and sexual perversion as they were
in the 1930s during Hitler’s reign. There are none looking for unan¬
swered callings to the priesthood while knowing of this shortage of
heterosexual priests. Since this is mainly due in part to the re¬
moval of the sacrificial nature of the mass, which translated
into God letting Satan have free reign upon the Earth,

105

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

traditionalists are forced to let events unfold before their eyes. Exorcists
often point out that there are 2 things that the Devil hates:: The Rosary
and the Latin Mass because it bounds him up and chains him for all
eternity. Satan’s release, as a result of this removal of the obligation to
the Latin Mass, has opened the door to the infiltration of anti-Catholic
ideas.

Freemasonry and Russian Communism has long been considered an
enemy of the Church and a key reason behind Vatican 11. From the
1700s to the 1900s, all the Popes wrote encyclicals condemning
freemasonry and communism. In the 1950s, Bishop Fulton Sheen
preached to an American audience on radio and television about the
major drawback of Communism and Freemasonry. The basic idea of
freemasonry is that all monotheistic religions are the same and that
people from each religion can still pray together to the same God and
live in fellowship. While humans can indeed live in fellowship, the
idea that they all worship the same God are contrary to the Trinity
and contrary to Jesus’s teaching that God cannot even be mentioned
outside of Christ. “I and the Father are One.” It would be hasty to say
that Freemasons infiltrated the Church, but there is evidence that
many Catholics have become Freemasons. Freemason influence of the
Catholic Church goes back centuries and culminated in the election of
Cardinal Angelo Roncalli to become Pope in 1958. Roncalli was
known to have close associations with Freemasons, and many
traditionalists believe that he most likely allowed them to influence
his outlook on matters pertaining to the Church. When it comes to
Freemason ideas, there is absolutely no evidence that unification of
people through common denomination in aspect of religion,
economics, and politics would somehow equate to world peace and

106

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

there is no historical evidence that differences in these matters
automatically equate to conflict. These ideas of freemasonry are similar
to those espoused by modern extreme leftist ideology. When it comes
to Communism, on the other hand, there is proof that communists
were indeed purposely installed into the Catholic Church via western
seminaries. A plot against the Vatican by the KGB to spread
misinformation about the Catholic Church to discredit their moral
authority was disclosed in 2007 by Ion Mihai Pacepa. This is from
credible Catholic news sources:

“In 2007 a high ranking intelligence officer and defector from the
Eastern Bloc, Ion Mihai Pacepa, stated that in February i960, Nikita
Khrushchev authorized a covert plan (known as Seat 12) to discredit
the Vatican, with Pope Pius XII as the prime target. As part of that plan
Pacepa alleged that General Ivan Agayants, chief of the KGB's
disinformation department, created the outline. Pacepa's story has not
been corroborated; the national paper Frankfurter Allgemeine opined
that Hochhuth who had been an unknown publisher's employee until
1963 ‘did not require any KGB assistance for his one-sided
presentation of history.’ However, German historian Michael F.
Feldkamp called Pacepa's account "wholly credible. It fits like a missing
piece in the puzzle of communist propaganda and disinformation
aimed at discrediting the Catholic Church and its Pontiff." English
historian, Michael Burleigh, stated "Soviet attempts to smear Pius had
actually commenced as soon as the Red Army crossed into Catholic
Poland", noting that the Soviets ‘hired a militantly anti-religious
propagandist, Mikhail Markovich Sheinmann’"

107

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

In the 1950s, a woman named Bella Dodd, who was a former member of
the American Communist party, testified to a US House of
Representatives committee that she was aware of Stalin’s secret
instructions for all communist party groups to install communists party
members into Catholic Seminaries. Bella Dodd admitted she helped
around 1200 communists enroll in those Seminaries. This turns out to be
another example of what was meant by the second secret of Fatima and
how the reason that the consecration of Russia to the Immaculate Heart
of Mary was necessary. Furthermore, it seems as if a full conversion of
Russia is still required. In today’s age, Russia is still using leftist
propaganda in an effort to influence Western Democracy and turn its
people against the governing authorities in order to break down, subvert,
and eventually overthrow western society altogether. As a result, it
becomes very likely that the Popes waited too late to do the consecration
and in eventually doing it, they still managed to fall short of the Virgin
Mother’s instructions. A full consecration of Russia in a timely manner
could have served as a deterrent to the results of Vatican II. The fact that
a full consecration hasn’t been done as it should serves as proof that
it’s the reason that Russia is still spreading her errors. The Vatican
Chief Exorcist Fr. Gabriel Amorth, who attended the 1984 consecra¬
tion of Russia and was just a few meters away from Pope John Paul H,
wrote this in an article in 1984, which was recently reprinted by
www.sign.org on April 26, 2017:

However, that day the Pope did something unusuai whiie pronouncing
the consecration prayer. He wanted to consecrate Russia to the Im-
macuiate Heart of Mary. His entourage, however, was against it: "No,
Hoiy Father, if you do this you'ii offend the Patriarch of Moscow"; or,
"No, Hoiy Father, if you do this [you'ii go against the Soviets]", etc.

108

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

So after several attempts to change his advisors' minds, the Pope fi¬
nally went along with them. He did not name Russia during the Conse¬
cration. But he did do Our Lady of Fatima this service - he made it
known very plainly and quite publicly that he was not performing that
day the consecration requested by Our Lady of Fatima. And the Pope
drew particular attention to this fact by alluding to it twice that day - first
in the morning, during the prayer of consecration itself, and then again
three hours later. The text of the consecration prayer had been pre¬
pared many months before this ceremony. It was sent to all the bish¬
ops in a letter of December 8, 1983, and published in the Vatican
newspaper, L'Osservatore Romano, on February 17, 1984.

But on that morning of March 25, 1984, well after that part of the Act of
Consecration at which the Holy Father had pronounced the consecra¬
tion of the world to the Blessed Virgin - seven paragraphs later, to be
precise - he unexpectedly broke away from the prepared text. After the
words "Mother of the Church," he added the following words:

"Enlighten especially the peoples of which You await our consecration
and confiding."

This was the only change that he made to the planned ceremony,
and his words clearly indicate that he knows that the Consecration of
Russia asked for by Our Lady of Fatima was not accomplished by
that day's consecration. His words were a plea for a special group of
people whose consecration the Blessed Virgin was still awaiting. Our
Lady of Fatima only ever specified that She wanted the Consecration
of RUSSIA.

109

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

And if that was not clear enough, he repeated this same message
several hours later, when he gathered with 10,000 of the faithful in
St. Peter's Basilica at 4 p.m. to say goodbye to the Pilgrim Virgin
statue.

Even then, hours after the morning's consecration ceremony, the
Pope acknowledged in a public prayer to Our Lady of Fatima that the
consecration which She had asked for is yet to be done. In his
prayer, he drew Her attention once again to this certain group of peo¬
ples (the peoples of Russia) that has a special need of being conse¬
crated - a group of peoples, he said: "for whom You Yourself await
our act of consecration and of entrustment." -end of article-

Michael Voris, the president and founder of Saint Michael's Media, and
one of the leading voices for Catholic Tradition and one of the most
credible in addressing many of the issues plaguing the Catholic Church
has done the research on the statistics of just how significant the falling
away from Catholicism has been in the United States. In his video series
entitled The Vortex, Michael Voris reports:

“According to the most recent data from solid sources, in the year 2000,
18 million Americans identified themselves as former Catholics — those
who had left the Faith. One generation later, as of 2016, that number
had swelled to 30 million. Eleven million more Catholics have left the
Faith since the turn of the century. There are more Catholics over 50
than under 50. And there are more Catholics over 65 than under 30.
And the percentage of young people — those under 30 — in the Church
is a smaller percentage than almost any other religion.”

110

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

Traditional Catholicism is what led to the spread of the Gospels, and now
Liberal Catholicism is asserting itself as a reason for the decline. Because
of the Oneness of the Catholic Church, it is of no surprise that the decline
in Catholics is coinciding with a decline in Protestants and a rise in
people who declare no religion. ABC news reports in May of 2018:

“The nation’s religious makeup has shifted dramatically in the past 15
years, with a sharp drop in the number of Americans who say they’re
members of a Protestant denomination - still the nation’s most
prevalent religious group - and a rise in the number who profess no
religion.

On average last year, 36 percent of Americans in ABC News/Washington
Post polls identified themselves as members of a Protestant faith,
extending a gradual trend down from 50 percent in 2003. That includes
an 8-point drop in the number of evangelical white Protestants, an
important political group. Reflecting the change among Protestants, the
share of Christians overall has declined from 83 percent of the adult
population in 2003 to 72 percent on average last year. In the same time,
the number of Americans who say they have no religion has nearly
doubled, to 21 percent.

Catholic self-identification (22 percent) has held steady during this time.
The share of adults who identify with another form of Christianity -
including Jehovah Witnesses, Mormons and Greek or Russian Orthodox,
for example - has risen modestly, from 11 to 14 percent.

This analysis, produced for ABC by Langer Research Associates, is based
on a very large dataset - 174,485 random-sample telephone interviews in

111

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

ABC News and ABC News/Washington Post polls conducted from 2003
to 2017. We focus mainly on 2003 and 2017 data, including 7,185 and
5,017 interviews, respectively.”

The statistic that would be considered most disturbing from a religious
standpoint would be how the amount of those declaring no religion has
doubled in recent years. While the Church condemns atheism, and
atheism constitutes a belief that there is no God, atheists, to their credit,
will still debate Scripture with Scripture even if their beliefs uphold that
there is no God. The prevailing attitude in atheism is that morals and
principle is automatically written in the human condition and therefore
a belief in a deity is not necessary for a functional society. Paul even al¬
ludes to this: Romans 2: 15 “They show that the work of the Law is writ¬
ten on their hearts, while their conscience also bears witness and their
conflicting thoughts accuse them or even excuse them.”

It’s very important to take into account that some atheists were once
believers but turned away from it, hence their often extensive
knowledge of Scripture. The indignation around atheism’s hostile view
of religion is not only rooted in the lack of humility shown by the many
believers of religion who oftentimes don’t practice what they essentially
claim to uphold, but also rooted in their early upbringing in what
atheists view as young people being set up for failure by teachers,
parents, and clergy who force children to claim a belief, express a
principle, declare themselves saved without allowing the kid to know
beforehand if he’s capable of living up to this forced self- imposed high
standard of righteousness. The child’s failure to live up to it can
permanently cripple his self esteem and put him in the most
uncomfortable state of cognitive dissonance. Oftentimes, when our

112

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

behaviors and beliefs don’t match up, which leads to a cognitive
dissonance, it’s tempting to change our beliefs in order to maintain a
sense of self-esteem, which actually relieves the discomfort arising from
cognitive dissonance. In some ways, one can say it’s a natural reaction
for one’s conscience. A good example is someone who holds a certain
mindset about another group of people, and is forced to confront those
feelings after meeting someone from that other group. After turning out to
have a pleasant experience with them, he ends up having to rethink his
notions. We can see that changing beliefs is many times rooted in
maintaining a sense of self-esteem about ourselves. While the Church
teaches humility, many believers do not live by this and in turn,
transform the Church from a place designated by Christ for sinners to a
place designated strictly for proud boastful individuals. This cognitive
dissonance, however, is not always the case for Atheism. Many scientists
are atheist. There are cultures that don’t express a belief in God yet
survive in the world just fine. China and Japan are the best examples and
these are highly advanced civilizations. The common denominating
argument for this form of atheism is that God cannot be defined in terms
of pure logic, otherwise China and Japan would have adopted Chris¬
tianity a long time ago. However, when it comes to faith, it can be ar¬
gued logically that faith in God makes it so at some point, and this
argument can be backed by examples of reality. Many scientific discover¬
ies arise from an unconfirmable belief that drives the believer to eventu¬
ally bring it into existence, through effort backed by his sheer faith and
conviction. An airplane at some point was strictly a belief before it was
manifested into existence by the work of the believer. So, even in terms
of logic, while one can discount the existence of God, he cannot, at the
same time, discount the possibility of God based on the examples of re¬
ality that it’s possible for unconfirmable things to become manifested as

113

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

real through faith and work of the believer in the real world. It becomes
a frightening prospect if this continuous faith that leads to works should
eventually manifest into something confirmable by science with the
final product unable to be accessed by anyone who didn’t believe in it
prior to its manifestation. Maybe it’s no coincidence that Eastern
society, while more logically gifted than that of western society, is still
considered to be a replicator as opposed to an innovator.... even in light
of their higher logic. Eastern Society is considered the biggest replicator
economy in terms of its technological advancement, imitating the
results of innovation from mainly Western countries to reproduce
goods for themselves. Can innovation not be likened to a faith that
something that doesn’t exist is possible to eventually exist? If so, then
who is superior in this dynamic? Could the East have produced the
output on their own without it already having been manifested in reality
through the faith and work of the Westerner? Did the Westerner need
the East to bring this work into existence, or did he just need his own
faith in it as being possible? In terms of this dynamic, logic needed to
wait on Faith, not the other way around. In essence, logic will always be
the catcher and never the thrower and the thrower will always have the
ball. However, this argument of something needing to exist before¬
hand to effectuate something else as being a decider of universal rank
can also be hijacked by a pure survivalist with baser animal instincts
who would mention that:

“without physically existing, none of this is possible in the world. So
that makes me higher than both logic and faith”

.to which he would actually have a point until he realizes the only

reason that his awareness of it could have come about would be due to
someone else actually having to believe that this type of awareness was
possible in the first place.

114

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

While the ABC article mentions Catholic Identification as steady
during the time-frame for the data, more sources still seem to back up
Voris’s finding on the decline of Catholics in America. However, other
sources do confirm ABC news’s findings on the falling numbers of
Protestants in the US. When looking at the big picture of it all, there
seems to be a underlying desire to hide oneself in terms of identity. Not
claim anything for fear of the light, which can be said to be a major
theme of freemasonry and liberalism. This aspect also speaks to
freemasonry’s covert nature of navigating through the world. One has
to ask if this quality is inline with God’s plan for salvation—for humans
to hide themselves under the sea of the masses never to be singled out
or noticed by the eyes of others, a seemingly unimportant aspect of
humanity that is still, nonetheless, a major part of God’s creation. The
6th seal of revelation warns of this underlying desire to hide:

“Revelation 6:12-17

And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a
great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and
the moon became as blood; And the stars of the heavens fell unto the
earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of
a mighty wind. And the heavens departed as a scroll when it is rolled
together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their
places. And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men,
and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and
every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the
mountains; And said to the mountains and rocks. Fall on us, and hide
us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath
of the Lamb: For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be
able to stand?”

115

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

What stands out is this passage: “And the kings of the earth, and the
great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty
men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the
dens and in the rocks of the mountains;” There will be an insistence on
hiding that will be a major part of the final seal....refusing to be seen as a
way to escape judgment. This refusing to identify as anything shows
how today's world is indication that the 6th seal is upon us.

Many Catholic mystics throughout history have warned about 3 days of
darkness that will cover the earth. Anyone who is outside will be killed
instantly and the only thing that could produce light would be blessed
wax candles. Does this identity hiding that freemasonry, liberalism, and
Russian communism espouse lead to the 3 days of darkness over
humanity? or is it itself the darkness? Can it be both?

Blessed Anna Maria Taigi (1769-1837) describes it this way
“There shall come over the whole earth an intense darkness lasting three
days and three nights. Nothing can be seen, and the air will be laden
with pestilence which will claim mainly, but not only, the enemies of
religion. It will be impossible to use any man-made lighting during this
darkness, except blessed candles. He, who out of curiosity, opens his
window to look out, or leaves his home, will fall dead on the spot.
During these three days, people should remain in their homes, pray the
Rosary and beg God for mercy. All the enemies of the Church, whether
known or unknown, will perish over the whole earth during that
universal darkness, with the exception of a few whom God will soon
convert. The air shall be infected by demons who will appear under all
sorts of hideous forms."

116

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

Blessed Jacinta Marto (1910-1920), one of the children from Fatima who
was visited by the Virgin Mary, said that during the great cleansing
“everyone who can, should flee from the city.”

The scariest prophecies are from Marie Julie JahennyfiSso - 1941), a
French stigmatist, who in her suffering of the stigmatafthe wounds of
Christ on the cross appearing on her own body) from the age of 23 until
her death, received a number of visions and prophecies from the Virgin
Mary and Jesus Christ. Marie-Julie Jahenny speaks of the 3 days of
darkness:

"The crisis will explode suddenly; the punishments will be shared by all
and will succeed one another without interruption... "

"During these three days of terrifying darkness, no windows must be
opened, because no one will be able to see the earth and the terrible colour
it will have in those days of punishment without dying at once... "

"The sky will be on fire, the earth will split... During these three days of
darkness let the blessed candle be lighted everywhere, no other light will
shine "

"NO ONE OUTSIDE A SHELTER., will survive. The earth will shake as at
the judgement and fear will be great. Yes, We will listen to the prayers of
your friends ; NOT ONE WILL PERISH. We will need them to publish the

glory of the Cross."(8^^ of December 1882).

"THE CANDLES OF BLESSED WAX ALONE WILL GIVE LIGHT during
this horrible darkness. ONE CANDLE alone will be enough for the
duration of this night of hell...

117

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

In the homes of the wicked and blasphemers these candles will give
NO LIGHT."

"And Our Lady states: "Everything will shake except the piece of
furniture on which the blessed candle is burning. This will not shake.
You will all gather around with the crucifix and my blessed picture.
This is what will keep away this terror."

"During this darkness the devils and the wicked will take on THE
MOST HIDEOUS SHAPES... red clouds like blood will move across
the sky. The crash of the thunder will shake the earth and sinister
lightning will streak the heavens out of season. The earth will be
shaken to its foundations. The sea will rise, its roaring waves will
spread over the continent..."

"THE EARTH WILL BECOME LHCE A VAST CEMETERY». The
bodies of the wicked and the just will cover the ground."

"Three-quarters of the population of the globe will disappear. Half the
population of France will be destroyed." (Marquis de la Franquerie,
Marie-Julie Jahenny)

Once again in the prophecies from Marie-Julie Jahenny, it shows that
everything leading to destruction arises from the destruction of the
obligation to the Latin Mass. In the 1800s, Marie- Julie Jahenny had a
vision of this conversation between the Lord and Lucifer, in which
Lucifer said:

118

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

"I will attack the Church. I will overthrow the Cross, I will decimate the
people, I will deposit a great weakness of Faith in hearts. There will also
be A GREAT DENIAL OF RELIGION. For a time I will be MASTER of
all things, everything will be under MY CONTROL, even Your temple
and all Your people."

In 1880, Marie Julie says:

“I see for a time long enough, every Holy Sacrificefthe Mass) will be
prohibited. Churches will be turned to a shelter for cattle; they will be
used as pleasure halls, where Hell will come for dancing with
blasphemies as their singing.”

“My Children, says the Lord, Let nothing surprise you. No remains
whatsoever will be left of the Holy Sacrifice, no apparent trace of faith.”

Marie-Julie Jahenny wrote:

“Confusion will prevail everywhere. People will be dispersed around,
like mad from pan and murder. Things will be in a worse condition
than any period of the past saw that there will not remain any vestige of
the Holy Sacrifice, no apparent trace of faith. Many will still retain their
faith, but it will not be strong enough to remain steadfast, when they
will be seeing what nobody can imagine.”

Then in 1904, Marie Julie Jahenny further prophesies about the
conspiracy to create a new mass, some 60 years before Vatican 11.

“On November 27, 1902 and May 10, 1904, Our Lord and Our Lady
announced the conspiracy to invent the "New Mass": «I give you a
WARNING. The disciples who are not of My Gospel are now working

119

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

hard to remake according to their ideas and under the influence of the
enemy of souls a MASS that contains words that are ODIOUS in My sight.»
«When the fatal hour arrives when the faith of my priests is put to the test,
it will be (these texts) that will be celebrated in this SECOND period... The
FIRST period is (the one) of my priesthood which exists since Me. The
SECOND is (the one) of the persecution when the ENEMIES of the Faith
and of Holy Religion (will impose their formulas) in the book of the second
celebration..”

Her prophecies allude to the pedophilia scandal of the Church:

“They will not stop at this hateful and sacrilegious road. They will go
further to compromise all at once and in one go, the Holy Church, the
clergy and the Faith of my children.” She announces the, “Dispersion of
the pastors by the Church itself; real pastors who will be replaced by
others formed by hell, initiated in all vices, all iniquities, perfidious,
who will cover souls with filth. New preachers of new sacraments, new
temples, new baptisms, new confraternities.”

Here is a prophecy from St Nilus way back in 430 AD. This is just another
indicator of proof that points to Vatican H as the falling away point:

“After the year 1900, toward the middle of the 20th century, the people of
that time will become unrecognizable. When the time for the Advent of the
Antichrist approaches, peoples minds will grow cloudy from carnal
passions, and dishonor and lawlessness will grow stronger. Then the
world will become unrecognizable. Peoples appearances will change,
and it will be impossible to distinguish men from women due to
there shamelessness in dress and style of hair. These people will
be cruel and will be like wild animals because of the temptations
of the Antichrist. There will be no respect for parents or elders.

120

Chapter 15: Infiltration and Grievances

love will disappear, and Christian pastors, bishops, and priests will be¬
come vain men, completely failing to distinguish the right hand way
from the left. At that time the morals and traditions of Christians and
the Church will change. People will abandon modesty, and dissipation
will reign. Falsehood and greed will attain great proportions, and woe
to those who pile up treasures. Lust, adultery, homosexuality, secret
deeds and murder will rule in society.”

121

Chapter i6: The Significance of the Church

Chapter 16

The Significance of the Church

If the Catholic Church was not legitimate, and the Mass was just a small
part of our walk with God in the Faith, the ripple effect of Vatican II
would have never extended into society. The events taking place today
has been in steady manifestation starting around the time of Vatican II.
Today in the United States as of 2019, upheaval within the political
climate has to be mentioned along with the already tumultuous
problems that have been plaguing society as a whole. The United States
is currently the best example of how the confusion regarding ways to
implement changes and accept new ideas and new customs while
balancing those aspects with a traditional standpoint that wants to
maintain its foundation can lead to major upheaval. This confusion was
the hallmark of Vatican II and has now trickled down into the U.S.
politics. A tribal attitude has replaced all vestiges of bipartisan political
issues, and leaves the nature of events in the United States strictly
related to a political agenda. Many believe all of this taking place post
Vatican II is just a matter of coincidence. However, the warnings given
decades in advance through heavenly visions and apparitions to the
Catholic faithful show that this complacency regarding the Church is a
manifestation of what was foreshadowed - hell being allowed to roam
freely on Earth. If the 15 documents of Vatican II are not edited and the
Latin Mass reinstated, all aspects related to 666 would subsequently
take effect.

Many today feel that defending one’s faith equates to a lack of humility
and a lack of tolerance on the part of the Church. Along with that, a lack
of remorse over past transgressions with regards to intolerance.

122

Chapter i6: The Significance of the Church

While there was a time in history where the Catholic Church was indeed
intolerant of other belief systems that were considered to be outside of
Church dogma, particularly in the Middle Ages during the time of the
inquisition where the accused were sometimes tortured and put to
death, it has to be said that this intolerance must be a result of man’s free
will, and in no way a testimony to the very foundations of the Church’s
requirements for believers which are strictly based on Scripture.
Otherwise, one can also say that because humans are liable to every
action that opposes the rights of others, no matter how society defines
those actions, then the foundations of what is a consensus on the basics
of what constitutes a person’s natural humanity must also be flawed, and
should therefore cease to exist. Because humans themselves have lived in
a way that opposes the natural rights of others with or without regards to
religion, could humans no longer defend the foundations of human life?
What might be surprising is that there are people who actually believe
this...who genuinely believe that humans should be wiped out because of
human nature itself. So all in all, in one’s attitude that the actions that
have occurred throughout history within the Church is a result of flawed
foundations, and if this attitude is based on what a non-believer
believes to be an opposition to the rights of others, how then can
that non-believer asserting that the natural humanity of humans
is enough without intervention of religion, essentially defend the
foundations of humanity when humans have a history of violating the
basic freedoms and rights of others going all the way back to
antiquity? With all of this taken into account, an opposite viewpoint
to religion must also acknowledge religion’s insis-tence on the faithful
speaking its faith, not as a matter to prop oneself over another, but as a
matter of moral obligation out-side of the motivation to measure oneself
against another. While Jesus made it clear that one must love his
neighbor. He also made it clear that one must profess His name before

123

Chapter i6: The Significance of the Church

men. There is a balance to be maintained between professing one’s faith
and not sowing discord amongst brethren. Forces arising from a
grievance have a tendency to misuse any momentum extracted from the
initial outcry and use it towards other facets of the target that have
nothing to do with the initial grievance. We saw how the protestant
reformation started with a single grievance regarding the selling of
indulgencesfan act that's never been sanctioned by the Church)and
became a full-fledged rebellion against the Catholic Church in all facets of
Church Dogma. We can also see many examples of this in recent history.

In terms of defending the Catholic Faith, doing it for the hope of convert¬
ing others is futile. The human condition is in f luenced by the heart.
Rarely will a cohesive argument bring someone to a new perspective
from an old perspective by way of touching the feelings within. If
anything, it may turn people away. In the course of reality, it's exactly
the opposite that draws people in. It's constant attacks on some¬
thing that draws in supporters to that something, because these at¬
tacks, overtime, generate sympathy for the target and gives an outlet to
the natural rebellion that is central to man’s nature. There are many ex¬
amples of this at work. Why do elections seem to favor the candidate that
is most criticized by the media? Why did Christianity grow during the
time of persecutions? Why is Islam the fastest growing religion, post 9/
11? It seems like rise in support coincides with the rise in criticism.

124

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Chapter 17

The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

There is no path of moral justification for the Catholic Church in its role
to cover up for priests implicated in the pedophilia scandal. However, the
faithful, particularly the laity, are able to remain steadfast as these
course of events were already set according to God’s plan. Paul’s
prophecy regarding a falling away has been fulfilled starting from Vatican
II, and now the last part of his prophecy is ready to be presented. In
correlation with Paul’s prophecy regarding the revealing of the lawless
one, John’s prophecy in Revelation calculates the number of this man to
666. Many Bible Scholars consider Daniel’s 490 year prophecy as yet to
conclude, however, a hermeneutic of it having already ended would al¬
low us to place Paul and John at the forefront of prophecy. Paul and

125

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

John’s prophecies speak of a lawless sinful man who is coming to make
his mark upon the world. Many believe this man’s arrival is to take
place in the last week of Daniel’s 490 year prophecy. However, as al¬
ready touched upon, the fulfillment of Daniel’s prophecy having already
taken place would eliminate that viewpoint and at the same time not
discount John and Paul’s prophecy of a coming lawless one. If one
determines that Peter’s break from circumcision did not constitute an
Antichrist prophecy, then one can conclude that the coming of a lawless
one is still a relevant eschatological perspective. Another aspect that
comes into this prophecy relates to a person who has the understanding
to calculate and identify this beast.

"Here is a call for wisdom: Let the one who has insight calculate the
number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and that number is six
hundred sixty-six."

With Paul’s prophecy having an order, the first being something that's
taken out of the way, and the next being a revelation, we can gather that
this revelation of 666 is contingent on something being moved aside.

Solving the riddle of the beast (666) leads to a greater understanding of
what the seven seals mean as Christ revealed it to John of Patmos. Christ
has opened the seals and the time has come for humanity to more fully
understand it. It is written in the Bible that Christ will return when the
falling away has taken placefVatican H), and the man of sin (the one who
caused this falling away due to his mysterious presence in the world from
the beginning) is finally revealed. It can be said that calculation of the
number of the beast is what essentially reveals and then destroys this
immortal Man of sin ....not by force of arms, but strictly by Christ's

126

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

revelation and our understanding of it. Through understanding the
Word of God revealed by Christ and written down by John of Patmos in
Revelation, humanity can no longer be held captive by the man of sin
who has operated secretly in the world from the beginning and led
mankind astray throughout the ages. Understanding the riddle of 666
and the seven seals brings humanity to its next stage of existence. This
new perspective of knowledge will permeate the earth and serve as a
unified foundation of peace for all of its inhabitants for many ages.

666 is already at work in the world and has been for ages. It is
humanity’s lack of understanding of it that allows for its continued
influence. The discovery of how it influences humanity will lead to a
major scientific inquiry on how to make this knowledge better
humanity. An overt understanding and implementation of 666, as
opposed to its surreptitious influence based on lack of knowledge, will
bring widespread debate on the nature of how it aligns with Scrip¬
ture and whether or not its identification constitutes a dooms¬
day or peaceable scenario.

More knowledge of what the number 666 entails will lead to a social
engineering project that will attempt to make use of this newfound
knowledge. The reason unlocking 666 would be considered to work for
humanity is because it gives each person a very important understanding
of how humans are wired to operate in the physical realm. This
awareness, much like in the way technology makes our daily life less
physically strenuous, will make human social existence less complicated
and less strenuous. Before humans can adopt and integrate 666 into their
daily lives, science will have to confirm its significance in the scientific

127

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

realm. How will they do this? Well they've nearly done it before as what
exactly 666 stands for has already been touched upon in the scientific
community. The difference now is that there's more information regarding it.
Once science confirms the meaning of 666 to have significant scientific value,
along with each major religious denomination agreeing on the understanding
of it and its relation to the seven seals, humans can then form a program to
adopt and integrate this formula into their daily lives. Now, there is one
problem. In order for it to work in a very efficient way, some kind of
indication would be required so that humans can identify each other and
the nature of the person they are dealing with at any given time. This is
where fulfillment of prophecy regarding the mark of beast comes into
view. The mark of the beast is mentioned as something bad in Scripture,
as some form of homage to the beast. However, if we have used a perspec¬
tive that writings related to change have a tendency to lean toward a more
harsh rhetorical tone when being described by the previous tradition, it
becomes more difficult to discern exactly what this mark of the beast
means from the point of view of something new. If this new is analogous
to what Christianity was to Judaism, then one can possibly jus¬
tify going along with it. This debate will drive the perspective that the
mark referred to in Scripture is a mark that humans already had for ages,
but were not aware of and gave allowance to it by their ignorance of it,
with the visible indication of it being something that would hold back the
beast's influence on humanity by allowing humans to observe and adjust
in the presence of it's influence on humans. It could be understood that
without this, humanity would just continue in ignorance and eventually
destroy itself. Others can see the mark as something that jeopardizes the
soul of all believers because by going along with it, the person would be
knowingly placing themselves in a system that tries to accommodate their
sin, which would thus remove all aspects of penitence, a pre-requisite for
salvation.

128

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Another aspect of 666 is how it changes the way the law and morality is
applied to human beings. At this present time, it's fair to say that each
person who exhibits a certain characteristic is held accountable, socially
or morally, exactly as anyone else who exhibits those same characteris¬
tics. The application of 666 will modify how a person is held account¬
able. It won't be a license to exhibit certain characteristics that the person
is prone to committing. It will be more of an open understanding into his
particular natural tendencies according to where the person is marked.
An example would be seeing someone in public marked in a certain way
and knowing before ever approaching him, what his natural tendency as

a person would be. that would fall short of the normal societal

standard for that particular characteristic. That person, because he is
marked as deficient in that quality, would be given a little more leeway by
both society and the law as it applies to how the lack of that certain quality
is judged. A good analogy is how a track runner's time in a certain event is
often judged by the wind. If he sets a world record, but his time in the
event was found to be aided by the wind, he isn't given credit for break¬
ing the official world record. Think of the mark as running a time in an
event hindered by the wind.

Because humans are naturally wired to divide themselves, 666 wouldn't be
something that ends division. It would just redefine it or add another
important element to it. Whereas now humans are most prone to make
distinctions amongst themselves and others based on physical outward
features, like the color of one's skin, the size of one's nose, etc., 666 would
draw a distinction based on how each human relates to 666 and the
appropriating bodily mark indicating exactly where and how. An example
would be how 666 could mark someone as a racist-type of person by being
placed on a certain part of his body, no matter his ethnicity, and how
that mark effectively puts that character of racism within the context

129

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

of a category that identifies other predisposed racist humans with the
same mark, no matter what their ethnicity may be. So now, instead of a
racist person speaking for his ethnicity because that's how humans
currently define and distinguish themselves, he would now be speaking
for his own character type as humans began to re-identify each other
based on the 666 outward identification of character and personality
types. The same would go for, not only the racist characteristics, but all
character types such as anti-social, violent, debauch, etc.

It was mentioned earlier that what 666 means was already touched upon
in the Scientific community. The reason the investigation didn’t gain the
traction that it could have was due to the fact that it was only backed in
terms of Statistics and probability, which, in turn, left it open for
improper replication by those seeking to satisfy a bias or opposing
argument. However, it did get many in the scientific community talking
about it and some studies confirmed his findings. Ultimately, however, it
was rejected by the scientific community as later studies couldn’t draw a
statistical significance. While what was found in that investigation was
not pointed out by original researcher to be specifically related to 666, its
subject matter falling in line with my findings makes it to where it could
actually be considered an inquiry into 666. What's also interesting is that
the major points of reference mentioned in the study relate directly to
where the Scripture says the mark is takenfforehead and the right hand).
The difference between that study and now is that another element comes
into play, which would subsequently provide support to those findings.

After identifying 666, one will be able to lookback and see how that study
comes together with the mark of the beast. With all the new evidence, the

130

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

scientific community can inquire again. This leads to a real world
implementation that attempts to circumvent real world problems.

So at this point, we have Scripture(Paul and John), and Science. All that
is left is where does the Catholic Church tie into this? The answer is in the
prophecies of Catholic mystic, Marie Julie Jahenny. She was given a vi¬
sion of the exact nature of evil and how this will tie into the destruction
that is taking place in the world. While the nature is one of destruction,
the solving of the riddle is one of light and wisdom. Nostradamus’s
prophecies also tie into 666, as he referenced the beast in many of his
predictions. There seems to be a prominent French theme related to the
identification of this mark, which is why it’s gathered that fulfillment of
this prophecy is somehow related to France. Nostradamus, the aforemen¬
tioned statistician, Marie Julie Jahenny, and myself.... all have this tie to
France. Not sure if it’s coincidence, but it’s hard to ignore the correla¬
tion between prophecy, the mark of the beast and France.

Many Catholic mystics have prophesied that France would play the piv¬
otal role in restoring the Church by way of a king anointed by the Pope.
This has been prophesied to take place after the great falling away from
the morals and traditions of the Church, amidst the rise of sin, rebellion,
and upheaval all over Europe. The exodus of the Pope from Rome in the
midst of all of this is regarded as the prelude to the anointing of a king
from France who helps restore the Catholic Church throughout Europe
and the rest of the World. This restoration of the Church would be built
upon the Fatima apparitions, which would then usher in an era of peace.
The origin of the prophecy regarding the Great Monarch is shrouded in
mystery, but can be traced back to numerous visionaries, prophets.

131

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

saints, etc. Padre Pio mentioned the coming of a great Monarch, and
so did Marie Julie Jahenny. One controversial example of this
prophecy regarding a French Monarch King occurred at Lasalette,
France in 1846. Like Fatima, this is an apparition approved by the
Catholic Church.

In the village of Lasalette, Melanie and Maxim were not friends before
this apparition. In a small town of farmers, both of the children were
carrying out their farm duties, shepherding their animals on the
mountains. As they were playing, a woman (Our Lady) appeared to them
and gave them a message. Weeping, She spoke to them both about a
current problem in France and gave them information regarding the
future. She mentioned how people were violating the sabbath and how a
famine would take place because of it. She then spoke to each child
individually, without the other hearing. She gave a short secret to maxim
and a longer one to Melanie, both regarding the future all the way until the
Antichrist and second coming of Christ. What's interesting about the
message is that once the children went home and reported what
happened, they were separated from each other for years. Each of them
never got together to make sure the story was the same. In all separate
interviews from that point on, they both recalled the exact same
experience. That, in itself, indicates there was no collusion between the two.
The secret of Maximin is related to the prophecy of a Great Monarch.
Even though, he never revealed the secret directly, but only in a letter to
Pope Pius IX, the secret was nonetheless published by a friend he confided
the secret to. Even after retracting the work, Maximin was not able to keep
other authors from attributing what was published by his acquaintance to
Maximin himself.

132

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Traditionalist Catholic Yves Dupont, the author of Catholic Prophecy,
who accurately predicted the fall of France to the Nazis, believes that a
great Monarch will rise in France before the Antichrist comes. This gives
us the perspective that a transitionary phase between the revelation of
666 and its implementation brings with it an era of peace. This can make
sense due to the fact that 666 would confirm new testament prophecy as
truth, which would therefore renew everyone’s Catholic faith.

In his first letter to the Thessalonians, Paul describes the return of Jesus
and what would happen to believers when he returns. In his second
letter to the Thessalonians, he describes events that must take place
before the return of Jesus Christ. Paul assures them that the day of
Jesus’s return had not come because 2 things needed to happen first:
The falling away or apostasy from the teachings of Christ, and then the
revelation of the man of lawlessness or man of sin. In the second letter to
the Thessalonians, Paul writes:

“Don’t let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day will not come until
the rebellion occurs and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the man
doomed to destruction. He will oppose and will exalt himself over
everything that is called God or is worshiped, so that he sets himself up
in God’s temple, proclaiming himself to be God.

Don’t you remember that when I was with you I used to tell you these
things? And now you know what is holding him back, so that he may
be revealed at the proper time. For the secret power of lawlessness is
already at work; but the one who now holds it back will continue to

133

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

do so till he is taken out of the way. And then the lawless one will be
revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will overthrow with the breath of his
mouth and destroy by the splendor of his coming. The coming of the
lawless one will be in accordance with how Satan works. He will use all
sorts of displays of power through signs and wonders that serve the lie,
and all the ways that wickedness deceives those who are perishing. They
perish because they refused to love the truth and so be saved.”

While the first part of Paul’s prophecy has been fulfilled by Vatican II, the
second one is in the midst of being fulfilled through understanding the
Book of Revelation. Therefore, we can move further along into John’s
prophecy in the book of Revelation concerning the number of the beast
and the seven seals. John was exiled to the island of Patmos, and was
suffering through a time of persecution under the Roman rule of
Domitian. It was during that time in Patmos that he received a vision,
which was a revelation from Jesus Christ about God’s plan for humanity.
John was told in the beginning of the dream in the first chapter of
Revelation:

"Write, therefore, what you have seen, what is now and what will take
place later.”

In his dream, he saw a beastly figure that had great power over the earth
and was allowed to do as it pleased. He observed a beast coming from the
sea and coming from the earth. Revelation 13:1-18:

“And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the
sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns,
and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. And the beast which I saw
was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his

134

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and
his seat, and great authority. And I saw one of his heads as it were
wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world
wondered after the beast. And they worshipped the dragon which gave
power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying. Who is like
unto the beast? who is able to make war with him? And there was given
unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power
was given unto him to continue forty and two months. And he opened
his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his
tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. And it was given unto him to
make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given
him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon
the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of
life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. If any man have
an ear, let him hear. He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity:
he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the
patience and the faith of the saints. And I beheld another beast coming
up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a
dragon. And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and
causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first
beast, whose deadly wound was healed. And he doeth great wonders, so
that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of
men. And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those
miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to
them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the
beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live. And he had power
to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast
should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the
image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small

135

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right
hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he
that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.
Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of
the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six
hundred threescore and six.”

Earlier in Revelation in Chapter 5, John is given a revelation of 7 seals
that can only be opened by one who is worthy:

"Then I saw a scroll in the right hand of the One seated on the throne. It
had writing on both sides and was sealed with seven seals. And I saw a
mighty angel proclaiming in a loud voice, ‘Who is worthy to break the
seals and open the scroll?’ But no one in heaven or on earth or under the
earth was able to open the scroll or look inside it. And I began to weep
bitterly, because no one was found worthy to open the scroll or look
inside it. Then one of the elders said to me, ‘Do not weep! Behold, the
Lion of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, has triumphed to open the
scroll and its seven seals.’ Then I saw a Lamb who appeared to have
been slain, standing in the center of the throne, encircled by the four
living creatures and the elders. The Lamb had seven horns and seven
eyes, which represent the seven Spirits of God sent out into all the earth.
And He came and took the scroll from the right hand of the One seated
on the throne.”

A good analogy to understand the 7 seals would be modern day 2019
examples of encryption software and secret coding used to protect
proprietary information, and how only knowledge of the password or
key could allow access to the information. This example is referenced

136

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

in Revelation as a book secured with Seven seals. The seven seals must be
opened to access the information in the book....much in the same way a
password must be known in order to access information stored using
encryption. It was revealed to John that only the Lamb can open the
seals, which pertains to all events from the time of John all the way to
the end of time and correlates directly with 666 and the man of sin.

In Revelation chapter 6, John then observes the Lamb open each Seal:

Revelation 6:1-2

And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were
the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying. Come and see. And I
saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow; and a
crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to
conquer.

Revelation 6: 3-4

And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say.
Come and see. And there went out another horse [that was] red: and
[power] was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth,
and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a
great sword.

Revelation 6: 5-6

And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say. Come
and see. And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a
pair of balances in his hand. And I heard a voice in the midst of the four
beasts say, A measure of wheat for a denarius, and three measures of
barley for a denarius; and [see] thou hurt not the oil and the wine.

137

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Revelation 6: 7-8

And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth
beast say, Come and see. And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his
name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And
power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with
sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the
earth.

Revelation 6: 9-11

And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of
them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which
they held: And they cried with a loud voice, saying. How long, O Lord,
holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that
dwell on the earth? And white robes were given unto every one of them;
and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season,
until their fellow servants also and their brethren, that should be killed
as they [were], should be fulfilled.

Revelation 6:12-17

And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a
great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the
moon became as blood; And the stars of the heavens fell unto the earth,
even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a
mighty wind. And the heavens departed as a scroll when it is rolled
together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.
And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the
chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free
man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains; And

138

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of
him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: For the
great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

Revelation 8:1-6

And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven
about the space of half an hour. And I saw the seven angels which stood
before God; and to them were given seven trumpets. And another angel
came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given
unto him much incense, that he should offer [it] with the prayers of all
saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. And the
smoke of the incense, [which came] with the prayers of the saints,
ascended up before God out of the angel's hand. And the angel took the
censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast [it] into the earth: and
there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.
And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared
themselves to sound.

We notice that there are 7 events, and in the final and 7 th event, we no¬
tice that more of what took place in the previous is getting ready to hap¬
pen again. This is very important for understanding the riddle of
666 .

With Paul’s prophecy about the lawless one already presented along
with John’s prophecy about the mark of the beast and the seven seals,
it’s important to go through each mention of the beast by later
important figures in history, such as Marie Julie Jahenny, Michel
Gauquelin, Nostradamus, and this writing. Marie Julie Jahenny’s

139

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

involvement in this prophecy relates to how she describes a prophecy
given to her by Jesus. There are two translations:

The first:

"In the eternal Wisdom, I have my purpose to preserve life for an
immense number of Jews, because on the day of My rejoicing I want
to confound them. The ungodly eye of all those souls will remain
open, because I want them to see My power, I preserve it them to see,
with their own eyes, the RADIANT PLANET I will have coming out
from the remotest parts of exile, under a frightening storm of fire, and
under the signs of my anger, the whole sky will be crossed with bolts
similar to the ones My Father thrusted upon the World, when I
offered Myself for the ransom of My people." (i.e. as during
the Crucifixion.)

The Second:

“In My eternal wisdom, I intend to reserve the life of an immense
number of Jews, because I want to confound them on the day of My
rejoicing. The blasphemous eyes of all those souls will be opened
because I want them to see My power. I reserve for them that they see
with their own eyes the RADIANT STAR that I will lead out of exile
(the Great Monarch) in a frightful storm of fire and under the sign of
My anger.”

Because of the ambiguous quality of this translated prediction, the
content can be judged according to the divine plan. Star and planet
were often used interchangeably in many writings and therefore
doesn’t nullify either or.

140

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Michel Gauquelin, born in Paris, was a French statistician and
psychologist who studied human behavior and its correlation to
heavenly bodies. Starting out as a skeptic, he later found a major
correlation between human behavior and performance in certain
endeavors to the movements of the stars and planets. He was able to get
the birth-times of many prominent figures in Medicine and sports, and
discover a statistical significance between the location of this planet and
the performance of athletes. It was his findings on champion athletes
that got the attention of the scientific community. His results showed
that prominent sports champions are more likely to be born when this
planet is rising or culminating in their birth chart. After being
challenged by other scientists on the evidence for his conclusion, he was
still able to achieve results that worked out in his favor even while using
their parameters to validate his findings. The study came to a roadblock
when scientific researchers in the US couldn’t find a statistical
correlation in their research using champion athletes. Gauquelin was
always quick to reinforce that the planetary correlation was related to
eminence in the chosen field, something the researchers in the US did
not take into account. This was a major source of disappointment for
Gauquelin. He committed suicide in 1991. He wrote many books on the
subject and his research is probably the biggest modern key to what I
understand to be the mark of the beast. It’s likely that his work on
the planetary effect will be re-opened for research by the sci¬
entific community following the revelation of the lawless one.

While the Catholic Church has no opinion on Nostradamus, his relevance
is due to the widespread knowledge of his prophecies and the fact that he
worked largely unopposed by the Catholic Church, perhaps, due to the
fact that he didn’t reveal his methods for predictions. Of Jewish ethnicity,
his family converted to Catholicism before he was born, which makes

141

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Nostradamus a Catholic and a mystic even if he was never accepted by the
Catholic Church as a Catholic mystic. The Church has been largely silent
on Nostradamus and even though he had his fears, Nostradamus
was never charged with heresy by the Catholic Church. His prophecy re¬
lating to the mark of the beast regards the year 1999 in which he even

mentions the revival of a French king.another prophecy pointing to

the rise of a great French monarch:

“The year one thousand nine ninety-nine seven month. From the
sky shall come a great King of terror, [Shall be] revived the great
King of Angoulmois. Before and after, {Nostradamus mentions the
meaning of 666 right here) [shall] reign as chance will have it.”
(Centuiy X, No. 72)

Before further analysis and the revelation of the lawless one, another
important figure in history must be inserted and referenced at this
point. Without this, the revelation of the lawless one and the
understanding of 666 would evade clarity.

Italian artist, Leonardo da
Vinci, whose famous for
his painting of the Mona
Lisa, made a diagram of
the human body entitled
“Vitruvian Man.” The
drawing shows a man in
two superimposed

positions with his arms
and legs apart and
inscribed in a circle and
square and is based on the

142

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

writings of Vitruvius, who considered the human body the essential
source of proportion. Leonardo da Vinci considered man to be a
microcosm of the universe. What we have in Vitruvian man is an example
how a man can be expressed through and within a perfect circle. This will
prove indispensable for understanding 666 as the number of a man. After
gathering all the prophecies, Scripture, and historical figures, we can
now move forward with deciphering, through understanding, the
message that God is trying to convey to humanity through his prophets,
Paul and John. The starting point will be the meaning of the number of
666, which is the identity of the Lawless one that has acted upon
mankind since antiquity. Lets compile all the relevant prophecies re¬
garding it. John says in Revelation 13:18:

Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding calculate the
number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his
number is Six hundred threescore and six.

Paul says in Thessalonians 2: 4

He will oppose and exalt himself above every so-called god or
object of worship. So he will seat himself in the temple of God,
proclaiming himself to be God.

Nostradamus writes (Century X, No. 72)

The year one thousand nine ninety-nine seven month.
From the sky shall come a great King of terror, [Shall be]
revived the great King of Angoulmois. Before and after,
Mars[shall] reign as chance will have it.

143

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Marie Julie Jahenny says:

I preserve it them to see, with their own eyes, the
RADIANT PLANET I will have coming out from the
remotest parts of exile, under a frightening storm of fire,
and under the signs of my anger, the whole sky will be
crossed with bolts similar to the ones My Father thrusted
upon the World, when I offered Myself for the ransom of
My people."

Michel Gauquelin discovered:

a statistically significant number of sports champions were born just
after the planet Mars rises or culminates.

Leonardo Da Vinci describes his diagram of Vitruvian Man as a man
inscribed within a circle to be a microcosm of the universe.

And now, I understand, after much research, for 666 to be none
other than “Mars 360”. In essence, the revolution of Mars
around the sun and its effect on all of humanity. Using the English
Sumerian Gematria - assigning a numeric value to each letter of a
word, name or phrase using multiples of 6 - the word ’’Mars” adds
up to 306. By simply adding 36o(as in 360 degrees) to 306, the
result is 666. The English Sumerian Gematria is based on assigning
to the English Alphabet numbers ascending in increments of 6.
For example A=6, B=12, C=i8, D=24, etc. and so on. The earliest
known civilizations in Mesopotamia, such as the Sumeri¬
ans used a base of 6o(multiples of 6 and multiples of 10)
in their numbering system. Hence why the cipher for the English

144

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Sumerian Gematria is based on assigning numerical values in multiples
of 6. Most of today’s measurements of time are dominated by “multiples
of 6”:

60 seconds in a minute, 60 minutes in an hour, 24 hours
in a day, and 30 days in a month, 360 degrees in a circle.

Since Gematria is believed to have originated with the Sumerians and
later passed onto the Babylonians before being adopted by the Jewish
people and other cultures, authority is given to what they base their
numbering system on(multiples of 6). In combination with multiples of
10, it forms the numerical system of “base 60” or Sexagesimal. Some
historians believe the Sumerian Numerical system, called Sexagesimal,
was a combination of those 2 numbering systems used by 2 different
civilizations. The first round of numbers were based on ten like today’s
western civilization (baseio), but the next round were based on
multiples of six to get 60 and 600. A “multiple of six” based numerical
system is why later on, the Babylonians chose 12 months instead of 10
for their calendar and why hours and minutes are divided into 60
units(6o minutes in an hour, and 60 seconds in a minute). Multiples of
6 explain why a circle has 360 degrees. Babylonian astronomers knew
the amount of days in a year, but kept it at 360 because that number was
believed to be possessed with universal significance. We can see why
360 is part of the formula to calculate the number of the beast.
Babylonians devised the system of dividing a circle into 360 degrees. A
circle was used by the ancient Babylonian and Egyptian astronomers to
circle the zodiac. The degree was a way of dividing a circle and locating
the distance traveled by the sun each day. This indicates that it‘s of no
coincidence that the number of degrees in a circle (360)
corresponds with the days of the year on the Babylonian calendar.

httpsa'/www.livescience.com/44964-why-6o-minutes-in-an-hour.html - article by Robert Coolman
httpsy/www.ancient-origins.net/history/suinerians-looked-heavens-they-invented-system-time-and-
we-still-use-it-today-007341 -article by Kerry Sullivan

145

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

With identification of the lawless one using gematria and assigning a
numerical value, based on numbering the English alphabet in multiples

of six.starting with the letter A as number 6, then B as 12, then C as

18, and so on all the way till you get to letter Z, the word MARS will add
up to 306. By simply adding 36o(which represents a circle) to 3o6(the
number of Mars), we get 666. Now one can conclude “Mars 360” is the
lawless one that has been present in the world even during the time of
Jesus and perhaps all the way back to antiquity. Because Da Vinci
depicts man as a microcosm of the universe in Vitruvian man. Mars
360, would also represent a man. The nature of this planet’s influence
on humanity is one that is opposed to how God intended a healthy
section of ourselves to operate. There is great scientific understanding
with regards to this, which opens the door to a very intricate
architecture.

Planetary influence on humankind is interpreted to be apart from
Scripture. However, what the Bible shows is that planetary influence as
defined by men is apart from God’s will. What we have in the seven seals
is a revelation from Jesus Christ on how the universe operates according
to God’s plan. Hints were given throughout history to the prophets. In
the Old Testament, we can refer to Ezekiel’s dream when he looked at the
sky and saw 4 creatures that were moving in direct correlation with 4
wheels. Wherever the creatures went, the wheels went, and vice versa,
with the throne of the Lord above all of it. Ezekiel i: 15-28:

15 As I looked at the living creatures, I saw a wheel on the
ground beside each creature with its four faces. 16 This was
the appearance and structure of the wheels: They sparkled
like topaz, and all four looked alike. Each appeared to be
made like a wheel intersecting a wheel. 17 As they moved.

146

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

they would go in any one of the four directions the creatures
faced; the wheels did not change direction as the creatures
went. 18 Their rims were high and awesome, and all four rims
were full of eyes all around.

19 When the living creatures moved, the wheels beside them
moved; and when the living creatures rose from the ground,
the wheels also rose. 20 Wherever the spirit would go, they
would go, and the wheels would rise along with them, because
the spirit of the living creatures was in the wheels. 21 When the
creatures moved, they also moved; when the creatures stood
still, they also stood still; and when the creatures rose from the
ground, the wheels rose along with them, because the spirit of
the living creatures was in the wheels.

22 Spread out above the heads of the living creatures was what
looked something like a vault, sparkling like crystal, and
awesome. 23 Under the vault their wings were stretched out
one toward the other, and each had two wings covering its
body. 24 When the creatures moved, I heard the sound of their
wings, like the roar of rushing waters, like the voice of the
Almighty, like the tumult of an army. When they stood still,
they lowered their wings.

25 Then there came a voice from above the vault over their
heads as they stood with lowered wings. 26 Above the vault
over their heads was what looked like a throne of lapis lazuli,
and high above on the throne was a figure like that of a man.
271 saw that from what appeared to be his waist up he looked
like glowing metal, as if full of fire, and that from there down

147

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

he looked like fire; and brilliant light surrounded him. 28 Like the
appearance of a rainbow in the clouds on a rainy day, so was the
radiance around him. This was the appearance of the likeness of
the glory of the LORD. When I saw it, I fell facedown, and I heard
the voice of one speaking.

What we have in the lawless one is a revolution or 360 degree orbit which
correlates perfectly with the behavior of a rider going through the seven
seals as an opposing force. With Mars 360 identified, now the seven seals
can be opened as the 7th seal comes to mean a continuous revolution of
Mars going through the first 6 seals. The seven seals teaches us that when
Mars travels around the sun, it goes through 6 positions in the sky relative
to the time and place a person is born. Each position is defined in terms of
designated human characteristics, and the revelation of the seven seals
describes the effect that Mars has on each position, denoting the negative
consequences that come about. Using discernment, one can extrapolate
the original characteristic of each position by picturing the opposite
scenario to the negative one described in the seven seals in the Bible. Since
each seal corresponds to Mars traveling to each position in the sky, we will
use seal and position interchangeably while applying to Mars the negative
consequence of traveling through each seal/position. Using the sun as an
example for more understanding, the sun is directly over our heads at
noon. This overhead position correlates to one position/seal of the sky
regardless if the sun is there or not and that position/seal has designated
qualities. If a person is born around noon, he will be influenced for the rest
of his life by the sun’s location in that position and its effect on what
defines that positionfin revelation, it’s Mars exerting an effect). Since
there are 6 positions or seals, the sun could be in any one of those
positions or seals depending on the time of birth and thus affect the

148

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

human’s characteristics defined by those positions. If one is born at
another time, the sun would be somewhere elsefnot overhead), but the
overhead position along with the other positions (seals), whether at eye
level at the horizon, or at angles above or below the horizon, would still
be in place and affected by whatever other planet may be orbiting those
positions at that particular time of birth. The Sun was just an example.
Because revelation deals with Mars36o, we will focus on those
scenarios. There are six seals that defines each of the 6 positions in the
sky with designated qualities. Because we have a moving body, we can
extrapolate that the 7th seal represents the continuous revolution of
Mars. These positions/seals remain constant and planets come and go
through these positions throughout the course of time. Overhead is
always overhead, no matter what time a person is born, even though the
planets are constantly moving...and this fixed quality applies to all the
other positions in the sky defined through the seven seals. Each seal
corresponds to an aspect of human nature designed by God. Mars
corresponds to the negative consequences of its orbit through them.
Because the mystery of iniquity relates to Mars36o, the planet Mars is
what the seven seals of revelation is speaking on. On the next page is a
diagram depicting how the seven seals affects a person at birth.

149

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

In the diagram above, focus on the left side of the chart wheel where it
shows the horizon as the 4th seal. For now, any reference to the
horizon in explaining the seals will refer to the 4th seal on the left
side even though both sides of the chart wheel mean the same thing.
For the sake of order, we will stick to the left side starting at the top
with the 1st seal and make our way down in chronological order to
the 6th seal. Notice that each seal is divided into 30 degree
segments. From the diagram, we can see that the first seal is at the
top, representing the position directly overhead with regard to a
human looking directly over his head while standing on earth. It
makes a 90 degree angle to the horizon. From there, after leaving
the 30 degree segment representing the first seal and going
counterclockwise, we see the next sealfthe 2nd one) which is at a 60

150

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

degree angle to the horizon. From that segment which makes up the 2nd
seal and going counterclockwise from there, we see the 3rd seal which is
at about a 30 degree angle to the horizon. From there, going
counterclockwise, we are brought to the horizon(the 4th seal), which is
180 degrees from our eye level. Going counter clockwise from that point
into the next segment, we get to the 5th seal, which is on a 30 degree
angle to the horizon, but below the horizon on the left side. Going
counterclockwise from there, we get to the 6th seal segment which is at a
60 degree angle with the horizon, and once again below on the left side.
After the 6th seal, the cycle starts again with the opposite side of the
circle meaning the same as the other side. This repeat is the 7th seal and
defines this revolving motion. No matter how scattered the planets are
throughout the sky at the time of birth, the six seal divisions in the sky
are always laid out the same. They have a fixed quality. The first seal is
always directly overhead standing from earth, no matter what time of
day, place, week, or season a person is born, just as the horizon is always
the horizon standing from earth no matter what time, place or day. For
someone who is experienced in planetary influences on human
behavior(Astrology), an easy way to understand this is just by taking
each house as it‘s laid out in the ‘equal house system’ in a western
astrological chart and replacing the definition of those houses with how
i'm defining this ‘six seals house system’ as laid out in the diagram on
previous page. That would be an easy way to understand the gist of
what's being explained. Also remember to designate the change to the
next sign at the 24th degree mark of every sign. It will be ex¬
plained how the seals go beyond the metaphysical and into the
physical scientific realm as each seal represents the 6 major sections of
the brain: the occipital lobe, the temporal lobe, the brain
stem/cerebellum, the frontal lobe, the motor cortex, and the parietal lobes.

151

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

What Mars is doing as it is explained in the seven seals is resulting in a
lack of grey matter located in the corresponding regions of the brain. Grey
matter results to greater performance of the designated tasks carried out
by each part of the brain, whereas a lack of it reduces the performance.
The seven seals revealed to John of Patmos in Revelation are a
representation of the worst effect of Mars when his opposing nature is
carried out to its climax. What essentially defines the mystery of iniquity is
the reduction of grey matter in certain regions of the brain. In the first seal:

Revelation 6:1-2

And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it
were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying. Come and see.
And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow;
and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to
conquer.

152

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

This first seal which is directly overhead(top of chart wheel) represents
the personality and outlook of a human being toward his immediate
environment and when Mars travels through the first seal as the white
horse, his opposing effect on the personality culminates into its worst
expression by way of a great military general going “forth conquering,
and to conquer”. This first seal, at its worst, represents all the great
military men such as King David, Alexander the Great, Rommel, Charles
de Gaulle, Napoleon, Gen. Patton., all of which are examples of a very
negative expression. Mars here operate as the very antithesis to the Jesus
Christ of the Bible. When this spirit of Mars is operating in this man¬
ner in the world, it produces a very competitive mindset, an antisocial
personality that suffers with face to face communication. There is
also a reckless attitude with how one uses his hands. Whereas a sociable
person is likely to greet you with his right hand or give you some¬
thing with it, an unsociable person produced by Mars in the first
seal is likely to insult someone with it, either through misuse of
another’s property via theft, physical assault or simply a refusal to of¬
fer charity. Another negative quality showing up at the far end of the
spectrum of Mars here is the use of torture. This position of Mars justi¬
fies the use of torture over the use of execution and makes the sub¬
ject more likely to carry out his opposition by way of extended
harm as opposed to execution. This position can also put a person
at odds with his neighbors, siblings and co-workers. While many as¬
pects of the Mars influence in this position are detriments in society,
they can serve as virtues for military men, police officers, competitive
athletes, and businessmen. This first seal definition also aligns
with Michel Gauquelin’s findings of Mars showing up culminatingftop
of chart) in the astrological birth charts of Military men and Cham¬
pion athletes. Gauquelin divided the chart into different sec¬
tors, but singled out ‘2 key sectors” for his research: Rising,
which correlates to the 4th seals at the east and west hori¬
zons, and Culminating which correlates to the 1st seals directly

153

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

overhead and directly below(north and south). These sectors are referred

to as plus zones. Here is a chart for visual reference in understanding

Gauquelin’s research. ^ •

Culminating

In his findings, he discovered that a statistically significant number of
eminent competitive athletes and military men were born or marked with
Mars either rising(4th seals) or culminatingfist seals). I found this
advantage to be related to the result of a deficiency in the brain. On a
scientific level, this position would result in a marked lack of grey matter in
the Occipital lobe of the brain. The Occipital lobe is primary visual area of
the brain and located at the back of the brain. It is responsible for how we
perceive and make sense of moving objects within our immediate
environment. When there is a deficiency of function in this area of the
brain, the result is often a hostile personality who is unable to properly
react to his immediate environment, or anyone he can see at the moment.
On the next page is a diagram of the brain. Notice the Occipital lobe is
located at the back of the brain. This lack of grey matter produces a lack
of fear in the person when it comes to the consequences of not being
able to carry out the designated function of a particular part of the brain.

154

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Motor Cortex^^—^_^Parietai Lobe

Tempcnral Lobe

/ ^ Cerebellum

Brainstem

In the case of the Occipital lobe, a person would be indifferent to the
feelings of others within his immediate environment and also to the
possible actions of others towards him in response to his deficiency in
communication skills. In my research, I’ve also noticed that billionaires
have the position of Mars in the 1st seal and the 4th seals, culminating
and rising respectively as laid out in a birth chart by Gauquelin. This isn’t
surprising due to the competitive nature of the business world and the
fact that Mars through the first seal represents a conquering attitude
which is a directly opposed to face to face charity. When it comes to Mars
opposing a designated function of a certain part of the brain, the result
leads to a display of reduced energy and desire to engage in the proper
behaviors that a healthy functioning part of the brain would produce.
Because there are many planets in orbit, the level of grey matter reduction
takes place accordingly to how the other planetary energies permit that
part of the brain to function. This grey matter deficiency takes place at
birth and essentially marks the person for the rest of his life. In the case of
Mars going through the first seal, the mark of the beast would be in the
back of the head or in the right hand. There are other notable examples

155

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

of this influence that interferes with how we interact with others in our
immediate environment. In understanding earlier how a healthy
Occipital lobe would greet someone through a handshake with the right
hand, which is in contrast to what a grey matter deficient occipital
lobe would do, we can see how the latter would translate to an anti¬
social quality that opposes normal social interaction and therefore
leave the person liable to reckless behavior involving the right hand
and ways of communications. This is the mark of the beast that, if
left unchecked, can lead to a culmination which eventually manifests
as someone who takes from everyone around him, as we see in
conquering military leaders and selfish businessmen like Bernie
Madoff. This lack of grey matter, while always present, is not
uniform in terms of scale throughout a person’s life, but can be
given full power to completely withdraw from any attempt to con¬
form to basic standards. This is usually based on a personal decision
by the person, and many times as a reaction to the society or one’s cir¬
cumstances. Which is why in times of economic strife such a vice can
turn into a virtue. This character finds itself able to survive by using
his deficiency to the fullest extent, in contrast to a normal function¬
ing Occipital lobe that is less likely to engage in such behavior, even
in a crisis that may warrant it. Because there is no mark or defi¬
ciency within him to allow for it, the person could be overwhelmed
in such a circumstance. I’ve also noticed that many Rappers have
this position of reckless communication arising from Mars going
through the first seal. While serving as a virtue in their choice of profes¬
sion, this Mars expression often becomes a major source of strife for
them in their dealings with neighbors, associates, other people’s feel¬
ings, etc. At the basic level in people who are not eminent in a chosen
field, but are just everyday Joes, indications of this placement would
be an expression of annoyance with coworkers or anyone not

156

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

close to them that they have to deal with on a daily basis—along with some
anti-charity attitudes, some rudeness in social situations, issues with
siblings, selfish and jealousy attitudes related to what others might have,
and indifference to the proper use of other people’s resources. These issues
are usually present throughout the life of a person influenced by Mars in
this way and in most cases, is not allowed by the person to emit its fullest
negative expression. However, the lack of grey matter in that part of the
brain would always persist. A recent example of a most negative expression
of this quality is someone like Bernard Madoff, who defrauded numer¬
ous people in a Ponzi scheme. This led to the loss of millions of dollars in
savings belonging to other people. This type of action can easily be likened
to how the Book of Revelation presents the first seal as someone going forth
to conquer. After revealing Mars overhead as it relates to the first seal, we
now can open the second seal, which brings us to the Revelation 6:3-4:

Revelation 6:3-4

3 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say.
Come and see. 4 And there went out another horse [that was] red: and
[power] was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and
that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great
sword.

—Next Page—

157

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

The second seal is at about a 60 degree angle to the horizon(4th seal) and
it focuses on an aspect of humanity which, under the influence of Mars on
the Red Horse, seeks chaos and the unsettling spread of fear that arises
from it. This is a representation of the hysteria, paranoia, fear, mistrust
and aggression that often leads to violence. This culminates in severe
mental illness and violent action along with a complete loss of basic
humanity. This is a spirit that rejects peace and happiness in all forms,
whether it’s trust in society or a normal domestic life. Because love and
familiarity symbolize a man’s happiness in life. Mars here in the 2nd seal
speaks to a major antagonism to both. Home also symbolizes love, peace,
and happiness, and is therefore rejected by this spirit. This puts the
person at odds with anything closely related to him, whether it be his

158

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

home, wife, country, establishment. The living examples of the worst of
this spirit are the homegrown terrorists, the domestic abusers,
the conspiracy theorists, haters of women, haters of government and
those who cannot sit still or pay attention to spoken words for a
very long time. The Columbine Shooters, Charles Manson, Ted Bundy,
Marshall Applewhite are all major examples of the 2nd seal. The 2nd
seal also represents the nihilists, along with extreme pessimism and
melancholy. There is also resentment of anything that represents the
person’s upbringing, which is why this spirit would excel at world
traveling and dealing with other cultures in a foreign land. Because
of an inability to sit still for long periods, this archetype will do well
in aggressive sport that capitalizes on excessive energy and aggres¬
sion. Workaholism is another common occurrence with this place¬
ment. A lighter manifestation of this in regular day to day life involves
a person experiencing annoyance with human sound, trouble process¬
ing auditory information, no close relationships, restlessness, internal¬
ized rage and a lack of long term memory combined with reckless
thoughts and beliefs. The part of the brain that the second seal points
to are the temporal lobes.

Motor Cortex

Parie4:at Lobe

Temporal Lobe

/ ^ Cerebellum

Brainstem

159

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Mars traveling through the position of the second seal results in a lack of
grey matter in the area of the temporal lobes, which are located on the
sides of the brain as shown in the diagram, and is involved with
understanding speech and recalling long term memories. A lack of grey
matter in that region results in poor attention span, heightened
aggression, restlessness, psychosis, melancholy, and far fetched beliefs.
Deficiency here highlights the need for freedom and mobility, and this
need plays a big role in their central ideology throughout life. The mistrust
arising from the belief that government establishment and marriage are a
confining influence on human freedom is what usually serves as a source
of distress. This placement, at its worst, represents the biggest threat
to established government and close relationships. Racism occurs here
when integration is a part of the establishment. The response to it is of¬
ten in the form of violence and bloodshed. War here takes on a more
domestic tone, very much in contrast to what the 4th seal represents.

In the 3rd seal, which is 30 degrees to the Horizon in a birth-chart,
wheat, oil, barley and wine are the main subjects.

Revelation 6: 5-6

5 And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say.
Come and see. And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him
had a pair of balances in his hand. 6 And I heard a voice in the midst of
the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a denarius, and three
measures of barley for a denarius; and [see] thou hurt not the oil and the
wine.

160

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

The scales referred to in this passage represent the need for balance
between items of consumption: wheat and barley with oil and wine. The
passage of “see that thou not hurt the oil and the wine” shows that a
choice is made in favor of oil and wine over wheat and barley. In the 3rd
seal, the scales- representing how people will balance their diet- and the
call to not hurt the oil and wine indicates a lack of consciousness about the
basic aspects of maintaining one’s health through balanced diet and
exercise. In the 3rd seal, we have humans under the influence of Mars
being inclined to seek pleasure over health. Proverb 21:17 associates
Oil and Wine with pleasure; this would coincide with modern day
alcohol use and sexual debauchery.

“Whoever loves pleasure will become poor; whoever loves wine and olive
oil will never be rich.”

Mars is on a Black Horse in this seal of revelation and is driving humanity
to seek pleasure to the detriment of physical health, something that
wheat and barley provides since a person could sustain themselves on
those particular food products, as opposed to just consuming wine and
oil. The manifestation of this Mars placement results in people who use

161

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

drugs like alcohol, engage in risky sexual perversion, ignore what
they put inside their bodies and pay no attention to how they manage
their personal health. There is a lack of proper diet and exercise, and a
reduced survival instinct which can lead to a short lifespan due to poor
health or unexpected death. Maintenance of personal physical health es¬
sentially summarizes what the 3rd seal means. Mars on the black horse,
being the catalyst, serves as an opposing force to how someone would
view the maintenance of their own physical health. The term Sex, Drugs,
and Rock and Roll is good way to understand the 3rd seal. Examples
of the worst quality of this are rock and roll artists that have abused
their bodies with drugs, sex, and debauchery, and also adventurers
who don’t take into account the level of danger they could be in.
There is also a sedentary quality to this placement that turns a
person off to physical exercise, which seems contrary to an adventur¬
ous spirit. This aversion to physical exercise can lead to issues of being
overweight. This aversion is due to the need for physical freedom.

The part of the brain correlating with the 3rd seal is the brain stem and
cerebellum which make up what is called the Reptilian Brain. The brain
stem is responsible for breathing, swallowing, heart rate, blood pressure,
consciousness, and whether one is awake or sleepy. The cerebellum is
responsible for the coordination of muscle movements. When Mars is
located in the 3rd seal, a reduction of grey matter results and is
manifested by a reduction in the desire and energy to perform the tasks
allocated to that region of the brain, specifically diet and exercise.
However, obesity doesn’t seem to completely correlate here even though
it would seem likely due to the theme revolving around diet and exercise.
Sexual perversion, poor dietary food choicesfwhich defines the 3rd seal),
and a lack of exercise seems to play a more prominent role here than
actual obesity or addiction. The Reptilian Brain is designed to perform

162

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

tasks strictly related to keeping the body alive. Notice the brainstem and
cerebellum located toward the base of the brain in the diagram below.
It causes us to act as if our basic needs are still scarce. When a lack of
grey matter is located in this region, an indifferent attitude to our basic
survival ensues and leads to more risk taking in areas related to diet/
sex, while inclining us to less activity in matters of physical
movement. It also causes a person to engage in physically dangerous risk
taking, which is a testament as to why so many pilots and stunt men
would have this placement. An easy experiment to test Mars in this
placement would be to have everyone in the room in front of a table with
an assortment of healthy and non-healthy foods. One half of the group
would have a placement of Mars in the 3rd seal of their birth-chart(as the
birth-chart is laid out according to the seals diagram) and the other half
wouldn’t have the placement of Mars there. The results would likely show
that the group with the Mars placement made poorer dietary choices
when selecting food from the table than the other half that did not
contain that placement of Mars in the birth chart.

Tempcnal Lol>e

C«ret}eUtliti

Motor

LrOiie

Brainstem

On the next page is the 4“* Seal. The 4th Seal is the most significant seal
of all and revolves around the Jewish people. There is widespread
destruction, war, famine, and terror. This one is located right at the
horizon in the birth-chart, 180 degrees from a person looking to the
horizon. Gauquelin sectors identify this area as the rising sector and a
key sector.

163

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Revelation 6:7-8

7 And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth
beast say, Come and see. 8 And I looked, and behold a pale horse; and his
name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power
was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword,
and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.

Mars takes his seat on a pale horse and is given power to destroy V4 of the
earth’s population. The position of Mars at the horizon culminates in its
worst effect on humanity and highlights the ultimate enemy of the Jewish
people. Notable representations of this culminating effect and most
horrible expression of Mars in this seal are figures like Adolf Hitler and
Emperor Nero. Both are responsible for the deaths of millions of people
not related to them in some way. For Hitler, the main target was Jews,
and for Nero, the main target was Christians. Whereas the first seal
involves direct communication, the 4th seal represents indirect
communication through speeches, writings, etc. The antagonism based

164

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

on Mars’s influence here is centered around things that don’t relate to us,
whether it be other cultures, other countries, other religions, or anything
or anyone not around at the moment. This perspective speaks to the
worldly nature of those affected by this influence. While a belief in God
can be expressed, the negative attitude to what's not around produces a
very worldly attitude at the expense of the spiritual hidden things, which
is why the world judges these characters as eternally damned. Therefore,
spiritual matters related to the health of our souls, as it’s defined in a
contemporary sense, would fall under the category of what is not around
at the moment in terms what we can see. This automatically confers a
worldly attitude upon those under Mars’s influence here. Also important
to note is that the spiritual matters relating to the health of our souls
which are hidden, not in plain view, are also the key to restraining
ourselves with regard to obtaining worldly things. One of the most
identifiable traits of those with this placement would be the inability to
control how the tongue refers to others indirectly and also the subsequent
lack of fear regarding the consequence of this. In a positive sense, this can
manifest itself in bold truth-telling, but in a negative sense, it gives a
propensity to bold lying. This is due to the reckless attitude to “words”
itself as it relates to indirect communication. It’s not a surprise, in terms
of both the positive and negative, that many journalist in the media would
have this placement. Because the target of indirect communication are
those we cannot see at the moment, this placement also describes our
attitude to hidden enemies. This position is prominent in those who
express what are considered racist views. The lack of inhibition regarding
what's not around at the moment is the reason men born under Mars at
the horizon often make it to the highest levels of government with little to
no fear of the distant enemy. They are thus able to give orders that affect
the well being of total strangers without flinching an eye. The majority of
nationalistic “heads of state” that have ever existed have this placement

165

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

due to this lack of fear of what is hidden. The wealthiest men who have
ever existed also have this placement due to the lack of self-control often
involved in acquiring things of the world, which in itself can be said to
arise from a contempt for what is not around. Mars riding the pale horse
in the 4th seal has reached the heights of society one generation after the
other. In the 1st seal, success is related to the competitive spirit, but in the
4th seal, it's related to a lack of discipline, self control, and contempt for
the hidden. Since this also implicates the spiritual(self-discipline), it
results in blind ambition for worldly things. In reference to those spiritual
matters for the sake of clarity, God Himself would not be the target of
antagonism arising from Mars influencing humanity in this seal. Since
there are 2 perspectives for God; within and withoutfoutside of
ourselves), this placement becomes more to do with the soul and God
within. The act of acknowledging God as outside of us would fall under
the next seal. For now as it relates to the 4th seal, the part of the brain
indicated in this revelation are the Frontal Lobes.

Tempcnral Lobe

Oerebelluni

Motorrtr+ov

Parietal Lobe

Brainstem

The Frontal Lobe is located at the front of the brain. The lower part of the
forehead just above the nose is the area of focus, which is where the book
of revelation makes a key reference in mentioning a mark of the beast.

166

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

The Frontal Lobes are defined as the executive control function of the
brain which gives us the ability to modify and regulate our behavior. Self-
discipline, self denial, adherence to Law and respect for the hidden are
the major qualities arising from a healthy function of this portion of the
brain, which explains why the Jewish ethnicity has an outward
prominence at the lower portion of the forehead near the top of the nose,
which would indicate a natural high amount of grey matter in that region.
It explains their highly developed frontal lobes and superiority in matters
of law, speech and intellect. The way Mars affects this area, as explained
in the 4th seal, is by pulling grey matter from this region of the brain to
produce a result that takes a person away from the healthy designated
frontal lobe functions of self-discipline, self-denial, adherence to Law,
ability to make decisions, respect for the hidden. The resulting effect is
usually the display of wild opinions, reckless speech, racist views, lack of
self denial, and provocation of those not around. We also find that those
throughout history who have displayed characteristics indicative of a lack
of grey matter in this region of the brain have also displayed a great deal
of Anti-Semitism. This makes it such that it can be determined
scientifically that recognition of Jewish ethnicity is hard coded into the
human brain. Self-denial being defined here as a natural function of the
frontal lobe can explain the prevalence of obesity in those affected by
Mars’s influence here, which may also be a key to understanding
addiction. Since the 1980s, scientists began to observe that many people
who were addicted to drugs appeared to have frontal lobe abnormalities.
This makes sense since the frontal lobes are responsible for our ability to
make decisions. Adolf Hitler, who is the hallmark of this Mars influence
in reducing grey matter in the frontal lobes, was said to be a drug addict
at the end of his life. It has also been noted by those around him that his
ability to make decisions was deficient and his power relied greatly on
his own tendency to give others the power to make decisions. Gauquelin

167

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

found that Mars rising(horizon) and culminating(directly overhead) was
also prominent in the birth chart positions of scientists. Jonas Salk and
Albert Einstein have this placement of Mars near the horizons. Because
the mind is located at the 2nd seal(6o degrees to the horizon and
representing the temporal lobes), it's quite possible that the reducing
quality of self-discipline arising from Mars at the horizonffrontal lobes)
can open up the mind(temporal lobes) to generate more creativityfa major
aspect of problem solving) without much interference from the executive
control functions located in the frontal lobes. The forehead is also the
other part of the body referenced in Revelation as a marking spot for the
beast 666(forehead is represented by the 4th seal at the horizon and right
hand is represented by the 1st Seal at the top of the chart wheel). Just as
Gauquelin gave credence to the sectors of rising and culminating, which
are associated with the forehead and the right hand respectively(horizon
and directly overhead), the Bible also gives credence to these 2 areas of
the body when mentioning the mark of the beast even though Mars affects
more than just the forehead and right hand. Mars affects all 6 major
regions of the brain along with the corresponding outward manifestation.
The right hand is a manifestation of the Occipital lobe located at the back
of the brain. Even though Gauquelin did not align his research to
Scripture, further analysis in conjunction with what I have observed can
relegate all inquiries into Mars as having Scriptural implications.

The 5th seal bring us 30 degrees to the horizon but below the horizon
when focusing on the left side of the chart. This correlates to Mars being
situated there and invoking an influence on humanity. The underneath
quality provides a hint to what is meant by the 5th seal. On the next page
is diagram of the fixed location of the 5th seal in an astrochart.

168

Chapter 17; The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Here is a diagram of the 5^^ seal

169

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Revelation 6; 9-11

9 And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar
the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for

the testimony which they held: And they cried with a loud
voice, saying. How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not

judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?

And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was
said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until
their fellow servants also and their brethren, that should be
killed as they [were], should be fulfilled.

What we have in the 5th seal is a location of souls under the altar, and it
is the first time that God is referenced directly within the seals. The
“under the alter” indicates a submissive position, and the mention of a
dialogue with the Lord from under something represents a yielding to
Authority. The crying out speaks of frustration with this Authority.
When Mars is operating here, the influence results in anger at not only
God, but all authority and status figures in life. This culminates in
political assassins like Lee Harvey Oswald who target heads of state, and
disgruntled figures like a Mark David Chapman who would target status
figures like John Lennon. The crying out in this seal speaks of direct and
open blasphemy of God in heaven. Because authority figures are
associated with work, a denial of the need to labor under supervision is
also indicated. In a positive way this can promote non Materialism, but
in a negative way this attitude can become a precursor to communism.
The most positive expression of this mark culminated in Jesus Christ,
who opposed the authority figures in his day and preached a message of
peace and non materialism. Martin Luther King was also marked in
this way, and so was Gandhi. All opposed the authority of their day in a

170

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

positive way and eventually became martyrs for their cause.
However, underneath these positive actions during their life was
likely a deep seated resentment of God as He exists outside of them
in heaven. Note: not a denial, but a resentment of God’s authority to
not provide relief to the sufferings in the world. Jim Jones, a Baptist
preacher who convinced 900 of his followers to commit suicide, is a
veiy negative manifestation of Mars’s influence here. He openly
blasphemed God in his sermons and was an unapologetic
communist. At the more simple civilized level, qualities of
procrastination, laziness, disobedience, lack of concern with work,
lack of concern with finance, and disorganized lifestyle can display
itself. It’s difficult to discern if the 5th seals designate the actual
location of God, or just simply the location of those in the position of
submission to Him. For certain, it specifies a position of submis¬
sion with the text “under the altar.” However, it could be ascertained
that God is present in relation to His subjects here. The part of the
brain affected in correlation with the 5th seal with Mars operating
in the designated 5th seal position, which is 30 degrees to the hori¬
zon but below the horizon when looking the chart wheel on the left
side, is what is called the Motor Cortex. In a brain diagram, the mo¬
tor cortex is located above the frontal lobes.

Brainstem

171

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

This section of the brain is involved in the planning, control, and
execution of voluntary movements. While the cerebellum controls
physical movement, the Motor Cortex makes the decision on whether or
not to actually move. Meaning, it's the actual anticipation of volun¬
tary movements which activate this area of the brain. These qualities
would relate to the work and skill ethic of a human being. In the loca¬
tion of the motor cortex, we find out why European ethnicities are born
on average with a pronounced cranial development in the higher re¬
gions of the forehead and why this quality plays a role in their
track record of working the land while building skills to produce
quality architecture. We also see a respect for authority and hierarchy
when this region of the brain is properly developed. The development
of technology is a major aspect that is related to the proper function
of this region of the brain. When Mars gets involved and affects
this area, it produces the antithetical effect in its reduction of
grey matter in this region. This reduction causes a person to re¬
ject the need to display those aforementioned qualities related
to what a healthy motor cortex permitsfwork ethic, skills, sub¬
servience), which therefore leads to an opposing mindset that au¬
thority figures are not needed in order to extract work from a per¬
son. While there is a belief that people can work independent of au¬
thority, there is also a mindset from this Mars placement that ex¬
cessive work is not necessary for humans to exist. This is based on the
premise that there are enough resources for everyone in the world, and
that seeking anything beyond what are basic necessities simply equates
to unnecessary excess. This is why socialistic mindsets along with
communist sympathies can be justified by this placement, and why
antagonism to supervised work and submission to authority figures
would extend all the way to God. The anti-God attitudes coming from
this area is usually out of spite. While there is a belief in God in this
Mars opposition, proclamations of all kinds against God are usually done

172

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

in anger directly towards God. In terms of work, a person may be
able-bodied, but the lack of grey matter this region as a result of Mars
would incline that person to decide not to move.

The sixth seal of revelation bring us to the area of the chart wheel that is
60 degrees to the horizon but below when observing the chart of the left
side. It is the final description regarding qualities produced in humanity
when Mars makes its revolution into this position.

G* seal

Revelation 6:12-17

And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a
great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and
the moon became as blood; And the stars of the heavens fell unto the
earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken
of a mighty wind. And the heavens departed as a scroll when it is rolled
together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their
places. And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich
men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman,
and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the
mountains; And said to the mountains and rocks. Fall on us, and hide
us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath
of the Lamb: For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be
able to stand?

173

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

In the sixth seal the sun turns black, and everyone hides themselves. The
scene seems to be symbolizing some sort of desire in everyone to avoid
the light. There is also the mention of things moving out of their places
which indicates something going where it doesn’t belong. This infers an
element of identity which could be extrapolated from the words used in
this passage. The desire to hide can be likened to a form of guilt or
shame. Therefore, what the 6th seal is referring to is Mars exerting
influence on humanity through bringing a sense of opposition to being
seen properly, hence why the sun turning black metaphors the avoidance
of a light which makes us visible. The 6th seal essentially refers to a
desire to deny one’s DNA makeup with regard to one’s appearance and
also disregard any reverence toward the eyes of others. It is related to
one’s hair, skin, nails, ethnicity, and facial expression. Modern
Liberalism would be an example of this opposing effect towards one’s
identity. The moving of things out of their rightful place, as mentioned
in the passage, symbolizes the rebellion of humanity to resist cultural
norms related to how they are seen. The most negative culmination of
this quality displays itself in exposing oneself foolishly through engaging
in improper acts in plain view such as those who perform publicly in
scantily clad attire or take their clothes off in front of a camera. Another
negative culmination is a stage comedian in which the performer pays
no attention to how he is being perceived by others. At the basic day to
day level, it results in a lack of hygiene and proper rectitude along with
a high degree of shyness and social awkwardness. The ability to hold a
smile becomes limited, leading the person to display a “stern face” even
when he is not aware of it. The failure to conform to cultural standards
of dress and appearance can discourage meeting new people
and getting involved socially, which often results in extreme
introversion. This opposing attitude can extend beyond the individual

174

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

and into anything or anyone that may resemble one’s identity. Mars tries
to implement control here in the 6th seal by using examples of racism(4th
seal) to justify his self-hatred and push an agenda that evaporates all
differences between one’s own cultural identify and the ones of other
different groups of people. This is done so that one’s own cultural
background, and therefore one’s self, would not have to stand out in terms
of identity. It’s important to note that with Mars here, there is still a
respect for the cultural identity of others. The opposition arising from the
Mars influence here is simply based on how one views and expresses his
own cultural identity. Appearances, as it relates to one’s own, are
therefore downgraded to nothing more than smoke and mirrors. The 6th
seal says “who shall be able to stand?” This indicates that opposition to
one’s own cultural identity is not a virtue but actually a Satan’; Satan’ is
defined as an opposing force. This placement is unsurprisingly heavy in
actors, comedians, nude stars, and liberals.

The area of the brain that is affected is the parietal lobe. The parietal lobe
allows us to coordinate our movement in response to objects within our
environment. It also receives and processes sensory information from the
body and skin. The parietal lobe helps us understand where we are in
space and deals with our ability to sense recognition in relation to our
orientation. A healthy parietal lobe person would display a healthy
orientation to their environment and an awareness of how they are being
sensed by objects and people within their space. Their regulation of body
position would conform properly to the area and to the situation.
Charisma and a strong sense of identity is usually the result of a well
developed parietal lobe. A lack of grey matter in this region would hinder
a person’s energy to display those aforementioned qualities relating to a
healthy parietal lobe. There would be difficulty in sensing input from

175

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

their environment and also difficulty in understanding how their
orientation is applicable to the environment. This results in awkward¬
ness and tension with objects and people releasing sensory informa¬
tion in response to their orientation. The lack of grey matter in the pari¬
etal lobe also impairs self care skills like dressing and bathing. The Pari¬
etal Lobe is located toward the back of the brain just above the Occipital
Lobe.

A lack of grey matter always results in a lack of fear in terms of the
consequences for not displaying the typical traits that the organ would
allow for should there be sufficient grey matter to support its proper
functions. When we see comedians and scantily clad entertainers behave
foolishly in public in sight of others, we see a parietal lobe operating with
a lack of energy and efficiency, which thus produces a seemingly
courageous act from the perspective of onlookers who would, them¬
selves, have healthy levels of grey matter in that area and therefore a nat¬
ural inhibition to making a fool of themselves without regard to the
perceptive input coming from outside of them. The lack of care from
those affected by Mars is directly related to a liberal attitude with regard
to the proper expression of one’s own cultural identity. A healthy
parietal lobe would make a person diligent in displaying himself
in a culturally acceptable manner. He would have a natural aware¬
ness of how to position his body in relation to his environment
and situation. His skin and hygiene would also be given its due pri¬
ority. In the 6th seal, the passage “heavens departed as a scroll when it

176

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

is rolled together” is a sign that the 6th seal is the final revelation of how
the seals affect humanity. The 7th seal describes another round of going
through the seals which correlates to a revolution or continuous orbit.

Revelation 8:1-6

1 And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven
about the space of half an hour.

2 And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were
given seven trumpets.

3 And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer;
and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer [it]
with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the
throne.

4 And the smoke of the incense, [which came] with the prayers of the
saints, ascended up before God out of the angel's hand.

5 And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and
cast [it] into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and
lightnings, and an earthquake.

6 And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared
themselves to sound.

In the 7th seal, an angel is given incense, which is filled with fire and cast
down into earth. This results in voices, thimderings, lightnings, and
earthquakes which resembled the destruction during the previous 6 seals. As a
result, we can infer that the seventh seal relates to a revolution. At the
beginning of his dream, John of Patmos is told: “Write, therefore, what you
have seen, what is now and what will take place later.” This continuous
revolution explains how something can happened before, now, and again in
the future. The nature of the seven seals being described as a judgment

177

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

leading to destruction shows that there is an opposition force at work
which is also given power to influence the masses. Mars36o
conceptually fulfills this, along with the fact that it adds up to 666 using
English Sumerian Gematria. When a person is born under its influence,
they cannot comprehend its evil influence because of how Mars is
integrated into one’s nature. The influence can only be resisted through
serious intent. This deficiency displays usually itself at an early age and
can improve or get worse depending on the perspective and intent of
the person. In terms of mark of the beast, everyone on earth is
essentially marked with Mars somewhere. The Bible, which I also
correlate with Michel Gauquelin’s research, only gives credence to the
areas of the forehead and the right hand(The Bible),which according to
my research perspective would be Gauquelin’s rising and culminating
sector respectively. I find this to be no coincidence. This is a major
reason the prophecy regarding 666(Mars 360) would point to France,
and a why re-opening of Gauquelin’s research will likely occur. The
seven seals cover the entire brain and explains how the seven seals and
Mars display a direct scientific effect on the human body. My research
backs Gauquelin’s and further conceptualizes that the advantage of
these eminent sports athletes who have Mars culminating (as
discovered in Gauquelin’s research) is due to a lack of grey matter in a
region of the brain that would exacerbate negative qualities which
would serve as virtues in certain fields of competitive athletics, but
at the same time, detriments in other areas of life. What's impor¬
tant to understand about Mars’s oppositionary influence is
that it cannot be fully suppressed. A person can fight against this
opposing energy, but never really fully overcome it. This infers that a
human can only experience peace when this force is allowed to
exist within them and allowed to be express by them to a certain ex¬
tent. For instance, since going against the grain of this natural

178

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

force within a persan requires intent, a person would be living his life
with a great deal of discomfort in any attempt to suppress it. This poses
a degree of unfairness when one person who is not Mars affected in a
particular manner is held to the same standard as someone who is. Be¬
cause this discomfort of going against one’s own Mars influence is of¬
ten too much of a chore, the temptation to pass it off as a virtue and
a necessity for human existence becomes a more favorable option.
This is why we see the different ideologies that espouse for society to
give a certain level of freedom to one thing over the other. Western Civ¬
ilization, albeit unbeknownst, is the closest to a society that tries to cre¬
ate outlets for every Mars expression and give some freedoms related
to how each person expresses himself under it. The prob¬
lem-solving aspect related to the expression of Mars would involve cen¬
tering life around keeping a person from fully giving into the
opposing energy and creating situations that would serve as a buffer to a
full submission by the person toward the influence which often
contributes to what happens at the far end of the trajectory as ex¬
plained within the seven seals. The smaller day to day characteristics of
humans that arise under the Mars influence are related to the tra¬
jectory of what the far end of the spectrum brings about,
but is not an indication that the person would fully give into the
energy. The seven seals simply explain what that far end of the
spectrum is. An example of this link is how history of domestic vio¬
lence is linked to terrorist acts, even though the two don’t equate to
each other in terms of scale. It doesn’t mean that every inci¬
dent of domestic violence is an indication of future terrorism; it
only means that domestic violence is a trait that is on the same
spectrum of terrorism, while not being a direct pre-cursor. Mars in
the corresponding seal, the 2nd seal, which rules the temporal lobes
indicates that, at birth, the person is on a spectrum that culmi¬
nates in a final quality that displays the most violent acts of terror

179

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

should the influence be given full authority over the person’s life. A
good analogy to understand more is how science teaches that all people
are born with cancer cells and have these in their body throughout the
entirety of their lifetime. It’s when unhealthy habits are adopted that
those cancer cells are able to grow with the scale of this growth being
related to the degree of how a person gives into unhealthy lifestyle
contributors. We apply this analogy to one being born with Mars in
a certain position with the corresponding lack of grey matter as being
the cancer cells already in our body and the smaller scale events
like domestic violence and prolonged bachelorhoodffrom the 2nd
seal) adding up over time and leading to the far end of the 2nd seal
spectrum of terrorism as being the unhealthy lifestyle contributors to
cancer that if fully given into would lead to terminal stage 4 cancer.

The path of this Mars phenomenon that leads all the way down to the
human body explains the mystery behind dark matter that scientist
have tried to figure out. Thus far, scientific researchers have only been
able to suggest the existence of dark matter from the gravitational effect
it seems to have on visible matter. Dark matter is defined in Britannica
dictionary as “a component of the universe whose presence is discerned
from its gravitational attraction rather than its luminosity.” The
Mars36o phenomenon opens the door to more research into dark
matter as the definition of dark matter would explain the gravitational
pull on grey matter in the brain which, in turn, prevents grey matter
from spreading properly to the Mars affected regions. Here is a visual
presentation of 666, Mars36o's effect on humanity:

180

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

We can see visually how every human being is logged into Mars, no
matter what age, race location, status, wealth, etc.

Lines from Mars
represent Dark Matter
placing a
gravitational pull
on grey matter
in the brain

1st seal

2nd seal

5rdSeal

4th seal

Occipital lobe

Temporal lobe

Reptilian Brain

Frontal

also involves

brainstem/

Lobe

the right hanti

cerebellum

5th seal «hseal

Motor Cortex Parietal lobe

181

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

The diagram shows a visual representation of how Mars affects humanity
with a circle over the corresponding lobe. We see how the dark matter
exerts a pull on grey matter and prevents it from giving adequate sup¬
port to the different parts of the brain affected by Mars. The future
social engineering project will create an overt representation in civilized
life of how Mars affects humanity. Confirming a drop in grey matter
at each section of the brain related to each seal by way of Mars position
in a birth chart, Scientist will began to conjure up a way to make this
newfound knowledge benefit mankind. If the knowledge itself doesn’t
change how society reacts to each other, then someone will come along
and enforce this marking system. The idea behind giving each person
some sort of mark that can be displayed outside of their body as a form
of identification is that it would allow society to understand the person
and therefore adjust their conduct to accommodate the person in a way
that allows expression of his Mars characteristics and likewise the other
in response to theirs’ without creating a big misunderstanding. An ex¬
ample of this would be a person marked outwardly with Mars in the
forehead just above the nose meeting someone on the street who has a
Mars mark in the back of his head or right hand. Upon the encounter,
one would understand in the other that the mark on the right hand
would indicate an antisocial personality tendency, while the other
person, in mutual respect, would understand in the other that the
mark on the forehead above the nose would indicate a lack of self-de¬
nial with racist opinions. This would lead therefore to each person al¬
lowing the other to display some of those characteristics without the
other getting upset. Expression is thus allowed for both parties and
no one is hurt. This system would also change the way the law would be
applied. In this case. Mars will be taken into account in judgment of an
act or crime and punishment would be applied according to that
in light of other factors. Morality would take on a new perspec¬
tive of understanding how natal influences cause different

182

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

tendencies for different people and that some cannot live up to the
standards of others because of this. This will lead to greater outlook of
equality amongst the human race even amongst the differences. It will
also give a new meaning to identity. Whereas now, DNA information like
skin color, hair color, etc. displays ethnic background outwardly, an
outward mark of Mars may lead to a new way humans may gravitate to
one another. Whereas now, humans, for the most part, naturally try to
stick with their own ethnicity. We see it at schools, at work, in prisons,
etc. It’s easy to conclude that people like to be with their own kind, not
all the time, but for the most part. However, with the mark of Mars
playing such a prominent role in a person’s life with regard to the influ¬
ence of it being a natural part of his nature, a mark of Mars could lead
humans to gravitate to others that are marked similarly. The danger
would lie with the 4th seal mark on the forehead which represents free
speech and racist opinions and the atrocities of Adolf Hitler and Nero at
the far end of that spectrum. A unification of this group could backfire
because of a natural antagonism with those that don’t share the same
values. The lack of respect for what is hidden could lead to an event of
major schism should the similarities of people with the same Mars
mark become a major source of kinship. That’s an extreme example
and in order for that to happen, the Mars mark would have to over¬
come the consensus of natural human affection for one’s closest blood
relatives. The greatest resistance to an identification system will arise in
the parietal lobe group due to the lack of grey matter in that region plac¬
ing a person in direct opposition to self-identity. This involves ethnic
characteristics, labels, titles etc. Since an overt mark showing where a
person influenced by Mars represents labeling, the Mars parietal lobe
group could exert a united front against this system. It’s impor¬
tant to understand that there is a marking of the beast now, and
its influence is affecting every person on earth as we speak and
has done so since antiquity. At the moment, it’s not an overt mark.

183

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

but will become later on as science comes to a deeper understand¬
ing of the phenomenon.

Every time it’s completely given into, Mars causes a person’s nature to
take on a more quarrelsome outlook. The advantage, depending on
where you're marked(influenced by Mars), can give you an advantage in
certain situations. Where as certain situations can cripple one person,
another person with certain deficiencies in a certain part of the brain
can display characteristics that can serve him well during a seemingly
unfavorable situation. There are some societies, in which people who
are marked with Mars on the forehead(lying) or right hand(stealing)
will fare better than those who are marked elsewhere. The lack of grey
matter in those areas will produce the necessary qualities to cope with
the reality of a situation that requires these tendencies in order to get
resources. Likewise, those marked with Mars at the reptilian brain may
fare better in situations where survival instincts are not important,
while those marked with Mars on the sides of the headftemporal lobes)
may have an easier time coping with situations that require constant
movement and drastic changes. Another major component needed to
understand Marssbo is that there is no sudden jump from one seal to
the next by Mars in his revolution through the positions defining the
seal positions in the sky. The influence occurs at the position even if the
position points to 2 different parts of the brain. For example, if Mars is
at the top of the chart wheel where the 1st seal is located, but in between
where the end of the first seal meets the beginning of the second
sealfusually at the 24 degree mark using western calculation),the
influence, as a result, becomes situated in both parts of the brain: the
occipital lobefist seal at the top) and temporal lobe(2nd seal at 60
degrees to the horizon) with the level of influence on one compared to

184

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

the other being dependent on how far Mars is in one seal compared to
how far it is from the other. Each seal position takes up 30 degrees.
Using Western calculation, the next part of the brain begins to get
affected by Mars at the 24 degree mark with Mars still having influence
over the previous region. It doesn’t take full influence over the entire
defined region of one seal position until it reaches the o degree mark.

After covering the seals, it becomes readily apparent that all the mystics,
prophecies, and research that pointed to a planet as a major influence or
subject regarding prophetic events came from the region of France.
Marie Julie Jahenny with her Radiant Star/Planet prophecy linked to
the Great Monarch was born and lived in France, Nostradamus’s 1999
prophecy linking Mars to the rise of a French King was born and lived
in France, Michel Gauquelin whose research was the first major in¬
quiry by the scientific community into the effect of Mars was in born
and lived in France. I, in this current writing and further ex¬
planation of Marssbo being equal to 666, have paternal ancestry that
traces back to France to around the 1500s. France is considered the lily
of the Church and it cannot be considered insignificant that the focus of
the prophecy regarding a monarch and a planet of major influence
somehow revolves around France. This seems to draw contradiction to
the fact that bible prophecy revolves around the Land of Israel, however,
the significance of the 4th seal says otherwise. It was mentioned earlier
that the Jewish people have a connection to the 4th seal as Mars’s
influence on humanity in passing through the position of sky defined
within the 4th seal has resulted in the rise of people who have opposed
and persecuted the Jewish people. Because the 4th seal is tied to the
frontal lobes, the prominent development of it in Jewish people
indicates their own physiology has assigned them the highest level of

185

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

performance regarding the healthy functions of the frontal

lobes.speech, writing, academia, law, religion etc. Mars moving into

position to reduce gray matter in that region gave way to an antagonism
to the Jewish people at the hands of non-Jews who were affected by
Mars at the frontal lobesfforehead just above nose). This does not mean
the Jewish people are exempt from having Mars influence their frontal
lobes. It just means that the higher degree of frontal lobe health arising
in the Jewish people makes the Mars influence in the 4th seal less
potent within their ethnicity. However, when it does arise in the Jewish
people, the natural antagonism of the Mars placement affecting the
frontal lobes to hold unimportant those outside of one’s own familiar
cultural background can be a major source of antagonism for other
cultures in observation of the Jewish culture even if its display is very
minimal amongst Jews. One can argue that Jewish people have been
held to an overly very high standard with regards to this. Mars affects
every human on earth, so this antagonism arising towards those in
whom nothing in common ironically share this same characteristic of
Mars affecting the frontal lobe. We also see how this aspect of prevalent
physical development in light of Mars correlates to other ethnicities
who are more developed in certain parts of the brain, and upon being
influenced by Mars in that specific region of higher development, they
manage to only display a minimal deficiency when being judged as a
whole. Another example of this is the temporal lobe development of
South Americans and the subsequent lack of mental illness within that
culture.

While many studies done by Gauquelin on the Mars effect worked out
in favor of his original findings that Champion athletes tend to be born
when Mars is either rising or culminating in the birthchart, a more
conclusive confirmation process of the Mars effect comes about by

186

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

measuring to see if there is a statistical significance related to the
amount of grey matter in the region of the brain corresponding to
Mars’s position in Gauquelin’s key Sectors of Rising and Culminating,
which I conclude to be the Frontal lobe and Occipital lobe respectively.
While much head work has already been done by Gauquelin in a
statistical sense related to eminence of champion athletes and military
men being born under Mars either rising or culminating, further
examination of grey matter in the brain correlating to that finding
would further substantiate the evidence. Because work has already
been done regarding those two positions, more examination should
continue to revolve around those two positions before starting analysis
of how the other seals correspond to Mars and the grey matter
reduction within the corresponding region of the brain. I find that
Gauquelin’s rising sector represents the 4th seal, frontal lobe, and
forehead respectively, while his culminating sector represents the 1st
seal. Occipital lobe, and right hand respectively. Because the right
hand involves how we react to objects within our immediate
environment to either want to greet someone or slight someone, it is
therefore directly related to the Occipital lobe. This creates a research
and testing environment that gives credence to the forehead and the
right hand, and therefore credence to the Book of Revelation.

The Mars influence is displayed at an early age and doesn’t represent
every instance of its characteristics playing out in the world. There are
more heavenly bodies and some with characteristics that manifest
itself suddenly and unexpectedly in a person. One thing to note about
Mars is that its identifying traits display themselves prominently at the
beginning stages of life from childhood through adulthood in such a
way that one can certainly identify those characteristics as unfavorable
qualities in him or her.

187

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Traditionally Mars has been associated with War and Violence, and
after serious inquiry of the Mars effect on humans, I’ve gathered that
Mars implants in every human the seeds for mass violence with the
intended target based on how each area of the brain is defined. This is
an important subject to cover because of the widespread coverage of
mass shootings taking place in today’s world. The only difference
between each position of Mars is the target of that hostility, which-if
allowed to persist to a climactic level- will lead to unrestrained action
against those targets. It’s important to note, every single human on
earth has these seeds planted within them. Mars affects the entire
Earth. In the first seal, when Mars reaches the top of the Chart, which
is the culminating sector in Gauquelin’s division, and representing the
Occipital lobe/right hand of the brain, the target of hostility will be
everyone on an equal playing field with the native, such as siblings, co-
workers and everyone seen within the immediate environment. The
Occipital lobe receives signals from the eye and is therefore responsible
for how someone perceives moving objects. While the lack of fear
relates to how others may respond to them with hostility due to their
deficiencies in face to face communication, there is still a high degree of
violent intent if Mars has taken a prominent role in their life. The idea
of torture, both psychological and physical, is more favorable to this
mindset at the far end of the spectrum than actual murder, but the
hostility can lead to a situation of direct violence against a neighbor,
sibling or co-worker. There is a targeting aspect related to this position
and the person is usually aware of the objects of his antipathy. Because
how we communicate affects the emotional well being of others, the
family members of other people also fall under this jurisdiction. In¬
laws are included as well.

188

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

In the 2nd seal, related to the position of Mars at a 60 degree angle to
the horizon, and representing the temporal lobes of the brain, the
intended target of antipathy is usually everything the person has a close
1 on 1 relationship with and also women in general. This is due to the
confining effect that those things have on someone with a natural
adhd condition, which essentially make a person restless and inatten¬
tive. There is also a marked lack of human emotion here, and be¬
cause women represent the emotional aspects of life, the hostility
toward women and the mother would be pronounced. This targeting
aspect also extends to the prevailing establishment and the
governmental forces of the time because they represent a stationary
influence upon a mobile freedom loving dynamic that Mars’s influence
represents here. Other than the people closest to them, and women in
general, there are no other specified individual targets when violence
against people ensues as a result of depleted grey matter in the region.
The resulting casualties involving those who fall outside of the intended
targeting are simply a product of the expression of rage.

In the 3rd seal, related to the position of Mars at a 30 degree angle to the
horizontal, and representing the reptilian brain, the intended target of
antipathy is usually one’s own physical health and those restricting
one's freedom regarding how they should decide to use or move their
body. A vast number of astronauts have this placement, along with
sexual deviants and drug abusers. There is a fine line between addic¬
tion and indulgence with this position leaning more to the side of in¬
dulgence. Masochism is a keyword describing this placement, which is
defined as someone who takes pleasure in receiving physical punish¬
ment that results in physical pain and suffering. The target being
one’s own body culminates to extreme drug use, outrageous sexual
behavior, and dangerous physical risk taking. The insistence on free¬
dom of bodily use puts one at odds with physical confining forces like
home and government, which is similar to the 2nd seal.

189

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

In the 4th seal, related to the position of Mars at the horizon,
representing Gauquelin’s rising sector, and the frontal lobes, the
intended target is everyone considered weaker than the person and yet
not part of that person via relative, friend or neighbor. Children, the
elderly, minorities, the unseen, the sick, the handicapped, the disabled,
and the Jewish ethnicity are all held in contempt by this Mars
placement affecting the frontal lobes. The perspective of this Mars
placement is the idea that those who are weak are simply using that
position to incur sympathy and other benefits that usually come with
being in a weaker state. We saw how Hitler was influenced by this
belief when he instituted a Euthanasia program in the late 30’s and
also various other policies directed against the less fortunate. Boris
Schiffer and colleagues of the University of Duisburg-Essen in
Germany did a study using brain scans of 18 convicted pedophiles with
a history of repeated child abuse of kids younger than 14 and compared
the results with brain scans of normal men. Schiffer’s group found that
the pedophiles had about 2 to 4% less grey matter in the orbitofrontal
cortex - an area of the brain that plays an important role in high-level
decision making and reasoning — than those of normal people. This
study lines up exactly with the 4th seal location of the frontal lobes
being directly above the nose and in a place where Jewish ethnicity
displays a high level of development. In the pic on the next page, we
can see the location of the orbitofrontal cortex, which is in the frontal
lobes. Because development of this area is intrinsically linked to how
we control our right and wrong actions, the Jewish people, who have a
much greater physical development in this area i.e. more prominent
upper noses to the rest of the population, are allotted a stronger
sense of how moral law is applied. Their craniums would need
to accommodate the extra space that their higher developed

190

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

frontal lobes make up compared to the rest of the population. A lack of
development in this area being linked to child abuse and Anti-Semitism
would therefore link child abuse to Anti-Semitism. A healthy love and
respect of the youth is why Jews dominate Academia and most teaching
professions. This is from their naturally higher developed frontal lobes
which manifest outwardly as prominent upper noses.

Jewish natural high
development of

Orbitofrontal
Cortex(Frontal lobe

This area between the eyes can be said to represent the true temple of
God within, and also intelligence with an emphasis on verbal IQ. This
would align with the fact that Ashkenazi Jews, who have the highest IQ of
all human beings, also have extended development in this area of the
skull. It’s also important to note that the entire middle eastern genotype/
phenotype has a marked degree of development in this part of the skull.

I wanted to mention something about the study relating to child abuse
and pedophilia in which it was found in Schiffer’s study that criminals
with a history of child abuse had 2 to 4 % less grey matter than normal
individuals in the orbital-frontal cortex. In my research, there is some
complexity regarding it. There may be distinctions between rape, abuse,
molestation, and murder that Marssbo could take into account
depending on the case. Some child abuse cases seem to correlate to Mars
in other areas of the chart.

191

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

In the 5th seal, related to the Mars position 30 degrees to the horizon but
under the horizon, and representing the Motor Cortex, the target is always
those individuals that are of a higher status than the person. It could be
anyone from a manager at work, to a high profile celebrity, a head of state,
or anyone that person is subject to in terms of status. God as
acknowledgeable outside of ourselves also falls into this category.
Extreme direct blasphemy of God would be a characteristic of this
placement.

In the 6th seal which is related to the Mars position 60 degrees to the
horizon but under the horizon and representing the Parietal Lobe, the
target becomes everyone making prolonged eye contact with the person
and also everyone in general. In this placement, there are no exceptions
as far as where the anger is being directed because ultimately our
humanness represents our identity. This hostility arises due to
deficiencies of grey matter in the parietal lobe, which as a result,
effectuates an above average need for privacy. Thus, any situation
requiring the person to modify his body position in relation to his space,
such as having to smile in a certain situation or having to gesture this
way or that way, will be met with anger. Since society is made up of all
types of people, all of humanity falls would fall under this antagonism.
The desire for privacy stems from difficulties in having to deal with the
perceptions of others and when the lack of desire to live up to those
expectations converge with the frustration of dealing with other people’s
reaction, violence can be the result. The manifestation of outrageous
behavior in plain view is a form of rebellion to the eyes of others. Since
cultural background has its own set of rules regarding appearances,
anything representing the cultural identity would become a major
source of distress. Sensory input from the environment comes from the

192

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

perceptions of others; the lack of instinct to cater to it is ultimately the
foundation of this anger arising in a person with a lack of grey matter in
the Parietal lobe.

To gain a more comprehensive view of Mars through the seals, we will
look at some example astro charts. First I will show the display of a
typical astro wheel using western calculation and then show how the
seven seals would fit into that layout so that it can be clearly
understood. Note: anything after 24 degrees is rounded off to the next
position with an understanding that it will retain some minor influence
from the previous position while taking on the definition of that next
position. The reason for that is because Mars’s influence on the brain as
it revolves around the sun coincides with every part of the brain, which
makes it possible that there is some overlap during the transition of
Mars’s from one seal to the next. Here is Adolf Hitler’s Western Astro
Birthchart.

d AdoVHilar
8a, ZOAfii ia
Brainaii, ALIS
13aOA, 4fti15
NaU

Uelhni: 8t^ t PbddiB

Single Tm\c
Ascendait Uxb

Tmc 6-JOp.iaLMT
UikThb: 17:37:44
Sid Tim: 825:98

Mcirs

Sui

0 Toi 48'2Z''

S Moon

6Caf»37'44''

9 Usaiy

2S All SO'SB"

9 Vans

16 Toj 4r4n

Mara

16 Tai 22'47"

^ A4*r

8C^14'4r

h Sdwn

13 Leo 27'34’'

V UMms

19 LJ) 29'2Z'ir

'V HBfkna

OGefnSO'36''

P PkAo

4Gefn40' 2"

* TiwNofo

KCm 5'36''

J Owon

6Cte50' 2"

n26lJ» 41’

223ScoS7' 3:27 Sm S'

W 4 Loo 10' 11: 8 Vi 4' 12 S U> 21'

Vft

(s>

• 4

SL.

193

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Notice how the Horizon line(AC) points to the 26 degrees. Since it’s
higher than 24 degrees, the horizon line would be interpreted as
transitioning to the next sign of Scorpio. Since Mars is at 16 degrees in
Taurus, which is directly on the opposite side of Scorpio, Mars can be
relegated to the horizon(AC) since it’s been determined that the exact
opposite side of a seal position carries the same definition. Since we are
using the seven seals, the scorpio/taurus axis in this case would
correlate to the horizons and the 4th seal. In a chart of the seven seals.
Hitler’s chart would layout like this, but would be correlated with the
seven seals layout as it was extrapolated from the Book of Revelation.
We would also use the 24th degree of a sign(seal) to indicate the start
of a transition out of a sign into the next and also a blending of the
what defined that previous sign with what defines the next. I
mentioned earlier that each side of the chart means the same as the
opposite side. Therefore, Hitler’s Mars would be interpreted to the 4th
seal and thus would cause him to display characteristics associated
with a lack of grey matter in the frontal lobe region of the brain, since
the frontal lobe has been tied to the 4* seal. Because his life led to a
complete giving way to Mars influence, he becomes the example
of what depleted grey matter in the frontal lobe does to a person and
also what the full scale of Mars influence on a person does to society
as a whole. This doesn’t mean everyone marked similarly is going to
be a Hitler, it just means that the traits that this Mars influence has
gives a propensity to this type of evil if the person should fully give
into this influence and also be in a position to exert the out¬
come of it. Remember, every single human is implanted with a
propensity for large scale acts of opposition. Mars in the 4* seal is
just one example. This position of Mars can garner many advan¬
tages if used through proper social channels. Many in the media have

194

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

this placement because the lack of grey matter removes a lot of inhibition
on speech, which would give a person more boldness to express their
views. Also many heads of state around the world have had this posi¬
tion because the lack of grey matter also removes the inhibition related
to consequences regarding the hidden, which thus gives them very little
fear regarding the potential of hidden enemies. Here is what Hitler’s
chart would look like using parameters laid out by the seven seals with
Mars in the 4* seal:

195

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

This is the chart for George Patton. We can see the line pointing to the
Pisces/Sagittarius axis as being our reference point for the 4th seal with
Mars located at the bottom segment of the chart, which is correlated with
the First seal. Since both sides of the chartwheel mean the same, the first
seal is considered to be both its designated top position and also its exact
opposite side at the bottom position and is defined as a lack of grey
matter in the occipital lobes/right hand.

^ George Patton

We., 11 Noverrtoer 1685 lane: 6:38 p.ii

Swfterno.GA(US) LMv.Tbib: 2:38iiwi
116NC6.34n07 Sid.rine: 22:11:11

Natal Chart

Metfiod: Web S^/Plaodua
S«a) agn: Sca|3io
Ascendant: Geinini

0 Sui

19 Seo &4’49'

3 Moon

190^29' 5"

9 Merofy

5 Sag 8-56'

9 VOMB

5C^17' 5-

cf Mare

1 Vir 48’ir

V Aftibr

29 Vt 29-12'

*1 S^im

7C»a6’‘B'r

V U^amD

6 Ub 4’%'

V NsfAm

24Tai 17'41‘r

? PUo

2G«rn2r et

n True Nods

23 Vir 44' 2'

4 OMon

15G«in 4*33*1

K20Gein2e'

2:12C£n45' 3: 4100 57*

rc 0 Pis 44' 11: 3 All 23' l2:12Tau3r

C F

P JIT

9 «

h 0 W

« 9

Q . A

« 4 .

n h

□ A i

□ . A. .A

Mars

On the next page is Patton’s chart, but this time using the seven seals as it
would define the layout above. This way, we can see Mars influence in the
1st seal segment. The resulting lack of grey matter in his Occipital lobe
would have had an effect on how he perceived the people around him. The
lack of proper face to face communication arising from this often
results in verbal and physical abuse if allowed to persist. While this

196

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

deficiency was a major reason for his success as a general, it was also
what got him into trouble when it became excessive. It eventually
caused him to slap his own soldiers in the face. This, in turn, is what led
to him being sidelined from combat command as punishment. The
Chart shows Mars at the 1®* Seal:

The revelation of Marssfio as the lawless one essentially put the influ¬
ence at bay. It's similar to a concept discovered in psychology. Josef
Breuer was a physician whom Sigmund Freud studied and referenced in
his research on psychoanalysis. Breuer discovered a method to eliminate
neurotics symptoms, and that method was by bringing unconscious

197

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

processes involved in causing the neurotic symptoms, and making the
neurotic person aware of those unconscious processes. In Freud’s book
psychoanalysis, he credits Josef Breuer for this discovery: “he found a
technique for bringing into her consciousness the unconscious experiences
that carried the meaning of her symptoms, and the symptoms
disappeared."

Paul writes in Corinthians,

“And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will
overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor of his
coming.”

The breath of his mouth is indicative of how the same technique used in
psychology and discovered by Josef Breuer will be used in the case of
Marssbo. By making a neurotic person aware of his neurosis by telling him
the unconscious process involved, the person who revealed it to him
essentially cures the neurotic person of his neurotic symptoms. That
process correlates to how making the world aware of the process of Mars’s
influence on their behavior essentially allows them to modify their
tendencies accordingly.... whether it’s regarding how Mars directly
influences them, or how Mars’s influence over another person affects their
behavior toward the person. The “breath of his mouth” can be referenced
with simply talking or speaking, which is what is happening as more
information about Marssbo comes about.

What Mars36o infers is that one ideology of life cannot be implemented
because Mars affects everyone differently. It understands that all humans
are basically trying to push an agenda that will allow some freedom for
their natural deficiencies, even though throughout history it’s been
unbeknownst. This is not to be described as a complete giving-into the

198

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Mars energy. It’s just a perspective that allowance of some natural
expression to reduce the tension related to constantly fighting against
the natural tendency of being born under the influence will make for a
more steady sense of being. Mars 360 as a system would find some
resistance in what it can see as being related to it. This poses a challenge
to an overt identification of Mars being fully implemented since the 6th
seal describes a Mars influence that would oppose the perception and
eyes of others, and therefore any semblance of being “tagged.” However,
overtly, makes one aware of the distinctions and how it’s a necessity
that everyone is allowed some expression without major consequence.
This, in theory, should put some ease on the reaction to Mars’s influ¬
ence on others, which is often a cause for the other person’s de¬
cision to completely give way to their own Mars influence, which ulti¬
mately puts society at risk as described by the seven seals in Revelation.

The Magisterium, the force of the Holy Spirit in the Church as passed
down from generation to generation through Apostolic Succession, was
the greatest restraining force on the unbeknownst oppositionary effects
of Mars. While the Magisterium didn’t completely remove Mars’s
influence, it did acknowledge its manifested characteristics for what it
was, sin. This, acknowledgment, in itself, brought with it a sense of
contrition regarding each person’s natural sinful nature. Today’s world
retains the same Mars influence, but with a worsening effect which
doesn’t acknowledge its position as detrimental to the existence of a
healthy society. Therefore, those under the Mars influence, because of
its natural quality, cannot fathom that their actions would be a
detriment. What Vatican II resulted in was a Church “taken out of the
way” of restraining Mars’s influence and thus a subsequent lack of
contrition regarding the nature of sin. However, this taking out of the
way is what allows for the revelation of the lawless one to move forward.

199

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Breaking of tradition is never taken lightly especially when it pertains to
the Sabbath. God decreed for the Jewish people to be conquered by the
Babylonians in 605BC mainly because they were not keeping the sabbath.
So likewise, a change in the Liturgy, which has sabbatical implications,
would have to be considered as something that would warrant the wrath
of God. Vatican II and the after-effects does however confirm
the lawfulness of Church Doctrine and its foundations prior to, other¬
wise Vatican II would have resulted in almost no significant change
in the values of society. In order to apostatize, one would have to be
doing something right to begin with. So in that sense, it can no longer be
argued that Catholics were always wrong in having the sabbath as¬
signed to Sunday. If it was the case that they were wrong, how could
The Church have persisted up unto Vatican II when God is clear on how
He reacts to Sabbatical infractions? During the creation, God’s week
started when His work started, and on the seventh day after His first 6
days of work. He rested and demanded for that day to remain holy.
So the week for a culture doesn’t start on a Saturday or Sunday. Just
like God, when he first created the world, the week for a culture starts
when they began work and traditionally in Western Culture, work be¬
gins on Monday. The seventh day from that point is Sunday. So
Sunday, the seventh day as God commanded, is to be kept holy. The
change in the Liturgy at Vatican II was the infraction of that holy Sev¬
enth Day, which in turn invoked God’s wrath.

200

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

This page shows an image that represents the role of the Church.
Notice the force-field of morality hindering Mars’s influence before
Vatican II.

Before Vatican II

Another reference to the Vatican’s influence symbolized by the above
diagram is the lightning strike which occurred at Vatican City in
February of 2013, just hours after Pope Benedict XVI’s resignation.
Filippo Monteforte, a photographer with Agence France Press, captured
the lightning as it struck the very top of St. Peter’s Basilica. It shows how
decisions made by the Papacy affect Heaven’s response to Earth.

201

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Here is how Vatican II opened the Church and the World to an increase in

Mars36o helps us understand the relationship between dark energy and
dark matter. While Mars influence has a gravitational pull on matter in
the brain via dark matter, the negative effect displayed comes about as a
result of the dark energy in the universe. The difference between Dark
energy and dark matter is that dark matter exerts a gravitational force on
surrounding matter that we can measure and Dark energy is a repulsive
force that makes the universe expand at an accelerating rate. The
repulsion displayed from Mars influence to normal outcomes of healthy
brain grey matter function is a result of how dark energy exerts its power.
What occurs in the brain is a result of dark matter, and the outcome of
character traits displayed on earth is a result of dark energy. The
advantages that the Mars influence can have on some productive
activities, such as sports and media, explains how dark energy has
resulted in the expansion of the universe even while exerting itself
through negative actions on earth. The notion of dark matter as a

202

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

gravitational pull, and in the case of Mars influence, pulling matter
toward itself, would back up the belief of Hell being a place. It would
make sense that this pull in a very extreme sense resulting in a complete
loss of grey matter in a certain brain region would indicate that same
matter being taken all the way to Mars as a result of that pull
overcoming the gravitational influence manifested by other masses in
the universe on the human. Because the human mind itself is science,
and therefore truth by way of its own existence, the outcomes produced
by the human mind must be rooted in something that exists in terms of
what we can acknowledge. Religion itself gives us a metric in terms of
how far we can go. For this reason, the text written by the prophets who
display outward proof of frontal lobe strength can serve as a diligent
attempt by the mind to resolve itself to a very specific truth. In Daniel,
the text makes reference to this opposing force. Daniel 11: 36-39

“36Then the king will do as he pleases and will exalt and magnify himself
above every god, and he will speak monstrous things against the God of
gods. He will be successful until the time of wrath is completed, for what
has been decreed must be accomplished. 37He will show no regard for
the gods of his fathers, nor for the one desired by women, nor for any
other god, because he will magnify himself above them all. 38And in
their place, he will honor a god of fortresses—a god his fathers did not
know—with gold, silver, precious stones, and riches. 39He will attack the
strongest fortresses with the help of a foreign god and will greatly honor
those who acknowledge him, making them rulers over many and
distributing land for a price.”

We can see how there's an attempt to clue us into the nature of evil.
Daniel’s passage perfectly describes the outcome of a lack of grey matter

203

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

in the different regions of the brain via Mars. This is also symbolic of the
perspective that a proper functioning brain region gives a certain
authority to its respective outcomes. In the case of Jewish ethnicity, it’s
the prevalence of a healthy functioning frontal lobe that tends to give
their culture more emphasis to the production of Words, whereby in
other peoples, the importance is garnered unto whichever part of their
brain has the required amount of development to warrant a priority for
its prospective characteristics, hence the mention of other gods by
Daniel. But because without the word, which would lead to this dy¬
namic being unable to be written, many would try to follow the God
of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, which is what allows humanity to discover
things and then share those discoveries via the wordfwritten or spoken).
Mars’s revolution around the sun influences 6 major regions of the
brain. One of the most highly regarded theories with regards to
human relations seem to align somewhat with this general idea. The
idea is Maslow’s Hierarchy of needs. However, Maslow’s hierarchy as
uniform throughout society comes into conflict with how Mars affects
the human condition. Abraham Maslow tried to assess that if we were
given a series of different behavior that we had an option to engage in,
what would predispose us to choose one behavior over the other. He
then determined that our behavior was based on what our needs were at
a particular point in time. From this idea, he created a classification
system of the different needs of society. Even though the hierarchy
doesn’t line up with the nature of Mars’s position in the sky, his division
of it into 6 major components does line up with how the sky is divided.
In his classification system, love and belonging are grouped into one,
but can be split into 2 without disrupting the basic idea of the theory. In
the picture, on the next page, is how he lays out society’s needs.

204

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

The 6 needs are listed in Maslow’s hierarchy: Physiological, Safety, Love,
Belonging, Esteem, and Self actualization. In terms of the seal positions
in the sky that are influenced by celestial bodies. Physiological would fall
under the 3rd sealfreptilian brain). Security needs would fall under the
5th sealfmotor cortex). Love would fall under the 2nd sealftemporal
lobes), belonging would fall under the sealfOccipital lobe), esteem
would fall under the 6* seal(parietal lobe), and Self Actualization would
fall under the 4th sealffrontal lobe). The nature of Mars upsets the idea

205

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

of a uniform hierarchy of needs prioritized a certain way amongst all
members of society. Mars, in influencing how grey matter is allocated to
certain regions of the brain, would deprioritize whichever of Maslow’s
needs are in correlation with what is defined to be the result of brain
activity in that area. For instance. Mars affecting the frontal lobes, would
deprioritize Self Actualization and consider it as unimportant. If it’s
aff^ecting the reptilian brain. Mars would deprioritize physiological needs
of basic survival and consider that as unimportant. Mars on the Temporal
lobes would consider love the most unimportant. Mars essentially takes
whatever defines the designated qualities that it’s opposing and places
them at the bottom of the hierarchy in terms of priority. However, deficits
springing from the lack of intent to the basic activity would not hinder the
prioritizing of some of the other needs. It must be said—in order to avoid
misconceptions about Mars—that Mars, itself, is not responsible for all
bad actions that take place on earth, but is responsible for consistent
opposition to normal working potentials of normal brain function. In
terms of how detrimental actions occur all the time, proper perspective is
needed. Just as a person, who adheres to proper standards can experience
the same result as someone who doesn’t, people who are not influenced by
Mars in a certain way, can experience the same results as someone who is,
whether it’s the outcome via action or the outcome via opposing action.
What Mars does is speak to the traits that are on the same spectrum as the
far extreme outcome of its influence. To avoid confusion, imagine how a
person can become sick through his own natural behaviors and how he
can become sick through no fault of his own by just by being caught up in
a certain situation. Just as a risk taker can die in a car crash, a non risk
taker can also die in a car crash. The diff^erences arise in the nature of the
celestial body influencing the non- risk taker who died in a car crash. So as
is the case, not every planet exerts the same gravitational pull. There are

206

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

many different variations of influence and each planet exerts a dif¬
ferent kind. Some influences are in such a way that produces a positive
result and others are in such a way that produces an unexpected result of
sudden shock(Uranus) to the body. Binge eating is a good example. We
have those who are naturally careless in what they put in their body and
others who eat healthy but every once in a while go on a binge that is
unexplained by their normal conduct. These occurrences infer a different
celestial influence. To be clear with Mars, it should be noted that at birth
and in the early life of the person, the influence is recognizable through
relating how certain characteristics are on the same spectrum as more
extreme characteristics with the display of those less significant
characteristics on the spectrum being a signifier into what exactly a child
may be at risk for.

When it comes to defending the foundations of the Catholic Church and
then basing a major scientific discovery on it using Scripture and
Catholic prophecy, in light of the multiple allegations of child abuse,
the Church becomes left open for arguments to try and delegitimize its
foundations. The Catholic Church is falsely regarded as a body that is
more concerned with tradition then with Truth. However, it is impor¬
tant to note that breaks with tradition don’t bode well with God as the
Babylonian invasion in 605 BCE and later the Roman invasion in
AD 70 were both preceded by a major fall away from tradition, fol¬
lowed by a desolation post-invasion. Vatican II can obviously be in¬
cluded in that cause and effect. But still, even in light of that, many
would be surprised to learn that the big bang theory which posits
that everything in the universe expanded from an originating point,
was first proposed by a Catholic priest named George Lemaitre. St
Augustine and St Thomas Aquinas, highly regarded scholars of the
Catholic Church, also ventured away from strictly Scripture and
used sources of philosophy from Socrates, Aristotle, and Plato to gain

207

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

a better understanding of God and Church. To this day, the Catholic
Church considers Augustine’s and Aquinas’s insight as a major part of
Church Dogma.

Many cite the nature of the Church before the Council of Nicaea as the

way Christ intended it.a decentralized church system with each

congregation around the world having its own autonomy. While many
argue that there is nothing in Scripture that supports a central church
body from which all other churches are subject to, there is also nothing
in Scripture that shows that Christ didn’t want his ministry to con¬
tinue and eventually spread throughout the world. In order for this to
happen, certain things had to take place. For one, if Jesus intended his
message to be spread with consistency, then there needed to be some
organizing for this to happen, and not only that, it also had to be
allowed and sanctioned by the governments in those areas where the
ministry would travel at some point. It’s true many Christians were
slaughtered by the Romans, and later by the Nazis in Germany. But
at some point, there would have had to be a measure of acceptance
of it if knowledge of the gospels and adherence to the teach¬
ings of Jesus were to spread throughout the world. Before the
Catholic Church, knowledge of Christ was minimal in comparison to
the rest of the world that didn’t know of Him. The formation of the
Catholic Church is what allowed more people to eventually gain the
knowledge about Jesus Christ, and might I add — in a consistent man¬
ner. People overlook how the de-central form of Christianity would
have disrupted any real conviction by anyone taking in the gospels as
they would have been introduced to multiple versions of Jesus. No fol¬
lower of Christ would dare justify such a program. The realistic as¬
pects of carrying out action in the real world shouldn’t discount the
supernatural quality of Jesus’s life. This foundation doesn’t mean
that there is no moral conflict within the Church that injures
the measure of holiness assigned to its reputation. Even the

208

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

Jewish People, established as God’s chosen people, were
marred with moral conflict that challenged that very notion, but
yet they’ve never been disqualified from that assignment. When it
comes to prophecy, it’s often misconstrued as having a morally favor¬
able outcome. Prophecy, we find, is amoral in outcome and doesn’t
constitute a happy ending. The only moral outcome of prophecy, of
real prophecy is Truth. Certain things are prophesied to happen, and
this is often all there is to it. With regard to the foundations of the
Church, the subsequent fall of moral standing was prophesied to
happen, and that in itself defines the providence around what is
happening in today’s Church. Even in the midst of such an out¬
come, one can look to the fact that it was prophesied through¬
out history with Paul and then with the Catholic saints and mystics,
and in turn, in observation of that, maintain a base of steadfastness to
continue on the righteous path. It was foretold that there would be a
falling away starting from the top. “It all being a part of God’s plan” is
where hope lies in this fallen aspect facing the Church. It’s not the re¬
sult in terms of favorable to you or I, but the result in terms of our
knowledge and conviction that this is a part of God’s plan. This is what
eveiyone who espouses to have a relationship with God seeks, not
the good things or bad things of the world, but to be a very real part
in God’s will. The argument always goes back to the presuppo¬
sition that Christ laid out no blueprint for what the Church is to¬
day.buildings, a congregation, a denomination of religion, a

hierarchy, etc....and that the quote “upon this rock I will build my
Church” has nothing to do with assigning Peter as the first Pope.
Therefore, the argument maintains that Catholicism altogether is a
farce. This leaves the door open for another to come along and declare
there is no historical factual proof that Jesus even existed, so that

209

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

makes Christianity itself a complete lie. Then someone can come along
and say there is no way to quantify God’s existence as real in a physical
sense and so all of religion is bogus. The resulting effect becomes
opposition essentially leaving itself open to a ripple effect of opposition
that ends up phasing out its own standing. However, it still leaves a fact

that cannot be denied.that there are humans that believe in God,

there are humans that believe in Christ, and there is a Church that tries to
base its teachings on Christ. If all human action is subject to gravity, then
what is subjecting humans to the cause of them allowing such things to
influence their beliefs and actions and also why is this effect so
widespread as a result of one concept? Is not a belief in something more
conducive toward getting to the bottom of something than a belief in
nothing? Even Atheist aren’t drawing their conclusion from atheism
alone. They’re actually studying the work of believers. Can something be
invented without it being first thought possible? Sure, there are
accidents, but the vast majority of what is in creation started as a belief,
and even in the case of an accident, it started as a belief in something.
Modern science is built upon the actions of those who started out
believing in the unprovable. This belief led to efforts which eventually led
to the production of something that can be quantified in terms of
math. Therefore, even though the existence of God cannot be proven in a
mathematical sense, the output that arises from the belief will give more
clues into the nature of existence, than the non-belief that is often
espoused by others in opposition to the Church, an opposition which
produces no fruit on its own, but only from the observation of someone
else’s work, which in this case is the work of believers. A good analogy is
the working tax payer and the non-working non tax payer, in which the
non-working non-tax payer receives benefits from the fruit of the

210

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

working tax payer’s labor and yet still discounts the need for human labor
as a necessary part of existence simply because he is able to achieve a
bottom line of sustaining himself unaware that he’s not acknowledging
where he gets his sustenance from. One can continue to argue by
pointing out that there are cultures that have survived for centuries
without any focus on organized monotheistic religions like Christianity,
such an achievement recognizes in itself that organized monotheistic
religion is not needed to sustain a society of people. Another observation
that could be used is derived from the fact that arriving at a conclu¬
sion outside of the determined path put forth by organized monothe¬
ism or any system has been proven possible. So the idea that one re¬
ligion should feel the need to force itself upon and eventually over¬
come the foundational beliefs of those who have already generated
enough equilibrium within themselves to survive century after century
is an idea that starts to serve as a direct antagonism to basic intelli¬
gence. If something is working, why change it? It can be concluded that
the expansion is related to a fight for legitimacy.that somehow get¬

ting more people to follow something validates the truth of it, where as
that something being left within a smaller framework makes it less
convincing to the world at large. There is a direct contradiction between
this enforcement and many of the themes outlined in the gospels with
regards to how one should live. To try and justify a willful expansion sets
the stage for multiplied justification efforts by those who seek to validate
their own system via expansion. It’s very difficult to morally justify this
expansion within the framework of what is taught in the gospels if actual
force was used. If expansion was related to a willful acceptance and
conversion based on what was preached, and preached without an
insinuation to force... then this expansion is justified, but only if

211

Chapter 17: The Social Engineering Mandate and the revelation of 666

accommodation is made by the expander for others to do the same
upon entry into his own society. In light of all plausible explanations,
using the argument of outcome attained by way of creative expres¬
sion of the individual outside of the systematic framework of
monotheism cannot hold weight if the person outside of the framework
is seeking a status that is defined within the infrastructure of orga¬
nized monotheism. A good analogy is the example of a person seeking
the status of “doctor” by going to the library everyday and learning
about procedures under his own volition without going through a for¬
mal training course at an academy or institution. While he can indeed ti¬
tle himself as doctor, his recognition as legitimate will be based on how
he defines his credentials and not the way the larger society defines it.
From a non-religious point of view, the Catholic Church would still be a
focus because of the visibility of how it's being tugged in a certain di¬
rection no matter how the path to its significance is judged. Sci¬
ence can only study hidden things from how observable matter is af¬
fected. Because the Catholic Church is the most visible symbol of a
shift in the wavelength simply by the reaction of other moving bodies to
and away from it, the Catholic Church becomes one of the metrics used
to delve deeper into an understanding of what is going on.

PLEASE NOTE: IN THIS BOOK ANY MENTION OF THE WORD
"ANTI-SOCIAL" OR "ANTISOCIAL" IS EXPRESSED UNDER THE IDEA
THAT IT INVOLVES A LACK OF CARE/ENERGY TOWARDS FACE TO
FACE COMMUNICATION.

212

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

Chapter 18

Summary of the 666 System - Mars 360

There are many interpretations on 666 being designated to describe
either many things, many people, or just one person. With Marsgbo, we
can see how Mars’s effect on every human being as it revolves around the
sun actually describes all of those things. It’s a person, it’s many peo¬
ple, it’s responsible for many things, it has been here, it’s here now,
and will come again. In Leonardo Da Vinci’s Vitruvian man, the
analogous relationship between the human body and the universe
is key to understanding how the number of a man in the case of 666
relates to a universal concept. While the circle infers a 360, and a
square as the significance between the location of what represents
the forehead and right hand(forming a square aspect to each
other) in a birthchart, Vitruvian man can be seen as a very real
representation of how the universe is defined through the diagram of
one human body. Such clues are ideal in understanding the number of
the beast as Mars 360.

Because France was the country where the first discovery and serious
research into the possibility of a scientific link between the revolution of
Mars and human behavior took place - through the work of Michel
Gauquelin - France should be the country to officially reopen the
scientific investigation of Michel Gauquelin’s work regarding Mars while
also investigating the correlations discovered from my own research.
Once confirmed by the scientific community, the topic of Marsgbo can
then segue into other areas like academia, which would provide the
necessary platform for understanding it in terms of being part of a
curriculum.

213

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

Mars36o solves many issues because it quantifies the rights of every
human being on earth in terms of one’s natural lawlessness. Mars
doesn’t adhere to the designated qualities assigned to each position in
the sky. It opposes it. The expression of Mars in this opposition is as
natural as breathing, so society itself becomes responsible for these
natural rights not to be violated, all the while still being responsible for
keeping Mars from being given enough expression to inflict damage
upon the foundations of an ongoing society. I wouldn’t call this
phenomenon fully legalized sinfulness. It seems to moreso take on the
idea of understood lawless energy. This understanding itself would be
a major step in the right direction toward everlasting peace, but likely
at the cost of what Christianity defines as salvation. People would con¬
tinue to express freedom with regard to how they believe, however, ac¬
cepting 666(Mars 360) would constitute a rejection of contrition
from a Catholic standpoint, which results in eternal damnation. The
understanding of 666 and its working model is based on interpretation
of Scripture found only in Christianity. Therefore, the world and all of
its different beliefs come under the intention of God’s timeline in
terms of Catholic eschatology. This in itself gives Catholics a certain sta¬
tus before full implementation of 666. The history of Catholicism,
with its many apparitions such as the ones in Fatima and La Salette,
point to events in the real world that prefigure the fulfillment of
Paul’s prophecy—a falling awayfVatican II) and the revelation of the
lawless one(Mars36o = 666). Initial Mars36o research, however,
should be maintained as an extrapolation of important scientific
knowledge from Scripture that was echoed throughout history by
the mystics. When it comes to the messenger of this revelation, the
lack of credentials are resolved by 2nd Thessalonians 6-8.

"And you know what is now restraining him, so that he may be revealed
at the proper time. For the mystery of lawlessness is already at work.

214

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

but the one who now restrains it will continue until he is taken out of
the way. And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord
Jesus will slay with the breath of His mouth and annihilate by the
majesty of His arrival.”

With the Catholic Church Magisterium now “taken out of the way,” this
message along with the messenger can be deemed sufficient enough
within itself to be understood. The traditional Catholic Church will
continue on, but the understanding of 666 through accepting the
continual developing eschatology of God’s plan will take its rightful path
according to His ultimate will.

It may be considered by those who only skimmed through.... that this
message is simply a detour to astrological jargon. While astrology
believes that the movements of the planets correlate to the behaviors of
human beings on Earth, it, along with science, doesn’t hold Scripture to
be of any significance, nor does it attempt to quantify itself in such a
manner that directly relates itself to Scripture. Astrology’s current way
of defining itself is sporadic and confusing....with the result of its
contemporary systems being a compendium of conflicting ideas and
translations passed down throughout each generation. With the
revelation of the lawless one and the exposition of the seven seals, the
study of human behavior being affected by the movements of the
planets — along with a description of exactly how in the case of Mars via
grey matter — takes on a much more quantitative approach. Just as
works were defined through faith, the metaphysical and the scientific
now become defined through that same faith without afflicting the
independent importance of each subject. This is possible because of
Gauquelin’s work. Unbeknownst to him that the significance of his

215

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

findings were related to biblical significance, he nonetheless provided
the framework for further study with his extensive library of research
related to Mars. Marie Julie Jahenny’s prophecy of a radiant
star/planet and Nostradamus quatrains related to Mars were also
insights alluding to what was further quantified by Michel Gauquelin.
It’s of no coincidence that each of these revelations were of French
origin with this revelation being by someone linked to France via
paternal ancestry. The revealing of the lawless one as the key to
unlocking the seven seals has now become a basis for social
engineering.

With racism and hatred being one of the number i topics covered in the
news as of 2019, I feel it’s important to present what has been re¬
vealed regarding 666 in way that a layman can understand. On the
topic of racism, 666 will show how it cannot be placed in one box in
terms of hatred, but can be placed within every aspect of human na¬
ture. 666 will show how that perspective of racial animosity is relative
to the mark of the beast and is displayed relative to what defines the
seal according to how Mars generates an influence. This is important
because it expands the horizons of human perspective and in¬
creases their ability to perceive appropriately. On the next page are
6 possible placements of Mars in an astrological birthchart. It was
mentioned earlier that Mars can affect 2 different parts of the brain
if it is in transition from one sign to the next. For the sake of under¬
standing the general idea, I will leave out examples of transition in
these diagrams. I will stick with cut and dry placements of Mars corre¬
lating to the appropriating part of the brain. As mentioned before,
both sides of the chart mean the same thing, so Mars is placed on
both sides.

216

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

217

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

The zodiac signs don’t have any significance because the seal position
layout would be the same, no matter which birthchart is calculated. The
first seal will always be at the top and the 4* seal will always be at the
horizon. Starting with Mars in the 1*' seal as shown on the previous
page, this person can display racism in the form of face to face communi¬
cation, mostly via name calling. That would be the extent of his ani¬
mosity. It would not extend to those he cannot see at the moment, so he
cannot be placed into a full definition of what it means to hate an en¬
tire race or group of people. His Mars hostility is relegated to
the immediate environment. What 666 is showing here is that a person
can call someone a derogatory racial name without he himself hating
what represents that entire group.

With Mars in the 2“'^ seal, this person can display racism if what defines
that other group was a part of his early upbringing, or is a part of what he
has come to be familiar with. In that case, the racism won’t display itself
in name calling, but could manifest in physical violence. If another group
is not related to his home-land or familiarity, then that group would be
more valued to the person in that case. The saying “familiarity breeds
contempt” holds weight here because a person influenced by this would
feel less morally culpable in destroying what he feels belongs to him or is
attached to him in some way.

With Mars in the 3'“^ seal, this person may only display racial animosity if
it’s in some way restricting his desire to disregard matters relating to his
physical health/consumption or restricting the use/movement of his body.

With Mars in the 4* seal, this person will display racism toward anything
not connected or attached to him in some way. This animosity manifests
itself in an indirect manner. The verbal hostility targets anyone or any

218

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

group not present at the moment. This person represents the typical idea
of racism, but even they can accommodate another group of people if
they don’t perceive there to be any major cultural hostility, or if he has
become familiar with them over a certain time. Even if there is hostility,
he can overlook it throughout the time they are in his presence. This
racism doesn’t display in a direct face to face manner like it does within
someone affected by Mars in the ist seal.

With Mars in the 5th seal, this person is usually ok with groups directly
or indirectly as long as they don’t have any sort of authority or status over
him. This person can hate someone of another race if he perceives that
person to have some power or authority over him.

With Mars in the 6th seal, which is probably the least racist of all, a
person can in fact display racism if another group or race of people try to
display what defines their prevailing cultural identity as opposed to what
defines the other groups’ own. Cultural identity is target of the animosity
related to Mars here. It’s not home or upbringing because this group can
live with others. They just simply cannot take on the responsibility of
being identified to a certain category and then deal with negative fac¬
tors that often comes along with this. As long as people don’t fall into
what defines their category in terms of personal identity outwardly,
these people will try to accommodate anyone.

This example essentially sums up all of humanity in terms of racial
outlook, which hopefully brings on a sense of humility and awareness. Of
course, as stated before, there is the transition factor that can manifest in
a slight combination of how one part of the brain displays certain
characteristics with how another part displays certain characteristics.

219

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

depending on where Mars is located. So, there are more elements than
the six examples given, but for the sake of understanding, I stuck with
the basics in describing Mars through each seal. We can now see how an
identification system related to Mars 360 would assist in how everyone
interprets the world, and thus how they react to it.

So far it’s been covered that the contemporary view of Daniel’s 490
year prophecy is better off being replaced by a view that it has already

ended. with the event triggering it being Peter’s breaking of

the covenant of circumcision and his baptizing of a Roman without
the Roman having to be circumcised. This would fit the crite¬
ria of something to be an abomination from the perspective of
Jewish Tradition, which in effect would have led to the desolation of Is¬
rael and its Temple when it was sacked in AD 70 by the Romans,
an event prophesied by Jesus Christ. To this day, the Jewish people
have yet to conduct worship inside the Temple even though
their tradition continues. This garners the question of whether or not
a third temple in Israel will be rebuilt. With the current state of af¬
fairs, such is highly unlikely but possible. The only outcome that
Daniel’s prophecy points to is Christianity and the formation of the
Catholic Church. After that, we are left with Paul and John’s
prophecy of a coming lawless one related to 666, which is of its
own merit. With this Revelation of the lawless one, 666, and the
seven seals, it’s likely that in the same way Peter’s break from the
Jewish Tradition would have been considered an abomination
from that standpoint, the revelation of 666 would obviously be held
to be an abomination from a Christian standpoint, even though 666
would solve a lot of problems. The development of 666 does
however point to a second coming of Christ.

220

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

This perspective of Daniel’s prophecy being over would also change
aspects regarding contemporary views of The Dome of the Rock as
something that’s in the way of a fulfillment of Daniel’s prophecy. The
Dome of the Rock, which is a holy site for Islam, serves as a roadblock
for the rebuilding of a 3"^ Temple for Israel. With the perspective of
Daniel’s prophecy having ended after the prophesied 490 years, the
Dome of the Rock would now serve as the fulfillment related to God’s
continued sealing and permanent closing of that prophecy. The Dome of
the Rock would essentially serve as God’s enforced decree that Daniel’s
prophecy is over and there is no Third Temple for Israel, at least not be¬
fore the mark of the beast system. From that perspective, all that is left
is Paul and John’s works and those prophecies relate to the future of
Christendom, not the formation of it as was prophesied in Daniel.

Many of the non-Catholic Christians who still reference Daniel’s prophecy
of the 4 beasts, with the 4* beast being Rome, and the little horn arising
out of that being the Catholic Church have to contend with another
viewpoint. A valid view of the little horn would be none other than Mars.
In Daniel 2 and 7, it explains, symbolically, the 4 major world empires:
Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, and Rome. In Daniel 2, the symbolism is
derived from Nebuchadnezzar’s dream of a large statue, and in Daniel 7,
the symbolism is derived from Daniel’s vision of 4 beasts. In Daniel 8,
Daniel has a vision of a single horned goat destroying a 2-horned ram,
which is said to represent Greece destroying the Medo-Persian Empire. In
the vision, that same goat later loses its single horn at the height of its
power, but has 4 horns grow in its place. A little horn then comes out one
of the 4 horns and grows greater and stronger than all of them. This little
horn, in its symbolism regarding the Greek empire in Daniel 8, is defined
to be the same little horn arising from the 4* beast in Daniel 7. The reason

221

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

this further conceptualizes Mars as the true meaning is because the God of
War would be the main common link between the Roman and Greek
empires. Mars, traditionally, is said to be a Roman equivalent to Ares, the
Greek version of the God of War. So it makes perfect sense that the little
horn’s presence in Daniel 7 and Daniel 8 would infer a commonality
between Rome and Greece respectively.

4* Beast in Daniel 7-
Rome

Goat with 4 horns
Daniel 8 - Greece

Same Litde horn

222

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

Mars, Roman name for God of War

This illustration was made by Jean-Pol
GRANDMONT CC BY-SA 3.0

Ares, Greek name for God of War

CC BY-SA 3.0
Ares_Canope_Villa_Adriana.jpg:
Jastrow derivative work:
EricMachmer (talk)
Ares_Canope_Villa_Adriana.jpg

While noting that the consummation of Christianity, via Peter’s conversion
of Cornelius as bringing the gospel and the Jewish law to the gentiles
without circumcision, is what led to the end of Daniel’s 490 year prophecy,
Daniel’s prophecy regarding the abomination that causes desolation thus
cannot be said to converge with Paul and John’s prophecy related to the
lawless one, 666, and the return of Christ. Peter broke the covenant before
Paul’s writings on the lawless one, so when Daniel speaks of someone
breaking a covenant in the last week, which was 7 years after Jesus’s death,
Paul could not be referring to that same person after the fact when
prophesying about a falling away and the lawless one. Paul actually refers
to this lawless one as a mystery of lawlessness. However, Daniel’s reference
to the little horn can be said to align with the mystery of lawlessness and
666. Therefore, in that regard, Daniel would still serve as relevant to
the writings of Paul to the Thessalonians and of John in Revelation.
When it comes to Mars’s influence, the problem arises in the

223

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

fact that its influence cannot be comprehended by the subject as
something that is unfavorable to a social construct or even sinful to God.
That is where the deception is. Under Mars influence, a person feels he
is completely right in every way. Chances are, one’s strongest opposition
to something, whatever that may be, is being influenced by wherever
Mars shows up in their birthchart as it relates to the seals. Everyone
is born with those qualities resulting in a lack of grey matter in the re¬
gions of the brain affected by Mars. When confronted by the world for it,
the person is unable to comprehend how his actions, words, behaviors,
and thoughts could be deemed with such hostility. Most of the hu¬
man ideologies— whether political, religious, social, or economic— re¬
volve around exerting a free expression of Mars, the man of sin. Because
this expression is natural and unbeknownst by the person as a Sa’tan, a
person is deceived into thinking it’s right and that the world is wrong
in criticizing him for it. Another aspect is how difficult it is to restrain
Mars’s influence in one’s life. To act in a way that opposes Mars’s free
expression takes so much effort that people literally dread situations
where they have to keep it under wraps, hence the loyalty to certain
viewpoints or outlooks that keeps the person out of such situations. It
happens in conservatism, it happens in liberalism, in communism, capi¬
talism, and racism. The holder of each of these views doesn’t realize
he’s being deceived into thinking his outlook is overall a favorable thing.

This also causes a person to disregard the need for the positive outcome,
which is not being garnered upon display of Mars’s influence, but would
come about upon positive behaviors. For example, a person who is
naturally restless because of Mars, will exalt himself over the need to
maybe settle down or have a relationship. A lazy person will disregard the
need to work and pursue financial stability. While these things may be
worthwhile and even a god to others, the person being influenced by

224

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

Mars can completely renounce it. Another example is a person with Mars
influencing one’s personality and need to get along with others in the
environment. While one person may consider this to be the most
important aspect of his day, the Mars affected person can completely defy
the need for it and act in total antagonism to it. One more example would
be someone who has Mars affecting his Parietal lobe. Since the Parietal
lobe relates to one’s orientation in response to his environment and
therefore how others view him in terms of appearance, a person who
values how others see him to the point of considering it a god, will honor
that desire by behaving in ways that elicits a positive response. On the flip
side, a person affected by Mars there, can completely disregard any need
for such a response and act in any way he feels no matter how others
would view his appearance.

As far as the mark of the beast is concerned, prophecy doesn’t necessitate
that it be a physical outward mark. Mars is already at work in every single
human being’s life at this very moment and has been so all the way back
to antiquity. There is no escaping this. The only circumvention is in not
allowing Mars’s influence to take its full measure during the course of
one’s life. The force itself, however, will always be at work. A simple
glance at your astrological birthchart can tell you exactly where by simply
correlating the birthchart to the seals as explained earlier. When it comes
to the Mars mark on the forehead or right hand, being able to prove your
placement of Mars via birthchart would be indication enough for certain
types of verification, such as Universal Basic Income. The mark in the
seal and the 4* seal, relating to the forehead and the right hand, doesn’t
spiritually implicate the people representing it anymore than it does
those represented by Mars’s influence in the other seals, such as the 2”'*,
3''^, 5*, and 6*. The damnation is related to how much the Mars influence

225

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

is given into, but, even then, I don’t know to what extent a person who is
not aware of what's driving him can be deemed lost. Mortal sin would
require a certain awareness and a certain will. Mars’s influence on the
and 4* seals, being singled out in the Book of Revelation, relates strictly
to the economy as most of the financial success throughout history is
found amongst people who have Mars in the 1st and 4th seals. Since
Mars is at work in everyone’s life anyway, these particular archetypes
would have the deficiencies needed to the make the most of what
Universal Basic Income provides. This would be an example of trying to
use Mars influence in a constructive way. The other positions of Mars
would be highlighted and used for other constructive channels because
the influence of Mars can be a virtue for certain things. What I
mentioned before in terms of needing an outward physical mark has to
do with the social aspect of 666(Mars 360). If a person can see how
someone is influenced by Mars in an outward sense at first glance, then
that person can gauge exactly how to approach his archetype. He can
know ahead of time what kind of situations or words he needs to avoid
with the other person, and vice versa, in order to experience a smoother
social interaction. But there is obvious implication to this. Marssbo
presents a dichotomy. Awareness of it can solve a lot of the problems in
the world, however, awareness of it as 666 would extend a moral
culpability to those who would wish for society to continue to accept, as
fully permissible, what they themselves now know to be from 666. The
reason receiving an outward mark would be tempting, to even a
Christian, is because it would essentially allow a person to be himself,
sort of as one is now, but without judgement and with total
understanding. It would be like a bill of rights, but tailor-made to each
individual’s Mars placement. Imagine if you have racist views, but are

226

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

allowed to freely express this, without any judgement, if you simply take
an outward mark. Imagine being restless because of Mars and then be¬
ing allowed by society to act out that particular expression if you take a
mark. Imagine being anti-social and being allowed to express those
qualities without being judged or attacked if you simply decided to
take a mark. The mark of the beast could simply be a red light to be
yourself without anyone judging you. The problem of the soul is
that you’d be acknowledging what you’re doing is related to 666
and within that acknowledgement, under a full conscience, deciding

that you have no desire to resist it.to resist sin. That would

make sense for eternal damnation because unlike the current moment
in which you’re not even aware of the influence, accepting a mark in the
case of Marsgho would be acknowledging that you are aware. Salva¬
tion from Jesus’s death is contingent on “They know not what they
do.” Accepting the mark would be a verbal acknowledgment of
awareness and a subsequent moral culpability in considering noth¬
ing wrong with it. It will take a deep amount of humility to avoid
receiving an outward mark. I imagine only those aware of their sinful
nature related to Mars would be able to avoid getting marked... when it
does, in fact, come to that. All the mark of the beast is saying is
“the way you are is ok, much in the same way your personal ideol¬
ogy today is saying you’re ok, just take the mark so we can observe
and react properly to you.”

The lawless one was prophesied to be revealed by he who has
understanding. This awareness was intended to happen as a precursor to
the second coming of Christ. Mars36o represents the oppositionary
influence related to the prophecies describing his nature. In Roman
mythology. Mars was the God of War with most of these myths related
to Mars being borrowed from the Greek God of War, Ares, who fought in
the Trojan war and was wounded by Athena and Diomedes, but later

227

Chapter 18 : Summaiy of the 666 system

healed by the physician of the gods, Paeeon. The understanding of 666 is
the proper attitude to have. Understanding our fallen nature with all
humility is not what implicates us, nor does our awareness of what may
be causing sin. What would implicate the soul is our effort in getting
society to count our sin as a good thing. The difference between how we
do that now and how it would work then(in the case of the mark of the
beast) has to do with the difference between not knowing and knowing.

Below is a timeline from Daniel to Mars360

Solomon’s temple restored - 450BC

24 Seventy weeks are
determined upon thy people
and upon thy holy city, to finish
the transgression, and to make
an end of sins, and to make
reconciliation for iniquity, and
to bring in everlasting
righteousness, and to seal up
the vision and prophecy, and to
anoint the most Holy.

25 Know therefore and
understand, that from the
going forth of the
commandment to restore and
to huild Jerusalem unto the
Messiah the Prince shall he
seven weeks, and threescore
and two weeks: the street shall
he huilt again, and the wall,
even in troublous times.

Jesus’s death - 33AD

26 And after threescore and two
weeks shall Messiah be cut off,
but not for himself: and the
people of the prince that shall
come shall destroy the city and
the sanctuary; and the end
thereof shall be with a flood,
and unto the end of the war
desolations are determined.

228

Chapter 18 : Summaiy of the 666 system

37 AD Peter Baptizing a Roman without
Obligation to circumcision

27 And he shall confirm the
covenant with many for one week:
and in the midst of the week he
shall cause the sacrifice and the
ohlation to cease, and for the
overspreading of abominations he
shall make it desolate, even until
the consummation, and that
determined shall be poured upon
the desolate (NOTE: this
does not make Peter the
Antichrist, as Daniel’s 70
weeks(490 years)
is not considered an Antichrist
prophecy here.

Peter Reports back to Jerusalem and
tells the Jewish Elders that the Gentiles
are to receive the Gospels regardless of
circumcision. 40AD - consummation
of Christianity leading to the eventual
desolation of Israel and the end of
Daniel’s 490 year prophecy.

Jesus’s Olivet Discourse comes into focus after Peter’s
abomination to the Jewish Tradition.

< “You see all these, do you not? Truly, I say
to you, there will not be left here one stone
upon another that will not be thrown
down.” Matthew 24’s Olivet Discourse
fulfilled, Jerusalem destroyed in AD 70

Jerusalem destroyed
in AD 70

Paul’s and John’s prophecy about the falling away, the lawless one
and 666 now comes into focus

Time Gap AD 70 - present fulfilled sBut no one in
heaven or on earth or under the earth was able to
open the scroll or look inside it. 4And I began to weep
bitterly, because no one was found worthy to open the
scroll or look inside it. -Revelation 5:3

229

chapter i8: Summaiy of the 666 system

“Don’t let anyone deceive you in
any ivay, for that day will not
come until the rebellion occurs
and the man of lawlessness is
revealed, the man doomed to
destruction.” - 2 Thessalonians

2:3

2”'* Vatican council from 1962 - 1965 and
its aftermath to the present day is the
“falling away” time period.

“This calls for wisdom: let the one
who has understanding calculate
the number of the beast, for it is
the number of a man, and his
number is 666.”

- Revelation 13:18

Mars36o revealed to be the
lawless one and the meaning of
666 in 2019

With Mars36o revealed, the correlation of the movements and positions of
the planet Mars to human behavior will lead to a marking system that
dissolves the importance of religious denomination and leaves eveiything
riding on one’s decision to either take a mark and agree to have society
accommodate their natural lawlessness, or not take it and possibly be
alienated from society all together. While the Mars phenomenon will make
for a better, more understanding society because it accommodates our
natural deficient qualities and removes the banner of sin from it, it will,
nonetheless, put a person’s relationship with God on the line because the
person would be knowingly accepting their sin as coming from the lawless
one, and knowingly allowing society to accommodate it. There would be no
turning back to God from that point. The world would basically be left with
2 religions, those who are marked, and those who aren’t. Those who are not

230

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

marked will be considered to be against a utopian society and those who
are will be considered to be against God. Such a battle would be the climax
preceding the return of Christ.

There is great symbolism regarding 666 that correlates the seals, the brain
and the geography of Earth together as one expression of God’s power.
The seals encompass the entire world, every single type of human being
that exists. It was stated earlier how the frontal lobes are symbolic of
God’s temple and God’s chosen people, the Jewish people. The rest of the
brain has that same symbolic correlation to the rest of the world and the
geographical landscape. The seals highlight 6 groups from which the rest
of the world fits into, starting with the Jewish people and Israel at the
frontal lobes(4“' seal), and then the African at the 3'"'^ seal and reptilian
brain, the Native American indigenous and the Americas at the 2”“* seal
and temporal lobes, Asia and the Oriental at the i®* Seal and occipital
lobes, the Southern European at the 6* seal and parietal lobes, and
Western Europe at the 5* seal and motor cortex. Of course, there is always
overlap with regard to how things transition from one seal to the next that
would correlate to how one group values certain facets of life. On the next
page is a diagram to understand more. Note: This doesn’t relate to how
Mars affects those areas. This represents how each group is chosen to
actually value its prospective sector of life, opposite of what Mars does.
See next page.

231

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

Israel,

Asia, Japan

Southern European
Italy, Spain

Western European
England, Germany

Native American
Indigenous

African

The description doesn’t disregard the significance of those not included in
the diagram. The diagram is just a reference that each group has its own
dominion that God has designated to them. As a result, there would be a
noted degree of excellence regarding the region that each group has
dominion over. Unlike Mars, each of these groups hold its corresponding
regions sacred. All the races fall somewhere within the context of the
layout. Everyone is assigned a certain area to value over another. The
Jewish people have the word and the law which corresponds to the
functions of the frontal lobe, the Africans have the reptilian brain which
correlates to our basic survival, the Native American has the temporal
lobe which correlates to emotional well-being, the oriental has the
occipital lobe which correlates to the civilized social dynamic amongst a
civilization of people living together, the southern European has the

232

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

parietal lobe which correlates to how others view us(fashion sense), and
the western European has dominion over the motor cortex, our skill ethics
and submission to authority. Everyone else falls somewhere in between
but are nonetheless equally important in terms of how God designated
each group of people to have its rightful dominion based on where they
are placed. Just from observing the chart, we can tell where some of the
other groups would be. The Arabs would be somewhere between the
African and the Jewish. The Russians may be somewhere between the
European and the Asian, but definitely within that first seal sector . The
French may be somewhere between the Western European and Southern
European.

In Revelation 17, John is met by one of the angels and is told about the
judgement of a prostitute who sits on many waters and with whom all the
kings of the earth committed fornications with. When given further
revelation of this prostitute, John then sees the woman sitting on a scarlet
beast that had blasphemous names. It also had seven heads and 10 horns.
The woman, who was also wearing scarlet, had a cup filled with
abominations and the impurity of her fornications. On her forehead was
written, “Babylon the great, mother of prostitutes and of earth's
abominations.” John saw that she was drunk with the blood of the saints
and martyrs of Jesus. Upon being in awe at what he saw, the angel then
told John the mystery of the woman and the beast with seven heads and
10 horns. She says that the beast he saw “was, and is not, and is about
to rise from the bottomless pit and go to destruction. And the dwellers on
earth whose names have not been written in the book of life from the
foundation of the world will marvel to see the beast, because it was and is
not and is to come.” The angel then says the seven heads are seven

233

Chapter l8: Summary of the 666 system

mountains on which the woman is seated and those seven mountains
are also seven kings. 5 have fallen, one is, and the other has not yet
come. When he does he must only remain a little while. The beast itself
is the 8th king, but belongs to the 7 and goes to destruction. The ten
horns are ten kings that have not yet received power, but are to receive
power with the beast for 1 hour to make war on the Lamb, but be
conquered By the lamb. The angel then tells John that the waters that
he first saw the prostitute sitting on are the Multitudes of peo¬
ple, languages, and nations. Then he says the ten horns will hate
the prostitute and destroy because it was God’s will, and the prosti¬
tute is the city that has dominion over all the kings of the earth.

234

Chapter l8: Summary of the 666 system

It has already been established that the prostitute seated on the 7
mountains is Rome. The beast, which is the same as 666, and was, is not,
and is, is a revolution of Mars around the Sun. The sin, the abominations,
the murder of Christians by the Romans was motivated by the influence
of Mars. When Mars travels, it always performs its opposition to what
defines each seal and what defines the normal characteristics displayed
from each part of the brain that corresponds with the seals. Since there
are 6 seals, the kings are symbolic of how when Mars is in one position, it
has already left the previous 5, but is going into the next position because
it’s a continuous revolution. This is what is meant by “5 kings have
fallen(the positions that Mars was already in), one is(the position
that Mars is currently in), and one is yet to comefthe position that
Mars is going to enter next).” Then there are ten kings who are said to
not have their power yet. After Mars travels through 5 positions, those
positions don’t have their power until Mars goes through them again.
So when Mars is in one position, there are 5 positions in which Mars
has already been and 5 that Mars is going to travel through again, so
that leaves 10 kings who don’t have power because Mars is still in what¬
ever position it’s in and since they have one mind, the 5 positions that
Mars has already been through are the same as the 5 that Mars will
travel through again, hence 10 kings having the same mind.

Here is a map of the seven hills in Rome and look what lies near those 7
hills. We see the Vatican, but more ominously we see a place called the
Field of Mars. It wasn’t until Augustus came to power as the Emperor of
Rome in 27BC that the Field of Mars would eventually be developed into
a major city attraction. During the time of John of Patmos and the
writings of the Book of Revelation under Domitian, the field of Mars had
already become the most populace area of Rome. Before Augustus, it was

235

Chapter l8: Summary of the 666 system

just a training ground for the Roman military. Under Augustus, it was
developed into a major city attraction with theatres, baths, and
aqueducts and eventually became the most crowded center of daily
activity in Rome. This would further provide evidence that the beast is
Mars. The passage in Revelation 17 can be consummately interpreted
as Rome being the prostitute, and the field of Mars being the beast,
upon which the prostitute sits, with its seven heads as the seven hills/
mountains that are near it. And upon further study of the passage, the
symbolism related to the 7 heads and 10 horns as 7 kings and 10 kings,
respectively, can still be assigned to how Mars travels through each seal
position resulting in its culminating effects without disrupting the
geographical interpretation relating to the implication of Rome in
Revelation 17.

236

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 sj^tem

Mars, during this time of John of Patmos, was the most popular deity in
the Roman Empire and the field of Mars was consecrated to Mars. The
citizens of Rome even titled themselves to be sons of Mars. Mars, who is
considered to be the father of the founders of Rome, Romulus and
Remus, and a Roman incarnation of the Greek God Ares, derives its
mythology from the story of the Trojan War, where Ares was wounded
but was later healed. This aligns to references in Revelation that mentions
the beast recovering from a mortal wound with everyone then
worshipping it. Interestingly, this worship was actually going on in the
Roman Empire; it was a real thing. The question now is why aren’t there
any passages in the new testament that simply states “Mars” as a god
worshipped by the Romans. The Romans named all the planets we can
see with the naked eye. So it’s not just Mars, the god of War, as it relates
to Roman Mythology, that's being worshipped by the Romans, it’s also
Mars the planet that the Romans are worshipping. So, John’s mes¬
sage relating to a revolution of a planet is not something coming out
of left field. This was a real phenomenon during the Roman Empire.

At this point, in light of seeing how the worship of Mars was a real aspect
of the Roman Empire, it’s safe to say that we are now in the midst of a
revival of Mars, the Roman God of War. Upon revealing that 666 is
Mars36o and the lawless one, prophecy is now a reality. The revelation is
what unlocked it. In the coming years, watch as the world looks to see
how the movements of the planet Mars correlates to human behavior on
Earth. Revelation 13:3, "The whole earth marveled as they followed the
beast." People will be amazed and prophecy will unfold right before ev¬
eryone’s eyes. The popularity that Mars experienced during the time of
the Roman Empire is prepared to happen again. Michel Gauquelin’s re¬
search on the Mars effect was the first time that astrology was ever

237

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

given any considerable attention by the scientific community. Now there is
more information regarding it. All of this goes to show that there is an aura
of intrigue surrounding Mars. After reading this book, which expounds on
Mars’s influence on humanity through the seven seals as correlated with the
brain, many will began a serious inquiiy into this beast, Marssho. They will
research Gauquelin’s findings, my findings, and do their own observations.
Steadily, the Mars phenomenon will grow stronger and stronger and then
we will know that the mark of the beast would be coming soon.

Celestial fire from the Western side. And from the South, running up to the East, Worms
half dead without finding even a root. Third age, for Mars the Warlike, One will see fires
shining from the Carbuncles. Age a Carbuncle, and in the end famine.

-Nostradamus
Sixains XXVII

238

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

people would sort of forgive it because they know where it’s coming
from, and they know the person cannot be fully blamed for being
born at a certain time. And in response to the understanding, the person
is grateful that society is not punishing him for being himself. Problems
and harsh ideologies arise when people feel like society is not forgiv¬
ing them for what is natural to them, hence why there is a greater degree
of the display of Mars tendencies when its lighter manifestations are be¬
ing oppressed by society.

The idea behind the system would be to allow a certain degree of Mars
expression, so that a person’s resentment of his natural tendencies being
demonized by society doesn’t lead him to displaying them to a greater
degree that would put society in jeopardy. Morality, now, would not be
defined by the act, but by how much a person is giving into their Mars
placement. A person who is displaying mental deficiencies would be
judged the same as someone who is displaying choice of word
deficiencies. They would both be relegated to the same source. Mars, with
the only difference being in how far past society’s limit the person has
given into the Mars energy. Therefore, the only way the liberal can have a
gripe with the conservative, and vice versa, would be based on how much
of the Mars energy is being given into. Since, now in the case of Mars 360,
both sides would know that their outlook is being influenced by Mars. The
same with the communist and the capitalist. Mars creates a fear in the
person to engage in qualities that it's naturally antagonistic toward. All of
society would now have this awareness. In a Christian sense, this is
essentially a form of welfare for one’s own sin, instead of an adherence to
God’s request that we make a consistent attempt to resist it.

The information regarding Marssbo allows us to identify the Lamb in
Revelation 5 and see how the revelation of the lawless one, 666, and the

239

Chapter l8: Summary of the 666 system

seven seals is a fulfillment of that passage. The lamb turned out to be the
positive qualities that Mars opposes in his influence on humanity.

Revelation 5:

“iThen I saw a scroll in the right hand of the One seated on the throne. It
had writing on both sides and was sealed with seven seals. 2And I saw a
mighty angel proclaiming in a loud voice, “Who is worthy to break the
seals and open the scroll?” gBut no one in heaven or on earth or under
the earth was able to open the scroll or look inside it. qAnd I began to
weep bitterly, because no one was found worthy to open the scroll or look
inside it. sThen one of the elders said to me, “Do not weep! Behold, the
Lion of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, has triumphed to open the
scroll and its seven seals.” 6Then I saw a Lamb who appeared to have
been slain, standing in the center of the throne, encircled by the four
living creatures and the elders. The Lamb had seven horns and seven
eyes, which represent the seven Spirits of God sent out into all the earth.
yAnd He came and took the scroll from the right hand of the One seated
on the throne. SWhen He had taken the scroll, the four living creatures
and the twenty-four elders fell down before the Lamb. Each one had a
harp, and they were holding golden bowls full of incense, which are the
prayers of the saints. gAnd they sang a new song:

‘Worthy are You to take the scroll and open its seals,
because You were slain,
and by Your blood You purchased for God
those from every tribe and tongue and people and nation.
loYou have made them into a kingdom,
priests to serve our God,
and they will reign upon the earth.’”

240

Chapter l8: Summary of the 666 system

Because the Lamb has the seven spirits of God, the Lamb is symbolic of
the intended qualities of each seal position. “Appeared to have been slain”
would relate to how the seals were opposed when Mars traveled through
each one during its revolution around the Sun. With Mars’s oppositionary
effect on the seals, the astrology wheel that lays out the seals becomes
most symbolic of a lamb with 7 spirits who looks to be slain. Later, the
passage says that the lamb takes the seals from the right hand of the One
seated on the Throne. Many have concluded Jesus was the lamb.
However, Jesus can be said to be the one seated at the right hand of the
One who sits on the Throne. This is in Mark 16:19: “After the Lord Jesus
had spoken to them. He was taken up into heaven and sat down at the
right hand of God.” Because the right hand of God is what the elder may
be referencing when he tells John that the Lion of the Tribe of Judah has
opened the seals, both the right hand of God and the Lion from the tribe
of Judah can easily be interpreted to mean the same thing as opposed to
the Lamb and the Lion meaning the same thing. After John is told by the
elder that the Lion of the Tribe of Judah has opened the seals, John then
sees a lamb going to the right hand of the One on the Throne. He is thus
observing what the elder has seen and interpreted as Jesus opening the
seals. This could easily mean that Jesus’s opening of the seals is indicative
of the seals being given by Jesus to the lamb. With Jesus being both the
right hand of God(Jesus) and the Lion, and with the Lamb being the seal
positions, the passage could also be indicating that Jesus, after a long time
of Christian interpretation, finally allows the seals to be understood
through the Lambfseal position layout). Since the “root of David” is also
mentioned in Revelation 5, the passage, in an overall sense, can infer a
restoration of the Davidic Line upon the opening of the seven seals.
Because the planet Mars brings opposition to every position he travels
through, the lamb as an astrological layout of the seals is credible as being

241

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

symbolic of someone who has been attacked and killed. Traditionally
Mars is the God of War, so this quality makes sense when applying
the outcome of it to something looking as though it was slain.

It was established that the first seal represents the occipital lobe and right
hand respectively, with the 4* seal representing the frontal lobes and
forehead respectively. That order is symbolic of Jesus sitting at the right
hand of God. We can see in the diagram above a visual representation of
how the slain lamb, which would represent the 7 seal layout(6 seals with
the 7* being the continuation of it) having been opposed by Mars, would
take the scroll from the right hand of God. However, so that no one gets
confused, the “seven seals” as a subject of Revelation 6 symbolizes Mars’s
actions through each seal, but each seal individually are the positive
intended characteristics that God as assigned to humanity. What the
Lamb is showing John in revelation 6 is what Mars’s effect on humanity

242

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

does as it opposes what each seal is intended for. The Lamb, itself,
represents the positive qualities that are being opposed by Mars. In the
diagram on the previous page, we can see how the red “X” marks the
effect that Mars had on the position while it was there, and how it thus
destroyed the ordained characteristics that God intends for humans to
display. This can be likened to someone having been slain and
therefore symbolize the lamb being slain. There is also mention of 24
elders rejoicing before the Lamb. It was established earlier that the 24th
degree marks the transitional period from one seal to the next. Basically,
it is the area that starts to manifest qualities of the next seal while
retaining some from the previous. This transitional period ends at the o
degree mark of the next sign which represents the next seal. That means
the first 24 degrees of each sign representing a seal location is the full
definition of its intended qualities. That is what the 24 elders represent,
the full definition of each seal. The 4 living creatures represent the 4 fixed
signs of the zodiac: the ox represents Taurus; the lion represents Leo;
Scorpio, represents the eagle and the winged man is represented by
Aquarius. It also, and moreover, represents astrology’s submission to the
layout of the seals as they also bow before the lamb, which is the seal
layout in the diagram.

There has been confusion in Revelation regarding how Jesus represents
the rider on the White horse. While the i®‘ seal does represent Jesus, the
seal as it’s being explained in Revelation 6 does not. As stated before,
what's being shown in Revelation 6:1-2 is how Mars opposes the seals:

“1 And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it
were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying. Come and see.

243

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

2 And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow;
and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to
conquer.”

The rider on the White Horse is Mars36o. Jesus represents what Mars is
opposing there. Conquering and taking is in opposition to love towards
one’s neighbor. So, in essence, the first seal would be goodwill towards
neighbor. While Jesus represents the first seal, he does not represent the
rider on the White Horse that is opposing it.

Now, we can see how the Lamb represents God’s intention for humanity
through the seals and how Mars’s orbit through those seals essentially
kills those intentions. There would have been no way understand and
unlock the seals except by observing Mars’s effect in going through them.
The celebration of the Lamb is a celebration of God’s continued timeline
and purpose for humanity.

Like any other social construct such as democracy, fascism, capitalism,
communism, liberalism, and conservatism, Marssbo would have an ex¬
pansive quality. What stands out about Marssbo is that it encompasses
the root of every ideology but is not any of those ideologies. Mars36o
would more or less be an observation ideology. Not to be confused with
trading freedom for security, Mars36o is essentially asking that one
allows observation in exchange for not being judged as a sinner....to
a certain extent. The idea is to let others see how Mars drives a person
to certain qualities, and in exchange for allowing an open view of it
via a mark or indication, the person would be allowed to display a cer¬
tain measure of those qualities by having certain freedoms.The idea
behind this is that the person will be content if he’s not being demonized

244

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

by society for being himself, and in response to that acceptance, become
more sociable in a civilized community. He would be more accepting of
the world through understanding, and the rest of the world more
accepting of him. Because God commands that his followers resist the
temptation to sin, accepting the mark is thus considered the greatest
abomination and rejection of his Love because, upon receiving the
privileges by having an outward indication of Marssbo, the person would
then be admitting that there is no sin — that there is no accountability
because Mars is the one causing the behavior. The seven spirits of God
encompasses all human qualities, and with the breaking of the seven
seals , the entire world, every personality, is now under the jurisdiction of
God. The “Word” itself is no longer the defining aspect of God, such that
an anti-social person cannot judge a debauch person, and debauch
person cannot judge an angry person, and the angry person cannot judge
a disobedient person. All failures relating to what each spirit upholds is
judged the same. It’s all related to the Lamb’s book of life where
everything and everyone is under the jurisdiction of God’s judgement.
Marssbo is in opposition to all seven spirits of God which translates to
every area of the human brain and its normal working potentials. This is
why the Lamb in Revelation 5 appeared to be slain.

The Lamb

This is the Lamb
and the book of
life and the normal
working potentials of
Each part of the brain

245

Chapter 18: Summaiy of the 666 system

x= Mars’s oppositionary effect

This is the Lamb
being slain as Mars
goes through each
Seal and opposes it.

Slain Lamb can now describe

what each seal means

after having

experienced negative

effects of Mars. This is symbolic

of Jesus giving the scroll

to the Lamb.

Those who didn’t give into
Mars’s influence are the
only names left in the
Book of Life.

They survived
Mars’s destmction
and are thus saved for all
Eternity.

Mars is also opposed to the concept of sin — a person being fully
accountable for displaying traits in opposition to those normal working
potentials of different parts of the brain. The diagram above gives us a
clear picture of the two beasts mentioned in Revelation 13. The first beast
came out of the Sea and the 2“'* Beast came out of the Earth. The diagram
on this page can be applied to the Revelation 13 description of each beast
on the next page.

246

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

Revelation 13 -
1®* beast

The dragon[a] stood on the shore of the sea.
And I saw a beast coming out of the sea. It
had ten horns and seven heads, with ten
crowns on its horns, and on each head a
blasphemous name. 2 The beast I saw
resembled a leopard, but had feet like those
of a bear and a mouth like that of a lion. The
dragon gave the beast his power and his
throne and great authority. 3 One of the
heads of the beast seemed to have had a fatal
wound, but the fatal wound had been healed.
The whole world was filled with wonder and
followed the beast. 4 People worshiped the
dragon because he had given authority to the
beast, and they also worshiped the beast and
asked, “Who is like the beast? Who can wage
war against it?”5 The beast was given a
mouth to utter proud words and
blasphemies and to exercise its authority for
forty-two months. 6 It opened its mouth to
blaspheme God, and to slander his name and
his dwelling place and those who live in
heaven. 7 It was given power to wage war
against God’s holy people and to conquer
them. And it was given authority over every
tribe, people, language and nation. 8 All
inhabitants of the earth will worship the
beast—all whose names have not been
written in the Lamb’s book of life, the Lamb
who was slain from the creation of the world,
[b]

The Beast out of the Sea
describes the attributes being
given to Mars36o.

247

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

2”^ Beast

11 Then I saw a second beast, coming
out of the earth. It had two horns like a
lamb, but it spoke like a dragon. 12 It
exercised all the authority of the first
beast on its behalf, and made the earth
and its inhabitants worship the first
beast, whose fatal wound had been
healed. 13 And it performed great signs,
even causing fire to come down from
heaven to the earth in full view of the
people. 14 Because of the signs it was
given power to perform on behalf of the
first beast, it deceived the inhabitants of
the earth. It ordered them to set up an
image in honor of the beast who was
wounded by the sword and yet lived. 15
The second beast was given power to
give breath to the image of the first
beast, so that the image could speak and
cause all who refused to worship the
image to be killed. 16 It also forced all
people, great and small, rich and poor,
free and slave, to receive a mark on their
right hands or on their foreheads, 17 so
that they could not buy or sell unless
they had the mark, which is the name of
the beast or the number of its name. 18
This calls for wisdom. Let the person
who has insight calculate the number of
the beast, for it is the number of a man.
[e] That number is 666.

The Beast out of the Earth describes Mars
having influence over humanity through
the Lamb, which is the seven seal layout
and Mars’s revolution through the seal
position and its effect on the human brain

248

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

This beast of the Earth is essentially a description of the Lamb being slain
as Mars takes its course through the seals and exercises its influence over
all of humanity. The description of the second beast seems to be a
reference to both humanity’s unawareness of Mars’s influence and also
their later awareness of it upon the unlocking of the identity of the beast
via calculating 666. It describes the subsequent knowledge that the
people had no idea that they were advocating Mars’s influence in their
ideologies. Now with the knowledge of that having been the case,
Mars36o essentially calls for a continued advocacy, but this time with
humanity’s full awareness of it via a mark. This is where the moral
culpability takes effect. Jesus was able to forgive sins because the people
knew not what they did; in the case of accepting the mark of the Mars36o,
the people will be fully aware in their decision. The revelation of the
lawless one, itself, can be aligned with breathing life into the beast and
allowing everyone to be able to see it, hence setting up an image.

The next step on the timeline related to the mark of the beast is the
reason why the contents of this book is directed to the country of France.
Since the first major scientific inquiry into Mars was based on research
done in France by Michel Gauquelin, another inquiry is likely to start
there. He has the largest body of work related to Mars’s effect in the key
sectors. Using that in tandem with the findings laid out in this book —
which correlates the lawless one, 666, the seven seals, grey matter in the
brain, and dark matter to Mars36o— the Scientific and Astrological
community in France will have more to reference. Another reason for the
intrigue will be because of the convergence between biblical prophecy,
catholic prophecy, this book, and Gauquelin’s findings. More information
and press releases regarding Mars’s effect on humans should serve as an
indication to the faithful that God’s timeline is taking its course. The
understanding of Mars36o should be regarded as a necessary part of the

249

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

eschatology that prophesies the Catholic Church to be the restrainer
that's been taken out of the way so that this Mars36o phenomenon can
be further revealed. As long as there is study, believers should have faith
that everything is going according to God’s plan. I think we are sometime
away from having to decide between taking an outward indication of
Mars and keeping our souls. So at the moment, one should not feel
compelled to disrupt the study of Mars36o. The Bible has its reasons for
assigning wisdom to calculate the number of the beast. God wants us to
understand the nature of the beast. The calculation of 666 involves a
comprehensive study of Mars36o and “Let he who has understanding”
serves as permission from God to do so. This permission also applies to
the astrological and scientific community’s desire to inquire about
Mars36o. However, once a social engineering mandate is established by
whomever, then that would be the time that one should be prepared to
make a choice.

When thinking about the development of God’s plan, it's important to
reahze that everyone was judged based on what was the central theme of
God’s timeline. God’s timeline is like a lineage that can be traced all the
way back to Adam, and during each phase of the timeline, humanity was
held to a developing standard that is currently culminated in Jesus Christ
as the central element with the Catholic Church as the focal point. Over
time, as the timeline progressed, we can see how the previous modality
had to latch onto the new one in order to remain on that timeline.
Nonetheless, many adherents of the previous modality decided to
stay behind, which is why some prophecies often point to a devel¬
oping timeline with harsh terminology. Many often ask if those who
didn't believe in Jesus Christ before His time were saved. Those
who adhered to the central theme of God’s timeline as it was from

250

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

Adam to now were likely saved. With the revelation of the lawless one in
effect, the central theme would now come down to making a decision
between observing one’s own sin as sin or as just a product of the uni¬
verse via Mars36o. When our current relationship with God is based on
turning away from sin and also allowing Jesus’s blood to redeem
us, the acknowledgment that sin doesn’t exist would make null and void
both of those aspects.

The schism that Mars36o causes upon humanity would likely lead to the
world eventually being divided into 2 major qualities of people; those who
take the mark and those who don’t. This would set the stage for a possible
final conflict between those with the mark who DON’T want to
acknowledge sin and those without the mark who DO want to
acknowledge sin. In Revelation 19 : 11, we are given a foreshadowing of
this conflict between those who would rather live with their sin as be¬
ing forgiven under the blood of Christ and those who would rather re¬
move the idea of sin altogether via Mars36o. Revelation 19 11-21

“11 I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white
horse, whose rider is called Faithful and True. With justice he
judges and wages war. 12 His eyes are like blazing fire, and on his
head are many crowns. He has a name written on him that no one
knows but he himself. 13 He is dressed in a robe dipped in blood,
and his name is the Word of God. 14 The armies of heaven were
following him, riding on white horses and dressed in fine linen,
white and clean. 15 Coming out of his mouth is a sharp sword with
which to strike down the nations. “He will rale them with an iron
scepter.”[a] He treads the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God
Almighty. 16 On his robe and on his thigh he has this name
written:

251

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

king of kings and lord of lords.

17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud
voice to all the birds flying in midair, “Come, gather together for
the great supper of God, 18 so that you may eat the flesh of kings,
generals, and the mighty, of horses and their riders, and the flesh
of all people, free and slave, great and small.”

19 Then I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies
gathered together to wage war against the rider on the horse and
his army. 20 But the beast was captured, and with it the false
prophet who had performed the signs on its behalf. With these
signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the
beast and worshiped its image. The two of them were thrown alive
into the fiery lake of burning sulfur. 21 The rest were killed with
the sword coming out of the mouth of the rider on the horse, and
all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh.”

In this passage, it's interpreted that this rider on the white horse is Je¬
sus. This is not the case. The Rider on the white horse represents the
same fallen human beings as the rider on the white horse de¬
scribed in the first seal of Revelation 6, which are the conqueror
types like the General Pattons, Rommels, and Napoleons of the world.
The difference regarding Revelation 19 in distinguishing this rider
on the white horse from amongst all of those same types mentioned
in Revelation 6 is that these mentioned in Revelation 19 represent those

252

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

who are unmarked and depending on the blood of Christ as opposed to
those same types on Earth who have taken the mark of the beast and
disassociated themselves from the idea that their qualities are sinful. In
the passage, this Rider is said to have a name only known to himself.
This would signify that he does not possess a mark to identify himself
outwardly. It also says he has a rope dipped in blood. This would signify
his allegiance to the blood of Christ for the forgiveness of sins. This rider
is thus allowing God to use his qualities for a good purpose by covering
himself and his sin with the blood of Christ. Since it was established
earlier that Mars in the first seal relates to a lack of intent to proper face
to face communication, this rider’s communication is rightfully likened
to a sword. Since Revelation 19:11- 21 represents God’s army and their
allegiance to Jesus Christ but doesn’t represent Jesus Himself, we are
left with the question of Jesus’s physical manifestation on Earth a
second time. That question is answered in Mark 13: 27

However, after the tribulation of those days.

The sun will be darkened,

and the moon will not give its light;

the stars will fall from the sky,

and the powers of the heavens will be shaken.’

At that time they will see the Son of Man coming in the clouds
with great power and glory.

And He will send out the angels to gather His elect from the
four winds, from the ends of the earth to the ends of heaven.

Jesus is describing what is happening in the sky and later says that the
people, in observation of that event, will see the Son Of Man coming in

253

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

the clouds. What Christ is doing is aligning Himself and his Return with
what is happening in the sky at that moment. In essence, the events in the
sky are relegated to how He will manifest. In the passage, He mentions
the Sun being darkened and the moon not giving its light. These two
events transpire during an Eclipse. Christ is said to have died during an
eclipse. Luke 23:44

“It was now about noon, and darkness
came over the whole land until three,
because the sun’s light failed,”

After research from NASA in tracking the dates of eclipses back to the
time period of when Jesus would have died, they found no Solar eclipses
could have taken place near Jerusalem. However, researchers found that
it would have been a Lunar eclipse(blood moon) that would have taken
place the day of Jesus’s death on April 3, AD 33 in Jerusalem. This fact,
along with the passages describing the sun being darkened, allows for us
to hold “Eclipses” as the way that Jesus intends for us to reference him at
His second coming. In Christian numerology, it is traditionally held that
Jesus’s number is 888. With referencing Jesus as “Eclipses”, we have a
quantification of 888 using the same parameters in calculating 666. This
would officially Scripturalize the number 888 to Jesus as we reference
Jesus as “Eclipses.”

Using the same English Sumerian Gematria used in the calculating of
666, where we assign numbers to each alphabet using increments of
6(A=6, B=12, C=i 8, etc.), the word “Eclipses” thus adds up to 528. If we
add 360 to that, just as we did in the case of Mars, we have 888, and thus
a scriptural element to Jesus’s number as 888. In referencing Jesus’s
physical return to Earth as Eclipses 360, which is the revolution of the
Moon around the Earth, and the Earth around the Sun, along with their

254

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

relationship to the Lunar nodes, we now have the basis for His coming
Earthly Kingdom. Using the parameters that were applied to the
calculation of the lawless one and 666 and applying them to calculating
Jesus, we can now make sense of why it was prophesied by Paul that the
revelation of the lawless one had to come before Jesus Christ could fully
return. Jesus’s return is not official until everyone is able to view eclipses
as His physical return on Earth and a dwelling place for Him. The event
that set in motion Jesus’s return as an acknowledgment from humanity
was the blood moon on September 28, 2015. The significance of that day
was not based on any news-related events going on in the world.
The significance of that day was that it marked the beginning of hu¬
man reference to eclipses as indication of Jesus’s return, and it also
marked another series of lunar eclipses taking place within a 2 year

timeframe, known as tetrads. Sept. 28, 2015 marked the end of the 8
tetrad in which the Blood moons occur on Jewish Feast days. The last
2 were in 1967-68, when the Jewish people triumphed in the six day
war, and in 1948-49 when Israel was declared a nation. Christian
Jewish Pastor Mark Biltz, a former Roman Catholic, was the first per¬
son to discover this and made the first official human reference to this
phenomenon as the sign from God regarding the return of Jesus and
pointed to that day as the day to watch. His reference to it was the ac¬
tual event tied to the Blood Moon of Sept. 28, 2015 because it started
the clock that will eventually end in humans setting the eclipses as
a dwelling place for Jesus to be a physical mediator between God and
man, and thus fulfilling Jesus’s prophecy for His own return. Just as
the Jewish people saw God in the Ark of the Covenant, humanity will
see Jesus in the Sun, the Moon, and the lunar nodes at the Feast of
Tabernacles. That would mark the beginning of His earthly kingdom.
But there is still time before that happens as many are not keen on
the idea that Jesus’s return is related to signs in the sky. Pastor Mark
Biltz, who sees the eclipses as a very important sign, is the name to

255

Chapter 18: Summary of the 666 system

watch regarding the return of Christ in relation to eclipses and also the
Jewish people’s acceptance of Christ. He has books on the subject and
how it relates to the Jewish people. He was also able to discern certain
aspects of the 666 system before the revelation of the Lawless one. He
coined the term “legalized lawlessness” in his book “Decoding the
Antichrist and the End times” regarding the 666 system, which does
apply. However, the lawlessness allowed by the Mars36o(which is 666)
system has a lot to do with the calming psychological aspect related to
being allowed to be oneself and at the same time be understood by all.
However, it’s not a total legalization of Mars’s complete influence as that
would be destructive, but there some legal privileges related to it. It’s an
allowance enough to keep a person from feeling antagonistic toward a
society not understanding them and thus judging them. The Mars36o
system would remove the lack of understanding and judging from society,
and therefore keep everyone happy and feeling accepted for being
themselves. In a sense, the Lion would completely understand the Lamb.
The drawback is that a person would be admitting that God’s laws cannot
fully be observed and that a person cannot be held accountable because of
Mars’s power. That would essentially hand power over to Mars. The mark
of the beast would remove a sense of contrition regarding one’s own sin
and the idea that one needs forgiveness or Jesus’s death on the cross.
Resisting the Mars36o system would be going against a peaceful
harmonious society and the grain of one’s own characteristics. Not only
that, but also going up against Mars36o’s scientific backing related to its
effect on reducing grey matter in the brain.

Mark Biltz’s findings related to the blood moon would fulfill Marie Julie
Jahenny’s prophecy regarding the Jewish people seeing a Radiant Star
with their own eyes. Earlier, I mentioned that there was some confusion

256

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

regarding the translation of her prophecies from French to English. I
originally tied Marie Julie Jahenny’s prophecy as translated for
“Radiant Planet” to Mars, however after seeing what Mark Biltz is
doing with eclipses, Marie Julie Jahenny’s prophecy using the
translation that results in “Radiant Star” instead of “Radiant Planet”
would tie in perfectly to the Jewish people accepting Jesus through
Eclipses since the Sun is a star, and the moon is a celestial body. Here
is her prophecy translated using Radiant Star:

“In My eternal wisdom, I intend to reserve the life of an immense
number of Jews, because I want to confound them on the day of My
rejoicing. The blasphemous eyes of all those souls will be opened because
I want them to see My power. I reserve for them that they see with their
own eyes the RADIANT STAR that I will lead out of exile in a frightful
storm of fire and under the sign of My anger.”

This would align perfectly to the work Mark Biltz is doing and his
findings of eclipses occurring exactly on Jewish feast days. If Marie
Julie Jahenny’s prophecy ties into a great Monarch, then that monarch
would be Jesus Christ. With the mark of the beast underway, and the
start of humans beginning to set eclipses as a dwelling place for Jesus,
we now have a better grasp of the end times, Catholicism, France, and
how the rest of the Jewish people will come to an acceptance of Christ.

I say the rest because it’s important to remember that above all, the
Bible is written by the Jewish people and any knowledge extracted
from it should be accredited to their role as God’s chosen people. The
extraction of information from the Bible implants them,
foundationally, as a light to the world. John of Patmos, the writer of

257

Chapter 18 : Summary of the 666 system

The book of Revelation, obviously knew full well of Mars, but for the sake
of avoiding the immediate consequence of provoking the Romans by
talking bad about their Roman god Mars, he decided to speak in a
cryptic manner so that he would not be killed. Tradition holds that he is
the only apostle of Jesus to die peacefully from old age.

Once it's officially confirmed that there is a link between human behav¬
ior and Mars, a study which was initiated by French statistician, Michel
Gauquelin and further expounded in this writing by linking it with grey
matter in the brain, 666, and the seven seals, the next phase of the
timeline will be invoked. Christians will then have to make a choice.
However, even during that conflicting time, there will be elevation for
those who believed in Jesus Christ because it would be the
prophecies from the Holy Bible manifesting in real time, not the
ones from other faith systems.

Eclipses - dwelling
place for Jesus

Mars - dwelling
place for Satan

258

Chapter 19 : Preterism

Chapter 19

Preterism

Full Preterism is a biblically based view that all of the prophecies in the
Bible have already been fulfilled and, as a result, there are no events tak¬
ing place in modern times that would constitute fulfillment of bibli¬
cal prophecy. While full preterism maintains that all prophecies are
already fulfilled, partial preterism holds that only some of the prophe¬
cies have still yet to be fulfilled. Preterism is considered controversial
because it tears down modern eschatological view points, some of
which many Christian sects have built their entire ministry upon. The
basis of it is based on the scriptural difficulty in trying to explain the
long time gap between biblical times and modern times, especially
when faced with the facts of when the prophecies were written and
the words used in explaining when the prophecies were to take place.
Because the terminology used in the text regarding the prophecies re¬
late to something imminent, preterists maintain that there is no way
to resolve that to something taking place in modern times. Basically,
there would be nothing to explain the time gap. While this is true of
Daniel’s prophecy regarding the 70 weeksfthe last week couldn’t just
skip over generations before taking place), the same cannot be said for
the book of revelation and the seven seals. The time gap between
when the seals would be opened and the time that prophecy was written
can be extrapolated from the text in Revelation 5:

SBut no one in heaven or on earth or under the earth was able to
open the scroll or look inside it. 4And I began to weep bitterly,
because no one was found worthy to open the scroll or look inside
it.

This is a testament to the long-drawn out process of searching for
answers, even to the point of losing faith as John even cries because it
seems no one could figure it out. He’s eventually shown that Jesus is able
to open the seals. This indicates that there is an element of searching

259

Chapter 19 : Preterism

related to John’s prophecy, which therefore correlates to the aspect of
time. This in itself has been fulfilled as generations of people have looked
all over for signs regarding the fulfillment of this prophecy. Some have
even given up on searching and vacated the faith altogether. Some
preterists teach that John’s prophecy regarding 666 was calculated to
the emperor Caesar Nero. The problem with that perspective is that
many scholars agree that John was exiled to the island of Patmos dur¬
ing the reign of the Roman Emperor Domitian, who came after
Nero. This subsequently justifies the conclusion that Revelation was
written after the destruction of the temple in AD 70, which is the
date that preterists consider the end of biblical prophecy. When look¬
ing at Revelation 11 regarding John being told to measure temple:

iThen I was given a measuring rod like a staff and was told, “Go and
measure the temple of God and the altar, and count the number of
worshipers there. 2But exclude the courtyard outside the temple. Do not
measure it, because it has been given over to the nations, and they will
trample the holy city for 42 months. sAnd I will empower my two
witnesses, and they will prophesy for 1,260 days, clothed in sackcloth.”

One can easily regard this as a reference to the Dome of the Rock on the
view that this passage is written after 70 AD and refers to a future event.
This could also make Sunni and Shia Islam symbolic of the two witnesses
mentioned. In Revelation 11: 1-2, the exclusion of the courtyard for
measurement seems to infer that it’s at the mercy of the nations. In that
case, there would be no need to measure the courtyard, if the inside is
what is regarded as essential and relevant. Historically, the only notable
worship going on inside a temple during the timeframe between AD 70
and now, at the site of where the old temple stood, would be the worship
by Muslims in whaf s now called the Dome of the Rock. This would have
been taking place regardless of who occupied Jerusalem. Looking at the

260

Chapter 19 : Preterism

prophecy in this manner gives us a perspective of the Bible being a
prognosticator of all major events on Earth; that there is nothing that
happens on earth that is outside of the Holy Bible. This would also give
some insight into the current conflict between the more fringe extremist
elements of Islam and the rest of the world. The controversy of this
outlook is that it would mean from the standpoint of the Christian Bible
that God is actually allowing all of this conflict to come about from issues
related to Extremism. This perspective would also place some moral
culpability on those who attack all of Islam for sake of rooting out
extremism, as the passage later goes on to say that AFTER the world
rejoices when the two witnesses are killed, God raises them up. This
would align with how people in the world are currently feeling about
Islamic Extremism, and how that factor is often applied to all of Islam.
It also provides a possible clue into how the current zeal about a
third temple could play out. Such a thought would give some Biblical
credence from the aspect of prophecyfnot doctrine) to the Islamic Holy
Book and its more harsh teachings. It was determined earlier that bibli¬
cal prophecy encompasses everything.

This further expounding on the argument against the construction of a
third temple for Judaism in Israel doesn’t disregard the importance of
Israel because John mentions that the new Jerusalem will not even have
a temple. He mentions this in Revelation 21: 22

22 I did not see a temple in the city, because the Lord God Almighty and
the Lamb are its temple.

It’s been covered that significant events which took place in the 20th
century, one of which is Israel becoming a nation in 1948, is significant in
a biblical sense only as it relates to Jesus and how He describes His

261

Chapter 19 : Preterism

second coming in terms of eclipses, with everyone looking to the
heavens as a sign of his actual coming. As mentioned earlier, the
discovery of the blood moons by Mark Biltz would bring everything
related to Israel under the jurisdiction of those signs described by Jesus
Christ and this becomes resolved to Biblical exegesis even further when
we identify the two witness mentioned in Revelation ii as Sunni and Shia
Islam. Reference to a temple’s measurements after it’s already been
destroyed in AD 70, along with reference to being allowed to prophecy
for 1260 days, fits perfectly in light of the fact that the Dome of the Rock
was built in 691 AD, and Israel became a nation in 1948. That's roughly
1260(1257) years if days is interpreted to years in this prophecy.

“11 was given a reed like a measuring rod and was told, “Go and measure
the temple of God and the altar, with its worshipers. 2 But exclude the
outer court; do not measure it, because it has been given to the Gentiles.
They will trample on the holy city for 42 months. 3 And I will appoint my
two witnesses, and they will prophesy for 1,260 days, clothed in
sackcloth.”

The reconstruction of the Temple in Jerusalem is one of the most central
aspects regarding the faith of many evangelicals because in order for the
Antichrist to commit a blasphemous act in the temple, the temple has be
there in the first place. Much of that Christian support for Israel in
rebuilding a third temple is only related that event. A third temple
existing in perpetuity, which is at the forefront of the Jewish Tradition
outside of Christianity, cannot be resolved to New testament Scrip¬
ture because in John’s prophecy, he mentions that there is no temple in
the new Jerusalem. Supporting the erection of a new Temple would have
been more damaging to Christianity should an abomination of desola¬
tion not have taken place. Such would have left everyone in shock as it
would have proved that the Jewish tradition was correct all along and
Christianity was in error this entire time. As it involves today, Israel
will not allow the Jewish people to worship at the temple mount.

262

Chapter 19: Preterism

When east Jerusalem was annexed by the Jewish people in the Six-day
war in 1967, Israel agreed to allow each religion to continue worship at
their respective holy sites. This included Muslims and their worship
services at the Dome of the Rock. This was done specifically for the
sake of peace, as many fear that Israel, upon making a claim on the
temple mount, would end up triggering massive violence across the
middle east. When it comes to that observation, those Jews who do not
support the reconstruction of a third temple would be much more
aligned with an exegesis of Biblical Christianity that affirms their
standing on the issue. Since the beast is prophesied to destroy the two
witnesses to the merriment of the entire world, it can be related to the
text that this prophecy could be a reference to contemporary beliefs
supporting the rebuilding of a third temple and also to the way many
would get excited at the prospect of a rebuilt temple should the Dome
be removed as a roadblock to making that happen. The idea of the two
witnesses subsequently being raised up by God supports the idea that
the Dome of the Rock would have been the work of God. As written
earlier, it was determined that the Dome of the Rock keeps Daniel’s
490 year prophecy closed. While that is a preterist viewpoint of Daniel,
it doesn’t infer that the broader outworking of God’s plan mentioned in
Daniel 9:24 has to be regarded as complete at the end of the 490
yearsfyo weeks), since the 70 weeks are considered a formula for that
fulfillment.

The Bible can almost explain everything. Preterism, itself, is
forewarned as something that people need to be on guard for. In
Timothy 2:16 - 18 Paul warns:

263

Chapter 19: Preterism

But avoid worldly and empty chatter, for it will lead to further
ungodliness, 17 and their talk will spread like gangrene. Among
them are Hymenaeus and Philetus, 18 men who have gone astray
from the truth saying that the resurrection has already taken place,
and they upset the faith of some.

Full Preterism, by claiming all prophecies are fulfilled, upsets the faith of
many. Full preterism can only stand on Revelation being written before
the destruction of the Temple in 70 AD. Revelation in being written after
70 AD completely implicates full preterism as a severe error of Biblical
interpretation. Understanding Daniel’s 70 weeks as completed, however,
is a stronger testimony to Jesus’s first mission as fulfilled than any other
contemporary understanding and actually makes room for Paul and
John’s prophecies to manifest accordingly. So in that sense, a completion
of the 70 weeks after the designated 70 weeks doesn’t warrant the same
polemics given to full preterism. With Mars 360 revealed, there are so
many possibilities as to how it can play out. Even with the 70 weeks over,
the Mars 360 system could still play out in a way that satisfies some
contemporary eschatological view points regarding Israel.

264

Chapter 20 : How 666 works in self

Chapter 20

How 666 works in self

The best way to identify Mars’s effect within one’s life is to analyze who
you are consistently able stand up to while also feeling completely
justified in doing so. The way 666(Mars 360) operates is that it gives a
person courage to stand up to certain representations of life. The person,
place, thing, group, or country that you’re easily able to cxinsistently
place blame on is likely a hostility derived from and influenced by the
position of Mars in your birth chart. That blame doesn’t always have
to be toward others either. Mars can cause a person to bring consistent
blame upon himself. There are also situations in which the hostility
arising from that certain position of Mars is actually warranted.
This is where the deception occurs. The situation that deems a cer¬
tain character virtuous easily gives way to beliefs that those certain
behaviors are always virtuous. God can use a sinful quality for his pur¬
pose, but that doesn’t change the quality itself. The sports athlete’s
anti-social behavior serves him well in his sporting endeavors, but can
cause conflict within the social sphere. The problem with Mars is that it
doesn’t just shut off, even though a person can work against the
influence with great effort and intent. This natural feeling

265

Chapter 20 : How 666 works in self

related to Mars is what brings about ideologies that try to fully
accommodate it, sometimes to the expense of other people that are also
trying to find freedom for their own expression of Mars. This basically
sums up much of the conflict in the world; this lack of awareness. What
Mars36o as a program does is make it all known. Almost every human
person in life is trying to bring their existence to a point that
will accommodate their Mars expression. Mars 360 would take away
the upheaval that comes along with that. The United States bill of
rights is the closest example of a system that tries to give people leeway
for their natural expression, even though unaware of Mars’s influ¬
ence. Even though many aspects make up the bill of rights, everyone
tends to feel more protective of some over others, which makes it
all the more sensible to develop a system that will try to apply
the concept accordingly in a way that involves necessity. If we go back
to the layout of the seals and its correlation to the brain, the 4th seal
at the horizon on both sides is identified as the area of the brain
responsible for indirect speech. Mars there pulls a person away
from the intent to properly engage in indirect speech, so therefore
a person with Mars there will value the freedom of speech over
most of the other rights because his natural lack of energy and in¬
tent to the proper way of indirect speech would be getting some
expression. This quality of lacking intent to proper indirect speech
may not be an issue for other people, so therefore the freedom of
speech would not be of much priority in their case. However, it
would be one of the other rights which sparks their self-preservation
regarding their Mars expression. So basically, those who need
freedom of speech will have it, and those don’t won’t. The
equality will result when those not getting freedom of speech
would get the freedom they need in something else (wherever

Mars is).with the person who needed the freedom of speech

being ok with not having that other freedom the other person

266

Chapter 20 : How 666 works in self

needed. This mutuality would center around how Mars influ¬
ences people along with people being fully aware of it. Finding the ex¬
pression for Mars gives the person a sense of comfort regarding his life.
Going against the Mars influence is what causes a person to experience
a great deal of discontent. Therefore, a person finds it much easier to
try and get life to accommodate it in some way through an ideology
that supports it. What Mars 360 does is consolidate every ideology re¬
lated to Mars’s influence and, through awareness, try to get ev¬
eryone to understand it. It’s often the case that anger and hostility can
be pacified when a person totally knows exactly where the other per¬
son is coming from with regard to their behavior. Marsgho es¬
pouses that this awareness is what will solve most conflict in the
world without anyone feeling as though they have to strain themselves
through life to appease the values of others. The challenge of
Marsgho would be to compartmentalize the appropriating quali¬
ties to their rightful brain function. This is something that would
have to be done through connecting the dots.

Mars 360 brings everyone under one understanding without having to
physically unify the entire world or get everyone to worship the same
God. Initially, many will not consider their own qualities to be related to
Mars’s influence because those qualities oftentimes seem so warranted
that one cannot fathom a satanic quality to be a part of it. The seven
spirits of God sent out to all the world are the normal working potentials
of each part of the brain. Mars, while not an indicator of abnormal
physical development, still manages to go against these normal working
potentials. Indeed, there are times when the opposition qualities are
necessary, which is why Marsgho tries to create a system of
accommodation, but through an awareness that pacifies hostility towards
the Mars placement’s natural target of antagonism. Over time, seeing

267

Chapter 20 : How 666 works in self

how the different dynamics of the world related to Mars’s influence
brings about the natural system of things that humans have known to be
a part of life for a long time, humans—in knowing where it comes
from—will start to back off some of the conflict-ridden agendas and
look for a way to avoid becoming cliche in their ways. The
embarrassment of being calculable based on Mars will serve as catalyst
in getting people to avoid actions that everyone would deem typical of
their Mars placement. People will began to no longer see the point in
starting or continuing conflict. Mars 360 would bring an end to cynicism
and pave the way for observing variation in terms of outlook. People, in
observation of Mars’s antagonistic effect to normal outcomes of healthy
brain function will also see how adherence to normal brain functions
plays a role in how the world is allocated and how every group of people
is given dominion over a portion of the brain to produce the healthy
outcome. For example. South American indigenous have very low
prevalence of mental illness. This is due to their naturally developed
temporal lobes. When observing their phrenology, their heads tend to be
wider than those of other groups. This indicates a magnificent
development of healthy temporal lobes, along with a cultural intent to
value that part of the brain. Any behaviors that undermine that will be
met with cultural resistance. It’s the same dominion that the Jewish
people have over the frontal lobes. The orbitofrontal cortex is located
just above the nose, between the eyes. That area of the brain is
responsible for everything that the Jewish people have excelled at over
the years. We can also see this similar development in most middle
easterners. While no 2 groups will share the same dominion, 2 groups
can hold dominion over aspects that are similar but at a different degree.
The way things are allocated, the lesser a groupfgroup B) is to the
dominion of group A, the closer it is to the dominion of group C than
group A is. That dynamic creates a dominion in itself for Group B,

268

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

which only group B could own. Since Arabs are considered descendants
of Ishmael, their claim on the same values of Jewish people would be
scientific in nature. The fight for Palestine/Israel can likened to a
conflict on the orbitofrontal cortex. Because the genes and ancestral link
would be similar, the actions and values arising from that would
converge in some way, and differences and outcomes would play out
exactly as the brain would qualify to which degree each group is
observing the part of the brain responsible for the outcome and also to
the degree that each dominion is different, even if it’s just slightly.

Another example is the West African and their dominion over the
cerebellum and brain stem which responsible for basic survival and
physical movement. There are patterns emerging as it pertains to
excellence in certain physical endeavors involving movement and the
correlating prominent presence of the West African gene pool.

In observation of how every group around the world has its values
related to each part of the brain, one can understand how a person
influenced by Mars would have either a difficult time adjusting to the
high cultural standards related to the part of the brain that Mars
opposes, or an easy time depending on whether or not the prevailing
environment gives leeway to Mars’s oppositionary behaviors and out¬
comes. In certain cultures, mental illness and violence is not a big
deal, so long as adherence to social rules are exhibited. In some, lazi¬
ness and poverty is not a big deal, so long as one is not engaging in
reckless thoughts. In others, antisocial behavior and crime is not a
problem, so long as one is not being lazy. Comprehensively, we can
see how the variations can play out related to the drawbacks and ac¬
ceptance of Mars’s influence. The more we observe everything and ev¬
eryone, the more we see that there is sacredness in not just the Word
of God, but everything. The Word

269

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

allows us to observe and teach these things, but doesn’t equate to being
of higher status than what those other cultures value even though we
need the word to make reference to those things. Since all of it is God’s
creation, all of it has to be observed. So now we can see how God has
assigned every group on Earth to its rightful dominion relating to the 7
spirits of God. After the word mentions everything, the definition of
God’s chosen people becomes relative to how the seven spirits of God are
allocated to be valued by the different groups in the world.

Mars 360 can be likened to fire coming to a home, not to burn it down,
but to keep it warm in times of cold weather. Mars 360 is a system of
peace that challenges God’s notion that all thingsfthe spirits of God) can
be observed, and that sin is a result of free will. Mars 360 is something
that brings peace, but in opposition to the idea of sin. It wants to
accommodate this opposition force in such a way that keeps it in check.

Even though the Mars36o system is extracted from the Christian writ¬
ings, it still presents a formal break with Judeo/Christianity. This
break can be likened to the replacement theology that came about dur¬
ing the times of the early Church, in which many leaders taught that
the Jewish people had no place in Christianity even though the
Christian Biblical Cannon is made up entirely of Jewish writings.

God, Himself, is to also take credit for the Mars 360 system, for He
knew well in advance that humans would not follow what He laid out
for them. He knew that the Gospels, and the Commandments would ul¬
timately not be enough to persuade everyone to follow the right path. By
observing such insistence by humans to try and justify an allowance for
their original sin. He sends a system that would allow humans to survive
under such a dictate.

270

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

Mars 360 and a central database would revolve entirely around pro¬
file building of the 6 Mars placements. The Mars 360 system can
build a profile of each Mars placement and then assign certain life
encouragements to certain people with certain Mars placements.
Those encouragements would center around endeavors in which the
Mars expression would be a virtue. For instance, a person who has
Mars overhead in the first seal could receive ads in the mail that
may encourage him to join a competitive sport or join the police
force. Maybe someone with Mars at the horizon in the frontal lobes can
be sent letters encouraging them to get involved in journalism or radio.
Someone with Mars on 6th seal, parietal lobes can be encouraged to
join an upcoming comedy show event. In this way, society is
providing outlets to the Mars expression and thus making it
constructive. Someone with Mars on the temporal lobes can be sent
advertisements regarding free travel. The idea would be to get the
Mars expression to be an asset to the person individually and to the
society as a whole. This also adds to the prospect of a global economy
that would work under the influence of Mars36o. Qualifying people
based on Mars would seem discriminatory, and likely to be met with
resistance. However, the understanding arising from the Mars
influence would make such deliberate discrimination based on Mars
accepted and possible. This is where statistics and assessment comes
in. The likely hood of Mars placements, amongst those successful
in business, being found in the frontal lobes and occipital lobes
makes it such that those features would qualify them over others
for loans directed towards business development. The Mars
profile could quantify the average credit score of each Mars placement.

Another element to Mars 360 would be the development of refuge cen¬
ters where people can get away when they feel their Mars isn't get¬
ting the expression it needs. The centers would be comprised of peo¬
ple with the same Mars placements also looking for refuge. The
centers can revolve their mandates around the particular Mars

271

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

placements and then provide services that cater to it. An example would
be someone with Mars on the horizon, in feeling like their freedom of
speech is being stifled, going to a center assigned to that placement to
get anything off their chest without worry. Another is someone with
Mars affecting their temporal lobes going to a center assigned to it
and getting some peace and quiet. Someone with anti-social per¬
sonality disorder can also go to their prospective center and communi¬
cate freely in a direct manner without worry. This concept would
further provide some relief for Mars expression and reassure the
person that society is understanding and recognizing their needs.
Because Mars 360 is a system, a Mars placement that is antago¬
nistic to systems would also be accommodated. The way the mark
or indication would operate is that a person would have certain free¬
doms regarding its own place within the system. By effectively taking
a mark, the system itself would release the person from the system,
just enough so that the person won’t feel as though they are a part
of it .... which would, in turn, make them less likely to operate
against it. Obviously these conditions are based on a mark or in¬
dication of Mars’s influence, and this would only apply to that
Mars placement in opposition to established systems. The other
Mars types wouldn’t get that particular privilege to that degree;
the other Mars types would have their own privileges related
to their personal Mars placement. Those whose Mars place¬
ment would antagonize a system of observation will find that
they have more freedom under Marssho than they ever did
before. The biggest challenge to Mars 360 is keeping certain
Mars expressions from asserting itself as the only Mars ex¬
pression that should be accommodated. This is the basis of
modern day social and political conflict, though unbeknownst.
There are times when the Mars expression of one type ob¬
structs the Mars expression of another type. And in some
cases, can actually provoke it, which is another aspect that

272

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

the Mars 360 system tries to mitigate. Even though awareness helps
within the social context, the overarching political context is still left
with some unanswered questions.

In terms of sovereign government using a Mars 360 system, there is
still the question of how to mitigate the chance of a certain Mars type
being biased to their own Mars type in terms of governing. There is still
the possibility of allocating more resources to the free expression of
one’s own Mars type over the other Mars types. This presents the idea
of a 6 party political system related strictly to each Mars placement and
its free expression in order to balance out the differences. It’s very
important to remember that being forced to go against the grain of ones
natural Mars placement is how people define their suffering. Someone
with Mars on the parietal lobe will experience much suffering in having
to cater to cultural standards of one’s own identity. Someone with Mars
at the horizonffrontal lobe) will see suffering as having to cater to the
cultural standards of someone else’s identity. Mars at the motor cortex
would define their suffering as having to take orders from someone else.
The power of Mars is so malignant that people would be willing put up
with quite a bit, so long that their Mars position is getting expression.
We can observe situations that seem hopeless and perilous from an
outsider perspective and believe that the person in the situation is
brave in deciding to continue on. However, the nature of Mars can
make a person excuse other annoyances just so the Mars expression
could get its way. That aspect of it is how the Mars36o system will be
able to cater to one Mars placement differently from another. The
nature of prison is a good example to explain longsuffering for the sake
of Mars. Prison may seem like the worst place for some people,
however, those deemed institutionalized would actually prefer being
there. Since the prison environment has an anti-social model, one who

273

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

is afflicted by Mars to display anti- social behavior will feel natural in that
environment and thus want to be there no matter how the overall
detriments of being in prison would affect him.

There has been much speculation over the years on the identity of the
Antichrist. Many arguments support the idea of the Antichrist being one
person, others believe that the Antichrist is many people, while some
believe it’s a system. With Marsgho as the Antichrist, we have something
that fits the definition of all 3: a person, many people, and a system.
However, many may not let go of the premise that there would be a
person on the scene who will act out in accordance with the prophe¬
cies. While Mars 360 fits the criteria for Antichrist, it doesn’t satisfy the
belief that a single man is going to be the center of attention regard¬
ing the eschatology. Even in terms of prophecy, the Antichrist doesn’t
have to be a single person in order for those prophecies written about
him to come to pass. However, in order for the Mars 360 system to get
off the ground in a realistic sense, someone would have to promote it,
and that someone will have to be an individual person. Such a person
would likely fit the criteria NOT of the Antichrist, but of the False
Prophet.

Mars 360 is substantial enough to warrant a belief in it. Humans,
themselves, only need a small amount of experience encompassing a
small trend to permanently adopt a new set of beliefs. The conundrum
in this Mars 360 outlook is that it would essentially save the day
regarding humanity. While keeping everything else in place in terms
of the current layout of the world with its distinctions and differences.
Mars 360 system would divide the world into 6 types and manage the
world from that perspective. The different countries, religions,
economies, etc. would carry on as usual so that the anti-globalists
could not have a gripe. The Mars 360 system steps in so

274

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

that the conflict-shy don’t have to deal with a world of nationality-based
conflict. The fundamental principle of the Mars 360 system is that
everyone has a right to exist and there is no need for war, however, since
everyone is not the same, one principle cannot dominate another. This
applies to warfwith its supporters) and peacefwith its supporters), both
of which are considered influenced by Mars. This is why hostility toward
a system that works economically, politically and socially for everyone
would be met with frustration. Because Mars 360 pops up out of
scriptural reference to 666 and the seven seals, the initial stages are likely
to be met with skepticism by non believers. However, just as many in the
early Church were able to extract the bible’s Jewish writings to
be separate from the Jewish people, many will eventually come to ob¬
serve Mars 360 as distinct from religion, even though it comes from
there.

Mars 360 presents us with a premise that everything just is. An¬
other quality of the system will be its ability to predict events using
Mars’s location in the sky, hence being able to make fire come down
from heaven. Its success in doing this will cause even more people
to wonder about Mars. There would be so much intrigue regarding
Mars as a result of its predictive capabilities.

Because of Gauquelin’s research and Mars’s previous role as a god of the
Roman religion during the time of the Roman Empire, the research into
Mars 360 is inextricably linked to Europe in a mythological sense
and, as a result, such research would come out of Europe by default.

275

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

The current factors at work in today's society could lead to an¬
other event prophesied in Catholic Prophecy: the 3 days of darkness.
It's an event described as three days of darkness enveloping the entire
earth, in which all the demons of hell are released onto Earth and ev
eryone outside is killed immediately. The only light that could be emit¬
ted during that time is the light from blessed wax candles. That's a
literal view of the prophecy. However, events happening today can
easily fall into what is defined within the context of darkness or of
having a dark quality. Simply hiding for three days can be
likened to the three days of darkness. Terrorism, itself, falls into
the demonic quality explained in the prophecy. The three days of
darkness can be anything that causes people to take cover for three
days in fear for their lives. In terms of God's wrath, the three days of
darkness could easily be interpreted to being God’s judgement of any¬
one who went along with the mark of the beast program, and the
subsequent preservation of the remnant Church who never strayed
from God. It can be the climax of a world war between those not going
along with the mark of the beast and those who are. There are
many ways to look at it. I think the most feasible outlook would be
the three days of darkness taking place after a confirmation of Mars
360, which would result in a confirmation of Scripture and also
great deal of denial from those who rejected Scripture.

Today it's very challenging to remain with the Catholic Church in light
of everything that is going on inside the Church hierarchy. The
Catholic Church hierarchy has made itself, through its arrogance and
iniquity, the target of criticism from nearly every religious entity in
existence, even its own laity. This criticism has even extended to

276

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

that laity even though they are not to blame for the scandals
that enveloped the Church. Today many Churches are giving a
preview to what the Mars 360 system will address in a very
technical sense: The premise that because certain laws of God cannot
be fully observed, every failure to do so, thus, cannot be considered
sin in the way that the Bible defines it. Mars 360, in light of that,
also caters to the current “avoidance of identity at all cost”
strategies being used by those who are weary of the conflict and
war that's often based strictly on how one is “tagged.”

As far as the global economy is concerned, because there are many
different marks associated with where Mars shows up in a birth chart,
the idea that Mars 360 would force everyone to receive the mark on
only the forehead or right hand to buy and sell becomes somewhat
unfeasible. Because of this, one would have to discern it to mean that
Mars36o would institute a requirement that applies to the entire
world, in which only those born with Mars rising or culminating will be
able to buy and sell. Buying and selling would have to be defined in
terms of how that relates to starting a business. This can mean
that rising and culminating placements of Mars would be given more
priority for loans and grants over other Mars placements. Such
would give us better insight into how economic development would
be approached during the reign of Mars 360. It can even imply that
background checks involving the birth placement of Mars would become
a common practice by many institutions.

Socialism would fit the system because Mars 360 monitors the human
condition and keeps the population content. Capitalism will love
it because it identifies the natural players in the economic playing

277

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

field, Conservatism will love it because it doesn’t try to place every¬
one in the same box, Liberalism will love it because it accommo¬
dates all types of people. Even anti-government forces will en¬
joy it because Mars 360 would know exactly who requires free¬
dom from government. To add to this mania surrounding Mars
360 will be physical exploration of Mars in space. Aerospace
companies will take on projects that further studies the influence
of Mars on human behavior. As a result, they will attempt to send
men to the planet via spacecraft. Everything in life will began to re¬
volve around the Mars phenomenon. The key reason Mars
360 gains momentum is because of how tempting it is for hu¬
mans to follow something that allows them to be themselves with¬
out judgement or being attacked.

Some Christians believe there will be a rapture that takes place before
the tribulation in which Christians, both dead and alive, will be taken
up to heaven. From a dispensationalist perspective, the revelation of
the lawless one and the eventual implementation of a Marsgho system
would bring in another phase of God’s timeline that places the moral
standard on whether or not one goes along with the Mars 360 system,
while phasing out the old standard that required one to simply accept
Jesus as Lord and Savior. The old standard would no longer be in ef¬
fect under Mars 360 as taking the mark would automatically disqual¬
ify one from God’s grace, no matter what they may have believed.
However the transition phase would have to provide some mea¬
sures that take into account those who adhered to the main
standard of God’s timeline before the revelation of the lawless one. (all

278

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

Christians essentially). It’s possible that those who did will be
given some mercy regarding the mark of the beast because they
would be alive in the Biblical truth of prophecy by having been a be¬
liever before the transition. Their belief in the truth of prophecy
would have to warrant a special grace at the transition phase as it
carries over into the next. The aspect of believing without seeing
would have to be taken into account when prophecy comes to
pass. No matter how one resolved their interpretation of Scrip¬
ture to Scripture, the fact of the text itself being embraced would
have to be properly weighed against the issue of it not being em¬
braced. Of course other factors would be taken into account from
that point such as overall biblical perspective, denomination, dogma,
etc. This is what makes decisions regarding faith so important. Be¬
lieving in the prophecies has a carry over effect that raises up those
who believed in the prophecy before it came to pass. Those living
through the transition are sort of rapturedfor automatically el¬
evated) when looking at the idea of “rapture” symbolically.
This is another reason why everyone cannot be elevated. All
prophecies are simply not the same.

Anything that has an element to it that tries to bring an end to con¬
flict has to be looked upon with hope. Mars 360, unfortunately,
in its doctrine of accommodation for the sake of survival of the
human species, helps us recognize the harshness of the sovereignty
of God’s word and how God is intricately disconnected from the idea
of world harmony. Even Jesus himself made it so that the one God
cannot even be mentioned unless through Jesus. This literally
leaves Christians, by default, with a perspective that other re¬
ligions are not even worshiping the real God. If one believes that
Jesus and God are one, then there is no compromise to be made with
those who don’t believe that.no matter how one tries to word it.

279

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

Mars 36 o, in essence, would be a very liberal construct, but one that
places the survival of human beings over God's decrees as opposed to
today's extremism which often places God's decrees over the survival
of human beings. Mars 36 o would even make full concessions for hu¬
man qualities that don't have this accommodating outlook. The idea is
that the confrontational is operating under the same negative force as
the non-confrontational. The conflict surrounding Mars 36 o is thus
not Man versus Man, but secular humanism(Man) versus God, with the
system itself going under the dominion of God's word, and thus allevi¬
ating the human from the responsibility. This makes it all the more
conflicting because many who follow God's word want to believe that
God, Himself, encompasses the life and liberty of all humans. With all
of the problems taking place in the world today, secular humanism
would have a hard time coming to an agreement with that. There is
also the risk of humans trying to overthrow God should they all come
together. Unlike today where most humanistic perspectives from those
who adhere to Scripture operates within the realm of God's word, the
Mars 36 o system would have it so that the perspective is the opposite,
with the system itself being what takes up the slack related to God's
word. The reason for this is because Mars 36 o needs a certain al¬
lowance from God in order to operate. This is how God implements his
ability to save humanity while also retaining His own sovereignty, but
leaving those who would seek Him with a choice between Him or this
world. This leads to the prospect of those resisting the mark being la¬
beled as anti-society or religious extremists.

While Mars 36 o mitigates war, it still accommodates those who are
prone to conflict. With Mars 36 o over the entire world, decrees would
be made to make room for this expression of Mars ... in such a way that
it doesn't interfere with the Mars expression of others. Mars 36 o wants
to make each person feel like the world is designed for him personally,
so much that he couldn't imagine a world without it.

280

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

Mars 360 sets the broader outworking of God’s timeline in effect. Its
necessity points to a completion of the transgression as the Mars 360
system begins to pacify this climax of Mars expression happening in to¬
day’s world through understanding and revelation. Since the Mars
360 system defies the idea of sin, it thus ends it. By making people
aware of how their actions were affected by Mars, they have a choice to
either no longer consider it sin, or atone for it by not taking the mark
and thus continuing the belief that they are sinful. This would
qualify the atonement. Outcome of the armageddon conflict ushers
in everlasting righteousness by people being able to see that obser¬
vation of God’s laws are always to be strived for, even for those who
find it difficult. After those events, there would an anointing of a
most holy place, which is related to eclipses and the biblical calendar.

The upside to the revelation of the lawless one is that it sets the stage to
start bringing in some much needed relief to the people of the world
regarding humanity’s current state of upheaval and bringing down a lot
of the madness we are seeing today. This can be expected before any
official mandates regarding the mark. Mars 360 can be expected to
solve a host problems facing the world.

Starting on the next page are some examples of how Mars may effect
humanity in terms of catastrophic events when seen in the first seal at
the very time of the event. The first is the astro-chart for the 9/11 terror
attacks. Notice Mars in the seal for that and all the rest of the events.

All charts are calculated using the exact time the
event took place.

281

chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is the chart calculated for the time the 9/11 attacks took place. Notice
Mars in the i*‘ seal

LSI

a tfii

Tu., 11 Septeiii}er 2001 Tnie: 8:46 ajti.

NewYofli.NY(US) UrwTine: 12:46
74 w 00 . 40 n 43 Sid line: 7 : 12:25

Notd Chtft

Method: Web ! Ptaodus

Sw ^n: Vkgo
Ascendent: Llxa

riVii;i!SI U]i 4 ^n^

wvvv.astrQ.com

sear

^ Sui

18 Va 50'45' '

S* Moon

aG«n 4'40-

9 Maraay

14 Ub 17’17'

9 VOMB

18 Leo 24' 6'

cf Mars

1 Cap26'34'

\ -Miihr

h Sdun

14Gefn45’ 5'

V UkarNe

21 Aqu50'17Y

y hepkaw
? Pklo

6Aqu20'm -

12Sa938’U' ^Tn

* TnnNoda

3 Can 6' O'd

J Oaon

23Saq 2'36"

K 14 LJ> 21'

2:11Soo28 3:12Sag40’

rc leCai 42' 11:20 Leo 4 12:19 Vr 38

3rd se

ih seal

«« l*(V J)»i

ia_<^

'a: *

4 -

; / , tt I ^

seal

nd seal

ICif

r seal

seal

TiporZ-orr 2(>Mi.3oie

This is the chart calculated for the time of the black tom explosion, which
was an attack on U.S.-made munitions in July 30,1916

BbcA Tent E]ef 4 oaon [AA]

Su . »Jidv 1916 Tm: 2 « 8 ajn

Jersey Oly, NJ (US) Unv.Tme: 7.€8
74 « 05 . 40 na Sid. Tam: 224202
Event Ctat

Method: /PbddiD

Sm agn: Leo

Cppll

iBSTTsiiannift

MC .« www.astro.cc

0 Su>

0 Leo 45 ’ 44 ''

3 Moon

aLmSS’K*

9 Merofy

SLeoSTdO-

9 Vme

3 Cai 39 ' 2 -

cf Mere

4 U> Id'IB''

Jikiitor

4 Tai IS'Sk"

k) Sdian

22 Cm 2 r 40 "

*l( UkanuB

18 Aqu 10 ’ 43 Y

y Hepkaw

2 Leo SS'Sk"

? Pklo

3 C« 38 ' 40 *

* TmeNolB

29 O’SS”

i CMron

25 Pb 56 ’ 2 tY

PC 2 Gmf 3 '

^ 22 C« 3 ' 3: 13 Leo 6 '

W 8 Pfa 54 ' 11:13 Ari 2 ' 1224 Tau 17 ’

S>09y

ifx

9+i?ff

|A|

-S.

nd seal

T—lZOff 2Cmet3]1B

282

chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is the Paris terror attack that took place in 2015. Notice Mars sitting in
the first seal just as it was for the 9/11 attack.

1 seal

d 21]15PsrisattBd(

Fr., 13 Ncvcntber 2015 Tme: 9:17 p.m.

Pbr8.fr UrwTme; 20:17

2e20.48n52 Sid. Fine: 23:56:50

Nat^ Chtft

Method: Web S^le t Pbodin
Stf] ^n: Scorpio
Ascendant: Cancer

0 Sui
3 Moon
9 Msfafy
9 VOHB
cf Mars
V Jtfibr
^ Sdun
UTanuB

? PUo
A TiueNods
I dim _
AC 23 Cw 53 ’ 2:
rc 29 PBi 8’ 11:

21 Soo 7'42'

15 Sag 7’17'
18Soo53’S'

5 Li> 40’2&'

0 LJ> 33’59'

18 Vk 4e‘36'
5Sag32’51"

17 All ie’36'r
7 Pfa VJi'f
13C^34’56'

29 Vk 42’36'

17 Pfa 2'm
10 Leo 52' 3: 1 Vk 27*
7Tau r 12:19Gein32’

b*i

tv*

h'S'i

o’

□ 1 ip

This is the Japanese attack on Pearl Harhor in 1941. Mars again in the 1®* seal

ef PeailHabcr

Su., 7Oa»Tib0 1041 linie: 755ajii.

HonoUu.HI<tJS) Uikv.Tme: 1825

157w5i.21n18 Skl.rnie: 125803

Nal^ Ghat

Method: Web 5^ I Pladdus
Siai ^n: SagHariue
Aecendsnt: C i^ rt sju ii

‘.com

• Sun

IdSagie'SS"

3 Moon

28 Ca> IS’S*

9 Mera#y

7Sag24’43-

9 Votie

1 A<iu37't3*

d Mara

15 An 32’4r

V J^pibr

ieGein30’42'r

^ Sdwn

23 Tai 29’48t

IkaniB

27 Tai as’set

¥ NefAme

29 Vk 42’2D’

? PUo

5Leo34'4&''r

A TiueNode

18 Vk 2’29''

i Ctwon

14 Leo 28’22'r

K 4C^26'

2: 7A|u 7’ 3:12 Ikr

13'

rc 15 LJ» 45’

11:14 Soo 48' 12:10Saa

1 ^* seal

TiOB:ZQrtf 2&MMjai9

283

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is chart for the St. Petersburg metro attack that took place in 2017.
Notice Mars sitting in the first seal during a transition phase at the Ascen-

This is chart for the Virginia tech massacre that took place in 2007

Vi^u tedi mass shoofeig 2007
Mo. 16 Apr! 2007 Tire: 8;Wan

Btoctebwg (Mon^ofnefyCoi#4y) Unrhr.line: 12:30
VA<US). 80^25, 37n14 Ski. Tine: 20:45:26

Ewnt Chert

Mettiod: Web /Pladdus
Sif) ^n: Afiea
Ascendant: Tauus

0 Sw

20 Ari 8'40'

3 Moon

12 Ari 25' 0’

9 Msraa)i

9 Ari 24'57-

9 VOHB

5Gem10'1B'

cf Mars

7 Pb 47’X-

^ Jt8)«ter

lOSagSO'^*^

^ Srtun

18 Lm 9'59>

V Utanie

16 Pb 5e'27*

y Nafikro

21 A<|u37'57'

? Pttlo

28Sa954't2'k

A True Node

15 Pta 34'4B'

J Ctikon

ISAqa r40-

n:29Tau4r

2:246«fn36' 3:16Cw 6'

n: 8Aqu56' 11: 7 Pis 25' 12:15 Ari 45

0S9

□

-A.

ZOW 2aMa.2019

284

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is chart for the Isla Vista shooting massacre that took place in May
2014

This is chart for the Las Vegas shooting massacre that took place on

285

chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is chart for the Texas Tower shooting massacre that took place in
Austin, Texas on August i 1966. The ascendant is going through the
transition phase.

Texas Tovrar shoothg
Mo.. 1 IMS rme; 11:48 a m

Auafei. 1X(US) Umr.Tme; 17:48

97w45. Xn16 Sid. Tme: 7:56:32

Event Chart

Method: Web Svte / Ptaddin
Sin ^n: Leo
Ascendant: Lin

seal

www.3stro.com

0 Sift

9 Leo 0’57‘'

2) Moon

ISAqu 4't3‘'

9 Merovy

2 Leo 15'3&'r

9 Vans

13 Cm 16' 7*

cf Mara

14Cm26' O'

19 Cm 9'27‘

1) Srtian

29 Pe 18'S6'r

lianuB

17 Vi 29'43'

y Nepkne

19S<x>24'21'

4t]

P PMo

16 Vi 52'32'

a True Node

22Tai 4'56'

j Clwon

26 Pfe 45'22’r

nc 25 Lb 13'

2:23S<»54' 3:24Sa945'

ri:27Gai 5'

11:29 Lao20' 12:29 Vi 12'

(ti

/■

A A

* 1

□ .

-A.

■Uli'sfial

6th se

2 .0ff 2 ftMM .2019

This is chart for the terror attack in 2002 in Kuta, Indonesia in which an
explosion killed 202 pe ople._

1®* seal

BdExftosions
Sa., 12 0c*3bec2002 Tnve: 11:05pjn.

Kuta.MDSA Urav.Tane: 15:05

116e15,835t SM.Iiiib: 0:14:04

Event Chat

Method; Web SVie/Raddua
Sin agn: Llva
Aacendait: Gann

2nd se

0 Sin

19 IJ» 6’5B'

7> Moon

11 c^sru'

9 Maoay

1 IJ) 8-26'

9 Vans

15Soo32'S'r

cf Mars

28 Vi riO'

V A^tibr

13Leo56‘2&'

^ Srtun

29Gern 5’ 3*1

t(( tiaMC

25 Aqu 7' 8*1

y Nepine

8 Aqu 12'45'r

P PMo

15Sag29'50'

A TiueNode

lOGem 3'23'd

J Ctiion

4Cn 4'5r

' tt29Gem40‘

229Cm 9' 3:

0 Vir 53'*

FC 3 An SO' 11: 5Tau 6' 12:

3GaT)17'

APC

n S

9 *

^ 9

o' Z

/■)

A V

✓

0 9

0 ^

Tipe: 2 .aiv 2 eM». 201 B

286

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is the chart for the attack that took place in Nice, France in 2016. Mars is
in the first seal, overhead. At 24 degrees, its transitioning but still qualifies for
influence in the 1st seal

This is the chart for the Columbine attack that took place in 1999 when 2 kids
at a high school opened fire on their classmates

Tu,2DAf][i19W Tine 12 00p.m.

Cdunfcme (.Arap^ne Cotmty) Uriv.Time; 18:00
CO(US), 105w00,30n37 Sid.TnvB; 0:53:31
Nald Chart

Method: Web S^to f Plaodue
Sim ^n: Twaus
Ascendant: Cancer

0 Su)

OTai 12'47‘

2) Moon

3Cen54'4}‘

9 Manwy

3 Ari 7'37'

9 Vans

9Gern34' 9*

cf Mars

5S<»33'58'r

15 Ari 45'56'

^ Srtinn

5 1 ai 53'dD*

V Urame

16 Aqu 23'43‘

4Aq« 17'46‘

? PMo

10 Sag 6'S3>

A TiueNode

19Leo14'5B'

i Clwon

2SM5r22*r

«29Cen «’

2: 19 Leo 29* 3: 13 Vir 52’

rc U An 32'

11:21 Tau 1' 12:27Gern36’

c r

u .

^ E

•

pj4

„

bQ.

# P

seal

TiPBiZgit 2CUM-KI1B

287

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is the chart for a mass shooting that took place at a Municipal Building
in Virginia Beach, VA on May 31, 2019. 12 people were killed. The attacker

This is the chart for a mass shooting that took place at a synagogue in
Pittsburgh, PA on October 27, 2018. 11 people were killed. There is transition
going on at the Ascendant, but we can interpret for its position in Scorpio,
which leaves Mars in the first seal

nitotMig synagogue diootv^

Sa., 2TOcfc6er2018 Tnte: 0:54 am.

PA (liS) Urav.rane: 13:54

80*00.40n26 Sid. Tine: 10:57:W

Natd Chart

Method: Wefc /Pladdus
Sim ^n: Sooi|)io
Aecendant: Scor|ao

0 Sin

4 So 5’25‘'

S Moon

10Gefn29’»''

9 Menwy

26Sco22'C'

9 VOMD

2Sco30’21*i

cT Mara

1SA<|u4r93''

27 Seo 24'57-

^ Srtwn

4Cap35’»"

V Utame

OTai 24’30V

V NefiAme

13 Pb 55’ 4*^

? Plilo

18G^55'5D*

A TrueNode

0ljeo48'S''

j Onon

28 Pb 4r29'k

PC 26 SCO 41'

2 29 Sag 56' 3:

eAc|u25’

rc 13 3'

11:13 lit 55’ 12:

8Soa23'

3rd sa

<s)

5th

l|(

T'i

♦>

tlT

□

ja.

JX.

1 sem

•natt2.Qw uuftaiiE

288

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

This is the chart for a terror attack that took place in Dallas, Texas in July of 2016
where man shot and killed 5 officers of the law. The ascendant line at the horizon

transitioning into the next sign qualifies the next sign to be the q**" seal which
would thus allow the location of Mars above to be interpreted in the first seal.

' d Si^Attod

Th,7Jdy2016 Tmtb M5pm COal

Maa, TX(\JS) Uiwrire 2fi5BJL* v -- v Olli -jCQi

86^48.32^17 Sid.T«,e 144338 ww«,astn?.com

NatdCtat

Method; SVto ^Pladdiis
Sw) ^n; Cancer
Ascendott: G^xicctn

0 Sui

iecw2r S'

5 I4oon

1 Vb 4S'SB'

0 I4enuy

17C»28’3a'

9 VoMis

24C»M’»'

d Mara

23So3 30‘t5'

X JuplBr

18 Vb 4’46'

^ Sdun

10Sag47'26'r

UraiHB

24 Aii 1S'S7'

y Nefrfune

11 Pta asm

? PUo

ieC^12'U'Y

A TiwNode

14 Vb 14’ir

j Clim

25 Pb 12’ n

K24C»3r

2; 4Pe 50' 3;13 Aif 4'

n:l3Sso22’ 11; 7^46' 12; OCmt 6’

seal

f w

S^-»

009 dtf.

f 4

« X

Q h

.. U B V

/ 0 -4

O’ 0

A ✓ u

* A £ a

A-

* . M :

JL.

Tm:2AXt 20*I*J01B1

In violent areas like the city of Chicago, it’s likely that many shootings
take place when Mars is in the 1st seal. Moreover, further investiga¬
tion is required regarding this influence on the course of events. While
those are some examples, there are serious events that take place when
Mars is located in other positions in the sky. Because Mars goes through
the first seal at least twice a day, its significance has to be related to
something else taking place which would effectuate its significance that
very day. A major extrapolation from many of the previous examples
seem to also involve the moon’s travel through the cancer/capricorn,
leo/aquarius axis ...counting from the day(starting 12am) before the
moon enters the cancer/capricorn axis and ending it on the last day that
the moon is in the leo/aquarius axis (with that entire day still being

289

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

counted even if the moon has passed the 24* degree of the
Leo/Aquarius axis within that very day. Another extrapolation from the
above data is how both Mars or the Moon was within 30 degrees of the
lunar node on either side of the chart when the attacks took place. By
adding those parameters of the Moon or Mars being within 30 degrees
of the lunar node on either side, we are able to reduce the metrics re¬
quired to make a prediction. In a later chapter, I will show how Mars or
the Moon being within 30 degrees of the Lunar node is a predictor of vi¬
olent attacks.

If one would define Mars 360 as a religion, it would be best described
as a religion of understanding, with the understanding bringing
about a more balanced state of existence for human beings. Because
it's knowingly extracted from the writings of John in the Book of reve¬
lation, the Mars 360 system will not espouse a disbelief in God, but an
open scrutiny towards Him. In other words, textbook Misotheism.
Mars 360 essentially seeks to find a way to protect Man from God.

A way to understand exactly how the mark of the beast will affect you is
to calculate your astrology birthchart using western calculation and look
for the placement of Mars. Make sure you correlate the sign where the
ascendant is located in your chart to the 4th seal and the frontal lobes
and then lay out the rest of the seals accordingly, as done in the exam¬
ples previously. Also remember to leave some room for interpreting the
ascendant to the next sign if it's at 24 degrees or higher. From the 24*
degree mark to the oth degree mark of the next sign for both the posi¬
tion of the ascendant and the positions of the planets indicates a
transition that can bring about a blend of the qualities determined
for the position it's leaving and the one it's going into. On the next page
is an example.

290

Chapter 20 : How 666 works in self

Here is a random chart. Notice the position of Mars in the 5th seal
location. The 5th seals was determined to be the motor cortex area of the
brain responsible for daily work habits and submission to authority
figures and also recognition of status figures. When Mars is there to
oppose those qualities, it’s determined that the person is naturally less
inclined to perform the tasks related to that position.

<> Rjndom

Fr, 18 Mflfdt 19S3 Time: 6£0a.m.

New Y«k. NY (US) UiwTnie: 1100

74w00.40nd3 SM.Tnie: 1745:46

NaldChvI

Method; Web

Swi agn: Pisces

Ascendent; Pisces

0 S*n

27 Pb 18’W

Moon

11Ta)27'35-

9 Mefovy

19 Pb 42'29’

9 VoMS

28 All S0'4r

cf Man

16 All 23'56'

V JigNter

10 Sag 46'%'

^ Sdwn

3S<»28'42'r

tjC UMntfi

9 Sag 6't3'r

V NB|i4no

29Sag10'49'

? PMo

28 LJ) 58'16Y

a TiwNode

29G«n35’25'

j Clwon

23Tai 46’17"

W 23 Pta 49'

2: eTaud6' S: AGomSI'

rc26SMi44’

11: 18 Can 4’ 12:14Aau 3'

CCT

L>tf

HICK

♦>

□

www.astrD.com

seal

Td seal

T»B:zaw 2ajM»a]ie

So with the Mars 360 system, concessions would began to be made for this
person to have less accountability with regards to the aforementioned traits:
submission to authority, daily work habits, finance priorities, etc. These
privileges will only apply to his type, and the privileges given will only be
applied enough so that the person can feel content enough in society without
feeling the need to fully give into the Mars energy to the point of outright
rebellion. Life would be set up in such a way that it keeps this person
from having to deal with authority figures on a regular basis, if at all. The
Mars position here would likely be indicated outwardly on the driver’s li¬
cense, birth certificate, or top of the head where the motor cortex is located.
The chart on the next page is another random example.

291

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

In this person’s chart, Mars is leaving the 6* seal and going into the i®*
seal. This indicates that there is a blend of poor face to face
communication along with poor rectitude/attitude issues. However with
Mars at the 29* degree mark, there is a higher probability of face to face

communication being the more prevalent issue.

The Mars 360 system would begin implementing measures to protect
this person’s lack of energy towards face to face communication
and proper interaction from the wrath of society. He would be
marked on the birth certificate/right hand as Mars in the 1®* seal and
would be allowed certain privileges in life to keep him content within
his natural disinclination to face to face communication. These privi¬
leges would only apply to these types. Because charity towards one’s
neighbor is also an issue here, these types would likely have some
tax exemptions or leeway with regard to how charity is valued by
the society. Because this type falls under the good track record of
business ownership, these may also be given more loan and grant
priority related to commerce. Another example on the next page is
someone with Mars at the frontal lobes.

292

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

<f Rmlom

Sa., 11 Ite\cfrtor1867 Time; IliOOsm.
KewYofk.MY(US) UiwTnie: 16:00
74wOO.ilO(wl3 Sid Tme: 14:2426

Natal Chart

Method: Web SVte; PiBodiH
Sim ^n:Scc(po
Aecendant: C^aiccin

1^‘ seal

www.Bstro.com

0 Sin

18Seo34'2r'

3 Moon

18 Pta 3ri9‘

9 Warcvy

1 Seo32' 5-

9 VOMB

2 Lj> 0'15‘

MaiB

14 0^35' S'

X Miitor

3 Vr 18'36'

^ SMwn

6 Afi 18'23Y

UkaNs

27 Vr »'26'

't NefAme

23Sco52'36'

? PlUo

22 Vir 19'2I'

• TiuoNode

27 All 50'45M

J Ctwon

25 Pb 36'ffY

K 13 Cap 47'

226A|u24' 3:

7 An 36'

m 8 SCO 29' 11: 1 ^ 56' 1222 S«|20'

In this example, the person has Mars on the 4* seal which translates to
the frontal lobes and indirect speech. The Mars 360 system would have
something in place to allow this person to function as he is with the Mars
influence. This position displays poor attitude to the proper aspects of
indirect speech and use of words. There are also some self discipline
issues with this placement. There is a natural affinity to being what
society would consider as spoiled. These types would be allowed more
freedom in matters of speech than others who do not have this
placement. Loose opinions from this Mars type would be more toler¬
ated than those from other Mars types. This type would also be a
bit more coddled than the rest of the population in terms of their needs
being met in a material and physical sense. Since there is a track record
of financial excellence for this placement, 4th seal Mars would also
gain priority for loan and grants related to commerce. This group would
be marked between the eyes at the lower portion of the forehead.

293

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

Those are some examples. This shows how it would be virtually
impossible for anyone to grieve the Mars 360 system. Even people with
Mars on the 2”'* seal, who are naturally hostile to feeling trapped within
systems, could have passport privileges and many exemptions from the
system because of that. The Mars 360 system provides a measure of
respect for these innate qualities in human beings. And by this respect.
Mars 360 looks to serve as the calming influence on this Mars energy that
been going about in the world. Another element to the Mars 360 system
will be to find the triggers of Mars, meaning the circumstances that cause
a person to give into the Mars opposition. This could be where eclipses fall
in. With the lunar nodes being the prognosticator of an eclipse, the lunar
nodes thus become the point of reference for how it operates in the day to
day lives of humans. Just as Christ is sacred, this energy would have a
place in a person’s life in some way, and would display itself differently
than the effect of Mars’s influence. The lunar nodes would cause a person
to look at the functions of a certain part of the brain in an almost sacred
way. When we think of reverence, we often assume it applies to just
religious matters. However, since God released the seven spirits
throughout the world, this reverence would now apply to more than
just religion. What we have in nodes of a birthchart is what humans take
seriously and are cautious with. As a result, there is an element of
heightened consciousness regarding it. For example, in contrast to how
a person with Mars on the 4* seal would lack the intent to display
caution in matters of indirect speech, the lunar node in the 4* seal
would be just the opposite. The person would display all reverence and
caution regarding indirect speech. Same would go for the parietal lobe
and the b'** seal. The person with the lunar node in that position would
be very careful in how others saw him. Hygiene, appearance, rectitude,
and social status would be of the utmost importance. Whereas with
Mars there, a lack of concern regarding those things would be apparent.

294

Chapter 20: How 666 works in self

To sum it up, it’s veiy possible that any disruption to the proper care
for those lunar node placements could trigger a Mars episode, in which
the Mars energy is completely given into. Such makes it mandatory for
this aspect to be included into the Mars 360 program somehow.

The Mars 360 system’s efficiency operates much like the new intel chips
that use what's called speculative execution to improve performance.
Speculative Execution is when the CPU executes the instructions for
tasks the computer may do in the future. In other words, it tries to pre¬
dict what the computer will do next and then carry out the
instructions needed for the task before hand, so that they are lined up

and ready to go when the computer needs it. as opposed to just

executing the instructions after the computer arrives at a task. The re¬
sult is much faster performance. With Mars 360, the concept is sim¬
ilar. By being aware of how a person will respond to the world before
he’s given a chance to become cynical, the Mars 360 system
has already implemented measures to mitigate the damage of Mars by
working with the influence early in a person’s life. By predicting before¬
hand, just like the intel chips, but in the case of Mars 360—how the per¬
son will view the world—we get a system that allows for damage con¬
trol to be in place before that fact. The fact that Mars 360 applies to
everyone would also remove the stigma surrounding human
psychological/social/health/character/work/identity based inquiries.

295

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Chapter 21

The Global Christ Conscious Economy

When people’s individual Mars placement becomes the totality of how
society is allocated, a clearer picture of how this relates to the global
economy comes into view. All the aspects of work life, as it relates to the
military, the economy, and the religious sectors would have become tai¬
lored to Mars’s influence in a person’s life. In knowing a person’s Mars
placement from birth, a person can then be automatically assigned a
life path that will work out for him. The Mars aspect will be so influen¬
tial that the birth placement alone would be equivalent to how today’s
college degrees are looked upon as a factor in gaining employment.
Imagine reading the job advertisements in the newspaper and then see¬
ing a requirement for people to have certain Mars placements. Imagine
a Military or Police force that recruits almost strictly on the basis of
Mars. Even Comedy and scantily clad entertainment can use this stan¬
dard. Banking could have it to where they seek only those with Mars at
the horizon on the 4th seal. Media can also require people to have Mars
on the 4th seal. All of this adds up to making everyone useful to society
in their most natural way, but strictly according to Mars. Another exam¬
ple is Mars on the 2nd seal being a military requirement. These are ex¬
amples to help us see how Mars makes a case for the overall economy.
People, in turn, would began to see how their flaws are now economi¬
cally viable talents that lead to gains in other areas of their life. At such
a point, society could be said to be encouraging Mars. Showing a birth
certificate with your placement of Mars or an ID with your placement of
Mars would be just as good as what today’s college degrees and PhDs
are for getting employment. Even those whose Mars placement would
deter them from regular employment could be accommodated appro¬
priately. The whole world, under Mars 360, would engage in this
open, but accepted discrimination based on Mars position. A

296

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

person would realize that removing the advantages for one Mars
placement effectively removes it for another and for one’s own. This
realization would serve as a way in getting people to continuously
accept it. In today’s world, we have a scattered mix with regard
to Mars’s influence and how it translates to either success or failure
in life. Some are fortunate to be in a position where their Mars is a
virtue for them and others - the opposite. The Mars 360 system
changes that. Every person would be allowed the chance to have
their Mars serve as a virtue. It would be of such magnitude that a
certain Mars placement being in his/her proper element would over¬
ride a training or schooling certificate required upon being accepted
into the endeavor. In that scenario, concessions would be made for
the Mars person to attain such things after being employed. Much of
the economy would rely on the Mars central database to compart¬
mentalize the careers best suited for each Mars placement.

In terms of controlling the buying and selling, one can conclude that
an employment system based on Mars would also translate to
controlling the ability to buy and sell, even in a general sense. If one is
denied employment because they won’t indicate their Mars placement,
then that person would, as a result, have a hard time getting
money. They would be left having to find a way to access money out¬
side of the Mars 360 system. It’s similar to today’s world in which
you need a driver’s license to gain employment, which could be
equated to something being needed to buy and sell. Of course
there are many eschatological viewpoints that consider this control
over buying and selling to extend all the way to the cash register,
in which a person would have to show some form of ID related to
666(Mars 360) in order to finish the transaction. This could be
a possibility if the requirement of allegiance becomes so extreme

297

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

that a decree held money itself to only be accepted from those who
have implanted within themselves or marked themselves with a mark
related to Mars. There is also the possibility of banks not accepting
id’s that don’t have a Mars indication on it. If transactions are all
electronic during that time, then resisting Mars in that case would
keep someone from buying and selling, should the person choose
not to have an ID related to Mars. This would disqualify the need
for a one world currency to fulfill prophecy. Bringing all curren¬
cies under the Mars 360 system would satisfy that perspective.

The Bible states specifically only the forehead and the right hand as
being the areas where the mark needs to be in order for one to buy and
sell. It’s been determined in this writing that Mars affects 6 major ar¬
eas of the brain: the Occipital Lobe, Temporal Lobe,

Brainstem/cerebellum, Frontal Lobe, Motor Cortex, and Parietal lobe.
The Occipital lobe has been determined to translate to the right hand,
and the frontal lobe to the forehead. This leaves 4 other areas that
would be marked as being influenced by Mars, but out of this equation
presented in Scripture. However, the temporal lobe and the motor
cortex are visible from the forehead. So, the forehead section could
include those groups. Since the brain stem, parietal lobe, and Occipital
lobe are in the back of the head, there could be a plan to keep
indications of Mars in areas where people can see. The right hand
would be an option in that case. In this way, the forehead would
encompass 3 of the major parts of the brain, while the right hand - the
rest. Even with the requirement that business entrepreneurs seeking
funding have specific Mars placements, and this scenario that places all
the marks within the framework of the forehead and the right hand, we
still have a way to accommodate the prophecies related to the forehead

298

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

and right hand. When looking at the bigger picture, moreover, it’s clear
that some sort of sign of allegiance will be in effect in a Mars 360 society.

While it was mentioned before that a major advocator of such a system
as Mars 360 would clearly be the false prophet, many would still be
disappointed, in a prophetic sense, if an actual person is not the
fulfillment of the lawless one, a single Antichrist. While it’s impossible
for one person to display Mars’s opposition influence in every possible
way, a person could perhaps display the Mars 360 system’s extreme
accommodating quality. However, that’s not exactly a quality that would
go over badly with most people. When we think overly accommodating,
we don’t think of Satan. We only think of the Satan when we think of
qualities like racism, anger, jealousy, perversion, etc., but not when we
think of keeping the peace at all costs. Ironically, that is the type of
person who would be the embodiment of the Mars 360 system, a
humanist to too*'’ degree who tries to make everyone happy and solve
problems. However, a negative side of someone representing the Mars
360 system is the direct antagonism to the existing God. Mars 360 tries
to fix things through human understanding by intervening on
humankind. In yanking that responsibility from God, Mars 360 takes it
upon itself to help heal the world’s problems. This leaves God as an
object of animosity for the Mars 360 system and therefore as something
needing to exist. The only way a human embodying the Mars 360 system
could fit into a description of the lawless one would be if “lawless” is
taking on a definition of having to do with the advocacy of God’s laws as
being impossible to observe. Such would not make it necessary for that
one person to engage in every form of lawlessness - as that would be
impossible since Mars can’t influence every major part of the brain in
one person at the same time. This is why it makes sense that Jesus never

299

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

advocated that He Himself was good, but did advocate the need for
those who cannot follow God’s laws to be contrite and, as a result,
eligible for forgiveness. By doing so, he kept the obedience to God’s
laws as something to be continually aspired to, which in turn elevated
Jesus to a full definition of good. A person falling short of a doctrine’s
principals and then yielding to the subsequent humility and shame
manages to keep that doctrine elevated, unlike someone falling short of
a doctrine’s principals and instead of yielding to shame and humility,
decides to change their doctrine. In that case, the original doctrine is
insulted and the person becomes forever separated from it.

In terms of a single individual taking control over the entire world,
while fitting into an “advocating” definition of lawless, the prospect
becomes difficult to conceptualize. A system is more feasible in this
regard as systems are usually set in stone, much more than a human is.
A single individual can have a system and still be alive as that system
grows without he himself being an active participant in its permeation.
However, individuals after they pass on, seem to be able to exert more
influence in a worldly sense. Jesus Christ didn’t become a global icon
until after he died, rose, and ascended. After that, his individuality took
on a worldwide immortal presence. Something like that could be the
case with Mars 360. Important to note that the difference between what
the False Prophet and the Antichrist’s(“Antichrist” as defined by
contemporary Christian thought) relationship is to Mars 360 is that the
False Prophet would be advocating the system, while the Antichrist
would advocate what makes up the system in terms of how it relates to
human nature and the laws of God. Even in this regard, the fact that the
Mars 360 system places limits on how far one is allowed to give into the
Mars energy makes it to where it can only be judged to a certain

300

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

extent. Mars 360 wants to use this negative energy in a way that helps
mankind, and not hurt it. But in doing so, changes how “sin” is defined.

Modern exegesis concerning the individual Antichrist holds that the
rider on the white horse mentioned in the first seal of Revelation is a
reference to the antichrist. While the first seal denotes the rider on the
white horse as being diametrically opposed to the qualities of Jesus by
describing the rider as going forth conquering and to conquer, which has
been determined to translate to a natural lack of intention to the proper
regard to one’s neighbor in face to face communications, that same rider
cannot be said to represent just one individual. That spirit however can
be said to reach its worst potential in the figure of one human being.
However, since Revelation 19 in reference to the forces of Christ going to
battle against the forces of the Beast, mentions the presence of a rider on
a white horse, but this time on the side of Jesus Christ conveys that the
rider on the white horse of the first seal is symbolic of a certain type of
spirit, which therefore leaves Antichrist in that particular context as
symbolic of a certain type of spirit. Antichrist as simply an individual
advocating for accommodation of Mars’s expression through the Mars
360 system and not being the embodiment of what the first seal
represents in terms of one’s neighbor doesn’t necessarily exclude that
person from being opposed to Christ. There is a difference between
being opposed to certain qualities and being opposed to a certain
personage. A person can have all the qualities of someone while openly
opposing them. The Antichrist, scripturally, doesn’t relate to
non-Christlike qualities as indicated by the rider on the white horse, but
to a blasphemous spirit that denies the Father and the Son.

301

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

The United States gained a favorable reputation as the land of the free.
Its allowance of certain freedoms is what makes people want to live
there. A country using Mars 360 would be similar, but take it a step
further by giving an explanation as to why the freedoms exist—which in
its case would be because of Mars’s influence on humanity. Just as the
bill of rights in the US, a Mars 360 country wouldn’t necessarily be a
license to take those freedoms to the extreme. There would be some
limits on how far one can go. The equality would be based on the
degree to which the freedoms can be expressed. Meaning the allowance
of the freedom of speech based on Mars’s influence could not exceed
the allowance of the freedom of thought or belief based on Mars’s
influence, while at the same time, the free speech person wouldn’t have
the allowance of free thought that the free thought person has, and the
free thought person wouldn’t have the allowance of the free speech that
the free speech person has. The equality would be the degree to which
one is allowed to give into the Mars influence as it relates to its position
in the birth chart and its influence on the corresponding part of the
brain. For instance, a person who is abusing his free speech can give
rise to a free thought person doing the same thing, but with their
thoughts. That's how equality would be defined in a Mars 360 system.
The degree that someone is allowed to be lazy is the degree that
someone is allowed to be anti-social. Keeping this degree-limit to a
healthy level and equally ascribed to all people is how the Mars 360
system will persist. The limit will be based on keeping the level
tolerable for the person exhibiting them and the rest of society in
observation of it. The awareness of Mars itself should help with the
understanding required for each person’s freedom in being
accommodated by the rest of society. Mars 360’s observation of Mars
influence gives each person some freedom in going past the normal

302

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

threshold allotted to the rest of society not influenced by Mars in the
same way that they are, but a limit in how far past that normal
threshold they can go. This limit would apply equally across the
board.

What's ironic about the global economy related to Mars is how there
may be a case for Eclipses in how the stock market has operated over
time on a day to day basis, and not so much Mars. There has been
talk in the technology world about the possibility of Artificial In-
telligence(AI) completely controlling all the trading in the stock
market. Many of the AI powered stock market trading systems
have resulted in above average results. The predictive algorithms
being used are touted to have a stock price prediction accuracy
rate of over 70%. Some ATs systems have generated massive re¬
turns even during times of stock market downturns. One factor
standing in the way of a predictive algorithm taking over the mar¬
ket is a concept called the level 2 chaos event in which the prediction
itself has an effect on the outcome. By knowing the prediction be¬
fore hand, the subject can decide to disrupt it on their own accord.
This, however, could still be a metric for determining the
health of the economy. With the standard parameters being
related to Jesus Christ in terms of eclipses, the willingness of a
group of investors to obey or disobey the prediction would be the
measuring stick for the overall economy. It would be similar to
how a faith perspective is held up when its prophecies come to
pass. Since ups and downs in the market are a given, the element
of faith related to humans beings being affected by the sun, moon
and the lunar nodes would be the deciding factor for the over¬
all economy. A good analogy would be how people can remain to¬
gether in a relationship in spite of arguments and disagreements

303

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

due to the fact that the red line, whatever it may be for that
relationship, is somehow not being crossed by either party despite the
relationship being filled with arguments. Likewise, the willingness of
traders to continue to go along with the algorithm, despite the ups and
downs, would be how the big picture of the economy is judged. The
premise is that even in light of level 2 chaos events, the overall big
picture related to the sun and moon affecting the moods of traders
should still hold up as a belief system and thus maintain the prevailing
global economy. Failure for this to happen would result in a
breakdown of the overall economy. Overcoming that challenge is
where the value will reside. It’s similar to how a holy book could
remain a stay in certain cultures even if some prophecies don’t come
to pass; it manages to maintain its reputation as truth because the big
picture can still be correlated to prevailing circumstances. Just as the
Bible is still valued as the Holy Book no matter how the different
pundits interpret its text, the economy would still retain value if the
circumstances regarding the economy can still be resolved with the
parameters of what defines Jesus Christ as eclipses: The Sun, the
moon, and the lunar nodes. Removing any of those parameters
would constitute a removal of Jesus’s dominion over the economy.
However, even in going away from those parameters by replacing
them with other planets, someone would still have to prove the new
algorithm to be superior in a historical sense as well as in a
contemporary sense to the Jesus algorithm based on Eclipses.
Because the stringent requirements related to Identification has to do
with the application of Mars, and therefore the ability to buy and sell,
the fact of the Economy being related to parameters defining Jesus
Christ doesn’t disregard Mars 360’s control over commerce. However,
with Jesus’s 2"'^ coming being related to a Tabernacle based

304

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

on the Eclipses, we can see how the second coming is significant as a
very real kingdom when the entire economy on a day-to-day basis can
be explained by the phenomenon. Below is the basis for the how
the Stock Market(Dow Jones or S&P 500) is affected by Eclipses 360.

Capricorn
Sagittarius
Scorpio
Libra
Virgo
Leo
Cancer

Gemini

Taurus
Aries
Pisces
/w^ - Aq uarius

/VV^

Notice the colors of each symbol representing a zodiac sign alternating
between red and blue. For example Aquarius’s symbol being red and
Pisces’s symbol being blue, and then back to red for Aries’s symbol. This
is done to indicate an opposite effect that takes place in one sign
compared to the other and how what is explained for one red symbol
should be exactly how it is defined for all Red zodiac symbols with the
opposite explanation for the blue symbol being applied to all blue
symbols. For example, the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the Sun

305

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

in any blue zodiac symbol would be the opposite of what happens when
the moon is within i degree of the degree of the Sun in any red zodiac
symbol. Please note that the degree of the Sun is applied as if
the Sun is in every zodiac sign. This also applies to the lunar
nodes with the degree of the lunar node being applied to every
sign. In the Case of the stock market, historically, when the moon gets
to within i degree of the degree of the sun in any of the Zodiac signs
marked blue, the stock market rises and when its within i degree of the
degree of the sun in any red zodiac sign, the market drops. The
definition for each parameter holds true until the moon lines up into
what defines another parameter that has another meaning. When using
eclipses there are a number of parameters applied. The first is the one I
gave about the moon being within i degree of the degree of the sun
bringing the market up when in a blue sign and bringing it down when
in a red sign—on average historically. The zodiac signs are classified
into 4 elements: Fire, Earth, Air and Water. The Fire signs are Aries,
Leo and Sagittarius. The Earth Signs are Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn.
The Air signs are Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius. The Water signs are
Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces. You’ll notice in the example chart coming
up that the Fire and Air signs are colored Red, while the Earth and
Water signs are colored Blue. That's is the main significance of the
distinctions, not the fact that red and blue colors are used.
Red and Blue is only used to provide some clarity in
explaining how the parameters for the Fire/Air signs are
essentially opposite from the parameters for the Earth/Water
signs. On the next page are the 7 parameters when using Eclipses36o
to see how it correlates to the daily Stock MarketfDow Jones and S&P)
movements. We’ll label it Figure 1. First calculate the astrology chart
using the timeframe in which the Stock Market is open in New York on
a given day.

306

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Figure i. - Keep this page referenced to follow how the 7
parameters are applied to the Dow Jones prediction example

1. When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a blue
sign, the market tends to go up.

2. When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a red
sign, the market tends to go down.

3. When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node in
any sign(blue or red), the result is that the market drops.

4. when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node
after it has passed the degree of the sun in a blue sign, the market tends
to drop.

5. when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node
after it has passed the

degree of the sun in a red sign, the market tends to rise.

6. When moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the Sun in a blue
sign, the result is a drop

for the market.

7. When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the Sun in a red
sign, the market tends to rise.

PLEASE NOTE: When seeing how the moon, sun, and lunar nodes apply
daily to the stock market movements, the effects that are defined by one
parameter apply at the time it happens and all the way until another parameter
comes into effect. For example, as the moon travels and goes into 1 degree of
the degree of the sun, that resulting effect would stay in effect until one of the
other parameters come about.... such as the moon going to within 3 degrees of
the degree of the lunar node. Until the next is there, the previous parameter
applies...whatever it may have been.

307

Chapter 2'h Global Christ Conscious Economy

Blue

Sun
Moon
Lunar node

Lunar

Sun

Astrology Chart for ^
October 13 2008 %

12:00pm NY, New York

Moon

Blue

Notice the moon at 5 degrees of Aries. To interpret the meaning of how
this predicts where the stock market will go that day, first look to see if
the moon follows any of the 7 parameters listed in Figure 1. We can see
at 5 degrees along with the Sun at 20 degrees and the lunar node at 16
degrees, the moon doesn’t follow any of the Parameters in Figure 1 at
first glance, so what we do is interpret based on the last parameter that
took place in this chart. Since the Sun’s degree is at 20 degrees, which
applies to the 20* degree mark in every sign, the last parameter that
would have been applied would be the moon within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun in the blue sign of Pisces as it states in the 1®*
parameter in Figure 1. This would indicate a likelihood of the market
rising from that point until the next parameter comes about. The Dow
Jones was up 976 points that day. These instructions apply for any time

308

Red

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

you calculate the chart for that day. I used 12:00pm in my example, but
the instructions apply for all market hours, so if a new parameter comes
about an hour after the market opens, then one has to take that into
account when doing the daily forecast with Eclipses 360. While these
parameters result in a some degree of accuracy when predicting the daily
movements of the stock market, daily and historically, they don’t result in
100 percent accuracy. However further substantiation is possible using
parameters within the bounds of how Jesus wants us to reference him in
terms of Eclipses 360. Essentially, there can be variations of the
algorithm within the framework of the Sun, Moon, and Lunar nodes.
Such keeps it all within the framework of Jesus Christ. I find the
parameters mentioned to be most reliable when testing Eclipses 360
historically as far back as the 1800s on a daily basis.

On the next page are the 9 parameters that will be used to see how
eclipses line up with past EUR/USD price movements. Since the
EUR/USD is the highest concentration of volume for any financial
instrument, it has to be considered a strong overall representation of the
global economic mood for the day. The Eur/usd is usually 24 hours
starting Sunday evening and going all the way till Friday late afternoon. I
will calculate the astrology chart using 12pm New York time and base the
prediction from the parameters which apply around that time on how the
EUR/USD will perform for that entire day. We will call these 9
parameters Figure la.

309

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Figure la — Keep the Figure la pages referenced to follow how the
9 parameters are applied to the EUR/USD predictions

Figure la

1. When the moon is within i degree of the degree of the sun in an
Earth or Water sign, the value of EUR/USD tends to go up. For
instance, the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer,
leo, virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn, aquarius,
and pisces. The Earth and Water signs are Taurus, Cancer, Virgo,
Scorpio, Caricorn, and Pisces.

2. When the moon is within i degree of the degree of the sun in an Fire
or Air sign, the value of EUR/USD tends to go down. For instance, the
zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer, leo, virgo,
libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn, aquarius, and pisces.
The Fire and Air signs are Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra, Saggitarius,
Aquarius.

3. When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node
in any sign, the result is that the EUR/USD drops.

4. When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node
in the sign that that the lunar node is in and every other sign after
that one, the value of the EUR/USD tends to drop. For instance,
the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer, leo,
virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn, aquarius, and
pisces. If the lunar node is in aries, the sign after the next sign is
gemini, and after the next sign from gemini would be leo. This
parameter regarding the moon being within 1 degree of the

310

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Figure la cant’d

degree of the lunar node would apply to the sign that the lunar node is
in and every other sign from that point. So if the lunar node is in Aries,
this parameter would apply to the moon in aries, gemini, leo, libra,
Sagittarius, and aquarius. If the lunar node is in taurus, this parameter
would apply to the moon in taurus, cancer, virgo, scorpio, capricorn,
and pisces. If the lunar node is in Sagittarius, this parameter would
apply to the moon in Sagittarius, aquarius, aries, gemini, leo, and libra.

5. when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node in
the sign next to the sign that the lunar node is in and every other sign
from that point, the value of the EUR/USD tends to rise. For example,
if the lunar node is in aries, this parameter would apply to the moon in
taurus and every other sign from there. So taurus, cancer, virgo,
Scorpio, capricorn, and pisces. If the lunar node is in taurus, this
parameter applies to the moon in aries, gemini, leo, libra, Sagittarius,
and aquarius.

6. When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun in an
Earth or Water sign, the value of EUR/USD tends to go down. For
instance, the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer,
leo, virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn, aquarius,
and pisces. The Earth and Water signs are Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra,
Saggitarius, Aquarius.

7. When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun in an
Fire or Air sign, the value of EUR/USD tends to go up. For instance,
the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer, leo,
virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn, aquarius, and
pisces. The Fire and Air signs are Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra,
Saggitarius, Aquarius.

311

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Figure la cant’d

8. When the moon is within i degree of the degree of Mercury in the sign
of the Lunar node and every other sign after that one, the market tends
to drop. For instance, the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus,
gemini, cancer, leo, virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius,
capricorn, aquarius, and pisces. If the Lunar node is in aries, the
sign after the next sign is gemini, and after the next sign from gemini
would be leo. This parameter regarding the moon being within i degree
of the degree of the Mercury in the sign of the lunar node would apply to
the sign that the lunar node is in and every other sign from that point.
So if the lunar node is in Aries, this parameter would apply to the moon
in aries, gemini, leo, libra, Sagittarius, and aquarius. If the lunar node is
in taurus, this parameter would apply to the moon in taurus, cancer,
virgo, Scorpio, capricorn, and pisces. If the lunar node is in Sagittarius,
this parameter would apply to the moon in Sagittarius, aquarius, aries,
gemini, leo, and libra.

9. When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of mercury in the sign
next to the sign that the lunar node is in and every other sign from that
point, the market tends to go up. For example, if the lunar node is in
aries, this parameter would apply to the moon in taurus and every other
sign from there. So it would be the moon in taurus, cancer, virgo,
Scorpio, capricorn, and pisces. If the lunar node is in Taurus, this
parameter applies to the moon in Aries, gemini, Leo, libra, Sagittarius,
and Aquarius.

312

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

PLEASE NOTE: When seeing how the moon, sun, mercury, and the
lunar nodes apply daily to the market movements, the effects that are
defined by one parameter apply at the time it happens and all the way
until another parameter comes into effect. For example, as the moon
travels and goes into i degree of the degree of the sun, that resulting
effect would stay in effect until one of the other parameters come
about.... such as the moon going to within 3 degrees of the degree of the
lunar node. Until the moon takes you to a point where a new parameter
can be applied, the previous parameter continues to apply...whatever it
may have been. Here is what the lunar nodes look like in a astrology
chart.

To demonstrate this algorithm, I will calculate the astrology chart using
12pm New York time and base the prediction from the parameter which
applies around that time on how the EUR/USD will perform for that
entire day since the prices listed on the next page show where the value
of the EUR/USD actually finished that day. We will use the month of
October 2008 for our example. See the next page.

313

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

10/01/2008 - 10/31/2008

Date Price

Open

High

Low

Change %

Oct 31, 2008

1.2733

1.2855

1.2897

1.2668

-1.36%

Oct 30, 2008

1.2908

1.2965

1.3295

1.2803

-0.42%

Oct 29, 2008

1.2963

1.2768

1.2994

1.2627

1.95%

Oct 28, 2008

1.2715

1.2475

1.2744

1.2330

1.99%

Oct 27, 2008

1.2467

1.2549

1.2686

1.2333

-1.24%

Oct 24, 2008

1.2624

1.2973

1.2980

1.2498

-2.74%

Oct 23, 2008

1.2980

1.2828

1.3003

1.2727

0.98%

Oct 22, 2008

1.2854

1.3065

1.3078

1.2773

-1.57%

Oct 21, 2008

1.3059

1.3332

1.3355

1.3051

-2.14%

Oct 20, 2008

1.3344

1.3403

1.3532

1.3286

-0.48%

Oct 17, 2008

1.3409

1.3483

1.3518

1.3387

-0.58%

Oct 16, 2008

1.3487

1.3467

1.3539

1.3346

0 .20%

Oct 15, 2008

1.3460

1.3620

1.3685

1.3453

-1.20%

Oct 14, 2008

1.3624

1.3594

1.3771

1.3586

0.23%

Oct 13, 2008

1.3593

1.3559

1.3683

1.3458

1.33%

Oct 10, 2008

1.3414

1.3589

1.3652

1.3259

-1.35%

Oct 09, 2008

1.3597

1.3631

1.3785

1.3580

-0.24%

Oct 08, 2008

1.3630

1.3758

1.3544

0.08%

Oct 07, 2008

1.3619

1.3486

1.3741

1.3481

0.96%

Oct 06, 2008

1.3490

1.3665

1.3676

1.3443

-2.04%

Oct 03, 2008

1.3771

1.3818

1.3907

1.3704

-0.34%

Oct 02, 2008

1.3818

1.4026

1.4027

1.3745

-1.45%

Oct 01, 2008

1.4021

1.4124

1.4176

1.3976

-0.59%

These are the
prices for the
EUR/USD
for the month of
October 2008

Highest: 1.4176 Lowest: 1.2330 Difference: 0.1846 Average: 1.3286 Change %: -9.7206

We will look at the most negative and positive days in October and see
how they correlate to the placement of the moon based on our 9
parameters. Starting on the next page is the chart for October 2”'*, a day
in which, as we can see above, the Eur/Usd fell - 1.45%.

314

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

ElvUsd

Tti..2 0ctolM2008 Tine: 12 00 p m

New Yc«li.MY(US) Umr.Tnie: 16 00
74w00.40fWt3 Sid.rme: 11:50:58

Oct 02, 2008 -1.45%

So we have the chart for October 2, 2008 at 12pm New York. With the
moon at 18 degrees Scorpio. The last parameter that would apply would
be parameter 9 as written in Figure la. However, that would make the
prediction wrong because in parameter 9, it says when the moon is
within 1 degree of the degree of mercury in the sign next to the sign that
the lunar node is in and every other sign from that point, the eur/usd
tends to go up. The Eur/Usd actually dropped this day. The lunar node is
in Aquarius. So counting every other sign from pisces bring us to the
moon Scorpio. So here we have a wrong assessment. However, if we
calculate the chart to about a few hours before to about yam, we have
parameter 3 in Figure la. to reference which would indicate a drop for
the EUR/USD during that timeframe when the moon is traveling within
3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node.

315

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<3 EivAJsd

Mo . 6 Octotef 200S Tme; 12:00 p.m

New Ycilt. NY {US) UimTinifi: 16:00

TMO.dOKU SaTme <2:06:iU Oct 06, 2008 -2.04%

For October 6, 2008, the moon is at 6 degrees Capricorn and we can see
clearly that parameter 4 in Figure la would be the last to apply, which
says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node in the
sign that its in and every other sign from that point drops the value of
Eur/Usd. So, if we count every other sign from the sign that the lunar node
is in, which is Aquarius, we are eventually taken to Sagittarius, which is
where the last parameter would have applied and still apply at 12pm that
day. Since that parameter states that the EUR/USD drops when that
happens, we therefore have a correct assessment of the EUR/USD that
day, as it dropped - 2.04%

316

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

For October 7, 2008, the moon is at 17 degrees Capricorn. The last
parameter that applies is parameter 5 in Figure la, which says the moon
being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node in the sign next to the
sign that the lunar node is in and every other sign from that point makes
the EUR/USD rise. So since the lunar node is at 16 degrees in aquarius, the
sign next to that is pisces and counting every other sign from that point
brings us to the degree of the lunar node in Capricorn. When the moon hit
within 1 degree of that degree of the lunar node, a rise was expected for the
EUR/USD as indicated in parameter 5 in Figure la. So in looking at the
overall outcome of the EUR/USD rising +0.96 that day, we have a valid
assessment based on that parameter.

The EUR/USD then dropped significantly on October 10 2008. See the
next page

317

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<4 EuAJsd

lFl..10 0i:to(w2008 Tne: I2:00p.lll.

NewYat.NY<US) Uivlim: leOO
74««).40ii43 SM.rme: 12:22:31

Oct 10, 2008 - 1.35%

For October lo, 2008, the EUR/USD dropped. Since the moon is at 24
degrees aquarius, the last parameter that would have applied would have
been parameter 2 in Figure la, which says the moon being within 1
degree of the degree of the sun in an Fire or Air sign brings the Eur/Usd
down. Since Aquarius is an air sign, and the Sun is at 17 degrees in Libra,
the degree of the sun in Aquarius would be 17 degrees. When moon was
within 1 degree of that, parameter 2 in Figure la defined it as a drop in
the value of EUR/USD, which did occur as the EUR/USD dropped 1.35%
that day.

On the next page is the chart for October 13* 2008.

318

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

EivAJsd

Mo.. 13 Octeber 2008
Mew Yc«fc, MY (US)
74w00.40n43

iTr™: las'”" Oct 13, 2008 + 1.33%

Sid.rnie: 123420

For October 13, 2008, the moon was at 5 degrees Aries. The last
parameter that would have applied would be parameter 1 in Figure
la, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun
in an Earth or Water sign brings the value of Eur/Usd up. Pisces,
which is before Aries and the sign where the last parameter took place,
is also a Water sign. So, when the moon was within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun in that sign at 20 degrees(The Sun is in Libra at 20
degrees so thus the degree of the sun is 20 degrees),the parameter thus
defined the EUR/USD to rise. Which it did. The EUR/USD was up
+1.33%. The next significant drop takes place on October 15 2008. See
the next page

319

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d EwAJsd

We , 15 Octctxf 2008 Tme; 1200 p m.
New York, NY (US) Uiiv.Tnie: 16 00

74wC0.40ivl3 SMTme: 1242:13

Oct 15,2008 -1.20%

For October 15, 2008, the moon was at 3 degrees Taurus at 12pm. The
last parameter that would have applied would be parameter 2 in Figure
la, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in
a Fire or Air sign brings the value of EUR/USD down. Since Aries is a fire
sign and the sun is at 22 degrees in Libra, the degree of the sun would be
22 degrees for Aries. When moon was within 1 degree of that point in
Aries, the parameter defined the EUR/USD to drop, which it did. The
EUR/USD fell -1.20% that day.

The next significant moves were drops which occurred on October 21 and
22. See the next page.

320

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

iJ Ew.llad

Tu . 21 Octctor 2COa Tnte: 1200 rm

New York, NY (US) Unk/ rne; 16 00

74wa).40i>«3 Sidrene: 130553

Oct 21, 2008 -2.14%

For October 2i, 2008, the moon is at o degrees Leo. The last parameter
that would have applied would be parameter 2 in Figure la, which says
the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a fire or air
sign brings the value of Eur/Usd down. Since the degree of the Sun is 28
degrees, that last parameter would apply to the 28* degree mark of
Cancer. Since we round off to the next sign at 24 degrees, the 28th degree
mark is thus assigned to the sign of Leo. Since Leo is a fire sign, the moon
within 1 degree of the degree of the sun at that 28* degree mark in Cancer
interpreted to Leo is thus defined by parameter 2 in Figure la to bring
the value of EUR/USD down. The EUR/USD dropped -2.14% that day.

321

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

cf Etv.IJsd

We..22 0clct«r200e Tne: 12a)p.ni.

NewYorfi. NY{US) UnKrTme: 16fl0
74w00.40n43 Sid.rnie: 130949

Oct 22, 2008 -1.57%

For October 22, 2008, the moon is at 14 degrees Leo. The last parameter
that would have applied would be parameter 3 in Figure la, which says
the moon being within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node in any
sign brings the value of Eur/Usd down. The degree of the lunar node is
15 degrees, so this parameter became invoked when the moon was
within 3 degrees from that point in Leo. We can see that the moon is also
entering into its next parameter, which is parameter 4 in Figure la,
which states that when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the
lunar node in the sign that the lunar node is in and every other from that
point, the value of EUR/USD drops. Since the moon is at 14^' degrees
and the lunar node is at 15^® degrees, parameter 4 would be invoked
within minutes as the moon would move to exactly 1 degree of the degree
of the lunar node. Both parameters indicate a drop and thus fulfill what
occurred that day. The EUR/USD dropped -1.57%.

322

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<3 EtvAnd

Fr, 24 October 200B Tme: 1200 p.m.

NewYc«k,NY<US) LHv.liiiie: 16:00
74w00.40rwl3 Sid.Tnie: 13:17:42

Oct 24, 2008 -2.74%

For October 24, 2008, the moon is at 11 degrees Virgo. The last
parameter that would have applied would be parameter 1 in Figure
la which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the Sun in an
earth or water sign brings the Eur/Usd up. With the moon in Virgo, it
would have last been within one degree of the degree of the sun in an
earth sign, since Virgo is an earth sign. However, since the Eur/Usd
was actually down on this day, the prediction using that parameter
would have been wrong. There is also no way to potentially justify the
correct analysis as the next parameter involving the moon within 1
degree of the degree of mercury would still not apply to what actually
happened.

323

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Mo ,270cM)w2008 Tim; 12€0pm

N<»,Ycifc,NY<us) Lhiirrma 160 ) Oct 27, 2008 -1.27%

74<i00. lUln43 SM Tim: I32S32

For October 27, 2008, the moon is at 19 degrees Libra. The last
parameter that would have applied would be parameter 8 in Figure
la which says the moon being within one degree of the degree of
mercury in the sign of the lunar node and every other sign from that
point brings the Eur/usd down. The moon is at 19 degrees Libra and
would have been within one degree of the degree of mercury in the
sign of Libra, which is on the path of every other sign from the sign
the lunar node is located, which is Aquarius. That assessment would
be correct for this day since the Eur/usd dropped -1.27%

324

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d BiAf&d

Tu..280ctd)ef200B Tne: 12€0p.m

New Yok. NY (U5) LhKrTne; 16 flO

Oct 28, 2008 +1.99%

For October 28, 2008, the moon is at 2 degrees Scorpio. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 8 in Figure
la which says the moon being within one degree of the degree of mercury
in the sign of the lunar node and every other sign from that point brings
the Eur/usd down. The moon is at 2 degrees Scorpio and would have
been within one degree of the degree of mercury back in the sign of Libra,
which is on the path of every other sign from the sign in which the lunar
node is locatedfAquarius). However, that assessment would be wrong for
this day since the Eur/usd was up +1.99%. Another parameter, in this
case parameter 6 in Figure la, could be justified as applicable as the
moon is close to being within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun in an
earth or water sign. However, that parameter would still not apply to the
price of Eur/usd rising on this day as parameter 6 also predicts the
Eur/usd to fall.

325

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<1 EwAsd

We..20 0ctcter2008 Tne: 12.€0p.ni.

NewYofk,NY{US) Ihivrnie; 16€0
74wCD.40n43 Sid Tme; 13 37 25

Oct 29, 2008 +1.95%

For October 29, 2008, the moon is at 14 degrees Scorpio. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 5 in Figure
la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node in the sign next to the sign that the lunar node is in and every other
sign from that point brings the EUR/USD up. Here, the lunar node is 14
degree aquarius. The sign next to aquarius is Pisces. Every other sign
from Pisces eventually takes us to the location of the moon’s degree in
Scorpio at 14 degrees, which is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node. The Lunar node’s degree is the 14th degree. This assessment turns
out accurate as the Eur/Usd rose +1.95% this day.

326

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

cf EwAsd

Fr., 31 October 2008 Tkne: 12;00 p.m.

New Ycrii, NY (US) \Jnv.Ttm: 16:00

74w€0.40n43 Ski. Fnie: 13:45:18

Oct 31, 2008 -1.36%

For October 31, 2008, the moon is at 8 degrees Sagittarius. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 2 in Figure
la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in
air or fire sign brings the value of Eur/Usd down. The degree of the Sun
is 8 degrees and the Moon is at 8 degrees Sagittarius, which is a fire sign.
This meets the conditions for parameter 2 to be the last parameter to
apply which therefore provides us with an accurate assessment as the
Eur/Usd dropped -1.36% on this day.

327

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

We can see in our demonstration of applying a fixed set of parameters
for predicting the eur/usd for the month of October 2008 has provided
us with some accurate predictions, and also a few non-accurate
predictions. While the few errors hurt our confidence about the value of
the entire algorithm, those errors have to be weighed against the
algorithm’s historical correlation. We will see how in November, the
correlation of those same fixed parameters to the eur/usd keep us from
drawing a conclusion that the algorithm doesn’t satisfy quantitative
analysis. Below are the eur/usd prices for November. We will use the
significant days only.

Nov 28,

2008

1.2698

1.2904

1.2961

1.2647

-1.51%

Nov 27,

2008

1.2893

1.2881

1.2970

1.2859

0 .00%

Nov 26,

2008

1.2893

1.3064

1.3073

1.2821

-1.26%

Nov 25,

2008

1.3058

1.2929

1.3081

1.2805

1 .12%

Nov 24,

2008

1.2914

1.2592

1.2930

1.2568

2.65%

Nov 21,

2008

1.2581

1.2447

1.2643

1.2425

0.99%

Nov 20,

2008

1.2458

1.2502

1.2595

1.2456

-0.52%

Nov 19,

2008

1.2523

1.2616

1.2814

1.2517

-0.78%

Nov 18,

2008

1.2622

1.2649

1.2700

1.2567

-0.20%

Nov 17,

2008

1.2647

1.2534

1.2742

1.2513

0 .10%

Nov 14,

2008

1.2634

1.2787

1.2830

1.2617

-1.53%

Nov 13,

2008

1.2830

1.2505

1.2855

1.2389

2.87%

Nov 12,

2008

1.2472

1.2530

1.2636

1.2470

-0.38%

Nov 11,

2008

1.2519

1.2755

1.2801

1.2506

-1.68%

Nov 10,

2008

1.2733

1.2821

1.2930

1.2719

-0.05%

Nov 07,

2008

1.2739

1.2718

1.2853

1.2654

0.29%

Nov 06,

2008

1.2702

1.2961

1.2967

1.2702

-1.93%

Nov 05,

2008

1.2952

1.2980

1.3118

1.2792

-0.63%

Nov 04,

2008

1.3034

1.2631

1.3038

1.2527

3.09%

Nov 03,

2008

1.2643

1.2750

1.2900

1.2596

-0.71%

Change %: -0.2749

328

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

Tu.,4Novc(it>€r200B Tme: 12;0Dp.m

NeMYofk,NY(US) UravTine; 17:00
74w00.40nd3 Sid.Tm; 15:01:14

Nov 4, 2008 +3.09%

For November 4 , 2008 , the moon is at 26 degrees Capricorn. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 5 in
Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the lunar node in the sign next to the sign that the lunar node is in and
every other sign from that point makes the eur/usd rise. The moon at
26 degrees Capricorn would have last passed within 1 degree of the
IS**" degree in Capricorn, which would be the degree of the lunar node.
Capricorn is on the path related to every other sign from the sign
that's next to the sign that the lunar node is in. With the lunar node in
Aquarius, the sign next to it is Pisces and every other sign from Pisces
eventually takes us to Capricorn. Therefore, the conditions for that
parameter are fulfilled and the prediction of the eur/usd going up as a
result is correct. The eur/usd was up + 3 . 09 %

329

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

EivAed

Th..6Ncivent>er2008 Time; 12:00 p.m.
New Yofk, NY (US) Urav.lime: 17.00
74w00.40n43 SidTlw: 15 00 07

Nov 6, 2008

-1.93%

For November 6 , 2008 , the moon is at 20 degrees Aquarius. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 2 in
Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the sun in an air of fire sign brings the value of Eur/Usd down. Since
the moon is at 20 degrees Aquarius, it would have last passed within 1
degree of the Sun’s degreefwhich is the 14 th degree) in Aquarius,
which is an air sign. This fulfills the conditions of parameter 2 and
therefore makes the prediction of a Eur/Usd drop turn out correct.
The Eur/Usd was down - 1 . 93 % on this day.

330

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

Tu., 11 NovcfTiter 2008 Tme: 12:00 p.m

New Ycrii. NY (US) Utiv lim: 17:00

74w€0.40n43 Sid. Tme: 15:28:90

Nov 11, 2008 -1.68%

For November ii, 2008 , the moon is at 28 degrees in Aries. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 2 in
Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the sun in an air or fire sign brings the value of Eur/Usd down. Since
the moon is at 28 degrees Aries, it would have last passed wdthin 1
degree of the Sun’s degreefwhich is the 19 th degree) in Aries, which is a
fire sign. This fulfills the conditions of parameter 2 and therefore
makes the prediction of a Eur/Usd drop turn out correct. The Eur/Usd
was down - 1 . 68 % on this day.

331

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

ElvAiad

Th.. 13Noveniber Tine: 12:00 pm

New Y«fc. NY <IJS) Uiw.lime: 17:00

74w00.40n43 Sid. Tne: 15:30:43

Nov 13, 2008 +2.87%

For November 13, 2008 , the moon is at 27 degrees in Taurus. The
last parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 1
in Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun in an earth or water sign brings the value of Eur/
Usd up. Since the moon is at 27 degrees Taurus, it would have last
passed within 1 degree of the Sun’s degree( 2 ist degree) in Taurus,
which is an Earth sign. This fulfills the conditions of parameter 1
and therefore makes the prediction of a Eur/Usd rise to turn out
correct. The Eur/Usd was up + 2 . 87 % on this day.

332

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

cf EiVi^

Fr., 14 November 200B Tne: 12:00 p.m

New York. NY {US} Uriv Tine; 17:00
74w00.40rt43 Ski Tnie: 15:40:40

Nov 14, 2008 -1.53%

For November 14 , 2008 , the moon is at 13 degrees in Gemini. The
last parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 4 in
Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree
of the lunar node in the sign that that the lunar node is in and every
other sign after that one brings the value of the EUR/USD down.
Since the moon being within this 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node would have taken place in gemini and gemini is on the path of
ever other sign from the sign that the lunar node is influnar node is
in Aquarius), the conditions of the parameter 4 are fulfilled and the
prediction from parameter 4 turns out correct. The Eur/Usd was
down - 1 . 53 % this day.

333

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

EwAnd

Ff.j 21 Novfiffibfic 2008 Tvno. 12.00 p.liv mj /\ i^mi/

New York, NY (US) Uiw.Tnie: 17:00 NOV 21, 2008 +0.99%

7j1w€ 0. 40nd3 Sid Tm«: 16:OB: 16

For November 2 i, 2008 , the moon is at 21 degrees in Virgo. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 5 in
Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree
of the lunar node in the sign next to the sign that the lunar node is in
and every other sign from that point makes the EUR/USD rise. The
moon at 21 degrees virgo would have last passed within 1 degree of
the 12 * degree in virgo, which would be the degree of the lunar node.
Virgo is on the path relative to every other sign from the sign that's
next to the sign that the lunar node is in. With the lunar node in
Aquarius, the sign next to it would be Pisces and every other sign
from Pisces eventually takes us to Virgo. Therefore, the conditions
for that parameter are fulfilled and the prediction of the eur/usd
going up is correct. The Eur/Usd was up + 0 . 99 % this day.

334

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

<9 EwAniJ

Mo., 24Nov€fnboi 2008 Tnw: 12)00 p.m. ivt«w. Tii 'lAno • ^ fco/

N«, Yak, NY (US) Ui. rm, 17:00 Nov 24, 2008 +2.65%

For November 24 , 2008 , the moon is at 29 degrees in Libra. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 4 in
Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the lunar node in the sign that that the lunar node is in and every
other sign after that one brings the value of the EUR/USD down.
Since the moon being within this 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node would have taken place in Libra and Libra is on the path of
every other sign from the sign that the lunar node is influnar node is
in Aquarius), the conditions of the parameter 4 are fulfilled,
HOWEVER, the prediction from parameter 4 turns out to be
incorrect as the Eur/Usd was up on this day. It can be justified that
another parameter could be involved, such as parameter 6 , which
says the moon within 3 degrees of the sun in an earth or water sign
brings the value of Eur/usd down, however, even that would be
incorrect.

335

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

EurAisd

Tu..2SNov«nib0r2OO8 Tine: 12:00p.m.

Mew Yo(k. NY {US) Uiw.limB; 17:00
74w00.40n43 SkJ. Tiiie: 16:24:02

Nov 25, 2008 + 1.12%

For November 25 , 2008 , the moon is at 11 degrees in Scorpio. The last
parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 5 in
Figure la which states the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the lunar node in the sign next to the sign that the lunar node is in and
every other sign from that point makes the Eur/Usd rise. The moon at
11 degrees scorpio would have last passed within 1 degree of the 11 th
degree in scorpio, which would be the degree of the lunar node. Scorpio
is on the path relative to every other sign from the sign that's next to the
sign that the lunar node is in. With the lunar node in Aquarius, the sign
next to it would be Pisces and every other sign from Pisces eventually
takes us to Scorpio. Therefore, the conditions for that parameter are
fulfilled and the prediction of the Eur/Usd going up is correct. The Eur/
Usd was up + 1 . 12 % this day.

336

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

We.. 26 November 200B Tme; 12;00p.ni.
New Yofk. NY (US) LMv.Trne: 17:00
74w00.40r>43 SklTnie: 16 27:99

Nov 26, 2008 -1.26%

For November 26 , 2008 , the moon is at 23 degrees in Scorpio. The
last parameter that would have applied here would be parameter 5 in
Figure la. It would have applied exactly as it did the previous day
on November 25 *. However, in this case, the prediction for
Parameter 5 , which says the Eur/usd goes up, would be incorrect.
The Eur/usd was actually down on this day. - 1 . 26 %

337

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

^ EivAed

Fr., 28 Novecrber 2008 Tine: 12:00 pm

New Yak. NY <US) Uriv.Tine: 17:00

74wOO. 40n43 Ski. Tme: 16:35:52 Nov 28,2008 -1.51%

For November 28 , 2008 , the moon is at 17 degrees in Sagittarius.
The last parameter that would have applied here would be parameter
4 in Figure la which says the moon being within 1 degree of the
degree of the lunar node in the sign that the lunar node is in and
every other sign after that brings the value of the Eur/usd down.
Since the moon being wdthin this 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node would have taken place in Sagittarius and Sagittarius is on the
path of every other sign from the sign that the lunar node is influnar
node is in Aquarius), the conditions of the parameter 4 , as a result,
are fulfilled and the prediction is correct. The Eur/usd was down -
1 . 51 %

338

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

After demonstrating November with the same algorithm that we used
in October, we regain confidence that the fixed algorithm containing
the 9 parameters in Figure la applies to the movements of the
Eur/usd. In November, and in just the days used in this
demonstration, the algorithm applied in all but 2 of the days. Back in
October, the algorithm also applied most days. So even with an error
here and there for predictions in October and November, its not
enough to discount the fixed parameters as applicable due to the fact
that it actually applied for most days where the price change was
significant. Of course these particular examples relate to predictions
for the Eur/usd in terms of what would be the final outcome at the end
of the day relative to the previous day. Meaning, as stated before, the
calculated chart for 12 pm New York and its layout of the positions of
the moon, lunar node, and mercury and how they are defined by the
parameters in terms of prediction, is what is used to predict where the
value of the Eur/usd would finish that day relative to where it was the
day before. Of course, the parameters can also be used in real time.
Meaning, the time that the actual parameter takes place can be applied
to a prediction for the Eur/usd at that very time. For example, if the
chart for 4 am ET New York shows the moon meeting the condition of
a parameter right at that time, then the parameter’s prediction for
what the price will do can be applied at that very time. If 3 hours later,
the moon meets the conditions of another parameter then the
prediction for that parameter can be applied. Anyone familiar with
forex trading would understand this as signals.

Note: Historically, 1 find the lunar node's degree can be held con¬
stant in the fire/ air signs and used to predict a subsequent EUR/
USD downturn when the moon is within one degree of the lunar
node's degree in any fire/air sign. It can also be used to predict a
subsequent EUR/ USD upswing when the moon is within one de¬
gree of the lunar node's degree in any earth/ water sign. J ust simply
replace the 4th and 5th parameters from Eigure la with this one in
order to test it with the algorithm.

339

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

In the next example using Bitcoin(BTC/USD), we have a different al¬
gorithm with a different set of parameters and also 2 sets of
parameter. Once again, the predictions apply to where the value
of Bitcoin finishes relative to the day before.

In these examples we will have 2 sets of g parameters based on
Eclipses 36 o to see how it correlates to the daily Bitcoin(BTC/USD)
movements. This is a much more complicated algorithm and is likely
a hint to the mark of the beast economy. In my studies there seems to
be something taking place when the Sun and Mercury changes
relationship to each other. It seems as though whatever is applied
during the time when the degree of mercury is less than the degree of
the sun in any sign is exactly the opposite of what happens when the
degree of mercury is more than the degree of the sun in any sign. That
change in the relationship between the sun and mercury seems to
change the outcome of the applied algorithm.

The algorithm is made up 2 sets of parameters defined to predict the
movements of the BTC/USD. See the next page for the first set of
parameters.

340

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

These “Figure Set i” parameters only apply when the degree of
mercury is less than the degree of the sun.

Note: Keep these pages of “Figure Set i” referenced to see how the
parameters correlate to past Bitcoin prices in the upcoming examples

Figure Set 1

1 . When the moon is within i degree of the degree of the sun in an
Earth or Water sign, the value of Bitcoin(BTC/USD) tends to go up.
For instance, the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini,
cancer, leo, virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn,
aquarius, and pisces. The Earth and Water signs are Taurus,
Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn, and Pisces..

2 . When the moon is within i degree of the degree of the sun in an
Fire or Air sign, the value of Bitcoin(BTC/USD) tends to go down.
For instance, the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini,
cancer, leo, virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn,
aquarius, and pisces. The Fire and Air signs are Aries, Gemini,
Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, Aquarius.

3 . When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node
in any sign, the result is that the value of Bitcoin(BTC/USD) drops.

4 . when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node
after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an Earth or Water
sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to drop.

5 . when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in a Fire or
Air sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to rise.

341

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Figure Set 1 cont’d

6 . When moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the Sun in an Earth
or Water sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to drop.

7 . When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the Sun in a
Fire or Air sign, Bitcoin(BTC/USD) tends to rise.

8 . When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the Mercury
after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an Earth or Water
sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to drop.

9 . When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of Mercury after
the moon has passed the degree of the sun in a Fire or Air sign, the
Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to rise.

Figure Set 2 starts on the next page

Keep the pages of “Figure Set 2 ” referenced to see how the parame¬
ters correlate to past Bitcoin prices in the upcoming examples

342

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

These “Figure Set 2” parameters only apply when the degree of
mercuiy is greater than the degree of the sun.

Figure Set 2

1 . When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in an
Earth or Water sign, the value of Bitcoin(BTC/USD) tends to go down.
For instance, the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini,
cancer, leo, virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn,
aquarius, and pisces. The Earth and Water signs are Taurus, Cancer,
Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn, and Pisces..

2 . When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in an Fire
or Air sign, the value of Bitcoin(BTC/USD) tends to go up. For instance,
the zodiac goes as follows: aries, taurus, gemini, cancer, leo,
virgo, libra, scorpio, Sagittarius, capricorn, aquarius, and
pisces. The Fire and Air signs are Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra,
Sagittarius, Aquarius.

3 . When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node
in any sign, the result is that the value of Bitcoin(BTC/USD) drops.

4 . when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node
after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an Earth or Water
sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to rise.

5 . when the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in a Fire or
Air sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to drop.

6 . When moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the Sun in an Earth
or Water sign, Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to rise.

343

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Figure Set 2 cont’d

7 . When the moon is within 3 degrees of the degree of the Sun in a Fire
or Air sign, Bitcoin(BTC/USD) tends to drop.

8 . When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the Mercury after
the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an Earth or Water sign,
the Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to rise.

9 . When the moon is within 1 degree of the degree of the Mercury after
the moon has passed the degree of the sun in a Fire or Air sign, the
Bitcoin’s(BTC/USD) value tends to drop.

Go to the next page to see how these parameters apply to trading.

344

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Bitcoin/USD

Date Price

Open

High

Low

Vol.

Change

Jan

31, 2014

800.0

801.7

803.3

791.8

0.22K

-0.49%

Jan

30, 2014

803.9

794.4

803.9

785.4

0.27K

0.49%

Jan

29, 2014

800.0

789.0

800.0

783.6

0.13K

0.63%

Jan

28, 2014

795-0

779.8

812.0

770.0

0.56K

4-57%

Jan

27, 2014

760.3

810.9

757.0

0.74K

-6.10%

Jan

26, 2014

809.7

804.2

823.9

731.0

0.15K

-0.04%

Jan

25, 2014

810.0

795.8

810.0

789.4

0.23K

3.60%

Jan

24, 2014

781.9

800.0

773.2

0.36K

-4.21%

These

the

Jan

23, 2014

816.2

819.0

820.0

804.3

0.26K

1.14%

are

Jan

22, 2014

807.0

o.ooK

-0.37%

prices

for

the

Jan

21, 2014

810.0

824.7

794.2

0.37K

-1.62%

RTP/TTQFi

Jan

20, 2014

823.4

831.0

795.2

0.15K

-0.80%

Jj i Lj/ LJ oLJ

Jan

19, 2014

830.0

819.0

830.0

814.2

0.14K

3.75%

for the

1 month

Jan

18, 2014

800.0

810.0

815.0

799.0

0.15K

1.39%

Jan

17, 2014

789.0

820.0

820.7

789.0

0.07K

-4-25%

Jan

16, 2014

824.0

847.1

822.4

0.20K

-1.87%

January 2Ui4

Jan

15, 2014

839.7

835.5

842.2

833.7

0.05K

1.56%

Jan

14, 2014

826.9

827.8

833.4

815.1

0.14K

1.03%

Jan

13, 2014

818.4

846.6

857.3

818.4

0.06K

-7.85%

Jan

12, 2014

888.1

892.0

888.1

o.ooK

-0.98%

Jan

11, 2014

896.9

899.0

900.3

895-0

o.oiK

7.44%

Jan

10,2014

834-7

833.0

834.7

833.0

o.ooK

-1.79%

Jan

09, 2014

850.0

833-7

850.0

794.9

0.29K

2.59%

Jan

08, 2014

828.5

781.0

838.0

771.0

0.14K

4-75%

Jan

07, 2014

791.0

928.7

791.0

o.ioK

-15.36%

Jan

06, 2014

934.5

910.0

950.0

900.0

o.ioK

3.38%

Jan

05, 2014

904.0

839.5

904.0

839.5

0.02K

12.74%

Jan

04, 2014

801.8

806.5

801.8

o.oiK

-1.26%

Jan

03, 2014

812.1

801.0

812.1

801.0

4.78%

Jan

02, 2014

775.0

746.2

775.0

740.2

0.13K

4.69%

Jan

01,2014

740.3

740.0

757.0

733.5

o.oiK

1.73%

Highest: 950.0

Lowest:

731.0

Difference: 219.0

Average:

819.4

Change %:

9.9

We will use January, February and early March of 2014 in our example for
Bitcoin’s value correlating with Eclipses. Remember: we have 2 sets of
parameters for this Bitcoin algorithm: Figure Set 1 and Figure Set 2 . Both
are based on the relationship between the degree of the sun and the degree
of mercury. Figure Set 1 applies when the degree of mercury is less than
the degree of the sun, while Figure Set 2 applies when the degree of
mercury is greater than the degree of the sun. So lets start with January. On
January 1 ®*, 2 ”'^, and 3 ”^, BTC/USD’s value rose all three days. See the chart
on the next page. Please note: Figure Set 1 and Figure Set 2 are basically the
opposite of each other, with the exception of parameter 3 . That one is the
same in both.

345

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

Since we have 2 sets of parameters for this algorithm, we have to see
which set do we apply here. We do that by looking at the relationship
between the degree of the sun and the degree of mercury. In this chart
for January i®' 2014 , mercury is at 13 degrees and the sun is at 11
degrees. Therefore, the degree of mercury is higher than the sun’s
degree. So that means we use “Figure Set 2” parameters to asses
where BTC/USD would go this day. Just go back to the page where
the Figure Set 2 parameters are laid out. The last parameter that
applies in this chart would be parameter 8 which says the moon being
within 1 degree of the degree of the Mercury after the moon has
passed the degree of the sun in an Earth or Water sign makes the
value of BTC/USD to go up. The sun is in capricorn, so the moon
having been within 1 degree of the degree of mercury becomes defined
by the fact that the sun’s degree is in an Earth sign. So the parameter’s
prediction is correct. BTC/USD was up + 1 . 73 %

346

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

In this chart for Jan 2 2014, the degree of mercury is still higher
than the sun’s degree, so the “Figure Set 2” parameters still ap¬
ply. When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would
have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be parameter 8 again.
The moon being within 1 degree of the degree of mercury with
the degree of the sun being in an earth or water sign is defined to
bring the value of BTC/USD up. The BTC/USD was up +4.69% that
day.

347

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d BtcAJad

Fr., 3 JafMiafy 2014 Time; 12;00 p.m.
NewYofk.NY{US) UravTrne: 17:00
74»im40nd3 Sid Tim IftSB SB

BTC/USD + 4.78 %

In this chart for Jan 3, 2014, the degree of mercury(i6 degrees) is still
higher than the sun’s degree(i3 degrees), so the “Figure Set 2”
parameters still apply here. When looking at the chart, the last
parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would
be parameter 2, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the de¬
gree of the sun in a fire or air sign brings the value of BTC/USD up.
That moon is in Aquarius and the parameter 2 would have occurred in
Aquarius, an air sign. The BTC/USD was up +4.78% this day. Its im¬
portant to notice that with the moon at 15°® degrees and almost exactly
within 1 degree of the degree of mercuryfwhich is 16^® degrees), its
close to its next parameter that describes what happens when the
moon is within 1 degree of the degree of mercury after the moon has
passed the degree of the sun in an air or fire sign.

348

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

dBtoHlsd

Sa. 4Jsnuay2014 Tme: 12C0pjn.

Kew¥c<1i,NY(US) UnwTir*: 1700 BTC/USD + 1.26 %

74 « q).iS)n 43 _ a!i.rBi8: 180 W 4 _

^\L/^

In this chart Jan 4 2014, the degree of mercuiy(i8 degrees) is still higher
than the sun’s degree(i4 degrees), so the “Figure Set 2” parameters
still apply. When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would
have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be parameter 9. When the
moon was in aquarius and within 1 degree of the degree of mercury
and after the moon passed the degree of the sun in an air or fire
signfaquarius is an air sign), the parameter defined the value of BTC/
USD to drop. It was down -1.26% that day.

349

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

Su.. 5Januafy2014 Im: 1200|iJii.

Yak. NY (US) UrevTine: 1790
74w00.40n43 Sid. Tine: 1994:51

BTC/USD + 12 . 74 %

In this chart for Jan 5 2014, the degree of mercuryfig degrees) is still
higher than the sun’s degree(i5 degrees), which means the “Fig¬
ure Set 2” parameters still apply here. When looking at the chart,
the last parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2”
would be parameter 6, which says the moon being within 3 de¬
grees of the degree of the sun in an earth or water sign brings
the value of BTC/USD up. Pisces is a water sign. So, the parame¬
ter’s prediction is correct. BTC/USD rose +12.74%.

350

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

<a BItAJsd

Mo., C J««iafy2D14 Tane: 12:00 p.m.

New Yoili. NY <IJS) Umr Tiiib: 17:00
{74w00.40n43 Sid. Twna 10:08:47

BTCAJSD + 3 . 38 %

In this chart for Jan 6 2014, the degree of mercuiy(2i degrees) is still
higher than the sun’s degree(i6 degrees), which means the “Figure
Set 2” parameters still apply. When looking at the chart, the last pa¬
rameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be pa¬
rameter 8, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the mercury after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an
earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. Pisces is a water
sign. Once again the prediction is correct. BTC/USD rose +3.38% that
day.

351

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

In this chart for Jan 7 2014, the degree of mercury(23 degrees) is still
higher than the sun’s degreefiy degrees), which means the “Figure Set
2” parameters still apply. When looking at the chart, the last parameter
that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be parameter 4,
which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node after the moon passes the degree of the sun in an earth or water
sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. The last degree of the sun that
was passed by the moon was the 17* degree in pisces, so thus parame¬
ter 4 is invoked because Pisces is a water sign. However the pre¬
diction from that parameter would be wrong because BTC/USD
dropped significantly that day. It was close because Mercury is at 23 de¬
grees. One more degree to 24 degrees and the “Figure Set 1” pa¬
rameters would have been effectuated and the parameter 4 from that
set would be correct. Mercury goes into the next sign at 24 degrees
which would be counted as a lesser degree than the 17th degree of the

sun.

352

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<f B»(AJ9d

We.,8 Jaiuary2014 Tne: 12:00 p.m.

New Yoffc. KY (US) IMv.line: 17:00
74w00.40n43 Ski. rnte: 16: 16:41

BTC/USD + 4 . 75 %

In this chart for Jan 8 2014, the degree of mercury(24 degrees) is lower
than the sun’s degree(i8 degrees). Remember the 24* degree marks
the beginning of a new sign. This now means that the “Figure Set
2” parameters that we have been using thus far no longer applies at
the moment. The “Figure Set 1” parameters would now apply.
When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would have ap¬
plied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 9, which says the moon
being within 1 degree of the degree of mercury after the moon passes
the degree of the sun in a fire or air sign brings the value of BTC/
USD up. The last degree being the degree of the sun that was passed by
the moon was the 18“* degree in Aries before it made its way to
within 1 degree of the degree of mercury, so thus parameter 9 is in¬
voked because Aries is a fire sign. The prediction was correct as BTC/
USD rose +4.75% that day.

353

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

BlrfUad

.,6Janiury20lJl Tine; 12:00 p.m

wYG(k,NY<US) UiivTine: 17:00

74w00.40»13 Sid rme: 18:20:37 BTC/USD +2.59%

In this chart for Jan 9 2014, the degree of mercury(26 degrees) is lower
than the sun’s degreefig degrees). Remember the 24* degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. The “Figure Set 1” parameters would apply
here. When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would have
applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 5, which says the
moon being within 1 degree of the degree of lunar node after the
moon passes the degree of the sun in a fire or air sign brings the
value of BTC/USD up. The last degree being the degree of the sun that
was passed by the moon was the 19* degree in Aries before it made its
way to within 1 degree of the degree of lunar node, so thus parameter 5
is invoked because Aries is a fire sign. The prediction was correct as
BTC/USD rose +2.59% that day.

354

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

xS Blc/UsEi

Fr., 10 Jariuary2014 Tme: 12:00 p.ni.

NewYcfti. NY<US) LNv.liine 1700
74w00.40nd3 Sid Tme; 1924:S4

BTC/USD - 1 . 79 %

In this chart for Jan lo, 2014, the degree of mercury(28 degrees) is
lower than the sun’s degree(20 degrees). Remember the 24* degree
marks the beginning of a new sign. The “Figure Set 1” parameters
on would apply here. When looking at the chart, the last parameter
that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 1,
which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the
sun in an Earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD up.
That didn’t happen because BTC/USD was down this day. However,
it would only be 2 hours before the time used to calculate this chart
that parameter 6 would have applied, which states that the moon
within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun in an earth or water sin
brings the value of BTC/USD down.

355

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

ewusd

Sa.. 11 Jaiuav2014 Tine: 12:00pjn

New Yoffc, NY (US) lliwTine: 17:00
74w00.40n43 SM Tim: 10:28:30

BTC/USD + 7 . 44 %

In this chart for Jan ii, 2014, the degree of mercury(29 degrees) is lower
than the sun’s degree(20 degrees). Remember the 24* degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. The “Figure Set 1” parameters would ap¬
ply here. When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would
have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 8, which says
the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the mercury after the moon
has passed the degree of the sun in an Earth or water sign brings the
value of BTC/ USD down. That didn’t happen because BTC/USD was
up significantly this day. So, we have another wrong prediction.

356

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

“Since Jan 12 2014 was break-even for BTC/USD, we’ll skip to Jan 13th--

d Bll/Uad

Mo., 13Jaxuaiy2014 Tine; 1200p.ifi.
NnvYofIc. NY(US} UTiiv.Tne: 1700
74wC0.40n43 SciTme: 193623

BTC/USD - 7 . 85 %

In this chart for Jan 13, 2014, the degree of mercuiyCs degrees) is lower
than the sun’s degree(23 degrees). Remember the 24"’’ degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. The “Figure Set 1” parameters would ap¬
ply here. When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would
have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 2, which says
the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a Fire or Air sign
brings the value of BTC/USD down. The degree of the sun, in this case
of the moon going to within 1 degree of the degree of the sun,
would be the 23^'* degree mark of gemini, which is an air sign. So
from that standpoint, the prediction is correct as BTC/USD dropped
that day.

357

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Bt6\Jsd

Tu.. t4 Janiiaiy2014 Tine: 12fi0p.i

New Yoffc.NY(LlS) Lhirrire: 17fl0
T4w00.40n43 S&d.Tnie; ie>d€20

BTC/USD + 1 . 03 %

In this chart for Jan 14, 2014, the degree of mercury(4 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(24 degrees). Remember the 24* degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. Therefore, the “Figure Set 1” parameters that
we have been using no longer apply for now. Because Mercury is at a
higher degree than the degree of the sun, we go back to the “Fig¬
ure Set 2” parameters which is invoked when that happens. When
looking at the chart, the last parameter that would have applied from
“Figure Set 2” on would be parameter 8, which says the moon within 1
degree of the degree of the Mercury after the moon has passed the sun’s
degree in an Earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. The
degree of the sun is 24 degrees, and since the 24th degree marks the be¬
ginning of the next sign, the 24*'’ degree mark in gemini is interpreted to
the sign of Cancer, which is a water sign. The prediction would be
correct as BTC/USD was up 1.03%.

358

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

^ BtOUad

We., 15Januaiy2014 Tine; 12.€0p.ni.
New Yofk, NY (US) Uhiv.Tine: 17.00
74w00.40n43 Skl.Tne: 10:44:16

BTC/USD + 1 . 56 %

In this chart for Jan 15, 2014, the degree of mercury(6 degrees) is
higher than the sun’s degree(25 degrees). Remember the 24* degree
marks the beginning of a new sign. Because Mercury’s degree is at a
higher degree than the degree of the sun, we use “Figure Set
2” parameters, which is invoked when that happens. When looking at
the chart, the last parameter that would have applied from “Figure
Set 2” would be parameter 8, which says the moon within 1 degree
of the degree of Mercury after the moon has passed the sun’s de¬
gree in an Earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. That
prediction would be correct as BTC/USD was up 1.56% on this day.

359

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

BI<Alad

16 JdfiuBiy2014 line: 12€Dp.in.

fYofk,NY(US) UhnrTne; 170)
74wa).40n43 SUTnie; 1048:13

BTC/USD - 1 . 87 %

In this chart for Jan i6, 2014, the degree of mercury(8 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(26 degrees). Remember the 24* degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. In light of that, because Mercury’s degree is at a
higher degree than the degree of the sun, we use “Figure Set
2” parameters, which is invoked when that happens. When looking at
the chart, the last parameter that would have applied from “Figure
Set 2” would be parameter 3, which says the moon within 3 degrees
of the degree of the Lunar node in any sign brings the value of
BTC/USD down. That prediction would be correct as BTC/USD was
down -1.87% on this day.

360

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

€* Blc/Usd

Fr., 17 J«\uary 2014 iBne; 12:00 p.ir.
New Yorti. NY (US) UNv.Time: 17:00

74v>)iOO. 40n43 Sid. Tine: 19:9^:10

BTC/USD - 4 . 25 %

In this chart for Jan 17, 2014, the degree of mercury(9 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(27 degrees). Remember the 24* degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. In light of that, because Mercury’s degree is at a
higher degree than the degree of the sun, we use “Figure Set 2”
parameters, which is invoked when that happens. When looking at the
chart, the last parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set
2” would be parameter 9, which says the moon within 1 degree of the de¬
gree of Mercury after the moon has passed the sun’s degree in an air
or fire sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. The degree of the
sun is 27 degrees, and that 27* degree mark for this parameter ap¬
plied at the 27 degree mark of Cancer, which is interpreted to Leo
because the 24* degree mark marks the beginning of the next sign,
which in this case is Leo, which is also a fire sign. In that regard, pa¬
rameter 9 is applied and the prediction would be correct as BTC/USD
was down -4.25% on this day.

361

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

cf etc/Uad

Sa.. 16 Jar>uafy2014 Tme: 12:00 pm.

NewYo(k.NY(US) Unv-Tine: 17:00
74w00.40o43 SkI.Tiib: 10:56:06

BTC/USD + 1 . 39 %

In this chart for Jan i8, 2014, the degree of mercuryfii degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(28 degrees). Remember, the 24* degree marks the
beginning of a new sign. So therefore, 11 degrees is later in the sign than
28 degrees, which thus makes the 11th degree higher than the 28th degree.
In light of that, because Mercury’s degree is at a higher degree than the
degree of the sun, we use “Figure Set 2” parameters, which is in¬
voked when that happens. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be parameter 6 ,
which says the moon within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun in an
earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. The moon at 25 de¬
grees is 3 degrees from the 28 degree mark of Leo which is the degree of
the sun. That 28* degree mark is interpreted to the next sign of Virgo,
which is an Earth sign and thus a fulfilled requirement for parameter 6.
This prediction would he correct as BTC/USD was up +1.39% for this day.

362

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

^ BU^Usd

Su., Id Januaiy 2014 Tane: 12:00 pm

New Yoik. NY (US) UiwTnie 17:00
74w00.40n43 SUl.Tm 20 00:03

BTC/USD + 3 . 75 %

In this chart for Jan 19, 2014, the degree of mercury(i3 degrees) is
higher than the sun’s degree(29 degrees). Remember, the 24* degree
marks the beginning of a new sign. Therefore, the 13th degree would be
considered higher than the 29th degree. In light of that, because
Mercury’s degree is at a higher degree than the degree of the sun, we use
“Figure Set 2” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be parame¬
ter 4, which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar
node after the moon has passed the sun’s degree in an earth of water sign
brings the value of BTC/USD up. Because the sun is 29 degrees, the de¬
gree of sun for this parameter would have applied to the 29* degree of
Leo, which is thus interpreted to the sign of Virgo, which is an
earth sign. This prediction would be correct as BTC/USD was up
+3-75% for this day.

363

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

We will skip to Jan 24, 2014 since that's the next
significant price change

<f BtcnJad

Fr, 24 J9iu9y2014 lime: 12:CX)p.m.

NewYoANYfUS) UMvline: 17:00
74w00.40n43 Sid Tne: 20:16:45

BTC/USD - 4 . 21 %

In this chart for Jan 24, 2014, the degree of mercury(2i degrees) is
higher than the sun’s degree(4 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use
“Figure Set 2” parameters. When looking at the chart, the
last parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2”
would be parameter 1, which says the moon within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun in an earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/
USD down. Since the Sun is at 4 degrees, the degree of the sun re¬
ferred to in this case is the 4* degree of Scorpio, which is a water sign.
The prediction would be correct as BTC/USD was down -4.21% for this
day.

364

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

cf Bicnjsd

Sa., 25 JBnu9y2014 Tine: 12:00 pm

New York, NY <US) UiwTine: 17:00
74w00.40rWl3 SM Tara: 20:23:42

BTC/USD + 3 . 60 %

In this chart for Jan 25, 2014, the degree of mercury(22 degrees) is
higher than the sun’s degreefs degrees). Therefore, we continue to use
“Figure Set 2” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last
parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would
be parameter 8, which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree
of mercury after the moon has passed the sun’s degree in an earth
or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. Since the Sun is
at 5 degrees, the degree of the sun referred to in this case is the 5* de¬
gree of Scorpio, which is a water sign. This prediction would be
correct as BTC/USD was up +3.60% for this day.

365

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

We will skip to Jan 27, 2014 since that's the next
significant price change

<9 Bto^Jsd

Mo., 27 JaMaiv2014 Irnie: 12€0p.m.

New Yoffc. NY (US) LhihiTm: 17€0
74w00,40n43 Sid. Ikne: 2031:35

BTCAJSD -6.10%

In this chart for Jan 27, 2014, Mercury enters a new sign. Since the 24
degree marks the start of a new sign and Mercury is at 25 degrees in this
chart, its now observed for the degree of the mercury to be lower than the
degree of the sun. In this case, mercury’s degree(25 degrees) is lower than
the degree of the sun(7 degrees). Therefore, we stop using the “Figure
Set 2” parameters and start back again with the “Figure Set 1” pa¬
rameters. These are applied when the degree of mercury is lower than
the degree of the sun. When looking at the chart, the last parameter
that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 2,
which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a fire
or air sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. Since the Sun is at 7 de¬
grees, the degree of the sun referred to in this case of the moon within 1
degree is the 7* degree mark of Sagittarius, which is a fire sign. There¬
fore, this prediction would be correct as BTC/USD was down -6.10% for
this day.

366

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d GtoflJsd

Tu..28Janiiaiy2014 Tire: 1200p.m

New Ycrti. NY OJS) UiKr.Tm; 1700
74w€0.40n43 Ski. Tire: 202532

BTCAJSD +4.57%

In this chart for Jan 28, 2014, mercury’s degree(26 degrees) is lower
than the degree of the sun(8 degrees) . Therefore, we use the “Fig¬
ure Set 1” parameters. These are applied when the degree of mer¬
cury is lower than the degree of the sun. When looking at the chart,
the last parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1”
would be parameter 1, which says the moon within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun in an earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/
USD up. In this chart, the moon is not exact to within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun at 12pm ....so technically in doesn’t apply in the way
that I was counting it in previous examples—having to be within the
exact 1 degree mark down to the superscript(the small number
above the number). But since within 1 hour from the time used to
calculate the chart, the parameter would eventually end up ap¬
plying, we use it in this case anyway. Therefore, we can say this pre¬
diction would be correct as BTC/ USD was up +4.57% for this day.

367

Chapter 21 : Global Christ Conscious Economy

We’ll end the January there and move onto February to see if the
parameters will continue to correlate with the value of BTC/USD. Below
are the prices for BTC/USD during the month of February 2014 . We will
continue with the same algorithm

Date

Price

Open

High

Low

Vol.

Change %

Feb 28,

2014

565.0

575.5

590.3

544.9

0.34K

-2.42%

Feb 27,

2014

579.0

592.5

565.7

O.OIK

-0.52%

These are

the

Feb 26,

2014

582.0

548.7

594.5

544.0

0.72K

13.01%

prices for the

Feb 25,

2014

515.0

554.0

567.0

425.0

1.91K

-8.43%

BTC/USD for

Feb 24,

2014

562.4

597.3

562.4

O.OIK

-9.14%

the month

Feb 23,

2014

619.0

597.7

624.1

597.7

0.02K

4.00%

February

2014

Feb 22,

2014

595.2

587.6

602.8

563.7

O.OOK

4.79%

Feb 21,

2014

568.0

565.2

591.5

548.5

0.06K

-1.88%

Feb 20,

2014

578.9

633.0

574.8

0.04K

-8.17%

Feb 19,

2014

630.4

634.2

638.0

628.0

O.lOK

0.38%

Feb 18,

2014

628.0

660.0

622.0

0.05K

-5.40%

Feb 17,

2014

663.8

626.0

663.8

626.0

0.03K

9.19%

Feb 16,

2014

608.0

650.0

608.0

O.llK

-6.95%

Feb 15,

2014

653.4

652.9

655.7

650.0

0.02K

-4.20%

Feb 14,

2014

682.0

622.0

724.0

565.2

0.46K

7.53%

Feb 13,

2014

634.3

671.9

630.0

0.04K

-7.41%

Feb 12,

2014

685.0

691.1

650.0

0.06K

3.97%

Feb 11,

2014

658.9

739.0

761.7

653.3

0.13K

-6.72%

Feb 10,

2014

706.3

720.0

739.0

642.0

O.llK

-0.52%

Feb 09,

2014

710.0

702.6

720.0

702.6

O.lOK

2.90%

Feb 08,

2014

690.0

700.0

716.4

690.0

0.05K

-4.17%

Feb 07,

2014

720.0

750.3

755.1

677.0

0.28K

-6.68%

Feb 06,

2014

771.6

793.0

768.0

0.16K

-2.46%

Feb 05,

2014

791.0

807.0

808.0

791.0

0.33K

-2.71%

Feb 04,

2014

813.0

810.8

813.2

808.3

0.12K

0.37%

Feb 03,

2014

810.0

806.8

814.1

801.7

0.14K

-0.57%

Feb 01,

2014

814.6

801.9

814.6

801.9

O.OIK

1.83%

Highest: 814.6

Lowest: 425.0

Difference: 389.6

Average:

660.5

Change %: -29.4

368

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d BloTUsd

Sa.. 1 February2014 Tme; 12:00 pm.

N6w Yoik, NY (US) Unftf.Tana: 17:00 "D'T'T^/T TCT^ -i_1 QQO/

74wa).40ivl3 SM.Iime: 20:51:18 £> 1 L./UoJJ -ri.OJ/O

In this chart for Feb i, 2014 , mercury’s degreefi degree) is lower than the
degree of the sun(i 2 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the “Fig¬
ure Set 1” parameters. These are applied when the degree of mercury is
lower than the degree of the sun. When looking at the chart, the last pa¬
rameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parame¬
ter 9 , which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of mercury af¬
ter the moon has passed the sun’s degree in an air or fire sign brings the
value of BTC/ USD up. The last degree of the sun that the moon
passed was the 12 ''’degree in Aquarius, which is an air sign. There¬
fore this prediction is accurate. BTC/USD was up + 1 . 83 %.

369

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

we’ll skip to Feb 5^2014 since that's the next significant
move

cT BloTUsd

We..S Fefcffuary2014
New Ycik. NY iUS)
74w00.40n43

Inie; 1200 p.m
UiKr.Tme: 1700
Sid rme: 210704

BTC/USD -2.71%

In this chart for Feb 5 , 2014 , mercury’s degree (3 degrees) is still lower
than the degree of the sun(i 6 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the
“Figure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 9 ,
which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of mercury after the
moon has passed the sun’s degree in an air or fire sign brings the value
of BTC/ USD up. The last degree of the sun that the moon passed
was the 12 * degree in Aries, which is fire sign. Therefore this predic¬
tion is wrong. BTC/USD was actually down - 2 . 71 %.

note: there will be days when the parameters will be wrong.

370

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Bt4yv>scl

..6 Fetimary2014 lime: 12:00p.ni.

wYcrti. NY<US} UHV.Tme; 17:00
74w€0.40rWl3 Sid.Tme: 21:11:01

BTC/USD -2.46%

In this chart for Feb 6 , 2014 , mercury’s degree (3 degrees) is lower than
the degree of the sunfiy degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the
“Figure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parame¬
ter 6 , which says the moon within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun
in an earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. This pre¬
diction is correct. BTC/USD was down - 2 . 46 %.

371

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

In this chart for Feb 7, 2014, mercury’s degree(3 degrees) is lower than
the degree of the sun(i8 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the
“Figure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 3,
which says the moon within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node
in any sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. The lunar node is at 1
degree and the moon is at 29 degrees. So this applies because the
moon is 2 degrees away from the lunar node, which is within the
determined 3 degrees to effectuate the prediction. This prediction is cor¬
rect. BTC/USD was down -6.68%.

372

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

a<yuad

Sa.. 8Fefcniwy2014 Tme; 12:00 pm
New Yorti. NY <LIS) Lliw.Tme: 17:00
74w00. 40n43 Sid Tirrw: 21:18:54

BTC/USD - 4 . 17 %

In this chart for Feb 8, 2014, mercury’s degree(3 degrees) is lower than
the degree of the sunfig degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the
“Figure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 8,
which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of mercury after the
moon has passed the sun’s degree in an Earth or Water sign brings the
value of BTC/USD down. The degree of the sun is 19, and the last de¬
gree of the sun passed by the moon in this chart was the 19* degree
in Taurus, which is an earth sign. Therefore, this prediction is cor¬
rect. BTC/USD was down -4.17%.

373

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

BtiAJsd

Su., 9Fei>niafy2014 Tkne: 12:00 pm.

New Yortt. NY (US) Uiw.Tme: 17:00
74w00.40n43 Std.liim: 21:22:90

BTC/USD + 2 . 90 %

In this chart for Feb 9, 2014, mercury’s degree(2 degrees) is lower
than the degree of the sun(20 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use
the “Figure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the
last parameter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1”
would be parameter 2, which says the moon within 1 degree of the
degree of the sun in an Air or Fire sign brings the value of BTC/USD
down. Gemini is an air sign Therefore, this prediction is WRONG.
BTC/USD was up +2.90% this day..

374

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

we’ll skip to Feb 11^ 2014 since that's the next significant

_ move _

cf Bhyvisd

Tu.. 11 Fctxufiiy 2014 lime; 1200 p.m.
New VcMk. NY <US) Lhhf.Tme; 1700

74w00.40na3 Sid. Tine; 21:3043

BTC/USD - 6 . 72 %

In this chart for Feb ii, 2014, mercury’s degree(i degree) is lower than
the degree of the sun(22 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the
“Figure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parame¬
ter that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parame¬
ter 9, which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of mercury
after the moon has passed the sun’s degree in an Air or Fire sign brings
the value of BTC/USD up. That last sun’s degree of 22 was passed by
the moon in Gemini which is an air sign. Therefore, this prediction is
WRONG. BTC/ USD was down -6.72% this day. This could only be re¬
solved by the fact that the moon would have been within 3 degrees of
the degree of the sun in about 4 hours from the time used to calculate
the chart. That would have invoked a prediction for BTC/USD to drop.

375

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<3 ett^ad

We . 12 Felmay2014 Tm: 1200pin.

New Yoifc, NY (US) Uiw.Tme 17:00
74w00.40n43 Ski. Tne: 21:3440

BTC/USD + 3 . 97 %

In this chart for Feb 12, 2014, mercury’s degree(o degree) is lower than the
degree of the sun(23 degrees). Therefore, we continue to use the “Fig¬
ure Set 1” parameters. When looking at the chart, the last parameter
that would have applied from “Figure Set 1” would be parameter 3,
which says the moon within 3 degrees of the degree of the lunar node
in any sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. With the moon at 28 de¬
grees and the lunar node at o degrees, we see that the parameter is taking
place, however the prediction is wrong again. BTC/USD rose +3.97%.
However in about 3 hours from the time used to calculate the chart, the
sun would have went into the next sign and the moon would have traveled
about 2 degrees. This would invoke another set and another parameter
which would predict the BTC/USD to rise.

376

fp<^

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

BtofUnd

13Fabniav2014 lime: 12fi0p.in.

w Yofk. NY (US) UnivTane; 17 IK
74«00.40nd3 SM. Tine; 2138:37

BTC/USD - 7 . 41 %

In this chart for Feb 13, 2014, the Sun enters a new sign at the 24 degree
mark. This means that mercury’s degree(29 degrees) is now higher than
the degree of the sun(24 degrees). Therefore, we stop using the “Fig¬
ure Set 1” parameters and start using the “Figure Set 2” parameters
again. “Figure Set 2” parameters are applied when the degree of
mercury is higher than the degree of the sun. When looking at the
chart, the last parameter that would have applied from “Figure
Set 2” would be parameter 5, which says the moon within 1 degree
of the degree of the lunar node after the moon has passed the sun’s
degree in an air or fire sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. The
24* degree, which is the degree of the sun in this chart and also the
beginning of the next sign, would have been passed by the moon at the
24* degree of Cancer, which is interpreted to Leo, which is a fire
sign. Therefore the prediction is correct. BTC/USD was down -7.41%.

377

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Fr.. 14 Fet9ruBry2014 Tme: 121X)p.(m.

New YcA, NY (US) Lhrtr.rm: 17C0
74w<».40n43 Sid rne; 2142:33

BTC/USD + 7 . 53 %

In this chart for Feb 14, 2014, mercury’s degree(28 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree (25 degrees). Therefore, we use the “Figure
Set 2” parameters again. “Figure Set 2” parameters are applied
when the degree of mercury is higher than the degree of the sun.
When looking at the chart, the last parameter that would have ap¬
plied from “Figure Set 2” would be parameter 6, which says the
moon within 3 degrees of the degree of the sun in an earth or wa¬
ter sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. The degree of the moon is
22 degrees and the degree of the sun is 25 degrees in Aquarius in¬
terpreted to Pisces, which is a water sign. That's within 3 degrees
of a water sign as defined by the parameter and therefore results in
the correct prediction. BTC/USD was up +7.53%.

378

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Bt<AJ8d

Sa.. 15 Fabmavy 2014 Time: 12:00 p.m

New Ycfk, NY (US) Ui^.lme; 17 00
74w00. 40f>d3 Sid. Tine: 21.46:30

BTC/USD - 4 . 20 %

In this chart for Feb 15, 2014, mercury’s degree(27 degrees) is higher than
the sun’s degree (26 degrees). Therefore, we use the “Figure Set
2” parameters again. When looking at the chart, the last parameter
that would have applied from “Figure Set 2” would be parameter 4,
which says the moon within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node af¬
ter the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an earth or water sign
brings the value of BTC/USD up. So this prediction turns out incorrect
as BTC/USD was down -4.20%. This can be resolved by looking at the
fact that mercury, which is in retrograde, would switch positions with
the sun that day by going to a lesser degree than the sun and thus in¬
voking “Figure Set 1” parameters, which would give the correct predic¬
tion.

379

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d BI(yU8d

Su., 16 Febuary 2014 Tne; 12:00 pm
Mew Yorti, MY (US) Uiw.Tnie; 17:00

74w00,40n43 Sid Tne: 21:50:26

BTC/USD - 6 . 95 %

In this chart for Feb i6,2014, mercury’s degree (26 degrees) becomes lower
than the sun’s degree(27 degrees). Therefore, “Figure Set 2” parameters
no longer apply here. We now go back to “Figure Set 1” parameters.
The last parameter from “Figure Set 1” that applied in this chart was
parameter 4, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of
the lunar node after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an
earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. That occurred
here and thus the prediction is correct. BTC/USD was down - 6.95%.

380

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Btc/lJsd

Mo., 17 Fetcuaiy 2014 Tine: 1200pjn.

New Yofk, NY (US) Urav.Tme: 1700

74w00, 40n43 Sid. Fane: 210423

BTC/USD + 9 . 19 %

In this chart for Feb 17, 2014, mercury’s degree (24 degrees) is lower than
the sun’s degree(28 degrees). Therefore, “Figure Set 1” parameters
still apply. The last parameter from “Figure Set 1” that applied in this
chart was parameter 5, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the
degree of the lunar node after the moon has passed the degree of the sun
in a fire or air sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. The degree of the
moon is at 29 and the degree of the lunar node is at o. That's within
the 1 degree mark stated in the parameter 5 along with the moon
having already passed the sun’s degree in an air or fire sign as libra is
an air sign. This leaves us with another correct prediction. BTC/USD was
up +9.19%.

381

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

<9 BU/Usd

Tu.. 18 Fflt3niflfy2014 Hidb: 12t)0p.m.

New Yoik, NY (US} Unhr.Tire; 17^)0
74w00.40n43 Sid Tnie: 21:58:18

BTC/USD - 5 . 40 %

In this chart for Feb i8, 2014, another change in the relationship between
the sun and mercuiy has taken place. Mercury has gone back wards into
another sign at the 23rd degree mark. This puts mercury’s degree(23
degrees) higher than the sun’s degree(29 degrees). (Remember, the 24*
degree marks the beginning of a new sign so that makes the 24* degree the
lowest numbered degree.) Therefore, “Figure Set 1” parameters no
longer apply. We go back to “Figure Set 2” parameters. The last param¬
eter from “Figure Set 2” that would have applied here would be parame¬
ter 5, which says the moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lu¬
nar node after the moon has passed the degree of the sun in an air of fire
sign bring the value of BTC/USD down. Since Libra is an air sign,
this prediction is correct. BTC/USD was down -5.40% this day.

382

134

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

we’ll skip to Feb 20 2014 since that's the next significant

BkAJad

In this chart for Feb 20, 2014, Mercury’s degree(2i degrees) higher than
the sun’s degree(i degree). Therefore we continue with “Figure Set
2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that would
have applied here would be parameter 1, which says the moon being
within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in an earth of water sign brings
the value of BTC/USD down. That degree of the sun would be in Scor¬
pio, which is a water sign. Therefore, the prediction is correct. BTC/
USD was down -8.17%.

383

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

we’ll skip to Feb 22nd and 23 2014 since that's the next significant
moves

In this chart for Feb 22, 2014, Mercuiy’s degree(20 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degreefs degree). Therefore we continue with “Fig¬
ure Set 2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that
would have applied here would be parameter 2, which says the
moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a fire or air
sign brings the value of BTC/USD up. That degree of the sun would
be in Sagittarius in this chart, which is a fire sign. Therefore, the pre¬
diction is correct. BTC/USD was up +4.79%.

384

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Su., 23 Fetcuary 2014 iBno: 12:00 p.m ot’^/ttcT^ _i_/1 HHO/

Mew Yo«l. MY (US) Uiw.Tnie 17:00 Jd i L«/UbJJ +4.UU%

In this chart for Feb 23, 2014, Mercury’s degreefig degrees) higher than
the sun’s degreefs degree). Therefore we continue with “Figure Set
2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that would
have applied here would be parameter 2 again, which says the moon
being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in a fire or air sign
brings the value of BTC/USD up. That degree of the sun would be in
Sagittarius in this chart, which is a fire sign. Therefore, the prediction is
correct. BTC/ USD was up +4.00%.

385

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

BfaAJsd

MC..24 Fetnjaiy20l4 TnB: I290pin.

Men Y<xk. NY <US) UnvTnie: ITflO

T4w00.40n43 Ski. Tme: 222159 BTCAJSD -9 14 %

In this chart for Feb 24, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i9 degrees) higher than
the sun’s degree(6 degrees). Therefore we continue with “Figure Set
2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that would
have applied here would be parameter 5, which says the moon being
within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node after the moon has
passed the sun’s degree in an air or fire sign brings the value of BTC/
USD down. Before the moon went to within 1 degree of the degree of
the lunar node in Capricorn, it had to last pass the degree of the sun
in Sagittarius, which is a fire sign. Therefore, the prediction is correct.
BTC/USD was down -9.14% this day.

386

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Tu., 25 Fet«uafy2014 Time; 12.00p.iTi.
N 0 W Yortc. NY (US) Uiiv.rnie; 17 00
74w00.40nd3 SM.Tnie; 2225 55

BTC/USD - 8 . 43 %

In this chart for Feb 25, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i8 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree at (7 degrees). Therefore we continue with
“Figure Set 2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2”
that would have applied here would be parameter 1, which says the
moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in an earth or wa¬
ter sign brings the value of BTC/USD down. That degree of the sun
would have been in Capricorn because that's where the moon would
have crossed it last. Capricorn is an earth sign. Therefore, the pre¬
diction is correct. BTC/USD was down -8.43% this day.

387

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

cT 81</Usd

We., 26 Fctmafy 2014 Titre; 1200pm.
New ¥cMk. NY <US) UrW.rane; 1700
74w00.40n43 Sid. Tme: 2229-52

BTC/USD + 13 . 01 %

In this chart for Feb 26, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i8 degrees) is higher than
the sun’s degree(8 degrees). Therefore we continue with “Figure Set
2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that would
have applied here would be parameter 4, which says the moon being
within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node after the moon has passed
the sun’s degree in an earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/USD
down. Before the moon went to within 1 degree of the degree of the
lunar node in Aquarius, it had to last pass the degree of the sun in Capri¬
corn, which is an earth sign. Therefore, the prediction is correct. BTC/
USD was up +13.01% this day.

388

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

we’ll skip to Feb 28th 2014 since that's the next significant move

I cf BMUsd

iFr, 28 Fetmsry 2014 lare; 1200 p.m.

New Yofk, NY <tlS) Unhr.rm: 17 00

74w0D.40n43 SM. Tme: 223745 BTC/USD “ 2 . 42 %

In this chart for Feb 28, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i8 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(io degrees). Therefore we continue with “Fig¬
ure Set 2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that
would have applied here would be parameter 5, which says the
moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node after the
moon has passed the sun’s degree in a fire or air sign brings the value
of BTC/USD down. Before the moon went to within 1 degree of the de¬
gree of the lunar node in Pisces it had to last pass the degree of the sun
in Aquarius, which is an air sign. Therefore, the prediction is correct.
BTC/USD was down -2.42% this day.

389

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

These are the prices for the BTC/USD
for the month of March 2014

Date

Price

Open

High

Low

Vol.

Change %

Mar 31,

2014

452.0

478.6

485.0

443.1

0.08K

-2.61%

Mar 30,

2014

464.1

493.0

440.4

0.14K

-5.66%

Mar 29,

2014

491.9

506.2

507.0

491.0

0.02K

-1.11%

Mar 28,

2014

497.4

525.0

490.0

0.23K

-0.22%

Mar 27,

2014

498.5

582.4

589.3

498.5

0.24K

-16.21%

Mar 26,

2014

595.0

580.0

595.0

570.0

0.54K

2.23%

Mar 25,

2014

582.0

586.6

586.7

579.1

0.31K

-1.35%

Mar 24,

2014

590.0

560.4

590.0

552.0

0.35K

4.20%

Mar 23,

2014

566.2

570.3

566.2

O.OIK

1.11%

Mar 22,

2014

560.0

562.9

550.0

O.OIK

-1.55%

Mar 21,

2014

568.8

581.0

605.4

568.8

0.70K

-2.52%

Mar 20,

2014

583.5

610.0

639.2

583.5

0.49K

-4.50%

Mar 19,

2014

611.0

622.9

611.0

O.llK

-1.19%

Mar 18,

2014

618.4

623.1

623.9

610.9

0.49K

-0.95%

Mar 17,

2014

624.3

635.0

635.7

624.0

0.60K

-1.68%

Mar 16,

2014

635.0

640.1

635.0

0.04K

-1.03%

Mar 15,

2014

641.6

636.9

641.6

636.9

O.OOK

1.85%

Mar 14,

2014

630.0

632.9

639.0

630.0

0.56K

-1.87%

Mar 13,

2014

642.0

633.5

645.1

633.5

0.04K

-1.23%

Mar 12,

2014

650.0

615.0

650.0

615.0

0.86K

5.69%

Mar 11,

2014

615.0

613.5

0.05K

0.00%

Mar 10,

2014

615.0

621.0

612.8

0.12K

-0.97%

Mar 09,

2014

621.0

610.5

621.0

609.4

0.05K

1.12%

Mar 08,

2014

614.1

621.0

600.2

O.OOK

-1.11%

Mar 07,

2014

621.0

663.0

614.0

0.76K

-6.33%

Mar 06,

2014

663.0

673.4

675.0

657.0

0.96K

-1.78%

Mar 05,

2014

675.0

658.0

675.8

658.0

0.49K

1.05%

Mar 04,

2014

668.0

654.7

675.0

652.6

0.47K

1.52%

Mar 03,

2014

658.0

571.5

685.0

569.7

0.67K

17.37%

Mar 02,

2014

560.6

570.9

583.5

560.0

O.OIK

-1.34%

Mar 01,

2014

568.2

565.0

571.8

560.0

0.06K

0.57%

Change %: -20.0

390

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

BtiAlsd

Su., 2March2014 lime; 1200p.fn.
New Ycili, NY (US) Uivv.Tmie; 1700
74w€0,40n43 SM. Tme; 2245:38

BTC/USD - 1 . 34 %

In this chart for Mar 2, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i8 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(i2 degrees). Therefore we continue with “Fig¬
ure Set 2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that
would have applied here would be parameter 4, which says the
moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node after the
moon has passed the sun’s degree in an earth or water sign brings the
value of BTC/USD up. Before the moon went to within 1 degree of the
degree of the lunar node in Aries it had to last pass the degree of the
sun in Pisces, which is a water sign. Therefore, this prediction is
WRONG. BTC/USD was down -1.34% this day.

391

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

d BfaAJad

Mo.3Madi2014 Tihb: I2«0p.ll>

Nim Yak. NY (US) Uiw.Time: I7«0
74w00. 40n43 SM. Time: 224834

BTC/USD + 17 . 37 %

In this chart for Mar 3, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i8 degrees) is higher than
the sun’s degree(i3 degrees). Therefore we continue with “Figure Set
2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that would
have applied here would be parameter 2, which says the moon being
within 1 degree of the degree of the sun in an air or fire sign brings the
value of BTC/USD up. That degree of the sun would be in Aries, which
is a fire sign, Therefore, this prediction is CORRECT. BTC/USD was up
+17.37% this day.

392

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Btfyusd

Tu..4Mtfx;h2014 lime: 121)0p.iii.

Mew Yc«fc. NY (US) Unrr.Tnie: 1700
74w00. 40f>43 Sid Tire: 22:5331

BTC/USD + 1 . 52 %

In this chart for Mar 4, 2014, Mercury’s degree(i9 degrees) is higher
than the sun’s degree(i4 degrees). Therefore we continue with “Fig¬
ure Set 2” parameters. The last parameter from “Figure Set 2” that
would have applied here would be parameter 5, which says the
moon being within 1 degree of the degree of the lunar node after
the moon has passed the sun’s degree in an air or fire sign
brings the value of BTC/USD down. Before the moon went to within
1 degree of the degree of the lunar node in Taurus it had to last pass
the degree of the sun in Aries, which is a fire sign. Therefore, this
prediction is WRONG. BTC/USD was up +1.52% this day.

393

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Starting March 6*, and continuing with the astro chart calculated for
noon in New York, the algorithm that we have been using thus far for
BTC/USD will taper off for a few days, as the next 3 major price moves
for BTC/USD doesn’t correlate with the algorithm. The price on March
6* when BTC/USD dropped -6.33%, the price on March 12* when BTC/
USD rose +5.69%, and the price on March 24 when BTC/USD dropped -
4.50% are all missed by the algorithm. Its not until March 25 that the
algorithm recovers some accuracy and catches that next major price drop
that takes place on March 27,2014, when the price of BTC/USD dropped
-16.21%. Of course one can try to go back and make the algorithm fit by
changing parameters around. However, a challenge to that would be
keeping the algorithm historically relevant while doing so. When an
algorithm tapers off for a few days, it doesn’t mean that the algorithm no
longer applies historically and vice versa an algorithm that works
perfectly for 2 weeks doesn’t mean that it will apply historically. There is
a bit of game theory involved. Game theory is defined as “the branch of
mathematics concerned with the analysis of strategies for dealing with
competitive situations where the outcome of a participant's choice of
action depends critically on the actions of other participants. Game
theory has been applied to contexts in war, business, and biology.” In the
case of predictive analysis, if one algorithm allows one to be correct for a
number of consecutive days but miss extremely important key dates
historically or futuristically, then that has to be weighed against another
algorithm that is less accurate in those same consecutive days, but at the
same time more accurate historically and futuristically.

Applying that to what we have been using through the days in March in
which our algorithm tapered of starting March 6* : if we continue with
that same algorithm, despite that predictive slump, we eventually get to

394

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

March 25, where our algorithm recovers and catches the remaining key
dates of BTC/USD price changes for the remainder of the month and
also the next month of April. Had we tried to change the algorithm to
make it fit more accurate in through that short term slump, we may have
lost accuracy for those times the price moved significantly in the later
days and weeks. Of course our example is related to an overall
assessment of BTC/USD for the entire day. The parameters, however,
allow for it to be used in real time. Meaning, one can use the algorithm
to make predictions based on the exact time that the parameter applies.
Since parameter 1 in “Figure set 2” says the moon within 1 degree of
the degree of the sun in an earth or water sign brings the value of BTC/
USD down, one can calculate the chart to the exact time that hap¬
pens and predict BTC/USD to start dropping at that time. This also ap¬
plies for the algorithm in our EUR/USD example in Figure la and
also our earlier Dow Jones example. I used what I felt applied most
historically on key dates, but of course there is room for more analysis
on this. There is much flexibility regarding how to apply the algorithm. I
do believe, however, that using the Sun, Moon, Mercury and the Lunar
node provides a fixed standard for daily prediction reliability over the
course of time.

We can see in the examples how correlating the eclipses with the value of
the markets is onto something. The significance of the relationship
between the sun and mercury is also identified. Obviously it doesn’t
seem to completely define every single move of the market, however,
there is a very clear big picture scenario to be extrapolated when
applying these parameters historically, presently, and futuristically. That
would be the key to understanding Christ’s dominion over our
economies. It is prophesied that our understanding of economics would
undergo a drastic change. Tieing the eclipses into the economic sphere
would most likely be the impetus. An algorithm that can maintain a
fixed historical perspective, despite level 2 chaos events here and there,
would constitute value to a global economy....specifically an Eclipsessbo
AI economy.

395

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

Because the Jewish people represent a religious observance to the
phases of the moon, which is supported by their feast days, and further
supported by Mark Biltz’s discovery of the Blood moon correlation to
events affecting Israel, the Jewish people may have the interest to
further quantify what's been discovered in this writing regarding the
market and its correlation to eclipses. In the parameters that I have laid
out, one would find significant correlations to the movements of the
economy historically and presently. Since there are many ways to define
the algorithm around the eclipses, the future of the world’s economy
becomes more intertwined with an ability to discern the moon. The
significance of that cannot be understated. It is prophesied that the
Jewish people will become a light to the nations. How much should that
be so if they could know that the significance of the moon phases as it
relates to eclipses encompasses more than just religion...that accepting
Jesus would be more than just Scripture. It would be the blueprint for
the new Jerusalem as a light to the nation, since it is the lunar nodes
that allow us to see the moon in its full glory. This new Jerusalem would
not be a rulership but a guide to be referenced by all nations.

As the world will contend with Mars 360, they should also expect
Jesus’s second coming to be in the works. When the Jewish people
finally see Jesus in the Eclipses, the prophesied new Jerusalem can take
shape as it would indicate a global economy likely drawn from Israel’s
observance of the eclipses. Just as the Jewish tradition calculates its
calendar according to the moon, they will also calculate the economy
according to the moon. The moon’s ability to predict in tandem with the
eclipses speaks to why the Jewish people and their writings are the
center of prophecy. Its a microcosm of what is in the heavens. The

396

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

world in their own observance of the moon automatically relegates
itself to the observance of Israel. To Israel, the moon is a sign of God’s
presence.

Without the mark of the beast, humans cannot truly come to feel sorry
for their sins. Its important to understand that while containing and
controlling the influence of Mars essentially restricts how Satan can
operate, which is what Christ’s kingdom will come to represent, there
still has to be an atonement. This atonement would come with great
suffering. While being aware of Mars hinders its influence, the lack of
contrition regarding its influence is what will differentiate the
hindering during the reign of Mars 360 from the hindering during the
coming of Christ’s kingdom, in which its prophesied for Satan to be
bound for 1000 years. The Catholic Church doesn’t believe that Jesus
reign during this 1000 years will be a physical one with Jesus on Earth
in human form, but one that is represented by salvation through the
sacramental aspects. This is important to reference because the
Catechism has already defined what Mars 360 will lead to. This
continues to give the Catholic Church a certain credibility regarding
eschatology. Its already been explained that Mars 360 forces a person
choose between accepting their flaw as just a product of planet Mars,
which removes the idea of sin, or continuing to accept their flaws, as
sin and in-need of the saving grace of Jesus’s death on the cross. This is
what the Catechism of the Catholic Church says about the final trial,
which aligns perfectly with how Mars 360 is asserted:

397

Chapter 21: Global Christ Conscious Economy

675 Before Christ's second coming the Church must pass through a final
trial that will shake the faith of many believers. 574 The persecution that
accompanies her pilgrimage on earth 575 will unveil the "mystery of
iniquity" in the form of a religious deception offering men an apparent
solution to their problems at the price of apostasy from the truth. The
supreme religious deception is that of the Antichrist, a pseudo-
messianism by which man glorifies himself in place of God and of his
Messiah come in the flesh.576

This is exactly what the revelation of Mars 360 entails as a system. While
it solves many problems on Earth, it does so at a huge cost. Even though
its influence has existed in the world since antiquity, its overt presence
and actuality as a real phenomenon takes us to a phase that has never
before existed in human history, where the faithful will simply have to
make a choice, which is not a choice between good and evil, but a choice
between Human and God.

There’s still time to be regarded as one of the faithful before the
transition begins. The events surrounding the Catholic Church and also
Catholic prophecy’s relationship to France are what revolve around this
final trial. No consecration of Russia, the completion of Vatican II, and
its culmination in the present day falling away from Church teachings
has solidified secular humanism and the revelation of Marssbo. While
the remnant’s faithfulness will be taken into account when the transition
takes place, along with the Jews who have accepted Jesus through
observance of a Radiant Starfblood moons) as prophesied by the
Catholic Mystic Marie Julie Jahenny, the rest will sort out their standing
accordingly. Since a final battle is prophesied, its likely that entire
nations won’t go along with this system and may even become active to
stop the spread of it. However, the fact that humaneness would now be
exclusive from God under Mars 360, all resistance to it would likely be
met with a very strong degree of indignation.

398

Chapter 22: Why France

Chapter 22

Why France

France is key because many of the elements regarding eschatology are
connected to that region in some way. Nostradamus is obviously a
considerable French source for 666 prophecy as he was able to connect
many of his prophecies to the planet Mars. Marie Julie Jahenny, a mystic
from France, made reference to a star/planet as a key to salvation of the
Jewish people, which is in the works as blood moon correlation to Jewish
feast days have become a major interest for Jewish Christians. Michel
Gauquelin, who was born in and lived in France, made a significant
discovery regarding a statistical correlation that links the position of Mars
in a birth chart with eminence in certain careers. I was able to connect the
dots with my own research and calculate the number of the beast to Mars
360 .1 have paternal ancestry that goes back to France circa 1500-1600S
to a man by the name Lieutenant-General Michel Boudrot. In addition to
all of that, France itself is mostly Catholic. These are significant points
that would lead one to believe that France has a major role to play in
eschatology. Even the very topic of immigration and multi- culturalism,
which Mars 360 is a solution for, centers around what's happening in
France. France has opened its doors to the world and can be regarded as
the number one example of diversity. They have even removed the
concept of race from their constitution.

In light of what has been determined about the Mars 360 system, a fur¬
ther research regarding grey matter and human behavior to confirm
Mars’s influence is something believers should get excited about, and not
because it’s the end time 666 system, but because it would confirm the
Word of God in a scientific sense. Its inception quantifies a verdict of
truth for what's been believed all this time. We even found that in order to
quantify Jesus’s number, 888, to Scripture, we first had to solve 666. So

399

Chapter 22: Why France

there is a valid reason we are assigned to initiate with the understanding
of Mars.

Obviously this is something that governments would be eager for
because they will find that Mars may be a better predictor of human
behavior than any of their current metrics. Due to the failed
consecration, troubled countries could likely be the first to implement
such a system for that very reason. Despite that, its truth is a necessity
so that the timeline can begin its next phase. Expect the scientist and
researchers of France to produce official documentation of Mars’s
influence by re-opening Gauquelin’s research and also making use of the
writings here regarding Mars 360(666).

The burning of the Notre Dame Cathedral in France took place on April
15 2019. Its significance is related to the fact that it has existed since the
12th century and has survived battles and wars throughout the course
of time. Its maintenance was always meticulous and cognizant of
the possibility of fire. As a result, the alleged accidental fire taking place
out of the blue in the manner that it did has made it very difficult for
people to accept without asking questions. The only resolution for that
would be to narrow the outcome down to a very real warning for the
Church. Here is the chart of the Notre Dame fire on the next page. We
see Mars again at the top near the first seal.

400

Chapter 22: Why France

Historic: 2010 Nob»4!>vne da Paris fire
Mo., 15Apri2010 Tine: 6:1Spin.

PaDAifD«isa0«i0#4, FR Uriv.Tlne: 16:15
2021*20, 48n5122 SM.TirrB: S:9B:33

Event Chart

Method: Wd)SVte/PlB<sd4D
Sin qgn: Aries ijrCl SG(

Ascand a i t : Vlpo

www.astn5.e0m

® Sin

25 Aii 24’40"

S Moon

3 Vk SS’n"

9 Mera«)f

28 Pfa V V

9 Vme

23 Pta 57’«"

<9 Mhs

lOGwnlO' 3"

24S^18’42‘V

^ Sdifn

20 0^21' 0"

Ufome

2Tai 6’37“

Y Nofrine

17 Pb 34'$"

? Pkio

23 7’St"

It TnwNods

21 Cm57' r

J Orion

3 Ari 14' 1"

«20 Vk 44’

2:24 ld» 10’ 3:24S4X>20'

H:29G8fn40’ 11: SUo 2’ 12:

5 Vk 15'

Dll

fcfMC

IS ft

|99V

□

|rt|

□

-H-

□

JL.

>02^

TyigZQW

If Mars is truly the culprit here, then France must see this event as more

than just a tragic event, but one with heavenly implications as this would
constitute Mars bringing fire down from Heaven.

For France, there is also a specific prophecy about a great French Monarch
King, who is suppose to restore France and the Catholic Church and usher
in a reign of peace before 666 takes hold. This is a very broad prophecy
and has different outlooks from different Catholic saints throughout the
ages. Yves Dupont, a Catholic prophecy researcher, predicted the lawless
one to come after this reign. The great monarch is a prophecy that most
Catholics may allow to unfold as opposed to subjecting it to the drawing of
specifics in order certify its manifestations. This prophecy seems
counter-intuitive, however, with relation to Mars 360, the period involving
the research and confirmation of 666 is likely to correlate with a time of
mass conversion to Catholicism as many would want to be in the thrawls
of truth before any transition. France, being one of the last strongholds

401

Chapter 22: Why France

of Catholicism will obviously be a refuge to mobilize the faithful against
the coming Mars 360 system. This, in itself, would not disqualily the
official understanding of it coming out of France because in doing so we
quantily all of Scripture. In this manner Mars36o is aligned with
Christianity, but only in that manner. As more truth regarding
666(Mars 360) comes out, more people will want be within the timeline
of prophecy. This aligns with great monarch prophecies of a peaceful
time of conversions before the coming lawless one. It’s important to
point out that the understanding of 666 settles the world down from its
current state, and is big reason for its widespread welcome. So in light
of that, there is a bit of relief time for the world before any mandates
would be established in which a person’s well- being would come to
depend on choosing to take an outward mark, a choice which is the
basis for the final trial that the Catechism warns about. Overall, this
helps us understand the workings of Great Monarch prophecies and
why it seems to point to a time of peace before the Mars 360 mandate.
Yves Dupont, who was born in Paris, has credibility regarding the Great
Monarch prophecy that stems from the fact that he accurately
predicted Hitler’s invasion of France at the age of 18. He wrote a paper
that stated "The war will soon break out. France will be defeated. The
Nazis will pitch their tents on the banks of the River Loire." 6 months
after writing that. Hitler successfully invaded France in 1940.

Because great monarch prophecies align with what Mars is understood
to represent in being both the god of War for Rome and Greecefas
Ares), some believe that we need to be very careful with this prophecy
as there is a very militant and conquering outlook regarding the Great
Monarch. Interestingly, the research by France for Mars 360 would

402

Chapter 22: Why France

essentially designate its very description as the impetus for mass
conversion to Catholicism because as stated previously, confirmation of
666 confirms the truth of Revelation, and thus the truth of the Scripture,
not only in a biblical sense, but also in a secular one and is why, even in
its Satanic definition, 666 is justified in being confirmed. This alone
would cause many to try and turn to Catholicism. So, in that sense. Mars
as the god of War becomes a positive thing for the Church, albeit
indirectly and only as a focus of study. One has to conclude that mass
conversion referenced in Great Monarch prophecies before 666 relates
strictly to the transition period leading into next phase of the timeline.
An analogy would be how something positive can come out of a tragedy
and how after certain amount of time has passed, people can fall back to
their previous indifference. Because this effect is related to a confirming
of God’s word. Mars 360 is likened to a tragedy that's looked forward to
from the perspective of believers. There is also the Catholic prophecy
involving 3 days of darkness, which as been affirmed by a number of
Catholic saints and mystics to take place in the future. It’s likely that
this would happen before this mass conversion to Catholicism as God
tries to make the human race fully aware of its sin. This chastisement
relates mostly to the enemies of religion. Mars 360 as a valid phenom¬
enon, even though it’s Misotheistic in nature, being extrapolated from
the Book of Revelation would automatically challenge any notion that
Scripture is all a farce. More truth regarding it would be a source of
distress for any conviction that is anti-religious in nature. While
Mars 360’s later implementation would serve any purely scien¬
tific and atheistic viewpoint, its initial advent poses a significant
degree of contention for those same outlooks.

France was once the seat of the Pope. From 1309 - 1376, the Pope
resided, not in Rome, but in Avignon, which was part of the Holy

403

Chapter 22: Why France

Roman Empire and is now in France. Because of the infighting and
conflict in Rome for and against the Papacy, the Pope during that time
found it safer to reside in France. This era is called the Babylonian
Captivity of the Papacy. It is this relevant history to Catholicism that
justifies France in being called the “Lily of the Church.” According to
some Catholic prophecies, like that of Brother John of the Cleft Rock
in the 14th century, a Pope will have to flee Rome again in the future
and seek refuge somewhere.

France is also significant in the realm of ideas that maintain the An¬
tichrist to come from the Tribe of Dan.... most notably those from
Catholic prophecy expert Yves Dupont. The reason this would further
key in prophecy on France has to do with the Merovingian Dynasty,
which was a Frankish Kingdom that ruled over much of the geographi¬
cal area that makes up modern day France. The Merovingians ruled
from the middle of the 5th century until 751. It's considered to be the
first Royal House of France. This dynasty considerably identified with
Mighty Samson, a descendant the tribe of Dan who fought a number
of battles against the Philistines and was known for his strength. The
secret to that strength was in his long hair, a style which was later
adopted by the Frankish Merovingian Tribal leaders as a tribute to
Samson. It's quite possible that the Merovingians considered them¬
selves to be descendants of the tribe of Dan. Another significant inclu¬
sion into the Merovingian cultural tradition was the exaltation of
bees. Bees represent one of the first major riddles of the Bible. Sam¬
son, sitting with his Philistine guests, made a bet with them that
they could not solve his riddle. He asked:

"Out of the eater, something to eat; out of the strong, something sweet"
(Judges 14:14)

404

Chapter 22: Why France

The Philistines later threatened Samson’s wife to get the answer, which
was "What is sweeter than honey? What is stronger than a lion?" This
riddle was obviously conjured up from a personal experience of
Samson, in which he saw bees nesting in the carcass of a Lion that he
had previously killed. Because of this, many scholars don’t consider the
riddle to be of any substance or even answerable for that matter.
However, that very aspect of the answer to a riddle being strictly related
to a unique personal experience and only solvable by the one who
actually experienced it relates heavily to how 666(Mars 360) clues
are relegated to France, geographically and ancestrally. The bees, in
the case of Samson’s riddles come to symbolize this exclusivity
of experience in solving them. The Merovingian dynasty, for this rea¬
son considered the bees as sacred. King Childeric I who was a
Frankish leader and part of the Merovingian dynasty, was found to
be buried with a cloak that was decorated with 300 bees. Napoleon
later adopted these bees as symbols of the French Empire. One
can cite these historical elements as France’s link to Samson and the
tribe of Dan. Another interesting factor which further ties not just
France, but Europeans in general to the tribe of Dan is the prevalence of
upper body strength among those who have descended from northern
European Germanic tribes, such as the Franks. It can be said that this
quality was inherited directly from Mighty Samson and the tribe of Dan.
This would explain why today's world strongest man competitions are
almost entirely dominated by northern Europeans.

What we have in Mars 360 is the final opportunity for believers to
convert before an official mandate and prepare themselves for the
sacrifices that will take place in trying to avoid it.

405

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

Chapter 23

666(Mars 360) curriculum

Repetition is often necessary to drive home a point. The official
definition of Mars36o is that the entire human race is made up of 6
types of values regardless of race, religion, creed, economic status,
gender, etc. Those 6 values relate to the hierarchy of needs laid out by
Abraham Maslow which are Physiological, Safety, Love, Belonging,
Esteem, and Self Actualization. Within each of these needs are related
behaviors that correlate to how each of these needs are valued. Meaning,
that the value of one need would display in variety of positive behaviors
that relate to the value of that specific need. The location of the Planet

406

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

Mars in a birth chart is what pulls a person away from the energy
required to adhere fully to one of those specific needs. Humans have
been determined to seek accommodation for this lack of energy to
adhere to a certain need by espousing different political, economic, and
religious ideologies that would justify it. The birthchart is defined within
the realm of the 7 seals and not as it is in traditional astrology. The
seventh seal is assigned to represent the circular aspect of reading a birth
chart, while the first 6 are correlated to a specific need of Maslow, and
are laid out in a specific order. This order goes as follows:

The first seal at the top, which corelates to Maslow’s belonging need, and
face to face communication along with all other related behaviors.

The second seal going counter clock wise from the first, which correlates
to Maslow’s love needs, and mental thoughts, along with all other related
behaviors.

The third seal going counter clockwise from the second, correlates to
Maslow’s Physiological needs, and physical health with all other related
behaviors

The fourth seal going counter clockwise from the third and at the
Horizon of a birth chart, correlates to Maslow’s Self Actualization need,
and indirect speech and the unseenfGod within us) along with all other
related behaviors.

The fifth seal going counter clockwise from the fourth, represents
Maslow’s safety needs(fmancial, housing, work), and authority figures
(God outside of us) along with all other related behaviors.

407

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

The sixth seal going counter clockwise from the fifth, represents
Maslow’s Esteem needs, and our appearances as it relates to our
individual face, facial expressions, visibility, hair, skin, nails, and DNA
along with all other related behaviors.

From that point everything repeats on the other side of the birthchart.

The seals in Revelation is an explanation of what Mars does when
opposing each of these needs to its climax. The Mars 360 system is an
attempt to control this energy by providing accommodation for the lack
of energy to adhere to a specific need, which naturally occurs when
Mars is found in a certain place in a birth chart. This is done to curb
one’s desire to over-propagate ideologies in order to accommodate this
Mars expression and it’s also done to curb ones desire to do it at the
expense of other Mars expressions. The ideal result is for one Mars type
to be content enough in his Mars expression to allow for other Mars
types to exist in society. Going back to the topic of Socialism, one can
say in this sense that Mars 360 becomes a socialistic model without
being a socialistic model. Because it’s calculated at birth. Mars pro¬
vides some insight into the future behavior of a person, and allows so¬
ciety to accommodate before the person has a chance to fully give
into the energy. The social engineering aspect of it looks at all the
behaviors correlated to a specific need and the negative qualities dis¬
played which come from Mars’s influence, and tries to provide a
standard of interaction that is required for proper accommodation of
Mars energy. Through curriculum, each Mars type would have an edu¬
cation on how to deal with other Mars types. This would also apply to
the Law. Each law would have certain enforcement parameters for
different Mars types.

408

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

By splitting the human race into 6 values that are opposed by Mars, the
ideologies that normally divide people and nations would now only be
seen within the framework of Mars. Meaning, a person’s actions won’t
be seen in the context of how they occur with regard to race, religion,
creed, financial, etc., but only with regard to Mars’s influence, should it
apply. People, in their actions, opinions, and behaviors would
automatically be relegated to Mars influence before anything else, with
the appropriating Mars type correlating not to race, religion, creed,
gender, etc., but to the scores of different races, creeds, religions, and
gender of all the people that fall under that same Mars type. A rabble
rouser defending birds would be classified in the same context as a
rabble rouser defending mice with each one’s rabble rouser mentality
being credited to a specific Mars influence, and thus leaving all the non
rabble rousing birds and mice out of the rabble rouser’s context.

The Mars 360 system, as a predictor of human behavior, would seek to
have itself implemented in way so that the social engineering aspect
can make for an understanding society. While Mars 360 is understood
as biblically extracted from 666, its point of view is built on life being
made up of certain types of energies and not of sin as defined in the
Bible. This would make the Mars 360 program misotheistic because of
its extraction from 666(which is biblical) and actual participation as
atheistic. Anyone going along with it in order to have their Mars
qualities accommodated by society would be separating themselves
from the Judeo/Christian view of free will, sin, and atonement. While
Mars has an influence over everyone, eschatology, as outlined by the
broader outworking God’s plan laid out in Daniel, has a specific goal
in getting people to feel sorry for these qualities and accept Christ’s
sacrifice on the cross as the only real way to atone for it. Mars 360

409

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

makes everyone aware of the nature of sin and gives everyone a
chance to finally make a choice. Contrition will come to be the
outlook of those who manage to avoid accommodation, which is why
shirts with blood will be a major staple of the remnant Christianity
during that time. This would be a symbolic gesture of Christians, not
in changing their sinful ways, but relying on the blood of Christ to
forgive them for their natural sin as opposed to having Mars 360
accommodate it. In terms of non-belief. Mars 360 also provides
conflict for the humanist who genuinely considers themselves in the
best interest of humanity. It causes them to make a final decision
regarding a belief in God. Reason being is that Mars 360 ultimately
represents a decision between a full love of humanity or a full love of
God.

Curriculum of Mars 360 provides a host of angles, from social
perspectives, individual perspectives, and also political perspectives.
Social upheaval examples would be cited to draw some theories on
how the use of Mars36o could have prevented certain outcomes. In
teaching scenarios, the are a number of ways to go. An example
would be having students write a paper on how the use of Mars 360
could have prevented the French Revolution, or the rise of Nazism.
This is can be narrowed all the way down to individual case studies
that address how individuals affected could have benefitted from the
psychological factors of Mars 360. There are scenarios that can
involve group dynamics related to peer pressure and close
relationships. There are also ways to revolve the curriculum around
situations in which Mars may or may not have applied.

Students can be challenged to theorize on ways for Mars 360 to be
provided with more outlets, while ruminating on the challenges of
one Mars type having to accommodate other Mars types. Writing

410

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

papers on how Mars 360 might lead to discrimination issues could be
a significant challenge for those concentrating on sociology. Another
lesson is further expounding on answers regarding how Mars 360
solves the divide between Capitalism and Socialism, Conservativism
and Liberalism without one feeling impeded by the other. The field of
Economics can cover how job requirements related to one’s Mars
placement helps or hurts the overall economy and how an Eclipses
360 AI economy can exist with or without the Mars 360
phenomenon. Behavioral Science can quantify why Mars 360 is a
better predictor of human behavior than other indicators. Philosophy
majors can ponder on ideas regarding whether or not the Mars
phenomenon is real or subjective.

Another significant aspect of Mars is the voluntary sacrifice of a need
it naturally opposes and how this sacrifice can be regarded with
goodwill instead of contention due to how that sacrifice plays into the
cohesion of different Mars types. One of the major accomplishments
of Mars 360 would be getting each individual to feel as though the
world is allowing him to exist as he is, with any infraction — related
to surrendering too much to the Mars influence — being fully
comprehended by the offender. Because he would have had to be
aware that society fully understood him, he would no longer be able
express himself in the name of being Mars restricted.

The academic world would conference on the Mars 360 exemption
process, where certain Mars types would have certain exemptions
from having to participate in certain activities due to Mars’s

411

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

handicap. This would apply to taxes, work, school, travel, dress, social,
law, diet, etc. Social services from government entities would revolve
around catering to the Mars influence. These social services would be
provided in the form of paying less taxes for some, easy passport
registration and frequent flyer miles for others, boss-less job placement
for those who require it, solo work accommodation, time alone
vouchers, cultural replacement, independent learning, diet and exercise
exemptionsfa Mars affected person would have a legal right to be
left alone with regard to diet and exercise. He could have those in vio¬
lation arrested). All of these would be strictly based on where Mars
shows up in a person’s birthchart and how much its expression is being
restricted by one’s circumstances.

The compartmentalization aspect regarding the Mars 360 system would
lead to numerous debates on its application. Each person would be
automatically determined at birth to be lacking the necessary to energy
to apply oneself to certain aspects of life. This would constitute a
disorder, but only one of energy. The Mars influence doesn’t seem to
manifest in a physical reduction related to the body part identified to
bring about certain values and behaviors. While not affecting the
components in a mechanical sense, it does however reduce the energy
required to get those otherwise healthy components to operate
sufficiently. The compartmentalization aspect tries to place all the
related behaviors into its proper category so that society can see how
things relate. On the next page is a chart of how this would work.

412

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

Figure Id

Seal

Face to face
communication

Other people’s
feelings, rights,
property, loved
ones within the
immediate
environment

Siblings,
neighbors,
relatives,
co-workers
Visual
perception

2"" Seal

Listening skills
and mental
thoughts

Other people’s

health

one on one

relationships.

Spouse and

kids.

Homeland,

Home

government.

Seal

Physical

bodily

maintenance

Diet,

exercise,

sexual

attractiveness,
sex and home
Doctors,
personal
trainers

4* Seal

Indirect

communication

Choice of
words,

other people’s
cultural
standards,
one’s own
sense of
discipline,
restraint,
integrity, self
denial, God
within, Soul,
the less
fortunate

5* Seal

Servitude,

worship

Work, respect
for authority,
respect for
status figures,
obedience, skill
ethics.

6 seal

Individual

Identity,

EGO,
distinct
persona, DNA

Regard for

personal

appearance,

rectitude,

how others view

us.

Facial

expressions, and
tone of voice.

•—Mars opposes all of these things and has a lack of energy to engage in any of the behaviors above—

seal

HanHom

TlL.17F«touay _

Bn3i3klyn{KB^Ccun^).NY {US} tlnv.T*
73M9B.40n38 - “

Method: Wei) S^te / neodiB
Siai ^n: Aqums
Ascandait Vfcgo

® S«n

26Aqu12'SB''

S Moon

6S^26'22’'

9 Umwy

7Aqu3S'U‘'

9 VONB

25C^>2e't5''

^ Mnm

12Ge(n4rS7’'

^ AfMter

21 Leo 16'41'Y

^ Stfunt

19Ge(n4ri2Y

4GefnSO't9’'

3 Ll> 4S'44'V

? PkAo

7 Leo 8' 7Y

A TiueNode

eLeoSd'SBld

J CMron

13 Vb 4S'32Y

16 Vir 26'

2:11 Ub 16' 3:10SaoS3'

m 14Gein IS'

11:18Cm14' 12 19 Leo 22'

4FC 1

seaF’^

413

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

face to face communication. Therefore, this person is categorized for that
placement and conferred for all the services designated to deal with that
placement. Throughout this person’s life, he will be entitled to leniency with
regard to working with other people, and face to face communication.
Mandates will be passed so that this person doesn’t have to over-exert
himself in situations involving the careful handling of co-workers,
neighbors, siblings, and face to face communication. These types would be
marked as having capitalist conservative leanings.

414

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

towards homeland, home government, spouse, one’s own children, rest,
and listening. Therefore, this person is categorized for that placement and
conferred for all the services designated to deal with that placement.
Throughout this person’s life, he will be entitled to leniency with regard to
dealing with homeland, home government, spouse, one’s own children,
and listening. Mandates will be passed so that this person doesn’t have to
over-exert himself in situations involving the extended and methodical
valuing of those things. An example of the mandates issued to serve this
placement would be passport privileges, time away from family not being
full grounds for penalization in divorce court, longer recess hours for
inmates, extended time away from classroom learning, and quiet time in
places of work designated by law, roaming privileges in one’s homeland.
Free though would also be applied here. These types would be marked
as having anti-government conservative leanings.

cf RsMtom

Tu., 22 F^ay 1044 Him: 3D0 p.m.

NwrYortcNYfUS) UihrTme 19D0
74«K]0.40n43 SM Tme: 0:10:16

Natfii Chart

Method: Web /Plaodus
SiA sign: Pisces
Ascendoit Cancer

seal

® Sui

3 Pis 2'49'

3 Moon

14Aqu42'29'

9 Meroey

14A(|u52' 7"

9 VaKc

1 Aqu20‘«'

^ Mara

14Gein27'54''

V Agiitor

20Leo39‘30Y

1) Srtun

1dGein4r 7"

tft U^onte

4GeinS2'20'

V Napkne

3 lit 38'25Y

? PMo

7Leo 2' 7'r ^

Jt TiueNoto

eLeo39'3r

1 Owon

13 Vb Zi‘Sl‘1

PC21Cm 0’

2:10Lso39' 3: 3 37’

rc 2 All 4S’ 11: dTau 17' 12:17Gein50’

i c

3) ■■

415

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

In calculating this chart using western Astrology, we can reference the
description of each seal at the top of the page, and then apply it to this
random chart. In the above chart, we find Mars in the 3rd seal, (arrow is
pointing to it) So in going back to Figure id, its determined for the 3rd
seal to represent physical bodily maintenance, exercise, diet, sex and
physical attractiveness. With Mars here we interpret this position as a
natural inborn hostility and lack of energy towards physical bodily main¬
tenance, exercise, diet, sex, and physical attractiveness. Therefore, this
person is categorized for that placement and conferred for all the ser¬
vices designated to deal with that placement. Throughout this person’s
life, he will be entitled to leniency with regard to dealing with physical
bodily maintenance, exercise, diet, sex and physical attractiveness. Man¬
dates will be passed so that this person doesn’t have to over-exert him¬
self in situations involving the extended and methodical valuing of those
things. An example of the mandates issued to serve this placement would
be the person being given less restriction on what he/she can put inside
his/her own body. Laws making it illegal to be forced or intimidated into
diet and exercise to lose weight would be considered. More leniency re¬
garding pleasure seeking opportunities, such as the ones involving recre¬
ational drug use and consensual non-harmful sexual freedom. Bisexual¬
ity would get some protection. Also, rights to a sedentary lifestyle will be
highlighted here. Because the physical body and its maintenance is tied
to being sheltered or in a safe physical dwelling, freedom from having to
be stuck at home or stuck at a geographical location would be granted to
these types. These types would be marked as having Libertarian leanings
and anti-government sentiments.

416

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

tS Rsidom

We..12AugiBl1863 Fine: FOOa.niLMT

Greenfield Vitale. MI <IIS) Uim.Tnie: 12:32:St
8^N13.42n18 SidTane: 4:21:98

Nalel CiMl

Method: Web S^/naodus
Sw aign: Leo
Ascend eni: Vego

0 Sun

19 Leo 15’ 8'

S Moon

2eC^37' 4’

9 MB(a#y

28L8o39'57‘

9 VOME

2 lit 24’«*

cf MaiB

8 Vk 7'»‘

\ Alitor

22 Lit 9’ 3’

h Sdtpn

2 Ub 44'90-

V Utame

24G«m 2'4B‘'

5 An 49' n

^ PMo

12 Tai20'2l1r

A TmeKode

4 Sag 2’ 8"

J Chiron

9 Pta 29'nv

W 10 VIr

2: 4 Ub 43' 3:

3 SCO 44’

rc 7GBTn17' 11:11Can58’12:13Leo36’

C F U

S19

IlCMC

tfec ,

j h

Ji L

Tips LOW SJknLOie

417

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

self denial, God within, Soul, and the less fortunate. Mandates will be
passed so that this person doesn’t have to over-exert himself in
situations involving the extended and methodical display of those
things. An example of the mandates issued to serve this placement
would be the person being given less restriction on matters related to
indirect speech through various forms of media. Freedom of speech
would be more applicable to this placement. Services would be sensitive
to material ambition arising from a lack of energy to self-denial, which
would lead to top priority for business loans. This placement would be
granted some protection from over-exertion of cultural sensitivity
regarding cultures not his own. Lies would be understood as Mars
influenced and also be given a bit more leniency upon discovery. Also
there would be limits on reading material as this placement points to
dyslexia. These types would be marked as having nationalist
conservative leanings.

418

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

{ d Random

|Fr.. 18March 18B3 limB: 600a.m.

; New Yofk. NY (US) Urav.Tme: 1100
74w00.40na3 SM Tim; 1745:46

seal

3 Sui

27 Pfe 16'»'

3 Moon

IITai 27'35’

9 Mefcwy

19 Ph 42'29-

Q Vows

28 All S0'4r

cf Mats

16 All 23'%'

V JufMter

10 Sag 46'%'

4 t

M St

^ Sdim

3 Sco 28'42*t

V Uranus

OSag 6'13Y

y Neplne

29 Sag 10'49'

1x1

? PUo

28 LJiS&'ffiY

M True Node

29G«n35'25'

i Chra

23Ta)46’f7"

AC-

AC 23 Pis 49'

2: 6Ta«i56' 3: 4Gefn3r

23*

-1

hC2eSag44' 4' 12:14A(iu 3'

Natd Chat

Method: Web S^e /Pladdin
Sw agn: f^cea
Ascendant; Pisoes

Ocf

□ L

ISi

1 '’

O’

ffL

ith seal

seal

rd seal

1 seal ica-

T!i|B:ZaVY 2CLMI.2018i

In calculating this chart using western Astrology, we can reference the
description of each seal at the top of the page, and then apply it to this
random chart. We look for Mars, and find it in the above chart in the 5*
seal. So in going back to Figure id, its determined for the 5*’’ seal to
represent authority figures and work. With Mars we interpret this
position as a natural inborn hostility and lack of energy toward authority
figures and work, so he’s categorized for that placement and conferred
for ah the services designated to deal with that placement. Throughout
this person’s life, he will be entitled to leniency with regard to work under
supervision and will have certain privileges when it comes to addressing
status figures. These types would be marked as having Democratic
Communist leanings.

419

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

<S RflMtom

We, 12 AugiBt 1863 Tine: 2:00 a m LMT

GfeeWieM ^laga. Ml Umv.line: ^32:3t

83h 13. 42nl8 Ski Tine: 23:21:02

Natd Chart

Method: WA S^te /Ptaodus
Sui ^n: Leo
Ascendoit: Cancer

0 Stn

19 Leo 3' 7‘

S Moon

24 Cot 9' r

9 MsfQfy

28 Leo le'X"

9 VawB

2 Ui 15'23'

cf Mats

5 Vb 59'5B'

\ Ji^Nter

22 Ui 7'I2-

h Sdwn

2 Ll> 43'35‘

Urante

24Gefn 2'IB'

y NefAme

5 All 49'14t

? PMo

12 Tai 20'2l'

M TnioNode

4S^ 4’ir

j Ctwon

9 Pta 29'43t

fC 11CWtS2'

2: 0 Leo 55’ 3:22 Leo IB'

rc 19 Pq 24’ 11:25 Aii 6' 12: OGem 1’

btl

(

420

Chapter 23: 666 Curriculum

methodical display of those things. An example of the mandates
issued to serve this placement would be the person being given less
restriction on matters related to personal appearance. Extended time
away from being seen would be required by law. It would be illegal to
label these people in any way in terms of race, religion, creed, etc. All
privacy laws would be protecting them to the fullest. Cultural identity
exemptions would somehow be in effect. By law, these types would be
not accountable to prevailing cultural identity standards related to
their DNA and ethnicity. These types would be marked as having
Democrat non-nationalist Liberal leanings.

Everyone on earth would fall under one of those 6 placements of
Mars, either fully or partially. “Partially” depends on whether or not
Mars is in the transition phase starting at the 24th degree mark of one
sign and going into the oth degree mark of the next sign. That period
usually indicates a blend of the previous seal with the next seal. In
that case, the Mars characteristics favored would be a decider on how
to approach the subject regarding his Mars. Either way, every
political perspective is now decreed as controlled by Mars and
therefore worthy of observance and expression. Since Mars’s
influence is considered innate from birth with the person not having a
choice on how Mars would influence them, all political ideologies
arising from that are treated as a handicap by the prospective
establishment. Being able to locate exactly who and how a person is
affected allows mandates to be able to allocate the Mars required
rights to exactly who would need them.

Mars 360 as a worldwide global phenomenon would be incumbent
upon any advantages garnered by its adoption being a catalyst for
others to even out the playing field. Because Mars 360 essentially

421

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

serves as a predictor of human behavior, its adoption would likely be
welcomed by those looking to stabilize their respective region in a socio¬
economic and political sense. In an economic sense, the workforce
deliberately making use of this opposing force keeps the economy active
and investors optimistic. With the Mars phenomenon, employers would
be able to predict the tendencies of prospective employees and make
decisions in the best interest of the applicant and the occupation. Below
is a diagram of how Mars 360 attains dominion in a worldwide sense.

Mars 360 can also allocate school districts to certain Mars placements,
with schools strictly being built for certain Mars types. The elementary
school system in a city, town, village, etc. can have a school catered
specifically for Mars in the first seal, another can have one for Mars

422

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

in the second seal, and so on. This way, the child’s development
according to his Mars tendencies allows him to develop a less hostile
worldview that isn’t rooted in feeling that no one understands him.
Each of these schools would take some of the clamps off of Mars’s
expression and thus give the school a primary element. For instance, a
school dedicated to Mars in the seal, which implicates face to face
communication, would allow more open communication amongst
teachers and students. There would be more tolerance of the
antisocial competitive behaviors than are normally restricted at other
schools. Making this open to awareness would allow for those not
influenced by Mars in that way to brace for such an environment. This
in itself alleviates the psychological burden of dealing with what many
would call bullying.

A Mars second seal school would allow for movement and quiet. Field
trips and quiet learning would be a major part of the curriculum.
Teachers would rarely teach in this environment. After learning to
read, the students could be given assignments to complete on their
own with very little verbal instruction. This would be the school’s way
of being sensitive to the needs of this placement. With lots of freedom
associated with attendance, school, and learning, the students would
be able to develop a worldview that's more accommodating to their
needs. There would be a floating principle that would keep this type
from being confined. Meaning, this school would allow for
transferrable program exercises that would permit the students to
spend time at other Mars schools. There would also be a free thought
or non thought aspect related to schooling here, meaning these types
are not even required to believe in the Mars theory.

423

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

A Mars third seal school would be sensitive to the needs of their
students in a way that relates to consumption. While the curriculum
would be normal in a contemporary sense as far as rules, the freedom of
expression would display in food and drink choices. There would be
little dietary restrictions with all meals being focused on the taste and
quality, and not so much the health aspects. Students would have a
variety of options on their meals and also have a say on the menu
program. Everything thing else related to the school would be standard.
There would also be some freedom of bodily use in terms of seating,
standing, or laying down during class hours.

A Mars fourth seal school would be sensitive to the needs of students in
a way that relates to kinship and commonality. Since Mars in the q'** seal
speaks to nationalism, these schools would be catered those sentiments.
The importance of ethnic cultural development will be highlighted here
with diversity being restricted to an extensive degree. Free speech would
be mandated at these schools with all opinions allowed to be taught and
expressed by teachers and students alike. Reading material would be
limited as this placement automatically infers dyslexia. All students
would feel a commonality within their environment based on race,
religion, creed, etc. There would be a form of racial discrimination at
these schools so that the Mars expression needing kinship and
commonality can be acknowledged. These particular Mars schools
related to the 4* seal, while being the same in terms of ministering to
that placement, would be each comprised of a specific group.

A Mars fifth seal school would be sensitive to the needs of the students
in a way that relates to their lack of energy regarding taking direct
orders from authority figures. This school would allow for students to
decide their own way to learn. Also teachers would have no intrinsic
authority over the students. The hiring process would be organized by

424

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

the students and the teacher’s tenure there would also be decided by
the students. This allows for an anti-authority figure perspective to be
properly ministered to.

A Mars sixth seal school would cater to the needs of its students by
focusing on diversity with an environment that allows for introversion.
The school environment would have it so that interaction is limited
and spaces are properly allocated for individual privacy. Diversity
mandates would allow for a Mars expression to be free from any
identity constraints as far as race, religion, creed, etc. There would be
strict rules on eye contact as students would be required to display less
of it. In class, teachers would not be allowed to randomly call on
students to answer a question.

Each school would have to adhere to education requirements that
obligate curriculum to make students aware of other Mars schools and
also aware of why the other schools advocate different ideas from
their own. Explaining how Mars is the culprit prepares the stu¬
dents for the social aspects related to public life, in which all
types of Mars placements would be in their presence. Specifying
schools for certain Mars types in early education gives students a
better grasp of how social djmamics come about in later schooling.

A major issue that could arise in this would be children not displaying
the qualities related to their Mars type. Such anomalies would have to
be addressed. In that case, there would obviously be a contingency plan
to deal with this and would likely revolve around re-indicating a
person’s Mars type to the appropriate one....albeit only if it can be
resolved to potential mistakes made in the original drafting of the birth

425

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

certificate. Overtime, this type of schooling would solidify in the minds of
children that Mars is the culprit of many behaviors they deem
incompatible with their own. Therefore, as a result, the humans
displaying them cannot be held accountable unless its expression is the
result of a deliberate giving way to it. The second seal types would be
an exception to this mental confirmation due to free thought
requirements...as stated earlier. Schooling would teach its students
on how to deal with the other Mars types, with those same students
providing teachers with valuable information for how others from other
Mars schools could deal with their Mars type. Schools can encourage
students to sign up for degree programs that make use of this energy and
prepare students to make use of it in an economically efficient way. While
there would be facets of the economy that wouldn’t require schooling to
make use of that Mars energy, other facets of the economy would make
use of a tangible skill in tandem with that Mars energy.

A major breakthrough for Mars and academia will be the correlation
between Mars at the q* seal and cases of dyslexia. Dyslexia is defined as a
difficulty to interpret written words. It usually displays itself as
deficiencies in reading comprehension, spelling, writing, and math. It was
noted earlier that the 4* seal represents the frontal lobe of the brain,
specifically the lower frontal lobe, with Mars’s position there being the
catalyst to a reduction of gray matter in that area. The reason that this
would line up with scientific data regarding dyslexics and gray matter is
because a study conducted by Backes Wi, Vuurman E, Wennekes R,
Spronk P, Wuisman M, van Engelshoven J, Jolles J from the Department
of Radiology at Maastricht University Hospital in the Netherlands in
2002 found that dyslexics have less grey matter in the frontal lobe regions

426

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

than non-dyslexics, specifically when it comes to phonologic
processing, which the ability to see or hear a word and break it down to
discrete sounds, and then associate each sound with the letters that
make up the word. The general consensus is that dyslexia is a
deficiency in phonologic processing. Phonologic processing is basically
the working memory’s ability to store words long enough to be
processed and used. It’s what allows a person to follow along with
a sentence. Problems with this cause words to fade away before the
brain can process the meaning. Since Mars displays itself in a lack of
energy to engage in certain activities, dyslexia arising from that
influence would not indicate anatomical issues regarding the brain,
but a natural lack of intent and energy to use working memory.

In 2018, researchers at the University of Connecticut found that a
child’s reading ability can be predicted according to gray matter
volume in the prefrontal cortex. Their work, which was published in
journal PLOS One, showed that after 3 years of following
kindergarteners with and without a family history of reading difficulty
while doing MRI brain scans and reading comprehension tests during
that timeframe, the researchers were able to find that the
kindergarteners with more gray matter in their dorsolateral prefrontal
cortex had better reading comprehension than their peers in third
grade. This indicates that this behavior is predictable. A follow up to
such test could be to see which kids had Mars near the horizons/4th
seal of their birth astrology charts. If the ones who had less gray matter
in their prefrontal cortex after 3 years also had a prevalence of Mars
near the horizons/4th seals, then the theory regarding Mars’s
influence on grey matter would be scientifically qualified.

Other brain issues can be corelated to Mars’s location. When it comes

427

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

to Alzheimer's and ADHD, which are deficiencies with learning,
memory, and emotion, scientist have discovered that a lack of grey
matter in the hippocampus and the caudate nucleus are key identifiers
for those deficiencies. It was determined that the second seal relates to
the temporal lobes, which is where the hippocampus is located. In
observing Mars’s location there, one can correlate that to a lack of intent
and energy to learning, memory, and emotion. However, with the
caudate nucleus being part of a different system from the hippocampus
but having similar functions, one would have to posit that the
hippocampus and the caudate nucleus should be reclassified into the
same system in order to reconcile ADHD to being influenced by Mars in
that second seal. It also important to make a distinction between
dyslexia cases amongst those with Mars in the 2"'* seal and those with
Mars in the 4th seal. Dyslexia cases of those with Mars in the 2nd seal
would relate moreso to problems with auditory processing than to
problems with processing written words.

When it comes to laziness.... in 2015, the University of Oxford did a
study of apathetic and motivated people and their brain’s response to
an offer to do work for a reward. They found, ironically, that the
apathetic types had more activity in the motor cortex than those more
industrious types upon accepting an offer to work for a reward. The
reason that was gathered for such an outcome was that the brains of
apathetic people have to work harder in order to prepare themselves to
make an effort, and because of that, the energy required evidenced itself
in the brain scans. The motor cortex is responsible for pre- planned
movements. Since this function is slow in apathetic types, it justifies
relating this to a certain antagonism to being forced to do something.
The fifth seal relates to work and authority figures. Mars there causes a

428

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

lack of energy and intent to engage in those activities. Because it was a
test, and the normally apathetic type had to go against the grain of his
natural quality with regards to apathy, the results showed a higher
activity in the motor cortex for the lazy types. To confirm a lack of grey
matter in that region being related to Mars, one would have to test for it
before an actual activity of industrious work would take place. Another
disorder is the autism spectrum disorder, which correlates to the
antisocial aspects covered in this writing. Its symptoms are related to
difficulties in communication, social interaction, compulsive behaviors.
It was determined that the first seal relates to face to face
communication and the occipital lobe. Antisocial personality disorder is
resolved to a problem with the occipital lobe based on the fact that 50
percent of children with autism, a personality disorder with difficulties
in communication, have strabismus or crossed eyes, which is a condition
that arises from problems within the visual cortex, which is part of the
occipital lobe. In 1999, Dr. Melvin Kaplan, the founder of The Center for
Visual Management and prominent developmental/behavioral
optometrist, author and researcher, found in his study that 50 percent of
children with autism had a strabismus. In Dr. Kaplan’s book. Seeing
through New Eyes: Chan g ing the Lives of Children with
Autism, Asperger Syndrome and Other Developmental
Disahilities through Vision Therapy, he finds a connection
between children with development disorders like Autism and problems
in the visual cortex. Because the occipital lobe is responsible for how we
perceive our environment, deficits of energy related to that perception,
would display itself in improper interaction with that environment. In a
2010 study done by the University of Illinois on the grey matter volume
in patients with strabismus and those without it, researchers found that
the strabismus group has less volume of grey matter in the occipital eye

429

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

field(which is in the occipital lobe) than the group who did not have the
disorder. This study was done in 2010 by Xiaohe Yan, Xiaoming Lin,
Qifeng Wang, Yuanchao Zhang, Yingming Chen, Shaojie Song, Tianzi
Jiang and it was entitled “Dorsal Visual Pathway Changes in
Patients with Comitant Extropia(Strahisnius)” The original source
can be found here https://d0i.org/10.1371/j0urnal.p0ne.0010931. These
research findings help us understand Mars’s influence on grey matter
when positioned in the first seals and how linking that with the occipital
lobe affirms the lack of energy related to face to face communication.
There has been studies that link some sex offenses with autism, such as
the offenses related to child pornography and inappropriate sexual
contact. Teens with autism spectrum disorder often display sexual
behaviors in public due to a lack of regard to perceive social cues. “A
previous study by’t Hart-Kerkhoffs et al. (2009b) screened JSOs(juvenile
sex offenders) for the symptoms of an ASD using a parent-report
questionnaire and found that JSOs display significantly more symptoms of
ASDs than healthy controls.” - Sexuality and Autistic-Like
Symptoms in Juvenile Sex Offenders: A Follow-Up After 8 Years
by M. Ewoud Baarsma, Cyril Boonmann, Lisette A. ’t Hart- Kerkhoffs,
Hanneke de Graaf, Theo A. H. Doreleijers, Robert R. J. M. Vermeiren, and
Lucres M. C. Jansen J Autism Dev Disord. 2016; 46: 2679-2691.
Published online 2016 May 18. doi: 10.1007/S10803-016- 2805-6.
PMCID:PMC4938848. The findings related to autism and its link to sexual
offenses have not been substantiated in terms of predatory or violent
behavior. The possible link between Child pornography and autism seems
to be the major topic of concern for researchers. When speaking about
the topic, it’s important to differentiate between fondling, sexual
intercourse, child pornography, and child abuse, ah of which may

430

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

not be intercorrelated. In transitioning to the subject of sexual
perversion, researchers have found that extended pornography use, not
to be confused with someone who may view child pornography, is
related to less grey matter in a region of the brain called the striatum
which is located in the basil ganglia, which is associated with the brain
stem. An article by the Huffington post, written by Macrino Cooper
White, in which she cites a research publication published in 2013-
2014 in JAMA Psychiatry journals, it mentions a German research
study done on brain activity during pornography use and found that a
higher usage of pornography led to a lower volume of grey matter in the
right caudate of the striatum. They also found that heavy porn users
had a weaker connection between the striatum and the prefrontal
cortex, a dysfunction which has been found to correlate with drug use
and behavioral choices with little regard for possible negative outcome.
That study was titled Brain Structure and Functional
Connectivity Associated With Pornography Consumption The
Brain on Pom, and written by Simone Kiihn, PhDi; Jurgen Gallinat,
PhD2,3. JAMA Psychiatry. 20i4;7i(7):827-834.

doi:io.iooi/jamapsychiatry.20i4.93 This study aligns with the
definition of Mars’s placement on the 3rd seal and the brain
stem/cerebellum area of the brain, which has been determined to
cause issues related to se xual perversion and pleasure see king.

Earlier it mentioned that autism is linked to Mars in the 1st seal.
Since the 6th seal is directly next to the 1st seal as shown in a chart
with the seal layout of Revelation, we have some perspective that
supports the argument that Asperger's syndrome may have
distinction from full autism. While today, asperger's is considered on
the spectrum of autistic disorders, only less severe, studies have
shown that asperger's may deserve a class of its own. In terms of the

431

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

seals, it would be easy to interconnect asperger's and autism into the
same class, especially with respect to the concept of transition points
in the astrochart that indicate a blend of 2 distinct definitions.

432

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

That diagram shows us how the two are distinct but when Mars reaches
the transition point between the b* seal and i®‘ seal, both qualities of
Asperger's and Autism can start to blend together. Mars 360 would hold
asperger's as being related to difficulties in dealing with perception and
communication given to us from other people with Autism being related
to dealing with perception and communication that we give to others.
This dynamic shows us why these 2 perspectives are often
intercorrelated with each other as one problem relating to the Autism
spectrum. With Mars 360 we can keep the 2 related, and also separate.
Because a great number of comedians and scantily clad actresses have
Mars in the b* seal which is related to the perception given to us by
others, Asperger's must be assigned to a lack of energy to care for how
that might affect them. Therefore improper public behaviors which is
assigned to the Autism spectrum disorders must lean moreso toward
the side of Asperger's syndrome. This improper public behavior because
of its lack of regard to the eyes of others, must also be related to
introversion’s resistance to properly cater to accepted standards for
how one is suppose to be seen. Introversion, defined in that manner,
would be easily assigned to asperger's. The introversion related to
Autism must be related to a frustration with the lack of energy to
properly give perception and communication to others in a socially
acceptable way, and not so much to dealing with attention received by
others, which would be the problem from asperger's sufferers. A blend
of the 2 as a result of Mars’s transition would warrant another title so
that further clarity is provided.

It's important to reiterate that when studying the Mars phenomenon,
the investigation into extreme behaviors must be from the perspective
of worst case scenario, and not from the perspective of a generalized

433

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

definition of Mars in a certain seal. While Mars brings about some
resistance to carrying out socially accepted behaviors and also
displaying socially acceptable characteristics, it does not infer a
complete giving way to Mars energy. While certain qualities are
related, the trajectory of those qualities which point to more sinister
qualities at the extreme end don’t implicate every case of Mars in
terms of probability of reaching that extreme. For instance, loose
opinions would be related nationalism, which would be related to
racism, which would be related to genocide, however every case of
Mars would not infer loose opinions to a probable future case of
genocide. The probably would lie in the fact that certain behaviors are
linked to another, without that certain behavior being a factor in the
chances of that person devolving into the related behaviors on the
further end of the trajectory. Domestic violence is linked to terrorism,
but domestic violence itself is not a determinant of someone becoming
a terrorist later on. It just defines that behaviors associated with
domestic violence would manifest in terrorism if that energy that
causes domestic violence is allowed to garner more influence. While
that Mars influence would make the probability that such a person,
moreso than people with other Mars influences, might engage in some
form of terror, it doesn’t decide for that particular person to have a
higher probability of giving into the Mars energy more than other
Mars types. When it comes to child abuse, it’s important not to des¬
ignate a propensity to one domain due to the fact that child abuse
can manifest in many ways. Fondling, which is an improper use of
the hands doesn’t necessitate to full violence, and intercourse doesn’t
warrant the same context as viewing material online or through other
mediums. Therefore each seal position could relate to child abuse in
some manner should Mars be given a full grip. Since the ist seal is

434

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

determined to relate to the occipital lobe and right hand, excessive
Mars influence could infer crimes against children which are related
to fondling or any improper use of the hands. Since the 2nd seal Mars
relates to the temporal lobes and emotion, excessive Mars influence
there could infer crimes against children that manifest as violence
against one’s own children. Since the 3'''^ seal Mars relates to the brain
stem and cerebellum, excessive Mars influence there can result in
crimes against children that result in full intercourse due to the
pleasure seeking aspect of that Mars position. Since the 4* seal Mars
relates to the frontal lobes, crimes against children here upon excessive
Mars influence could display in actual physical violence due to Mars’s
influence bringing about a hostile view of what is less powerful. Since
the 5* seal Mars relates to the motor cortex and work, crimes against
children upon excessive Mars influence here could be related to some
form of neglect. Since Mars in the 6* seal relates to the parietal lobe and
our appearance to others, crimes against children here upon excessive
Mars influence could relate to some form of exposure.

What a Mars curriculum does is change our approach to teaching.
Whereas today, students are approached with optimism about who they
could be in the future, which is a perspective that allows for educators,
parents, and teachers to rest on their laurels with regard to the child’s
developing sense of value in the world, under Mars 360, children would
be approached with a certain sense of pessimism, which would allow
for a more cautious and meticulous program of educating. As a result.
Mars 360’s ultimate goal for children is realized by making each one
feel as if the world completely understands him for who he is with
all his drawbacks. This is a reason why schools would be entirely

435

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

dedicated to the acceptance of these drawbacks related to Mars. The
idea, as stated numerous times, is to keep the child from feeling the
need to fully give into the Mars energy as a response to a non¬
understanding world. Such would keep the culminations of evil from
presenting itself and inflicting widespread damage on the world. An
analogy to that outlook is how we often find that those we strongly
disagree with often succumb to listening to the other’s point of view
when that person feels the other point of view -he disagrees with- has
taken into account and fully understood his own point of view. The
fruits of this would display itself in all aspects of life, from relationships
to social interaction to politics, and economics.

The stigmas and shame related to Mars tendencies would slowly fade
from world consciousness. The aspect of right and wrong would be
replaced with “is” and the taboo status given to certain behaviors would
be completely removed from the global school system and the world
under Mars 360.

Remnants of the old moral system of right and wrong under
Judeo/Christianity will only exist in persons trying to completely
overcome their own Mars tendencies or in persons allowing themselves
to feel contrite regarding it. Since Mars 360 would make society adapt
to those tendencies, going against the grain would have very little value.
Religion, at that juncture, would be replaced with “beneficiality to the
social construct”

With Mars 360, deification no longer takes on an abstract tone as Mars
is a real planet which has been under serious observation in recent
years. Since Mars 360 coincides with the development of possible
space exploration to the planet Mars, subjects like archeology would

436

Chapter 23 : 666 Curriculum

cover excavation possibilities in space as opposed to ancient sites on
earth. Due to the oppositionary effect of Mars’s influence on humans,
current planetary space research related to Mars would look for clues
on the surface of Mars that relates to this antagonistic energy. With
many in aerospace engineering tinkering with the idea of bringing
humans to Mars, the perspective that Mars influences people in way
that's hostile to standard behavior would ultimately bring
controversy and a possibility of full human meltdown in the event of
a successful landing on Mars. That scenario would present the
possibility of a major catastrophe if human behavior is correlated to
Mars with this correlation becoming more pronounced the closer
humans are to the planet.

437

Keep in mind that any
Chapters titled with the
word "Mandate" is only
meant in terms of how
the findings presented
there are worth a look

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

Chapter 24

Military Engineering Mandate(Israel, USA)

Mars 360 as a social system also relates to its value as a military system.

By effectively using Mars placements to allocate military personal to

appropriate environments that would entail sort of a virtue signaling
for Mars, allows for a harmonious outlook regarding military
expenditure. Each placement of Mars would infer an advantage to some
extent, depending on the duty. For instance, since Mars in the first seal
represents a lack of energy toward proper face to face communication,
duties involving direct unfiltered commands would be carried out
without hesitation. This placement infers an advantage for drill
sergeants and ground leadership where constant blunt interaction is
required in order drive home a command. By making this a
requirement for a command-giving position, administration would be
ensured of orders being given without hesitancy or fear on the part of
the person giving them.

Mars in the second seal provides an advantage for aspects of the
military that involves the use of hostile force. This placements gives an
advantage to those who have to carry out orders that involve the
unrestrained neutralization of an enemy target, along with the ensured
survival of the personnel carrying out the mission. Because of a natural
restlessness that this placement brings about, this placement makes
well for foreign missions involving lots of variety and movement. This
would likely be the standard ideal placement for general infantry
assignments.

Mars in the third seal has an advantage since Mars places a lack of
energy on personal survival instinct regarding one’s own health.

438

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

Therefore this placements infers an advantage for dangerous missions
where the outcome regarding one own health would also provide some
protection to other soldiers if their duty requires it. This placement is
the standard for what constitutes a War hero.

Mars in the 4* seal would not be perfectly suited for combat duty, but
would be standard for administration in support of the Military and also
peacetime propaganda. This placement of Mars creates the highest form
of nationalism and patriotism, even if it doesn’t produce the greatest
combat soldiers. All activities involving keeping morale high would be
standard for this placement and would keep a nation together in terms
of its outlook. Because of the lack of fear related to indirect speech, this
placement of Mars finds an advantage in gathering support against an
enemy.

Mars in the 5* seal would not do well in positions under authority. From
a military standpoint, this type would be disadvantaged in dealing with
the authoritative aspects of the military. There may be some
independent research that this type could do to serve the military in
some way. However, this is usually a mark of pacifism and would be
advantageous in situations needed to keep a military out of War. This
placement would be the key to diplomatic solutions from a military
perspective.

Mars in the 6* seal would provide an advantage in terms of working out
of view of others. It’s important to note that this is also a pacifist out¬
look. Since this placement creates a social awkwardness and lack of
energy toward one’s appearance, this person would have an advantage

439

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

in duties that are more introverted in nature. Classified information
would also have a greater deal of protection. All military scientific
research that requires hours of private study would be of an
advantage to the person influenced by Mars here. The technological
cutting edge approach to garnering military advantage via hours of
study would be standard for Mars in the 6th seal. In this manner,
Mars in the 6th seal becomes a major asset to the Military. Important
to note that this placement is not a war advocator even though it can
perform the necessary research.

Under Mars 360, this allocation of the human condition to its rightful
element can be correlated to how the Geneva convention decides the
rules of war. A full expression of this human condition gives everyone
a sense of freedom regarding how they feel the world should be.
Under Mars 360, Mars’s expression of pacifism would have the same
right to exist as the Mars expression of conflict. This is how Mars 360
defines peace. It’s important to remember that Mars 360 is trying
to get every single person on Earth to feel that the world under¬
stands him. In achieving this, and allowing a certain level of ex¬
pression, it prevents the oftentimes overwhelming backlash when
the pendulum has swung for too long in one direction. A good
analogy is how the federal reserve is designed to protect the mar¬
ket from black swan events, unforeseen circumstances causing dis¬
ruption in the market, by controlling interest rates according to
where they feel the market may be headed.

The presence of a Military according to Mars 360 wouldn’t
necessitate to War, nor would it necessitate to Capitulation. It will,
however, be conducive to full human harmony because everyone
would understand that the source(Mars) which drives conflict-
acceptance is the same source that drives conflict-avoidance. There is

440

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

a certain balanced to be striked here which will make all parties very
happy. It also provides cheques and balances within the military
industrial complex between conflict advocates and peace advocates, as
opposed to peace advocates operating outside and against the military
sphere. This allows for resolution to trickle down to the rest of society.
With an education program that distinguishes for Mars placement, one is
left with a uniform element regarding preparing for society and being
military prepared in a way that is compatible with everyone’s
Mars placement. Military involvement doesn’t equate to War in this case.
There is a certain sensitivity to the nature of Mars that needs to be
maintained in order to stabilize the health of human perspective. A
diplomacy first mandate allows for that particular Mars expression of
conflict-avoidance to operate alongside the realm of conflict-accep¬
tance and the military industrial complex.

Due to a possible correlation of Mars to foreign attacks, the Mars 360
observation program would be a useful investigation by military
personnel. In this example pertaining to the United States, there have
been 3 major attacks on US soil that provoked the US military into
international conflict. All 3 have a major similarity pertaining to Mars
that cannot be ignored. In all 3 attacks. Mars was in the 1st seal at the time
they took place. Here are the charts for the 9/11 terror attack, pearl harbor
attack, and the black tom explosion respectively. These are calculated
using the exact time in which events happened.

441

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

Toror^ WTC (2001) [AA]

Tu., It Se|]teirt»r2001 Tine; 8:46 am.
Ma)lnl^,fJY(llS} Urw.Tine: 1246
73w5e.40n46 SM-Tirm: 7;12:2S

Event Ctwt

Method: WA Style /Ptaddie
Sim ^n:Wgo
Ascendant; Llira

2nd sCi

0 Sui

18 Vr WdS"

5 Moon

28GMn 4'4I}"

9 Menwy

14 IJ> 17'17-

9 Voile

18 Leo 24’ 6"

Mbib

1C^26'34'

V Jifpitef

11 Cm35’22''

h Sdwn

14GMn45’ 6'

V' UtWHC

21 Aqua0'17Y

V NepAne

eAtytiTO’SJt

? PI180

12 50938’14"

n TiuoNode

3CA 6’ Old

i Cheon

23 S« 2‘W'

tt 14 LJ» 22'

2:11S<»28’ 3:12S^40‘

rc ieCai43’ 11:20Leo 6’ 12:19 Vi 39’

h»v

442

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

BIscIt Tcm ExfioBon [Ad)]

Su., a)Jiiv1916 Tim; 2fiBajTk.
Ja8evaiv.NJ(US] UiivTine: 7fi8
74«05.401144 Sid. Tnie: 224202
Event Chat

Methcd; Web /PtaddtD

Sw) ^n: Leo
ABcatdad; Cotca

seal

6th seal

^ 8u)

dLeo45'44''

S M»)n

8lj»5S’%'’

9 Merawy

aLeoS1'«‘'

9 VOWB

3 Cm 39’ 2"

Wbib

A LJ) IS'IE'

4Ta) was*

^ Sdifn

22 Cm 21*45''

V U^efiuB

IS Aqii lO'dS'V

2 L» 33*35''

? Pldo

3Cm38’4»''

TiwNods

29 C^ 0*56'

i Ctwon

25 Pfa 56'21’k

K 2Cak13'

2:22Cm 3' 3: 13 Leo 6'

m SPta 54' 11:13 All 2’ 12:24 Tau 17'

S1S9V

4 t

O+iPflC

o’

□

JA.

6th seal

We can see in all three charts, which are calculated with the exact time that
the event took place, a shared common placement of Mars in the 1st seal
shows up. Not only that, each attack took place when the moon was within
the signs of Cancer and Leo. This is enough to warrant a further
investigation. Mars 360 would even determine that a period of vigilance
may be required during that timeframe. In my research, overall, the moon
passing through the Cancer and Leo/Aquarius and Capricorn axis seems to
also correlate to major catastrophic events taking place in the United
States. Mars in the first seal however is the most interesting sign that
seems to keep showing up around the time attacks take place. This would
essentially equate to Mars 360 calling down fire from heaven.

The system of cheques and balances within the military framework keeps
a balance between Mars’s expression and human necessity. This

443

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

accommodation of peace-seeking zeal by the military allows for a
country to keep its bearing with regard to its intention to sustain
itself. As Mars 360 spreads, there would be more mutual
understanding about the dynamics of the human condition as it
relates to a military. It's important to recognize the military as al¬
ready a natural expressive outlet for Mars, which is essential
for the sustenance of civilian life. The Mars effect of restless¬
ness gets a channel through military life by way of travel and move¬
ment, as that is often a requirement in military directives. Re¬
moving military altogether would also remove an effective
channel for Mars expression. This would put societal stability in
jeopardy as now the expression of Mars related to restlessness
and need for constant change would find another way to assert it¬
self. It would be easier for military construct to accommodate the
expression of Mars that looks to avoid conflict and constant change
than it would be for civilian life to accommodate the Mars ex¬
pression of constant change and mobility.

—The rest of the Chapter is in regards to Israel and Palestine
eonflict—

An example of how Mars 360 can be used in real time would be very
applicable to the current situation in Israel. Israel became a nation in
1948 and has been subjected to increasing hostility from its Arab
neighbors. When the UN Partition Plan for Palestine was approved in
Nov. 29, 1947, the land of Palestine became allocated between
independent Jewish and Arabs states. This plan was rejected by the
Arabs, who were already situated in Palestine centuries before during
the Ottoman empire. After defeating the Ottoman Empire in WWI,
the British promised the Arabs living Palestine that they would get all

444

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

of Palestine in exchange for having helped them defeat the Ottomans.
The British also made the Balfour declaration in 1917, which publicly
stated support for Jewish people to have their own land in Palestine.
This leaves the British having to live up to their end of 2 promises that
don’t align with each other. Since the British and the Arabs began its
fighting against the Ottomans in 1915, which is 2 years before the
Balfour Declaration, one can say that promises about the land in
Palestine were made to the Arabs first. This would indicate the Balfour
declaration to be a violation of that promise. However, this does not put
the Jewish people at fault since they could have only looked for the
British to keep their word. A good analogy is only having 5 dollars in
your pocket and making a promise to firiendi that you would pay him 5
dollars and then later making a promise to friend2 that you would pay
him 5 dollars.... the same 5 dollars you were going to give to friendi.
Friend 2 in this case is not responsible for any irresponsibility on the
part of the one who made the promise, but friend 1 , however, is more
deserving of the 5 dollars from the promiser than frienda. Since friend 1
and friend 2 had no interaction in the matter, this argument of who
deserves what cannot be used in the aspect of later interaction between
friend 1 and friend 2. The only solution by the promiser is to split the 5
dollars between the two. However, the result of that in terms of how it
applies to Palestine, with Arabs rejecting any split of the land, still
points in favor of the Arab justification. The only solution is for
friendi and friend 2 to confront the promiser and place the responsibil¬
ity upon him to settle the matter according to how he promised to origi¬
nally settle it. Because of the impossibility of this, it must become his re¬
sponsibility to compensate the side that was most negatively affected by
the transaction, which in this case would be friend i(arabs). Since the
UN was the final decider of how the land would be allocated between
Arabs and Jews, the UN is left with the responsibility of figuring out
how to compensate the Arabs for a broken promise made to them by the
British, who managed to further exacerbate the matter by supplying

445

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

arms to Israel. In retrospect, the Jewish people were willing to ac¬
cept partition plans that were in favor of Arab control over most of
Palestine. The Arabs, however, wanted control over all of Palestine,
with any Jewish presence there being left up to Arabs and not any¬
one else. Since Jews and Arabs have lived together peacefully for
centuries, this attitude by the Arabs could in no way be assigned to
an ethno-centric viewpoint, as much as it is to a political and con¬
trol viewpoint based on principle. After rejecting the partition
plans by the British, who in turn later handed control over the
situation to the United Nations, the Arabs gradually continued to
lose any chance of not only getting all of Palestine, but also the
chance of Palestine continuing to be allocated in their favor. Dur¬
ing WWII, the holocaust became a catalyst to UN partition plans
for Palestine leaning in favor of Jewish control as opposed to pre¬
vious ones that leaned in favor of Arab control. Finally, in 1948, the
Jewish state in Palestine officially became the nation of Israel and
violence between Arabs and Jews have become mainstay ever
since. From that point, the Arabs decided to invoke their UN right
that maintains that nations have a right of self-determination to
pursue their political, economic, cultural, social, and religious
development. As a result, they(Arabs) waged war against the
Jewish state and used military force to try and claim all of Pales¬
tine. The Arabs had every intention of carry this out on their
own, but since the Jewish states initially gathered help from Euro¬
pean countries, the Arabs were left having to do the same, seeking
the help of other nations like the USSR, which as a result, brought
the conflict to the attention of the United States, as they were
closely watching Russia due to Bolshevik declaration of a world¬
wide communist revolution in the early 1900s. Overtime, as the
Jewish state fought off Arab aggression continuously and in the
process, gained more land than was originally assigned, the Arab

446

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

living space in Palestine began to dwindle. Today the Arabs are con¬
centrated to Gaza and parts of the Westbank. It's important to re¬
member that the initial recognition of the Jewish state in their UN
designated spaces in Palestine in 1948 did not usher in a forced exo¬
dus of the Arabs from those territories. The Arabs could stay but had
to recognize the space as Jewish territory. It wasn't until after the
Arabs waged war, which compromised the Jewish state's internal
security and provoked sporadic terror attacks in Jewish territory, that
the Jewish state felt the need to drive out or restrict the Arabs al¬
ready living in the designated Jewish territory.

Today justification may be regarded in favor of the Jewish state as the
Arabs conceded under the leadership of Yasser Arafat, who signed an
accord in the early 1990’s officially recognizing the Jewish state of
Palestine, and thus accepting the process of developing a 2 state
solution for all of Palestine. This was the first Palestinian recognition of
the independent Jewish state. However, this was not accepted by a
group of Arabs who are known as Hamas, an internationally recognized
terrorist group. The result of Oslo officially made Hamas the number
one resistance to the Jewish state in Palestine. Hamas took over Gaza in
2007 and their presence there revolves around continued conflict with
the Jewish state. Firing rockets into Israeli territory on a regular basis,
Hamas has become the main resistance to any chance of peace between
Arabs and Jews.

The conflict between Hamas and Israel can easily be relegated to Mars
360 as there is a pattern between the location of Mars and the amount
of rockets fired from Gaza. Once again, we would have an example of
Mars bringing fire down from the sky. What these findings do is make it
mandatory for Mars to be observed from a military perspective,
especially when it could be a matter of danger or safety. On the next
page is a chart of all the rocket attacks against Israel since 2007. Notice
the times when there has been a spike in rocket fire relative to the year
it happened. These statistics are taken from wikipedia
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Palestinian_rocket_attacks_on_Israel.

447

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

Figure H - Gaza Rocket attacks on Israel

* = Largest amount of Rocket fire for the year

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

2012

Jan

241

566*

Feb

257

Mar

196

35*

173

Apr

145

May

257*

149

Jun

Jul

Aug

145*

Sept

-10

Oct

116

Nov

125

1734’

Dec

113

361*

Rocket attacks for 2013 -
2019 continued on the next
page

448

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

cont’d

Figure H - Gaza Rocket attacks on Israel

* = Largest amount of Rocket fire for the year

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

17*

May

600*

Jun

Jul

2,874

174*

Aug

950

Sept

Oct

Nov

455

Dec

Note: in 2019, the heaviest rocket fire from
Gaza took place in May. 600 rockets were
fired from Gaza on Israel

If we observe the number of rocket attacks from Gaza starting back
around 2007 in “Figure H”, you’ll notice an asterisk next to some of
the numbers. This indicates the month where the largest barrage of
rocket attacks from Gaza were concentrated that year. We will
reference “Figure H” when we pull up the astrocharts to see how the
location of Mars correlates.

449

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

In my research of how the position of the Planet Mars correlates to
rocket attacks from Gaza, I found that Mars’s location near the lunar
node on both sides of the chart shows up around the time of escalating
rocket fire. Here is what I mean:

Mars

Mars is falling somewhere within a 30 degree vicinity of the lunar nodes
on either side of the astrochart during the time to rocket fire escalation
from Gaza. If we go back to “Figure H” and look at the rocket attacks for
2007 , we can see that most of the rocket fire for that year took place in

450

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

May. There were 257 rockets fired from Gaza during that month. If we
look at the astrochart for May 2007, we can see that Mars is close to
the lunar node.

We can see Mars within close range of the lunar node in this Chart
calculated for May 2007. If we go back to “Figure H” and look at late
2008/early 2009 when the Gaza War(also knows as Operation Cast
Lead) took place, we’ll find that once again Mars is in the vicinity of the
lunar node. It gets to within 30 degrees of it in early January. See the
next page.

451

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

<f Roctot F%e From Gaza
T1t.,8 Janufy 2009 line: 12:40 p.m.

Jeniaaiem, ISI^ Unnr.Tiiie: 10:40
35e14. 31n46 Sid Tine: 20:13:24

Lunar node

Here Mars gets within 30 degrees of the lunar node. We can see in
Figure H that the rocket fire doesn’t really settle down until March
2009. This would align with Mars producing an effect while being
near the lunar node during that timeframe. If we go back to Figure
H and look at the year 2010, we notice that the highest
concentration of Rocket Fire took place during the month of
March. During that time, 35 rocket attacks took place. On the next
page is the astrochart for March 2010.

452

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

df Rcctol Fie Frcm Gaza
Mo..1Mtfch2010 Tme: 12:40 p.m.

Jenisaleir, iSFL Unrir.Tine: 10:40
35e14.31n46 Sid.Tine: 23:37:28

etMi :w ini a ■

wvrw.astro.com

Mars

Lunar node

Once again, same thing, but this time Mars in on the opposite
side of the lunar node, but within 30 degrees. This still aligns
with Mars on either sidefnear conjunction or near opposition) of
the lunar node being a factor in rocket attacks from Gaza.

If we go back to Figure H and look at the year 2011, we find that
most of the rocket attacks that year took place in August.
There were 145 rockets fired from Gaza into Israel territory.

453

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

Lets look at the astrochart for August of 2011 and see if Mars falls
within 30 degrees of the lunar node.

c/ Rocitet l%e From Gaz3
Md.. 1 August 2011 Tkne; 12:40 p.m.

Jemaal««Ti. tSFL Univ.llnie: 0:40

3Se14. 311x10 Sid. Tme: 8:39:34

Lunar node

Mars

Once again Mars falls within 30 degrees of the lunar node during a
month where the highest level of rocket fire for the year was
concentrated.

If we go back to Figure H and look at the next year, which would be
2012, we find that the highest level of rocket fire took place in the

454

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

month of November, in which there was 1734 rockets fired from Gaza
into Israel. That's a significant spike in rocket fire. If we pull up the
astrochart for November of 2012, we can see Mars is once again
within a 30 degree vicinity of the lunar node.

^ Rocliel F%e Frcm

Tb. . 1 Novetrteef 2012 Time: 12:40 p.m.

JenisalefT, ISRL Uiw.Tme: 10:40

35e14. 31f>46 Sid. Tme: 15:45:26

Mars is clearly within 30 degrees of the lunar node during a
significant rise in rocket attacks against Israel in November of 2012.

If we go back to Figure H and look at 2013, we find that the highest
concentration of rocket fire from Gaza that year took place in April,

455

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

which is also the month that the Boston Marathon Bombing took
place in the US. In April, there were 17 rockets fired from Gaza.
Here is the astrochart for April 2013.

Roclel F%e frem Gaz3
Th., 4 Af]ril2013 Tkne: 12:00 p.m.

Jeniaaieni. I5RL UnKr.Tire: 0:00
35e14,31n46 Sid.rme: 0:1210

Once again Mars makes it to within 30 degrees of the lunar node, on
the exact opposite side. As stated before the both sides of the chart are
the same.

Now in going back to Figure H, we can have a look at 2014 and see
which month had the highest concentration of rocket fire that year.

456

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

We can see in 2014, the month of July had an extreme spike in rocket
fire with 2874 rockets being fired from Gaza into Israel. Here is the
chart for July 2014:

^ Rachel Fkefvofn Gaza
Tu..1J(rfy2014 rifte: 12:00p.iiL

Jenisalem, ISRL Urmf.Tvne: 9:00
35e14. 31n46 Sid. Tme: 5:56:18

Once again, Mars is within 30 degrees of the lunar node, this time on
the same side.

Lets go back to Figure H and look at 2015 to see which month had the
highest concentration of rocket fire from Gaza. 2015 doesn’t seem to
have much activity in terms of rocket attacks from Gaza. However,
if we go ahead and observe anyway, we find that October turns

457

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

out to be the month where the highest level of rocket attacks took
place for 2015. Here is the chart for October 2015:

d Rodcel Fkefrcin Gaza
Th., 1 October2015 Tne: 12:00p.m

Jcruaalem, ISra. Unrr.line: 0:00

35e14. 31f>40 Ski. Tme: 12:00:03

MCO ViWi rc*B iMi ■

There it is again. Mars in within 30 degrees of the lunar node during a
month of rocket fire escalation from Gaza.

If we go back to Figure H to see which month had the highest
concentration of rocket fire from Gaza in 2016, we find January to be
the month where most of the activity took place. See the chart on the
next page

458

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

Roclei Rrefratn Gaza
Fr., 1 January 2016 Time: 12:00 p.m.

Jeraaalefn, tSN- Ufwv.Tkne: 10:00
35e14. 31n46 Sid. Time; 19:02:56

Lunar node

In January of 2016, Mars is just leaving from within 30 degrees of
the lunar node. 2016, however, did not bear much significance in
terms of violent conflict.

In Figure H, the concentration of rocket fire in 2017 took place in
December. 28 rocket were fired from Gaza during that month. See
the chart on the next page.

459

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

^ R«cfce>t Rrefram Gaira

Fr.. 1 Deoent>er2017 Time: 12:00piri.

Jemsalem. ISra. Ufw.Tkne: 10:00

35e14, 31n40 Skl Tme: 17:02:44

Mars is well out of range of being with 30 degrees of the lunar node,
so one cannot say that the escalation in December of 2017 was related
Mars. Mars would have last been within 30 degrees of the lunar node
back in August of 2017, but there was only 1 rocket attack that month.

Lets go back to Figure H and have a look at 2018. We find that the
month that had the greatest amount of rocket fire from Gaza that year
was July. There were 174 rockets fired into Israel from Gaza during
that time. See the astro chart on the next page.

460

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

cJ Rex;hot Fve frovn

Su.. 1 Jt^ 2018 Tkfie: 12:00 p.m.

Jemaalem, (SRL Utwv.lme: 9:00
35e14. 31r>4e Sid. Time: 5:58:24

In this one, Mars is within 30 degrees of the lunar node, on the
opposite side. So once again, that position of Mars has showed up
during a month of escalation.

In going back to Figure H for 2019, we see that May is the month with
the highest concentration of Rocket Fire that year. There were 600
rockets fired from Gaza into Israel. Let see if the astro chart on the next
page continues to show a correlation between Mars being within 30
degrees of the lunar node and escalating rocket fire from Gaza.

461

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

cT RocMe^ Fvefiom Gaza
We.. 1 May 2019 Tm: 1200pjn.

Jemaalefn. I5RL Univ.Tnie: 900
35e14. 31n46 Sid. Ikne: 1:56:57

Once again, Mars is within 30 degrees of the lunar node during a
month of escalating rocket fire. May 4, 2019 was the day that the
rocket attacks were launched from Gaza. In this chart of May 1, we see
Mars just entering within that 30 degrees from the lunar node.

One can say, after reviewing this, that there is a statistical significance
regarding the correlation between escalating hostility from Gaza
toward Israel and Mars being within 30 degrees of the lunar node.
This would make the 666 systemfMars 360) a necessity to military

462

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

defense and would essentially require military itself to consider the
observation of Mars. Otherwise, they would be turning a blind eye to a
major cause of hostility toward a nation. Israel would also have to
realize that observing Mars in any way would constitute giving
credence to the Christian Bible, which is the only Holy Book that warns
about this Mars 360(666). Making use of observation of Mars would
constitute a form of acceptance of the Mars 360 system.

With this new information, one can demonstrate in real time a forecast
of the next flare up from Gaza and thus predict fire to come down from
Heaven as prophesied in Revelation 13:13. For 2019, Mars becomes
out of range of being within 30 degrees of the lunar node on

July 29th, 2019

Jan 15, 2020 - April 3, 2020 is the timeframe that Mars is within
30 degrees of the lunar node during the year of 2020. That is the time
when the heaviest rocket fire from Gaza would take place that year.

The lunar nodes are basis for eclipses, which has been determined as
the return of Christ. With this example of the lunar nodes being a
factor in Israel’s security, specifically when it comes to Mars being
within 30 degrees of it, we are thus able understand how Israel could
be left to re-consider their stance on Jesus Christ. We also see how an
entire world could come under Mars 360 if observation of Mars
constitutes a matter of survival. This observation in terms of
systematic use would also constitute a form of worship. In terms of
bible prophecy, the significance of this correlation between Mars, the
lunar nodes and fire from Gaza would warrant a statue being erected in
Israel in honor of Mars/Ares, the god who was wounded and yet lived.
It also warrants a peace plan between the Palestinians and Israel by
way of methodically scheduling ceasefire agreements at the start of
these Mars transits within 30 degrees of the Lunar node. Not doing

463

Chapter 24: Military Engineering Mandate

so would cause Israel to continue to labor for its security, and the
Palestinians to continue showing themselves as following a
pattern influenced not by they themselves, but by Mars's(Dajjal)
position in the sky. A peace treaty centered around Mars would be the
only way to prove that not to be the case. Below is the Mars 360(666)
plan for peace between Israel and Palestine. It strictly revolves
around making ceasefire agreements when the planet Mars is
within 30 degrees of the lunar node. Since escalation of rocket fire
has normally taken place during that time, making concessions for
peace during that time can only serve as a mitigatoiy factor on the
damage arising from maximum hostility. At the end of the time
period of Mars being within 30 degrees of the lunar node on
either side, the ceasefire agreement would be terminated. The
reason for this outlook is to remain cognizant of the reasons for the
tension between Arabs and Jews, while also being vigilant with
regard to the need for human citizens in both Gaza and Israel to
remain safe. These are the recommended dates for ceasefire
agreements. All the dates consist of Mars being within 30 degrees
of the lunar node, which usually lasts about 3 1/2 months. Judging
from the earlier statistics, failure to meet a peace consensus would
likely result in escalation during these times:

Jan 15, 2020 - April 3, 2020 June 5, 2025 - Sept 4, 2025

Feb 9, 2021 - May 13.2021 Feb 4, 2026 - April 19, 2026

Nov 4, 2021 - Jan 22, 2022 Sept. 27, 2026 - June 12, 2027

June 22, 2022 - Sept 19, 2022

Dec 26 2022 - Jan 24, 2023

Aug 24, 2023 - Nov 15, 2023

April 12, 2024 - June 25, 2024

Request for a statue of Ares/Mars to be made after significant escalation of
rocket fire from Gaza during any of the above times or during anytime Mars is
within 30 degrees of the lunar node. It's important to mentionfalong with mak¬
ing the requestl that Ares, according to mythology, was wounded and healed.

464

Keep in mind that any
Chapters titled with the
word "Mandate" is only
meant in terms of how
the findings presented
there are worth a look

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

Chapter 25

Global Economic Engineering Mandate

The previous examples of market prediction in Chapter 21 were a model
of stock market prediction at the micro level. This official economic
engineering mandate will explain the nature of the market in both a
macro and micro sense. It will also present a working model for
predicting recessions successfully. The parameters for this algorithm are
straightforward and simple. It outlines the basic factor for a market
upswing, market downswing, boom, and recession.

Previously, we discussed the lunar nodes and their effect on the market
in tandem with the sun, moon, and mercury. This one, however, is a
basic economic plan that revolves simply around the lunar node and the
sun. The parameters go as follows:

Figure C - Keep this page referenced for the
upcoming examples. There are 4 parameters below

1. When the degree of the sun is lower than the degree of the lunar node,
there is a market downturn,

2. When the degree of the sun is higher than the degree of the lunar
node, there is a market upswing.

3. when the lunar node is between the 8* degree and the 24 degree as it
travels backward(8, 7, 6, 5, 4 , 3 ,2, 1, o, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24), the
market is in a boom.

4. when the lunar node is between the 23"* degree and the 9* degree as it
travels backwards(23, 22, 21, 20,19,18,17,16,15,14,13,12,11,10, 9) the
market is in recession.

*Reminder: new sign starts at the 24 '^ degree, and the lunar nodes
travel backward through the zodiac. Make sure to keep this page
referenced for Figure C parameters.

465

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

These next 4 diagrams are examples of when and how each parameter
applies.

Here is an example of how parameter 1 from Figure C applies, which
says when the sun’s degree is lower than the lunar node’s degree, the
market drops.

We can see that the sun’s degree at 25 is lower than the lunar node’s
degree at 29. Therefore over the next few days before the sun’s degree
goes higher than the lunar node’s, which it would do in 5 days from that
25* degree point, the market would be predicted to average lower. That
would fulfill parameter 1. When the sun would reach the 30* or o*
degree mark of the sign its in, the market would be predicted to average
higher because then it would be higher than the degree of the lunar
node, which is at 29. That would fulfill parameter 2. With the lunar

466

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

node at 29 degrees, the market would be considered in a boom phase
since parameter 3 states that when the lunar node is between the 8 *
degree and the 24 * degree as it travels backwards, the market is in a
boom. When the lunar nodes would reach the 23 "* degree mark, the
phase of the market in a macro sense would change to recession as
parameter 4 says when the lunar node is between the 23 rd degree and
the 9 th degree as it travels backwards, the market phase is recession.
Important to remember the lunar node travels backwards through the
zodiac. We will start with the year 2000 . Here are the prices of the S&P
futures for January 2000 . The total drop was - 5 . 61 %

Jan 31,2000 1,401.00 1,365.25 1,403.00 1,357.00 64.07K 2.52%

Jan 28,2000 1,366.50 1,411.00 1,420.00 1,361.25 70.01K -3.07%

Jan 27,2000 1,409.75 1,412.50 1,428.50 1,388.00 71.79K -0.37%

Jan 26,2000 1,415.00 1,417.50 1,422.75 1,408.25 58.34K -0.18%

Jan 25,2000 1,417.50 1,411.00 1,424.75 1,397.50 76.34K 0.41%

Jan 24,2000 1,411.75 1,454.00 1,468.50 1,403.25 71.54K -2.89%

Jan 21,2000 1,453.75 1,455.25 1,463.25 1,449.25 58.52K -0.22%

Jan 20,2000 1,457.00 1,472.75 1,485.00 1,448.00 77.21K -1.05%

Jan 19,2000 1,472.50 1,468.75 1,474.00 1,450.25 57.79K 0.20%

Jan 18,2000 1,469.50 1,478.00 1,480.25 1,462.00 65.45K -0.58%

Jan 14,2000 1,478.00 1,461.50 1,485.00 1,455.50 57.41K 1.34%

Jan 13,2000 1,458.50 1,441.50 1,466.75 1,441.25 57.55K 1.14%

Jan 12,2000 1,442.00 1,453.50 1,459.50 1,438.75 62.51K -0.84%

Jan 11,2000 1,454.25 1,473.75 1,475.00 1,447.00 70.10K -1.41%

Jan 10,2000 1,475.00 1,459.75 1,481.00 1,454.25 59.34K 0.99%

Jan 07,2000 1,460.50 1,403.75 1,461.50 1,397.50 60.55K 4.02%

Jan 06,2000 1,404.00 1,411.00 1,426.25 1,395.75 67.88K -0.67%

Jan 05,2000 1,413.50 1,411.50 1,427.25 1,385.00 73.12K 0.12%

Jan 04,2000 1,411.75 1,467.00 1,468.75 1,409.50 64.05K -3.75%

Jan 03,2000 1,466.75 1,489.00 1,496.00 1,452.25 61.94K -1.18%

Change %:-5.61

*all astro charts calculated using 12 am ET time. New York, New york

467

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

Here is the chart layout for January We see the sun’s degree(i 2 ) is
higher than the lunar node’s( 3 ). In Figure C, this means that
parameter 2 applies and the market will upswing while the sun is in
this position relative to the lunar node.

^ SP fukirae

Me..3JmMry2000 rtiMC
New Yorii, NY (US) Unv.Time:
7AwOO. 40n«3 Sid. Tme:

NMli Chart

Method Wit) SM*^na<idui

Sun ^ic C^fteian
AacOTdat: Ll»

MCif

www.astro.com

(3> SOI

12 c^i o’3a- :

3) Nbon

iSagAViV

9 liwawy

4C^33'2I'

9 Vm

3Sae37’S‘

2»Aqu17’«*

\ Jivto

25 Afl 19'40' 1

^ Srtun

10Tai2rS1'Y 1

H IkSTiA

UAquS3’45*

V Nhf)*ra

3Ac|u1S’1S‘

P PUo

11 SOSO’S'

A TfusNadB

3LmS0’54''

1 CMron

11 8m4S’43'

fCIO U) 25’

2: 7Sco16’ 3; SSogU’i

K 12 Con 5’

11:15Lao30’ 12:15 Vir 19’|

« lo

0 . 1 '

o .

Ty^ZOW 10..kUD19

Sun 12 degrees Lunar node 3 degrees

The sun will remain in this position relative to the lunar node from
January 3 until January 14 . So, during that time there should be a
market upswing. From January 3 "* to January 14 *'', the S&P futures
didn’t go up. They actually dropped slightly 0 . 42 %.

On January is* a new parameter applies as the sun enters a new sign
at the 24 * degree mark and is now less than the degree of the lunar
node. It will stay in that position relative to the lunar node until
January 24 . Therefore, a downswing is predicted to occur during that
time.

468

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

tf SPfukirafi

Sb., 15 Januaiy 2000 Tine;

New Volt. NY (US) UiivTine:
74w00,40i)43 Std.TmB:

Natal Ctot

Method: S^ / PtaodiD

Sin ^n; C^nmi
Aecendstt: Llxa

MC23*

www.ostrD.com

(*) Sui

24C^20’33'

SI Moon

2 Tai 30'36’

9 Merci#)i

23C^48’22'

9 Voiia

18 Sag 13'4)'

MafB

8 Pb 35'2S'

28 Aii 7’I2*

SBhm

10 Tai I7'49’

Uranie

15A<|u32’ 7'

V Ne()*a»

3Aqu4r47'

Pliio

11 S^&4'a2'

A TiuBNocto

3Lao44'21'

j Ctwon

13 Son 6'»'

mg Li> 47'

2;t7Sco16' 3:18Sag49'

niZ3Can 8'

11:26100 28' 12:25 Vk 37'

21-

OPiE

i*tV

9 w

^ 0

!bQ *

»• 1 ^

1 Q

^ D ^lbQ g p Q

typgzow io-jLi -aoii

Sun 24 degrees

Lunar node 3 degrees

We can see in the chart above, the sun at 24 degrees(new sign starts at
24 degrees) is the less than the lunar node at 3 degrees. This position of
the sun relative to lunar node will last until the 24 *. This means
parameter 1 from Figure C is in effect, which implies a market drop.
From January 15 * - January 24 *, the s&p 500 futures dropped - 4 . 48 %
during that time, which gives us a correct prediction.

On January 25 *, when sun’s degree becomes higher than the lunar
nodes, parameter 2 from Figure C is then applied and a market
upswing is expected to occur during that time. The sun in that position
relative to the lunar node will stay that way through the end of the
month of January.

469

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

cf Sp FuttfCfi

Tu..2SJawaiyZOOO Tintte: 0€0a.n

New Yc(k, NY (US) Uhhr.TniB: 5:00
74w00.4€n43 SM.Tme; 8:16:18

Naid Cl»t

Method: Web (naodts
Sun agn: AquariiB
Aecendant: Llva

www-aslru.com

(t> Stn

4 Aiiu3r 5*

SI Moon

27 V% 40'54”

9 Meroay

10Aqu42‘36'

9 VorMB

0C^27'a&'

cf Mafs

16 Pb 18'S7'

27 An 6'54‘

h Sdun

lOTai 26'49-

Utante

16Aqu S‘S6'

V Ne|*ra

4 Aqu 4'26''

P PMo

12S^irS3''

X TiueNode

3Leo4riB'

i Oiran

14 Saa 6' 8"

PC 27 LJ> 32'

2:2584»3d' 3:27Sag44'

He 2 Leo 33' 11: S V% 46' 12: 4 Lb 13'

Typo:2-QW 8.JJ.roi9

Lunar node 3 degree Sun 4 degrees

From January 25 until the end of the month, the S&P 500 futures didn’t go
up as predicted by parameter 2 in Figure C, but only dropped slightly -

0 . 76 %.

Using the parameters in Figure C has resulted us with just a - 1 . 18 % drop in
January compared to the actual market drop of- 5 . 61 %.

We can move on to February and continue with the parameters in Figure C.
On the next page are the S&P futures prices for February, 2000 .

470

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

Feb 29,2000 1,372.00 1,349.25

Feb 28,2000 1,347.75 1,337.50

Feb 25,2000 1,338.00 1355.75

Feb 24,2000 1,353.25 1365.00

Feb 23,2000 1,365.25 1,349.25

Feb 22,2000 1,349.00 1352.50

Feb 18,2000 1,353.25 1,386.75

Feb 17,2000 1,385.50 1,392.75

Feb 16,2000 1,392.75 1,410.00

Feb 15,2000 1,410.00 1,399.00

Feb 14,2000 1,398.75 1,396.25

Feb 11,2000 1,396.75 1,418.50

Feb 10,2000 1,419.25 1,418.75

Feb 09,2000 1,418.25 1,448.00

Feb 08,2000 1,446.25 1,427.25

Feb07,2000 1,427.251,429.50

Feb 04,2000 1,431.50 1,436.50

Feb 03,2000 1,436.50 1,415.75

Feb 02,2000 1,415.50 1,416.75

Feb 01,2000 1,416.75 1,402.75

1,374.00 1348.00 66.80K 1.80%
1,366.00 1,327.50 82.74K 0.73%

1.366.50 1331.00 73.99K -113%
1,370.00 1331.00 81.16K -0.88%

1.374.25 1344.50 69.61K 1.20%

1.363.75 1336.50 79.20K -0.31%

1.393.50 1,349.00 63.49K -2.33%
1,407.00 1,384.25 65.71K -0.52%

1.413.50 1390.25 70.14K -122%

1.414.75 1381.00 79.71K 0.80%

1.403.50 1,386.75 66.87K 0.14%

1.426.50 1,384.25 72.33K -159%

1.429.25 1,412.25 68.75K 0.07%

1.454.75 1,417.00 77.38K -1.94%

1.449.50 1,425.50 62.72K 1.33%

1.433.25 1,419.00 60.55K -0.30%

1.449.50 1,^6.50 60.84K -0.35%

1.438.25 1,405.25 75.19K 1.48%

1.429.50 1,410.00 52.67K -0.09%

1.421.75 139125 5819K 112%

Chaise %: -2.07

So far using just our parameters from Figure C, we are only down -
1 . 18 %, while the actual market is down - 5 . 61 % as of the end of
January. During this month of February, the S&P futures dropped -
2 . 07 %. Here is the chart for Feb 1 , 2000 .

Tu., 1 Fefc(UBiy2000 lime: 0:40 a.m.

New York, NY (US) LMv.Tm: 5:40
74w€0.40n43 SM.TBne: 0:27:01

Nat^ Chvt

Method: Wefc / Hacklus

S«ai agn: Aquarius
Ascendant: Sccfpis

MC1^

<£> Stfl

11 Aqu39'31'

9 Moon

24S^20’3&''

9 ifeniay

22Aqu57'X'

Q VOMB

9C^ 6' 1'

Mars

21 Pb 43'2B‘

27 An 50'42'

k) Sdim

10 Tai SO'Aa"

)«( UramD

lOAquSO'tS*

V NsfAra

4Aqu20'29'

E* Pklo

12S^22’33‘'

* TiusNode

3Leo42’S’d

i Osron

14S«a43’S6'

flC 10 Sco 47’

2: 9&g53' 3: 13 0^32’

FC 19 Leo 20'

11:22 Vs 1' 12:18 Ll» 56’

9Pi

SOIf-r

•3

Q g V

astro.com

lypsZOW 9-dJ.201B

471

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

In February, we pick up where left off in January. The chart for Feb 1 on
previous page shows that parameter 2 from Figure C would still apply,
which predicts a market upswing during the time the sun’s degree is higher
than the lunar node’s. This position of the sun’s degree relative to the lunar
node’s remains in place until February 14, when the sun enters a new sign.
From February 1st to February is***, the S&P futures didn’t go up as
predicted, but only dropped -0.30%.

On February 14*, a new parameter is applied

8@pMkraB

Ma, 14 FQtiniBy2000 Tam: (MObji

Maw Ycrft, KY {US) UnKTana: 540
74«00.40nd3 SidTira: 10:18:16

Glut

MeOwMl: WA S^te/RaddiB
SiBi ^n: Aquaim
Ascaidatf: Scqi|bo

® Sui

24A<iu49'SI''

2) Moon

11Gein23'19"

9 Maoay

12 Pfe S6'36"

9 VONB

25 Cep 6'S"

<f Mefs

1 All 40'U"

29 All 9i'3r

h Sdian

11Ttti17'19"

lYAquIS'SS"

V NofiAra

4 Aqu49'25''

F PliAa

12S^38'29''

M TiueNoda

3 Leo 33'

j Oam

1S8m44* 9"

K2D&co4e’

rc 2 Vk 36' 11: 4 U) 25' 12:29 Li) 57'

cfV

P J

tvpkzow a-j*-gpiB

At 24 degrees, the sun’s degree is now lower than the lunar node’s degree.
This means that parameter 1 from Figure C applies, which predicts a market
downturn throughout the time the sun’s degree is lower than the lunar
node’s. Its not until February 23rd that this position of the sun’s degree
relative to the lunar node changes. So from February 14* to February 22nd,

472

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

if we check to see if the average for S&P futures was lower during that
time, we find out that the market does drop during that time: -3.42%.
This makes our prediction correct. So now we go to February 23^'*, when
the sun’s degree relative to the Lunar node’s changes.

wvrw.aslrD.com

S@pfuh#e8

We.. 23 Fet)niary2000 lane: OfiOam.

rJew Yoffc, NY (US) UiW.Tne: 5fi0
74w00.il0iwl3 Sid. Tnne: 10:13:38

Natal Ctiart

MettoJ Web S^ , 1 ^ Pladdus
Sim ^n: fasces
Ascendant: Scotfio

0 Sin

3 Pb 52'49*

S) Moon

18 lit 43' 7"

Merot#)i

16 Pb Se'31'l

9 Varan

SAquir S'

cf Mars

8 An 28'42'

\ MUB!

1 Tai 25'ir

^ 8di«n

11 Tai52'a0"

UraiMD

17Aqu46'2t'

V NaiAra

5A<|U 8'24'

? PMo

12Sa946'2t'

n TiueNodo

3 Lao 19'96'

i Clwon

ies«oi7'X'

flC19 SCO 54'

2:19&9 58' 3:24 59'

in 1 Vb 23'

11: 3 til 18' 12:28 Hi 58'

□A-

2.0W fl-dJ.a31S

We can see in the chart of Feb 23rd that the Sun’s degree(3) is now
higher than the lunar node’s degree(3). This means that parameter 2
from Figure C applies and a market upswing is predicted. Since the
sun’s degree remains in this position relative to the lunar node’s through
the end of the month, we can just check to see what the S&P does
between February 23 and the end of the month on February 29th.
During that time, the S&P did rise. It went up +1.70%. The prediction
was correct. So now with February completed, its safe to say we beat the
market with Figure C parameters, as they resulted in a +1.40% uptick,
while the actual market dropped -2.07% in February. It would also be a
good time to interject that since the lunar node is between the 24*
degree, and the 8* degree, the current macro phase would be boom.

473

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

Here are the prices for the month of March, 2000

Mar 31,2000 1,515.25 1,505.25 1,538.75 1,501.00 58.52K 0.73%

Mar 30,2000 1,504.25 1,529.50 1,535.00 1,493.50 6721K -1.72%

Mar 29,2000 1,530.50 1,529.25 1,541.25 1,515.00 60.10K 0.02%

Mar 28,2000 1,530.25 1,540.00 1,549.50 1,523.00 61.00K -0.54%

Mar 27,2000 1,538.50 1,552.25 1,554.50 1,536.00 48.06K -1.09%

Mar 24,2000 1,555.50 1,542.75 1,574.25 1,535.25 67.50K 0.74%

Mar 23,2000 1,544.00 1,517.25 1,553.00 1,510.00 68.60K 1.75%

Mar 22,2000 1,51750 1,508.00 1,525.25 1,504.00 63.80K 0.66%

Mar 21,2000 1,50750 1,477.50 1,514.25 1,463.25 69.38K 2.00%

Mar 20,2000 1,478.00 1,486.00 1,490.50 1,466.75 58.30K 1.83%

Mar 17,2000 1,451.48 1,461.75 1,465.00 1,454.50 0.30K -0.52%

Mar 16,2000 1,459.00 1,396.00 1,469.00 1,395.75 1.13K 4.57%

Mar 15,2000 1,395.25 1,361.75 1,398.75 1,356.75 1.38K 2.42%

Mar 14,2000 1,362.25 1,380.25 1,395.75 1,359.50 1.21K -1.54%

Mar 13,2000 1,383.50 1,398.00 1,415.75 1,364.75 2.03K -1.14%

Mar 10,2000 1,399.50 1,403.25 1,415.50 1,394.25 3.19K -0.34%

Mar 09,2000 1,40425 1,367.00 1,405.00 1,35750 7.15K 278%

Mar 08,2000 1,366.25 1,352.75 1,376.00 1,348.50 73.91K 1.07%

Mar 07,2000 1,351.75 1,394.50 1,404.50 1,351.00 852 6K -3.10%

Mar 06,2000 1,395.00 1,411.00 1,412.75 1,386.25 59.86K -1.12%

Mar 03,2000 1,410.75 1,384.75 1,414.50 1,383.50 65.43K 1.86%

Mar 02,2000 1,385.00 1,384.25 1,390.50 1,372.50 62.49K 0.00%

Mar 01,2000 1,385.00 1,372.25 1,388.75 1,371.00 60.89K 0.95%

Change %: 10.44

In March, the S&P future rose 10.44%. Lets see how the parameter from

Figure C held up this month.

d S^pfUtlMS

We.. 1 M«ch20OO lim' DfiOa.m.

New Yo(k. NY (US) Uiwtf.Tne: SCO
74wOD.40n43 Sid. Tme: 1041:14

Naui Clkvt

MelNod: Web SVte / Plaodua
Sim ^n: F^cea
Ascendant: Sccf^

i>ii

WWW,astro.c

<i^ Sim

10 Pta S6' 1'

9 Moon

lOC^SS'OS"

0 Meraivy

11 Pfe 46'SOY

9 V«MB

14 Aqu dO'S!"

13 Afi 4S'1d''

2Tai 42’41-

t) Sdian

12 Tai 25’33’

4* lAanus

ISAqii 9’42-

V Nsptma

5 Aqu 22’ai-

P PMo

12 5ag50’38-

* TnieNode

3 Leo 13’ 7-d

1 Oeon

16Sea3&’»-

PC 25 Sco 10*

2:26 si^ 2 Ago 4'

rc S Vk 41’

11: 9 11» S9’ 12: 4 Sco S2’

9 w

•19

„

JLj

JO.

474

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

In the beginning of March, we pick up where we left off in February. We
can see in the chart on the previous page that the sun’s degree is higher
than the lunar node’s. This means parameter 2 from Figure C applies
along with the prediction of a market upswing. The position of the sun’s
degree relative to the lunar node’s remains in place through March 13*.
So from March 1®* to March 13*'’, we check to see if the prediction was
accurate. During that time, the S&P futures rose 0.84%. So the
prediction was accurate. On March I4th(chart below) the position of the
sun’s degree changes relative to the Lunar node’s.

<3 S@phitwcB

Tu., 14MaGli2000 Tnve: 0:00 a.n

New Yofc, NY (US) Dim.lane: 5:00
74w00.40ivl3 Sid.rnie: 11:32:20
Natal Chart

Method: Web /Pladdus
Stn agn: Piscaa
Ascendant: Sa^ttaaus

www.aslro-com

® Sui

23 Pb 55'25-

3 Moon

5C»58'4S'

9 Msfoay

2 Ph 4*' 2*r

9 VOMB

0 PiB S3'44'

cf Man

23 An 27'4B-

5Tai 18'2?''

Srtim

13 Tai 36' 5'

V Uranie

iaAquSO‘42'

V NepUw

5Aqud5‘95-

? PMo

125^54’ 6'

A TiuoNoda

2 Lao 25‘47'd

j Chnon

17 Sm

ft SSagSr

2: 7C^59' 3:15Aqu53'

t€22 Vir 31' 11:22 lit 17' 12:15Sco43'

f|cf

9 w

TVTjrZGYf ajijjia

So now with the sun’s degree lower than the lunar node’s, parameter 1 is
applied and the prediction of a market downturn is made. This position
of the sun’s degree relative to the lunar node’s stays in place until March
21®*. From March 14“' to March 21®', the S&P futures actually rose
considerably +8.96%. So our prediction was a bit off here.

475

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

The next position of the sun’s degree relative to the lunar node takes
place on March 22"'* as shown below

We..22Msch2000 Tine: OrOOa.m.

Nm Yofk, KY (US) UiivTine: 5:00
74w00.40n43 SM. Tine: 12:04:02
Nfltd CiMt

Method: Web ^Ptoodus

Sui ^n: Aries
Ascendant: S

® S«n

1 Ari 52'4r

S Moon

26 U> Se'SS"

5 Pb 13' 9"

9 VoND

10 Pb AO'SO"

cf Mats

29 Ari 22'a"

V Ji^iibr

7Tai 0'3r

^ Sdtvn

14 Tai25'n''

Uterae

lOAquIS'Sr

5A<|uSS'28‘

P PMo

12SagM'21Y

* TiuoNoda

1 Lbo 47’42''

J Ctwon

ITSMirSO"

mi 8^50'

2;15CbpM* 3:24A<|u40'

n; 1 Ub 6’

11:20 li» 45’ 12:22 Sco21'

®cf

2>HC

ifV

jt.

iQ.

lypKZow B-Jtaaia

With the sun’s degree(i) moving higher than the lunar node’s(i), we
apply parameter 2 from March 22"'^ until the end of the month.
Parameter 2 says the market goes up during that time when sun’s degree
is higher than the lunar node’s. From March 22”'^ until the end of the
month, the S&P futures rose only slightly +0.51%. So the prediction is
correct, but the actual market beat out the parameters in Figure C for
the month of March. The actual market was up io 96 and our applied
parameters were only up i 96 . While this is discouraging, we still have
our macro assessment of the economy at boom, which is being fulfilled
with the degree of the lunar node currently at 2 degrees, which is
between the 8* degree and the 24'*’ degree as it goes backwards(8, 7, 6,
5, 4, 3, 2, 1, o, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24). This means that parameter 3 in
Figure C is in effect which assesses that position as a boom phase for the
market.

476

Chapter 25 : Global Economic Engineering Mandate

For the rest of the year 2OOO from April - December, 1 will just put up the sta¬
tistics of using Figure C parameters and compare that with what the actual
market did. Read below to understand how Figure C parameters are applied.

’The monthly results below under the ’Figure C parameters(i&2)’ are measured in terms of theo¬
retically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from Figure C predicts a
market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter from Figure C pre¬
dicts a market downturn. The monthly results under ’Actual Market’ are how the S&P really per¬
formed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts calculated for New
York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2000

Figure C parametersfi & 2)

Actual Market

April

-2.04%

-3-65%

May

- 5 - 09 %

-2.59%

June

+ 3-24 %

-1-3.22%

July

-1.98 %

-1.98%

August

+ 5 - 51 %

+572%

September

-1-0.00%

-4.44%

October

+348%

-0.93%

November

-0.41%

-8.45%

December

+0.43%

-1-1.02%

On August 30, 2000, the lunar node went backwards into the next
sign at the 23"* degree mark. This invoked Parameter 4 in Figure
C, which says that when the degree of the lunar node is between the
g* degree and the 23"* degree, the market is in recession. From
August 30 all the way until the end of the year, the market dropped
-12%. So basically from August 30* to the end of the year, our
parameters in Figure C allowed us to correctly assess the market in
a macro sense and also outperform the actual market in a micro
sense. Before that, from January 2000 to August 30, 2000, the
overall market phase was up 1.30%. Using Figure C parameters
during that time, we were able to accurately assess the market in a
macro sense, but not very well in a micro sense.

477

Chapter 25 : Global Economic Engineering Mandate

We will do the same for 2001 and just post the statistics using Figure C
Parameters.

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in terms of
theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter fix)m Figure C predicts
a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter from Figure C
predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how the S&P
really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts calculated
for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the applicable
parameters

S&P futures yearraooi

Figure C parametersfi & 2)

Actual Market

January

+1.97 %

+2.85%

February

-2.35 %

- 9-5496

March

- 3-04

-5.86

April

+1.97

+7.27

May

-1.78%

+0.26%

June

-2.46

-2.05%

July

-0.08%

- 1-34

August

-6.69

-6.60

September

+7.63

-8.04

October

+4.24

+1.63

November

+7.97

+7.47

December

-0.86

+0.81

On April 20, 2001, the lunar node went backwards into the
8* degree mark, which implies parameter 3 from Figure C,
which predicts a market boom phase. The previous recession phase
which started on August 20* 2000 and ended April 20, 2001
did as predicted. The market dropped 17% during that time. The
new boom phase is not going as predicted so far from April 20,
2001 until the end of the year. Market actually dropped overall
-8%. However, our micro predictions did well compared to actual
S&P results on a monthly basis in 2001 particularly in September/
October.

478

Chapter 25 : Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in terms of
theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from Figure C predicts
a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter from Figure C
predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how the S&P really
performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts calculated for New
York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2002

Figure C parameters(i & 2)

Actual Market

January

+0.52%

-1.64%

February

-2.66%

-2.07%

March

-0.13%

+3.82%

April

-0.76%

-6.26%

May

+1.10%

-0.91%

June

-1.87%

-7.26%

July

- 5 - 32 %

-7.93%

August

+2.46%

+0.49%

September

+1.10%

-11.03%

October

+7.13%

+8.65%

November

+1.17%

+ 5 - 70 %

December

-5.01 %

-6.19

On February 28, 2002, the lunar node went backwards into the
23"* degree mark, which starts a new recession phase
according to parameter 4 from Figure C. The previous predicted
boom phase from April 20* 2001 — February 28, 2002 was wrong
as the market did not result in a rise, but actually dropped
-12.30% during that time. However, the predicted recession
phase according to Parameter 4 in Figure C which started on
February 28, 2002 and ended on November 1®* 2002 did as
predicted as the market dropped 20% during that time. At the
micro level for 2002, Figure C parameters do well on a month
to month basis and outperforms the actual market in a
critical months like September, while keeping up with the rare
upswings during that time.

479

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

So far, we can see that the parameters from Figure C are a viable metric
for predicting the market at a micro and macro level. There are times
when the predictions are wrong, however, when looking at the big
picture at least from our examples from the year 2000 - 2002 when the
market dropped, we can asses that the predictions were correct enough
to warn about a significant drop during a recession phase, even if the
boom phase predictions were off. We can also see the various times
when the parameters from Figure C were able to outperform the market
significantly at a micro level. In the month of September for 2001 and
2002, when the marked dropped significantly...-8% for 2001, and -11%
for 2002, the parameters applied from Figure C accordingly during that
month of September resulted in a +7% jump for sept 2001, and a + 1 %
jump for September of 2002.

We left off in 2002 with the market predicted to be in a boom phase
starting in November 2nd of 2002 when the lunar node went to the 8*
degree mark, which invokes parameter 3 from Figure C. So far from that
point till the end of the year, market is down 2.17%...not necessarily a
boom, but also not that bad. However, the predicted boom phase still
has some time to go . On the next page we will pick up from 2003.

480

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in terms of
theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from Figure C predicts a
market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter from Figure C predicts a
market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how the S&P really performed that
month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts calculated for New York, New York, 12am
ET and applied to the month according to the applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2003

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

+6.29 %

-2.76%

February

-5-19%

1.61%

March

-544%

+0.71%

April

+7.18%

+8.15%

May

+8.09%

1 +4-79%

June

-0.08%

+1.04%

July

+2.10%

+1.64%

August

-0.23%

+1.87%

September

-0.22%

-1.36%

October

-0.93 %

+5-58%

November

-0.85%

+0.79%

December

+0.09

+4.49%

Our boom phase did as predicted by the parameter 3 in Figure
C. Between November 2, 2002, when the lunar node went to the
8* degree mark, all the way until August 27,2003 when it went to
the 24* degree mark, the market was up 10% during that time.
From that point of August 27, 2003, the market is predicted for
recession. So far at the end of 2003 from that August 27*'' point,
the market is up 10 percent, which is not according to the
prediction, but there is still some time to go. Figure C
parameters in Micro month-to-month had some issues keeping
up with some of the upswings.

481

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the "Figure C parametersCi&2)” are measured in
terms of theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from
Figure C predicts a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter
from Figure C predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how
the S&P really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts
calculated for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the
applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2004

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

+1.00%

+1.76%

February

+1.71%

+1.28%

March

-2.74%

-1.70%

April

+0.29%

-1.69%

May

-1.02%

+1.29%

June

+0.47%

+1.81%

July

- 3 -l 7 %

-3.46%

August

-2.18%

+0.21%

September

+2.12%

+1.00%

October

+2.59%

+1.37%

November

+4.48%

+3.87%

December

+3.10%

+ 3-3996

From August 27 , 2003, at the beginning of the

predicted recession (as indicated in Figure C with parameter 4)
until July 4* 2004, at the end of the predicted recession, the
market actually jumped 12%. So the prediction was
inaccurate. However, the predicted boom from July 4* 2004
through the end of the year is showing itself accurate as the
market is up 7 %. At the micro level, month to month, the
parameters from Figure C are roughly tied with the actual
market.

482

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in
terms of theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from
Figure C predicts a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable
parameter from Figure C predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual
Market” are how the S&P really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated
using astrocharts calculated for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month
according to the applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2005

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

-2.6496

February

+1.73%

+ 1.8896

March

+ 0.5696

- 1.6696

April

- 1.1896

- 2.1596

May

- 0.2296

+ 2.9196

June

+ 0.5096

+ 0.2796

July

+ 1.2196

+ 3 - 45 %

August

-0.67 96

- 1.2396

September

+1.07 96

+ 1.0196

October

- 0.2396

- 1.9996

November

+ 1.0496

+341%

December

+ 0.2896

+ 0.3096

From July 4, 2004, the market is predicted to be in a boom by
parameter 3 in Figure C, which applies when the lunar node is between
the 24* degree and the 8* degree. This phase of the lunar node lasted
from July 4, 2004, till February 22, 2005. The market was up 5 %
during that time so our boom assessment can be considered accurate.
The predicted recession phase starting from February 23, 2005 and
ending December 28 2005 is off. The market actually went up during
that time. Month-to month predictions for Figure C parameters were
neck and neck with Actual Market results in the year 2005.

483

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in
terms of theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from
Figure C predicts a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter
from Figure C predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how
the S&P really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts
calculated for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the
applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2006

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

+3-48%

+2.29%

February

-1.79

-0.08%

March

+0.53%

+1.62%

April

-0.58%

+0.98%

May

-0.09%

- 3 - 34 %

June

+0.33%

+0.59%

July

-0.79%

+0.18%

August

+1.24%

+1.85%

September

+2.19%

+3.06%

October

+2.74%

+2.81%

November

+1.57%

+1.43%

December

+1.13%

+1.82

From January 1 2006, a predicted boom phase applied as the lunar node
went to the 8* degree, which invokes parameter 3 from Figure C
parameters. That phase lasted until November 8* 2006 when the lunar
node’s degree hit the 24* degree. During that time, the market rose 10%,
which makes our prediction from parameter 3 in Figure C correct. So,
now starting from November 9 2006, we can apply parameter 4 from
Figure C as the lunar node would now be at the 23’’'* degree mark, which
invokes the parameter. Month to month comparison between Figure C
parameters and actual market results show that Figure C parameters
were able to keep up with the upswings during 2006.

484

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in terms of
theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from Figure C
predicts a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter from
Figure C predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how the
S&P really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts
calculated for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the
applicable parameters

S&P futures yearraooy

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

+1.28%

+1.02%

February

-1.08%

-2.36%

March

-0.43%

+1.58%

April

+0.59%

+4.00%

May

-0.36%

+2.99%

June

-0.40%

-1.14%

July

+1.65%

- 3 - 53 %

August

+0.26%

+1.01%

September

+0.02%

+ 4 - 15 %

October

+1.74%

+1.10%

November

- 3 - 19 %

-4-58%

December

-0.90%

-0.44%

From November 9 2006, when the lunar node went to the 23'''*
degree mark, all the way until June 29 2007, when the lunar hit the 9*
degree, the market was predicted by parameter 4 from Figure C for
recession during that time frame. The market actually rose 4
percent. So there was no recession; the prediction was inaccurate. The
micro level month to month comparison between Figure C
parameters and the actual market results show that the Figure C
parameters had trouble keeping up with the upswings, but managed to
avoid some damage during major downturns.

485

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in terms of
theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from Figure C
predicts a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter from
Figure C predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how the
S&P really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts
calculated for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the
applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2008

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

+0.23%

-6.62%

February

-2.62%

- 3 - 50 %

March

+0.57%

-0.54%

April

+4.61%

+4.68%

May

+1.82%

+1.05%

June

+0.09%

-8.53%

July

- 3 - 43 %

-1.09%

August

+0.58%

+1.22%

September

-1.54%

-8.85%

October

+3.12%

-17.26%

November

-10.07%

-7.44%

December

+ 2.86%

+0.53%

On June 30, 2007, when the lunar node hit the 8* degree mark ,
parameter 3 was invoked and thus a prediction for an market boom
phase. This phase of the lunar node from the 8* degree to the 24* degree
going backwards lasted from June 30 2007 all the way till May 5 2008.
During that time the market dropped 7 percent, so there was no boom.
However the next applied parameter for the prediction of a recession after
May 5*’’ 2008 is turning out very accurate. From May 6* 2008 till the end
of that year, the market dropped 36%. That recession prediction phase
from parameter 4 in Figure C wont end until early 2009. At the micro
month to month level in 2008, the Figure C parameters avoided major
catastrophe in January, June, September and October and actually
averaged up for those months.

486

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

*The monthly results below under the “Figure C parameters(i&2)” are measured in
terms of theoretically only investing during times in which the applicable parameter from
Figure C predicts a market upswing, while not investing in times when the applicable parameter
from Figure C predicts a market downturn. The monthly results under “Actual Market” are how
the S&P really performed that month. Figure C parameters are calculated using astrocharts
calculated for New York, New York, 12am ET and applied to the month according to the
applicable parameters

S&P futures year:2009

Figure C parameters(i & 2) Actual Market

January

-9.12%

-8.61%

February

+1.58

-10.73%

March

+0.60

+8.24%

j^ril

+7.86

+947

May

+ 5-97

+ 5-52

June

+1.76

-0.27

July

+5.90

+ 7-54

August

+1.62

+3.58

September

+3-00

+3-26

October

-1.78

-1.90

November

+ 1-93

+5.98

December

+0.07

+1.46

From May 6 2008, the market was predicted to enter recession
by the applied parameter 4 from Figure C, when the lunar node hit
the 23'^'* degree mark. From that point all the way until the lunar node hit
the 9* degree (as it goes backwards) on February 27, 2009, the
market tanked 47%. So the recession prediction was accurate.
The next parameter to apply would have been parameter 3 from Figure C
on March l®‘ as the lunar node hit the 8* degree mark. This would call for
a market boom prediction. From that point, March l'** 2009, until the
lunar node hit the 24* degree markfgoes backwards) on November
3 2009, the market jumped 41%. So, this market boom

prediction turns out correct. We can also see that at a micro
month to month level how Figure C parameters successfully evaded
the major downturns during the recession phase of 2008/2009, and
also climbed with the major upswings during the boom phase of 2009.

487

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

By using the time between 2000 and 2009 to asses how the market
correlated with the sun and the lunar nodes, we get a better picture of
how a system can be formed. As a working model for macro economics,
even though some predictions were not perfect, the timeframe between
lunar node points are a viable solution to deciding whether not to raise or
lower interest rates. We saw in the examples how the predictions for a
recession or a boom were correct when it truly mattered and were
incorrect when it wouldn’t have mattered all that much. We also saw how
the parameters that cover predictions in a micro sense still managed to
accurately asses the up and downs during both recession periods and
boom periods.

In terms of macro economics, the basic standard for a global economy
would be for a central bank to predict a market recession during the time
starting from when the lunar node reaches the 23"* degree mark-
traveling backwards(23, 22, 21, 20, etc.)— and ending when it gets to the
9* degree mark. The prediction for a boom economy would start from
when the lunar node reaches the 8* degree mark—traveling
backwards(8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2,1, o, 29, 28, 27)— and end when the lunar

node hits the 24 degree mark.

In terms of micro economics, a basic standard for the global economy
would be for the individual investor to expect a market upswing during
the time when the sun’s degree is higher than the lunar node’s degree,
and a downswing when the sun’s degree is lower than the lunar node’s

degree...while keeping in mind that the 24th degree is the first degree
of a sign and therefore the lowest. One can also delineate and apply
an entry point a few days after the sun’s degree would move higher
than the lunar node’s degree in order to further validate a historical
perspective that this algorithm avoids major crashesfsee chapter 48).

488

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

In terms of volatility, Mars 360 would influence that part of the econ¬
omy by allowing Mars to asses when volatility would take place. This
would be 666 having influence on the economic system. The predictive
algorithm using the lunar nodes will not try to asses how bad a reces¬
sion will be or how good a boom will be in terms of intensity. The
economy under Mars 360, with Mars integrated as a factor, will
asses how volatile a recession or boom will be. This means the highs
and lows could take on a significant effect no matter which phase the
market is in, whether that be boom or recession. When Mars gets to
within 30 degrees of the sunfnot just the degree of the sun, but the
actual position of the sun), a prediction of increased volatility would
apply during that time frame no matter if the market is in a boom
phase or recession phase as indicated by the lunar node’s degree.
For instance if the Sun is at 20 degrees Cancer, Mars would gets
to within 30 degrees of that at 20 degrees Gemini. When that hap¬
pens, a prediction for increased volatility will apply until Mars leaves
from within 30 degrees of the sun. It has to be within 30 degrees of
the actual position of the Sun. The Market could be in a boom phase
as indicated by the position of lunar node, and could suffer dra¬
matic losses and major market bounces if Mars goes to with 30 de¬
grees of the position of the sun. The same would happen if Mars
goes to within 30 degrees of the position of Sun during a recession
phase. dramatic losses and major market bounces also.

Here is a demonstration of Mars’s effect on the market. On the next
page are the 12 worst months in history for the Dow Jones. I will show
how Mars was within 30 degrees of the sun in nearly eveiy single
month within this ranking of worst months for the Dow Jones.

489

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

These are the top 12 worst months in Dow Jones History. This is taken
from www.davemanuel.com

September, 1931 (-30.7%)

April, 1932 (-23.68%)

March, 1938 (-23.67%)

October, 1987 (-23.22%)

May, 1940 (-21.70%)

October, 1929 (-20.36%)

May, 1932 (-20.01%)

June, 1930 (-17.72%)

December, 1931 (-17.01%)

February, 1933 (-15.62%)

August, 1998 (-15.13%)

October, 2008 (-14.06%)

All the astro charts for each month will calculated using New York, New
York, 12am ET for any day of the month that Mars was within 30
degrees. This would allow us to say that the month in which Mars is
within 30 degrees of the sun is the month that will be affected. For
instance, if Mars goes to within 30 degrees of the sun late in the month,
we can still say it applies to affecting the entire month. See the next
page.

490

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

April, 1932 (-23.68%)

491

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

March, 1938 (-23.67%)

cf DourJcnes

Th.. 31 March 1938 Ine: 0:00 a.iiv

New York, NY (US) Umr.lme: 5:00
74 w 00 . 40 n 43 Sid. Tne: 12 : 35:40
Naftal Chart

Method: Web S^le /Pladdus
Sin ^n: ^ries
Ascendant: Sa^ttanus

WWW.astro.c

® Sin

9 Ari 49*51'

3 Mson

2 Ari 30*37'

P Meroey

28 Ari 24'S'

P VSMD

23 Ari 21*54'

<J Mars

13 Tai 30* «■

V Miitor

22 Aqii 57* 7'

^ Sdien

8 Ari 12’ 2'

lhanie

11 Tai4e' 8'

19 Vir 14’ 5*»

pMo

27C«t52'24*»

A TnieNode

27 Soo 49*39'

i Ctwon

2eGo(n 0* 4'

nc 18 Sag 32*

2:2SC^57’ 3c 4 lb 7*

tC 9 Ld> 42’

11: 7 SCO 10’ 12:29 SCO 0’

8S90H

rt*

rt-

/■

♦»

•y

A-

tt.

jt-

jL.

Jt-

_CL

w io..u.aDii

October, 1987 (-23.22%)

492

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

May, 1940 (-21.70%)

I <f Dow Jones

;Tu., 28 May 1640 Tito: OOOa.n

; New York, NY (US) Um.Tme: 400
|74w00.40n43 Sid.Tnw: 1526:11
iNatd Crat

; Method: Web /Raodus
; Sw) ^n: Gemn
I Ascendant: Atjuerius

Sun

Sun Mars

493

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

May, 1932 (-20.01%)

cf DowJcne&

Sa.. 28 May 1032 UmB: ODOan

New York. NY {US) Univ.Tfne: 4:00
T4«fOO. 40r»43 SMTine: 1525:96

Natd

Method: Web / naod tn

Sin ^n: Gemai
Ascendolt Aquarius

® Sin

6Gein35‘49''

9 Moon

17 Pb 26’ r

9 Meroay

19Tai 0’0"

9 VsHS

13C»i2d'20''

cf Mars

IITai 4r57'

10 Leo 7'4r

^ Sdim

4Aqu3e'SY

V Uianie

21 All M'4r

Y Nepkns

5 Va 14’ r

? Plito

20C«i32'50"

n True Node

23 Pfa 18’ 7M

J dinm

24Tai 29'1&''

K lAqu 5'

2:17 Pis 42' 3:28 Ari 22’

k: 23 Sco 52’

11:15^41' 12: 6Ch»25'

Mars

494

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

December, 1931 (-17.01%)

d Oow Jones

Til, 1 Decvrter 1931 Tiiwc 0:00 a.n
New Yoffc, NY (US) Unhr.Tme: £00
T4w00.40n43 Sidlm: 4:40:23

Natd Ct»t

Method: Web f Pbddus

Sm ^n: Sagittaritn
Aa^ndont Vkgo

<S> Sin

OSag 2’ir

9 Moon

19 Leo O'dl"

9 Meroiay

29S^ T S'

9 Vans

»S^2r 5"

cf Mors

23S^16'22''

X MfUbr

22 Leo 31' 7"

1) Sdun

20C^24'47''

*if- Uranie

15 All 41'2eV

V NefAne

7 Vi 57'33''

? Pkio

21{^52'41Y

Ji TmeNode

2 All 55*20'

j Owon

20Tai 16'20Y

nC 14 Vi 13'

2: 8 U> 4S' 3: 8 SCO 15’

n: 11Gein37' 11:1SCn44' 12:17ljea 0'

c r H

T ^

Sun

Mars

February, 1933 (-15.62%)

OowJcnes

Sa., 25 Fetmsy 1033 Tnte: 0:00 a.m

New Ycck. NY (US) Uim.lkne: 5:00

74w00.40n43 Sid. Tine: 10:22:26

Natd Clot

Method: Web S^le /HaddiB
SiBi agn: F^ces
Ascendait: Scoiik

Mars

yiMI «ei 18 ir??Cft

.astro.com

® Sin

6 Pta 0'25'

5 Moon

14 Pfa 27'®"

9 Meroey

20 Pta 9' 9"

9 Vsiie

22Aquir 2"

cf Mbis

12 Vi 38'54'V

^ JifHtef

19 Vi S3’41'V

1) Sdun

10A<|u30* 2"

V Utanie

20 An 50’ 0"

V Nsfikne

8 Vi S3'2A'V

? PUo

21 Cm3r27'V

n TmeNode

7 Pta 4S' 5"d

J Oiion

23Tai 53'2I’

flC 21 SCO 37'

2:21^54' 3:27 Cn13'

re 3 Vi 42' 11: S ld> 20' 12; OScoSI'

c r w

w 1

|Oh

kfVv'n:

p 1*

Sun

495

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

August, 1998 (-15.13%)

<9 Dew Jones

Tu., 25 legist 1998 Tine: 0:00 a.in.

New York. NY {US] Uiw.lime; 4:00
74w00.40n43 Sid. Tnw: 21:16:98

Natd Gtat

Method: W«fc /PtaddiB

Sin^n: Wgo
Ascendant: Gemn

(si Su)

1 Vfr 46' S'

S Moon

6 U) 29'45’'

9 Uanay

16 Leo 3'34'

9 Vase

14Leo2d'2D'

cf Mars

2 Leo 48'2D''

\ Jifiibr

26 Pb 48'33'V

k) Sdian

3 Tai 33' 4Y

tjC Utanie

9 Aqu55’17Y

V Nefikne

290^57' 7'V

P Pkio

5 S^ 19' 5*

a True Node

1 Vk 27'26'‘

i Ctvon

14S<x> 4’51'

fC IIGemIS'

2: 3Can29' 3:23CM63'

tC lOAou 46' 11: 16 Pb 38' 12:27 Aii 18'

i|(K

€)

jC.

www.estro.ci

Sun

October, 2008 (-14.06%)

Dew Jones

Fr., 10 Octatar 2008 lane: 0:00 a.m.

New York, NY {US} Lkiv.liim: 4:00

74wCCi, 40n43 Sid. Tene: 0:20:32

Natd Gtot

Method: Web S^; f^ddia
Sin ^rc Lisa

gBTfeWBnyBli

® Sin

17 LJ> 13'28*

3 Moon

18A(|u32'15'

9 UwQFy

10 Ll> 24'17*k

9 VOHD

19 Soo 33’ S'

cf Msrs

4Soo S'ta"

14 7’26'

k) Sdian

16 Vs 19*33'

V Utene

19 Pb 38’4S*k

y NefAm

21 A(|u36’S6*r

p Pklo

28S^44'54‘

a TmeNode

16A(|u4d'42'

J Owon

16Aau 0'36Y

K23CW) 5'

2: 12 Leo 49* 3: 6 Vs 3'

n: 5 All 36'

11:12Tau 11’ 12:20(^20'

STAi

A 9

TyicZGW IO-AUOIB

Sun

Mars

496

Chapter 25: Global Economic Engineering Mandate

In 9 of the 12 examples, Mars and the Sun were within 30 degrees of each
other. Its likely that within those months, there would have also been
significant market bounces. That is how Mars can be related to volatility.

Overall, in this chapter, we’re presented with a working model of an
economy influenced by Mars that can be applied at the macro economist
level and the micro individual level.

497

Chapter 26: Mars on the 6th seal, disregard of Identity

Chapter 26

Mars on the 6* seal, the end of identity

One of the most notable characteristic of Mars 360 has to do with the
demographic of Mars on the 6* seal, which is related to one’s identity
makeup with regard to race, religion, ethnicity, hair, skin, nails,
clothing, outward appearance, facial expressions, etc. The Mars 360
program caters to this placement by allowing those affected to have a
certain degree of disregard for those things. Therefore, this placement
effectively removes a person from his natural cultural identity.
Meaning, all groups outside of Mars in the sixth seal, could never make
any claim on this type. In today’s world, the manifestation of Mars in
the 6* seal, in light of its disregard of personal identity, can still display
a great deal of heightened sensitivity to the cultural identity of others.
This sensitivity is often displayed at the expense of sensitivity to their
own. Not to be confused, with early upbringing, which relates to the 2”'^
seal, the antagonism of Mars in the 6* seal is strictly related to what
makes up a person’s identity in terms of what others can see. An issue
arises from a community standpoint when this quality of sensitivity
isn’t being reciprocated, which thus leaves this particular type to be a
liability to their own natural group in terms of cultural identity. The
ultimate intent of this type is to remove any labels that would be
conferred upon themselves. Mars 360 would make this feasible in such
a way that it doesn’t impede the rights of those who don’t share that
perspective. With Mars in the sixth seal as an identity in itself and since
it applies to everyone in the entire world that would have that
particular placement of Mars, this type as an identity cannot be pinned
into a category in terms of race, religion, ethnicity, hair, skin, nails,
facial expression, etc. Identity in terms of Mars placement in the sixth
seal would have the diversity required to keep this type from being

498

Chapter 26: Mars on the 6th seal, disregard of Identity

pinned into one category. By keeping it strictly related to Mars
placement, it keeps the characteristic elements arising from that
particular Mars type uniform throughout that category. It also keeps
those elements which arise from that placement from affecting those
who make up the same cultural identity, but who may, unlike them,
value things regarding their own identity in terms of culture. In other
words, those people who share the same cultural identity as Mars in
the sixth, but have a different placement of Mars, can be unaffected by
the overly accommodating/identity dissolving perspective of those
with Mars in the sixth seal.

Many have looked to avoid categorization in the name of just being
oneself no matter how they may be perceived. Over time, those who
have attempted this have found themselves falling into an actual
category of “not caring what others see” or a category of “not seeking to
be categorized.” Subsequently, this has resulted in a severe identity
crisis in which the one not seeking to be categorized tries to get out of
that category by falling into a category. Then the person remembers
that this is fundamentally uncharacteristic of him. With Mars in the
sixth seal, this revolving door stops because all who have engaged in
such avoidance of being categorized are now made aware of the source
behind that seeking to avoid. In that regard, the perspective related to
discomfort with one’s own classification becomes tied to the influence
of something other than oneself. Because of this, this sector may
purposely try to behave uncharacteristically of Mars in the sixth seal in
order to convince themselves that they are faceless. In doing so, they
continue to prove that they have a face with that face being Mars in the
sixth seal. Other behaviors tied to this is introversion, which would be
a temptation for these types in accepting Mars 360. Mars 360 would

499

Chapter 26: Mars on the 6th seal, disregard of Identity

cater to this energy by giving anyone with this placement a legal right
to be out of sight of other people. Under Mars 360, society would have
to accommodate this aspect of human nature. Mars 360 would also
make it a legal right, but only for Mars in the sixth seal, to not be
classified as anything. The only classification in its case would be Mars
in the sixth seal itself This effectively keeps the promotion of the
dissolving of identity boundaries concentrated to its own sphere
without having it bombard over the Mars expression of other human
being which don’t see the world from a Mars in the sixth seal
perspective. Contrary to this, Mars in the 4* seal would have every
right to its identity and the corresponding kinship related to having
similar characteristics with regard to one’s race, religion, gender,
ethnicity, etc. Mars 360 would mandate that the Mars 4*’' seal types
maintain regular fellowship with their own kind, even from a racial
and religious standpoint. Because there is a mandate that classifies
Mars in the 6'*' seal to have no classification with regard to racial
identity, a mandate for Mars in the 4* seal would not interfere with the
expression of Mars in the 6* seal. As a result, this is how Mars in the
sixth seal is persuaded to accept the Mars classification; it
automatically releases them from obligation to racial and other types
of classification. It also allows the Mars 6* seal types to reach out to
others of a different ethnicity, who would have the same Mars
classification, and at the same time also have that same natural
accommodation of different looking people. This way, the natural
outlook of Mars in the sixth seal toward difference is reciprocated. It is
often the case today that such regard for difference is often not
reciprocated by the recipients, such that it opens the door for
intervention from other Mars types to put the breaks on this
accommodation. We see this in the case of Identity politics when the
interest of other groups take precedent over one’s own to an extreme

500

Chapter 26: Mars on the 6th seal, disregard of Identity

degree. Of course that's from the perspective of Identity politics being
defined as catering to groups different from one’s own in terms of
cultural, religious, racial, or social identity as opposed to the standard
definition that defines it as catering to the cultural, ethnic, gender,
racial, religious, or social interests of smaller groups over the issues of
the larger ones.

Mars in the sixth seal will find it a major relief that they would be able
to wear any facial expression they like under Mars 360 without it being
questioned. Mars 360 would put in the proper channels so that the rest
of society would have a filter regarding the observation of the facial
expressions of Mars in the sixth seal. There would be a certain release
from having to over-eater to the perceptions from others. Its important
to define what identity is. When it comes to the sixth seal, it pertains to
titles and stereotypes conferred upon you for any reason, which bring
with it a certain amount of standards that are expected to be displayed
outwardly. These standards don't usually reflect who the person is on
the inside. This expectation becomes a form of categorization that
often becomes a chore to live up to. For instance, accepting a certain
tag brings with it a responsibility for the actions of others who carry
that same tag but don't necessarily live up to the same internal moral
standard. This subsequently causes the identity itself to become more
of a liability to the person than what that person is willing to invest in
terms of managing it. This is the perspective of many modern day
liberal attitudes. It's a lack of energy to invest time into living up to
cultural expectations in terms of outward appearance, when that
appearance can oftentimes become a tremendous danger to one's
safety. In order to circumvent this, the person with a lack of energy to
reinforce their cultural identity denies that they have an identity

501

Chapter 26: Mars on the 6th seal, disregard of Identity

and therefore tries to promote an ideology that denies the very need to
maintain any sense of identity as it applies to race, religion, gender,
nationality, fashion, etc. As a result, the person is not able to garner the
respect that would come about from identity reinforcement, but maybe
much safer from the harm that's often provoked by reinforcing identity.
With this new system, everyone in the category of anti-labels would
carry the same outlook, which removes the liability factor we often find
in maintaining identity with those similar in appearance or creed but
different in outlook and moral standard. Overall, what Mars 360
implies is that the search for singular identity is a spirit of God, and the
denial of it actually falls under the spirit of the oppositionary force of
Mars. While this placement of Mars in the sixth seal infers an
antagonistic attitude towards one’s obligation to live up to identity
standards, it also leads to the formation of a new community of people,
which as a whole, are under little obligation to maintain a certain
identity since this group would be made up of different looks in terms
of ethnic identity while still being united under the perspective that
difference is a good thing.

With this natural quality of being able to cater to the identities of
others, moreso than to the identity of oneself, this placement of Mars in
the sixth seal becomes the best candidate to understand the right of
others as it relates to the Mars identity of others. Now with this
perspective, those marked for the Mars in the sixth seal outlook, can
completely comprehend how people who resemble their identity,
cultural or otherwise, are not really them under Mars 360. Since Mars
360 makes a distinction between the six different expressions of Mars
and defines the world in that manner. Mars in the sixth seal can now
recognize the rights of those tied to them by ethnic appearance. By not

502

Chapter 26: Mars on the 6th seal, disregard of Identity

having to be classified as them due to Mars 360 officially making the
distinction amongst them, the expression of Mars in the sixth
seal can see these others as different from themfeven though simi
lar in identity) and subsequently in a good light. That is, of
course, as it relates to the permeation of the Mars 360 program.

Under Mars 360, the Mars in the sixth seal mindset takes on the
meaning of tolerance to its fullest extent.

Note: This may easily be confused with Mars in the 2°'’ seal. Mars in
the 2*“^ seal’s attempt to escape what seems to be their own identity is
not so much related to identity as it is to the location of what
represents their early upbringing. There is a certain physical escape
that Mars in the 2"'^ seal is asking for.

Note: Mars in the 6th seal infers a desire to be oneself in terms of
how one appears to other people without having to put on an act
that society would deem appropriate.

503

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Chapter 27

Health engineering mandate

With 666 becoming the new symbol for problem solving, the
philosophy on physical health will describe how the body is main¬
tained by endless confrontations and conflict between vitamins and
minerals. When one overpowers another for the same receptor site
for too long, illness results. As long as the battle remains even,
health will be the result. Is this the complete story of health? No.
Another aspect of physical health is the presence of outside in-
vadersfviruses) and this is when things become a bit more com¬
plex. When something foreign enters the body, and symptoms result,
the solution may not always be as simple as balancing out a vitamin
or mineral deficiency resulting from one vitamin or mineral overpow¬
ering another. To understand the gist of this health theory, imagine
all the vitamins and minerals that allow the body to function. Now
imagine that half of these vitamins or minerals and their resulting
health functions belong to one side of health and the other half be¬
long to another side of health with these 2 sides essentially opposing
each other and in this opposition, certain symptoms of one sickness
are made worse or better when a vitamin or mineral from one side en¬
ters the body and enhances the ability of that entire side of vitamins
and minerals from which it came.while, at the same time, weaken¬

ing the ability of vitamin and mineral absorption from the other
side of Vitamins and minerals. In essence, understanding
that reducing one set of symptoms always makes another set of
symptoms worse. A good analogy of the contenders for each side of
health is WWII's Axis and Allied powers. While Germany, Japan, and
Italy are different countries with different agendas, the success of
one country in WWII equated to the success of the others in that al¬
liance and at the same time, equated to a weakening of the

504

Chapter IT. Health Engineering Mandate

opposing alliance. The same goes with the Allied powers of US, Russia,
and Britain. The success of one those countries in WWII benefitted the
entire alliance while weakening the other alliance.

The newly entered vitamin or mineral is always the strongest in terms of
absorption by the body. Now while some outside invadersfviruses or
germs) enable one set of vitamin and minerals to overpower another
and are easily destroyed by simply taking in antagonist vitamins and
minerals from the other side and just correcting the deficiency, other
viruses possibly(maybe) come in the body and attack both sides of the
vitamin and mineral conflict. A good analogy is Japan attacking China
while the Chinese Nationalists and the Chinese Communists were
fighting each other around the time of WW2. Now you have a situation
where you have make a choice on which side to empower first to
weaken the virus. Doing so would weaken or deplete another set of
vitamins and minerals and further exacerbate a part of the negative
symptoms resulting from the virus, but the act of enabling one side
injures the virus and reduces one set of symptoms. Now that the virus is
injured, it cannot be destroyed until the other set of vitamins and
minerals, which are being suppressed due the presence of the
antagonist vitamins and minerals fighting the virus, gets its turn to take
a shot at the virus. Now, in their turn to fight the virus, their presence
then suppresses the previous set of vitamin and mineral alliance that
went at the virus first. This helps eliminate some symptoms arising
from earlier suppression, but brings back symptoms that arise from
suppressing the vitamins and minerals which first fought the virus but
were reduced when that first set of vitamin and minerals were enabled
for absorption by the body. Now the virus is further injured, but the
body is still suffering symptoms from the deficiency. In theory, once the

505

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

virus is eliminated by going back and forth between enabling each
opposing alliance to fight the virus, the original conflict of both sides of
vitamin and mineral alliances eventually returns and the need to simply
correct the deficiency through vitamin or mineral intake results without
the presence of the virus. It should also be noted that the power of
viruses to enable an alliance of vitamin/minerals to overpower the other
alliance of vitamin/minerals can help cure present ailments. If one has
an ailment currently in the body, an incoming virus can bring the
reinforcements needed by the oppressed alliance to overcome the
vitamin/minerals imposition of the other alliance brought about by the
current ailment. Even today’s doctors are injecting sick patients with
other sicknesses in order to fight their current sickness. For example, the
Measles virus is sometimes used to help people fight cancer. So in using
our theory about vitamin and mineral alliances and its opposition be¬
ing simultaneously attacked by an outside invader(virus), we will look at
the Ebola Virus. Ebola is a virus that enters body through bodily fluids
and is often found in Bats and Monkeys. Once a person is infected
with the Ebola virus, the virus itself attaches to and enters a cell and
begins the process of replicating itself. In doing so it manages to destroy
the part of the cell that would alert the white blood cells of the im¬
mune system, which would usually attack the virus and kill it. So In
essence, the initial suppression of the white blood cells is what
brings about first set of symptoms of a fever, sore throat, joint
pain, muscle soreness, weakness, headachefaccording to Centers for
Disease Control). According to the CDC, these are also the same
symptoms of the flu. This makes it more important to see this as
what the virus is doing and not so much the virus itself. In my ob¬
servation, flu symptoms are just one side of the vitamin/min¬
eral alliance asserting itself over the other alliance. But for the
sake of simplicity, we will narrow the opposing alliances down to 2

506

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

major vitamins, Vitamin A from alliance i, a supporter of flu-like
symptoms and Vitamin E, an antagonist of flu like symptoms from
alliance 2. As stated before, just like the alliances in WW2, the presence
and assertion of one essentially strengthens the assertion of the entire
alliance of which it’s part of, while weakening the assertion of the
opposing one and its alliance. So, with these first set of symptoms of
Ebola, we have an over-assertion of Vitamin A, which would sup¬
port those initial flu-like symptoms and low white blood cell count,
and at the same time support the suppression of the opposing Vita¬
min E and its alliance, which would automatically equate to an
ability to antagonize flu like symptoms and low white blood cell
count. In theory, the solution to dealing with the first part of Ebola
would just be simple treatment protocol for the flu. (I reckon Vita¬
min E to be the best fighter against flu symptoms). Here is where we
have an issue. As far as I know, the first stage of Ebola doesn’t reduce
white blood cell count, it just kills the signaler, and thus leaves
white blood cells oblivious to what the virus is doing. An analogy
would be breaking into a building but modifying the cameras in a
way that the security guards do not see anyone breaking into the
building. In that scenario, you have crooks going into the building
and taking everything without the guards being aware of it. So this
brings us to the second stage of Ebola, which are the gastrointestinal
problems along with the fever. Now at this point, the white blood
cells have been alerted and are now bringing out all the guns. Ac¬
cording to the CDC, the fever usually persists during this stage along
with the gastrointestinal problems of vomiting and diarrhea. The
dilemma here is that because Vitamin A is a supporter of flu
symptoms. Vitamin E, which would actually support gastrointestinal
problems and high white blood cell count, should have led to the
suppression of the flu- like symptoms in its fight against Vitamin A for

507

Chapter IT. Health Engineering Mandate

the receptor site. Since I don’t know the timetable of the symptoms
of Ebola, I have to hypothesize that fever would spike immediately
before the onset of gastrointestinal problems and then slowly
dwindlefeven though still there) as the Vitamin E and its alliance
along with its symptomatic characteristics(due to over-assertion) of
nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea would forcefully assert itself and
eventually overtake the flu-like issues and their support from Vitamin
A. According to some research, this is the make or break point for
Ebola survival. It seems to warrant another hypothesis that those
who survive Ebola experience a balancing effect during that
stagefwhich equates to health) and those who don’t experience that
balance, end up having to deal with a complete takeover by the
Vitamin E/gastro issue correlation. Since Vitamin E is also a blood
thinner, this assessment would align with the final result of death for
Ebola sufferers from hemorrhaging, which is caused by thin blood.
During stage 2, because vitamin E raises blood pressure in its initial
entrance, there should a rise in blood pressure during its assertion at
some point in stage 2 of Ebola. Because this assessment would
conclude that Ebola is simply an overreaction by white blood cells
due to the white blood cells initially not being able spot the virus’s
presence, one can conclude the survival of Ebola would be based on
the body’s ability to limit this overreaction. According to the
American Family Physician, a high white blood cell count is an
emergency due to risk of hemorrhaging and brain infarction. Source:
Leukocytosis: Basics of Clinical Assessment by NEIL
ABRAMSON, M.D., and BECKY MELTON, M.D., Baptist Regional
Cancer Institute, Jacksonville, Florida Am Earn Physician. 2000 Nov
i;62(9):2053-2o6o. This would infer that white blood
cell/vitaminE/blood thinning/gastrointestinal issues/hemorrhaging
are all related. The overall assessment would infer that flu symptoms

508

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

and gastro issues are inherently unrelated and are actually natural
enemies. If the 2 '"^ stage of Ebola is a heightened manifestation of both
flu symptoms and gastro symptoms without any transition of one set of
symptoms overpowering and suppressing the other, then the Ebola
virus takes on a more complicated structure with the need to discover
how blood thinning can occur without an excessive presence of white
blood cells and vitamin E. If Vitamin E is being suppressed and bringing
about flu symptoms simultaneously with Vitamin A being suppressed
bringing about gastrointestinal, with the viral replication itself being the
factor that's causing the symptoms and deficiencies of both opposing
sides, then one has to decide which side of the vitamin/mineral alliance
to empower first in order to began the process of weakening the virus by
bringing the vitamin/mineral balance back to a normal level and
knowing that empowering one alliance would weaken the virus but
would exacerbate a part of the symptoms until the suppressed
vitamin/mineral alliance gets its turn to magnify its presence in the
body in order to fight the virus.

A good perspective toward health would not be in curing a disease, but
making oneself sick in way that should oppose a current sickness in
one’s body. Health should be looked at as a swinging pendulum or a
meter that has two opposite ends, with each end being a different
sickness, in which the more one is sick toward one end of the spectrum,
the less one is sick from that other end of the spectrum. On the next
page is imagery to perceive how flu symptoms and gastrointestinal
sickness appears on a spectrum on the opposite ends, and also how
Malaria and Sickle cell do the same. Imagine the bar on the spectrum
being the vitamin influence to bring the bars to one end away from the
other.

509

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

GastroJntKdi|^

jdi^l

It’s common knowledge in the medical community that sickle cell ane¬
mia, which is a disorder of the red blood cells in which hemoglobin, a
component of red blood cells needed to bring oxygen to other organs
of the body, actually provides certain protections against another
disease called Malaria, which is usually from insect bites and results in
flu like symptomsffever, chills, muscle pain, headache). In other
words, those with Sickle Cell Anemia present in their body have very
little chance of contracting Malaria. Sickle Cell Anemia, of which
hemoglobin is found to be atypical, thus deforming the red blood cells
into a sickle shape, usually presents symptoms of anemia, weakness
and fatigue, swelling in the hands and feet, and jaundicefyellowing of
the skin). The most notable study on why Sickle Cell Anemia provides
protection against Malaria was done by Michael P Soares, a researcher
at the Institute Gulbenkian de Ciencia (IGC), in Portugal. He and his
team, of which included Ana Ferreira, a post-doctoral researcher, and
Prof. Ingo Bechman, genetically engineered mice to produce one copy
of sickle hemoglobin and after exposing the mice to Malaria, they
found that the brain lesions usually associated with Malaria were
absent. In this case, it was found that the atypical sickle hemoglobin
repulsed the malaria parasite without interfering with the parasite’s
ability to infect. Source: Institute Gulbenkian de Ciencia. "Mystery
solved: How sickle hemoglobin protects against malaria."
ScienceDaily. ScienceDaily, 29 April 2011.

<www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2011/04/110428123931.htm>. The

510

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Sickle Cell/Malaria dynamic aligns with the hypothesis regarding
Ebola and white blood cells/vitamin E and its antagonism to flu-like
symptoms(vitamin A). According to medical research, Sickle Cell has
been found to correlate with elevated white blood cell count. So, in
applying our concepts from what was said about Ebola in the previous
pages, we can conclude that Sickle cell’s protection against malaria
would be directly correlated with its natural high white blood cell
count if our assessment for Ebola at the stage 2 phase indicates a
transition of Vitamin E/white blood cell/gastrointestinal’s overtaking
of Vitamin A/flu-like symptom’s grip on the body. Current treatment
to reduce Sickle Cell symptoms involve taking a prescription medicine
called Hydroxyurea, which lowers white blood cell count. That in itself
implicates white blood cell count as a major component of the
problems arising from Sickle Cell Anemia. Elevated white cell count is
said to damage blood vessels by constantly tearing holes in blood
vessel walls, which is exactly what happens in hemorrhagic fever from
Ebola.

We can build upon this by transferring these concepts to another
disease that carries flu like symptoms, HIV(Human Immunodeficiency
Virus). HIV is a sexually transmitted disease that acts on the body by
destroying white blood cells in the body. In doing so, it makes a person
less able to fight infections. At the advanced stages, people who
succumb to the later stages of HIV, which is called Acquired
Immunodeficiency SyndromefAIDS), usually die from whatever
infection is able to enter the body as a result of not having the white
blood cells to fight it. With the assessment from this writing that Ebola
is an overreaction of the white blood cells, which are supported by

511

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Vitamin E and elevated in Sickle Cell Anemia (with both Vitamin E and
Sickle Cell being antagonistic to diseases that carry flu like symptoms of
fever/muscle weakness), one can assume, in continuing with this
pattern, that HIV, which destroys white blood cells, would be
significantly opposed by a body environment infected with Sickle Cell
or stage 2 Ebola when gastro/intestinal issues ensue. Interestingly, in
an article at www.blackaids.org written by Mark Mascolini on behalf of
the International Aids Society, it says: “Sickle cell disease lowers the
odds of HIV infection about 70%, according to analysis of 423,431
records of adult African-Americans admitted to the hospital from 1997
through 2009. In contrast, sickle cell disease raised chances of infection
with hepatitis B or C virus (HBV or HCV).” His Source: Mehdi Nouraie,
Sergei Nekhai, Victor R Gordeuk. Sickle cell disease is associated
with decreased HIV but higher HBV and HCV comorbidities
in US hospital discharge records: a cross- sectional study.
Sexually Transmitted Infections. 2012; 88: 528-533. So this
confirms our assessment that anything related to a high white blood
cell count, which is supported by Vitamin E, will antagonize anything
associated with flu symptoms. The study regarding HIV and Sickle Cell
showed that Sickle Cell actually raised the chances of infection with
hepatitis B or C. From our assessment, it's easy to assume the reason
for this is because Hepatitis B and C, unlike HIV, is associated with
an elevated white blood cell count. In the later stages of Hepatitis C,
an inflamed liver results in the depletion of stored Vitamin A(Vita-
min E antagonizes Vitamin A) and a sharp rise in white blood cell
count (vitamin E supports high white blood cell count). Source:

512

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

www.hepctrust.org. If Hepatitis C is this gradual attack on the liver
to that point, then Hepatitis C must be associated with a high white
blood cell count, which affirms why Sickle Cell would raise the chance
of infection for Hepatitis C. Hepatitis C, in that case, would be
fundamentally different from HIV. Hepatitis B and C are basically the
same, the difference is in how they are transmitted. Hep C is
transmitted through blood, and Hep B is transmitted through fluids.
Since hepatitis B and C is associated with an increasingly elevated
white blood cell count, sickle cell anemia, which automatically
indicates a high white blood cell count, would present an environment
that supports hepatitis’s increasing elevation of white blood cells and
the resulting damage on the liver. At this point, we are gradually
formulating the idea that white blood cell count elevation is not exactly
the body’s response to infection in general, but the conditions
necessary for the presence of certain diseases in the body. Meaning, a
higher white blood cell has to be looked at as fighting an infection
while simultaneously creating a problem and that just as certain
diseases are mitigated by using medicine to increase white blood cell
count, other diseases are mitigated by using medicine to decrease
white blood cell count. It would be no coincidence that the medications
used to treat sickle sell and hepatitis have side effects that lower white
blood cell count.

If we take this further to Cancer, we can show how this dynamic
continues to correlate. We are provided with research that shows how
high white blood cell count is associated with an increased mortality
risk for cancer. Cigarette smoking in the medical scientific community
is a widely-recognized cause of elevated white blood cell count.
Cigarette smoking is also a widely recognized factor in causing lung

513

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

cancer. From that alone, we can likely extrapolate that high white
blood cell count is a risk factor for Cancer. Since it was determined in
this writing that vitamin E is a natural a supporter of high white blood
cell count, we can now see how scientific research regarding Cancer
lines up with that. The Sahlgrenska Academy at the University of
Gotheburg performed a study on the antioxidant effect on lung cancer
in mice. After the mice were given vitamin E and a drug called N-
acetylcysteine In, researchers found that the lung cancer tumors
accelerated in response to Vitamin E and caused the mice to die much
faster than the lung cancer mice who were not given the Vitamin E.
Source: https://sahlgrenska.gu.se/english/research/news-

events/news-article//antioxidants-in-the-diet-can-worsen-
cancer.cidi20i629 Martin Bergd, professor at the Sahlgrenska
Cancer Center, University of Gothenburg. In another study done in
Shanghai, non smoking women were evaluated for cancer risk and
Vitamin E supplementation. It was found in that study that women
who maintained a diet of vitamin E supplementation had a signifi¬
cantly higher risk of developing lung cancer, specifically
adenocarcinomas, which is a type of tumor that can develop any¬
where on the body including the lungs. Source: Wu Q-J, Xiang Y-B,
Yang G, Li H-L, Lan Q, Gao Y-T, et al. Vitamin E intake and
the lung cancer risk among female nonsmokers: A re¬
port from the Shanghai Women's Health Study. Int
J Cancer. 2015;136:610-7. https://d0i.org/10.1002/ijc.29016.

Sickle cell becomes linked into this study of cancer because research
has found in a California Study that those with Sickle Cell Disease
have a 72 percent higher risk of developing leukemia, which in¬
volves rapid overproduction of white blood cells. Source: In¬
creased risk of leukemia among sickle cell disease pa¬
tients in California Ann Brunson, Theresa H. M.

514

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Keegan, Heejung Bang, Anjlee Mahajan, Susan Paulukonis, Ted Wun
Blood. 2017 Sep 28; 130(13): 1597-1599. Prepublished online 2017 Aug
22. doi: io.ii82/blood-20i7-05-783233 PMCID: PMC5620417. Sickle
Cell Anemia, which constitutes a higher white blood cell count, provides
a compatible environment for cancer. Another study using hospital data
in England discovered a threefold to lo-fold higher cancer incidence
among Sickle Cell Disease patients for hematologic cancers, and an
increased risk for colon cancer, nonmelanoma skin cancer, kidney
cancer, and thyroid cancer. Source: Risk of individual malignant
neoplasms in patients with siekle eell disease: English
national reeord linkage study. Seminog 00 , Ogunlaja 01 , Yeates D,
Goldacre MJ J R Soc Med. 2016 Aug; 109(8):3039. To continue
discovering more links between conditions that result in high white
blood cell count, lets look at what happens when cancer is faced with
Vitamin E’s antagonist. Vitamin A. In a study done by Ecole
Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne, researchers found that colon
cancer tumors are the result of a deactivated gene responsible for tumor
suppression. This gene is called the HOXA5 gene. In that study, they
found that the factor responsible for its re-activation was Vitamin A. “In
mice that had colon cancer, the treatment with retinoids(Vitamin A)
blocked tumor progression and normalized the tissue. By turning the
gene for HOXA5 back on, this treatment eliminated cancer stem cells
and prevented metastasis in the live animals. The researchers got
similar results with samples from actual patients.” Source: Ecole
Polytechnique Federale de Lausanne. "Treating colon cancer with
vitamin A." ScienceDaily. ScienceDaily, 14 December 2015. <
www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2015/12/151214130400.htm>. In a
study of the HOXA5 gene, which was activated by vitamin A, on lung

515

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

cancer, it was found that the proliferation of non small cell lung cancer
cells are inhibited by expression the HOXA5 gene. Hypothetically,
since Vitamin A activated the gene and blocked the progression of
Colon Cancer, Vitamin A should also activate the same HOXA5 gene
for lung cancer and subsequently block its progression. The vitamin A
activated HOXA5 gene is linked to inhibiting cancer cell proliferation
in a number of Cancers such as Colon, Lung, Gastric, Cervical, and
Breast. One interesting fact about Vitamin A and colon cancer is that
many who have opted to treat their colon cancer with natural means
via diet found significant success drinking carrot juice, which is loaded
with beta carotene, a precursor to Vitamin A. Over at a website called
www.chrisbeastcancer.com, 2 people, Ann Cameron and Ralph Cole
wrote how they completely cured their Cancer by simply drinking
Carrot juice without changing anything else in their diet. Ann Cameron
has a book about her experience entitled “Curing Cancer with Carrots.”
To understand why studies of Vitamin A supplementation on lung
cancer has not lived up to this clear link between Vitamin A and cancer
is maybe due to the fact that something else may need to be involved in
the supplementation of Vitamin A. We find in Vitamin E that most
natural sources of it such as nuts and oils are very low in sugars. This
could indicate the lack of necessity for the presence of sugar to ensure
absorption. However, with beta carotene, most of the natural sources
such as carrots, tomatoes, red peppers, cantaloupe, and sweet potatoes
contain generous amounts of natural sugars. This must indicate a
requirement for sugar to be present in order for Vitamin A to be
absorbed. While Vitamin A is fat solublefneeding the presence of fat to
be absorbed), its precursor, beta carotene, is not. If the study of
Vitamin A reactivating the HOXA5 gene in cancer is directly linked to
the experience of Ann Cameron’s use of carrot juice to fully cure colon

516

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

cancer, then the Vitamin A needed to activate the HOXA5 gene in
humans must be related to “Vitamin A with beta carotene as a pre¬
cursor.” If we hypothesize that Vitamin A’s reactivation of the HOXA5
gene is contingent on the proper absorption of beta carotene as a
precursor to Vitamin A, while needing the presence of sugar to
effectuate a proper conversion, we can then relate that need for the
presence of sugar as another aspect that plays a role in the white blood
cell count dynamic. If cancerous tumor growth is linked to a high
white blood cell count and Vitamin A is linked to activating a process
that inhibits that tumor growth, with sugar as a prerequisite, then one
can hypothesize that higher blood sugar is related to a lower white
blood cell count while a lower blood sugar is related to a higher white
blood cell count and subsequently a higher risk for cancerous tumors.
Since sickle cell anemia is linked to a higher white blood cell count,
and a higher white blood cell count is related to lower blood sugar,
then sickle cell anemia, itself, should constitute a low risk for elevated
blood sugar. In recent studies by Mary Elizabeth Lacy from Brown
University School of Public Health, while using fasting glucose to
measure diabetes risk, she and her colleagues had found that there is
no indication of a higher or lower prevalence of diabetes in African
Americans with Sickle cell versus those without it. However, when
using the hemoglobin test Aic, which measures the risk for diabetes by
measuring the amount of glucose sticking to red blood cells, they
found that the test resulted in a much lower prevalence of diabetes
diagnoses for those who had sickle cell trait compared to those who

didn’t.even though blood sugar levels were similar for both. Since

red blood cells in Sickle Cell anemia don’t live as long, the blood cells
have less time to collect glucose, and this why the Aic readings would
infer less incidences of diabetes in the Sickle cell group. Source: Lacy

517

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

ME, Wellenius GA, Sumner AE, et al. Association of Sickle Cell Trait
With Hemoglobin Aic in African Americans. JAMA.
2017;317(5):507-515. doi:io.iooi/jama.20i6.2i035 However, there is no
confirmation that the results of Aic for Sickle Cell trait is not related to
biological factors. When it comes to type i and type 2 diabetes, it’s been
found that Type i diabetes is associated with a lower white blood cell
count (Hillson Rowan. Diabetes and the blood - white cells and
platelets) and Type 2 is associated with a higher white blood cell count.
The difference between the 2 is that in type i diabetes, there is no insulin
produced. In type 2 diabetes, there is insulin, but not enough. Most
studies have found that the risk of type 2 diabetes is higher in those with a
higher white blood cell count. The problem here is that my hypothesis
that a higher blood sugar would be related to a lower white blood cell
count lines up with the study for Type i, but not for Type 2. The only way
to resolve this dilemma of confusion as to how diabetesftype i and 2)
could infer 2 different white blood cell factors, is by aligning the result of
the high WBC associated with type 2 NOT with blood sugar levels, but
with insulin levels. Since the consumption of more sugar results in the
production of more insulin in non diabetic individuals, the increased risk
of type 2 has to be related to wearing out the body’s insulin production
with the consumption of excess sugar. This would infer that any non
diabetic who tests for a high white blood cell count and is thus at a higher
risk for developing type 2 diabetes, must also be assumed to be a high
consumer of sugars. In that case, his insulin response should warrant that
high white blood cell count. By making insulin the factor for white blood
cell count, those who were tested for a lower white blood cell count that
did not develop diabetes must be assumed to not have had the sugar
intake and thus the insulin response that would have warranted a high
white blood cell count. This would naturally indicates less risk for

518

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

developing diabetes. This insulin application to WBC still lines up with
the test regarding type i diabetes in which there is obviously no insulin
response and thus low white blood cell count. The difference is that
someone non diabetic with a low white blood cell count related to low
insulin use has to do with necessity as a result of not needing to use
much insulin for a lower sugar intake, as opposed to a type i diabetic
whose low white blood cell count being indicative of no insulin having to
do simply with just not being able to produce insulin, no matter how
much sugar is consumed. This would also infer that sugar alone without
being influenced by insulin would lower white blood cell count. In going
back to how the activation of the HOXA5 gene, which inhibits cancer cell
proliferation, is the result of Vitamin A(from beta carotene and needing
the presence of sugar), we can infer that diabetes would lower the risk of
some cancers. Researchers at the Norwegian University of Science and
Technology and Trondheim University, found that after analyzing 1677
cases of lung cancer, the 1-, 2-, and 3-year survival in patients with lung
cancer with and without diabetes mellitus were 43% versus 28%, 19%
versus 11%, and 3% versus 1 %, respectively. International Association
for the Study of Lung Cancer. "Lung cancer patients with diabetes show
prolonged survival." ScienceDaily. ScienceDaily, 18 October 2011. <
www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2011/10/111017092235.htm>. Since
higher insulin is considered to raise the risk of colon cancer, the Vitamin
A effect (that reactivates HOXA5 which subsequently inhibits the
growth of tumor cells) must somehow revolve around slowing down the
production of insulin. “In a study published by Morales-Oyarvide et al in
the Journal of the National Cancer Institute, researchers found that
patients with stage III colon cancer who had the highest “dietary insulin
load”—the level of insulin produced by the body in response to diet—

519

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

were twice as likely to have a recurrence or die of the disease as
patients with the lowest load. The trend held regardless of level of
physical activity and was especially strong in patients who were obese,
the researchers found.” -https://www.ascopost.com/News/59006. So,
essentially, with higher insulin being such a strong factor in mortality
from colon cancer, any alleviating effect, such as the vitamin
A/HOXA5 activation process, has to relate to a reversal regarding this
high insulin load. In order to make sense of Vitamin A via beta
carotene reversing colon cancer, one has to conclude that the
sugar/beta carotene/Vitamin A is needed to reduce insulin response in
the body. Since insulin is usually released by the body in response to
sugar, assessing the use of sugar to reduce insulin response is a
contradiction. However, in a study done in 2016, researchers found
that white blood cell count is lowered for a few hours(2 - 6) right after
eating sweets. Source: Ullah H, Akhtar M, Hussain F. Effects of
Sugar, Salt and Distilled Water on White Blood Cells and
Platelet Cells. Journal of Tumor 2015; 4(1): 354-358 Available from:
URL: http://www.ghrnet.org/index.php/jt/article/view/1340. So if we
use that in conjunction with high insulin equating to high white blood
cell count and thus poor prognosis for colon cancer, we can resolve the
need for sugar and proper absorption of beta carotene (to turn into
Vitamin A) as a total reversal of those causes for colon cancer to the
fact that sugar temporarily lowers white blood cell count, and thus
would temporarily lower insulin response and mortality for colon
cancer. Diabetes, in this case, would reduce the risk of colon cancer
only if insulin response is low. In some type 2 diabetes, while the
insulin sensitivity is lowered(meaning cells are not absorbing sugar
from the blood), the pancreas still produces a large amount of insulin
into the blood stream. In that scenario, type 2 raises colon cancer risk.

520

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

If insulin sensitivity is lowered along with a lack of production of insulin
by the pancreas then type 2 diabetes, in that case, would lower risk for
colon cancer.

To summarize, we can conjure up how the sides of health line up with
regard to white blood cells. Below is a layout we can logically extrapolate
from the writings thus far. We have 2 sides that are fundamentally
opposed to each other to the point that any factor from one side can
oppose any factor from the other side. For example. Flu from side two
of health would pose an oppositionary influence on Cancer from side
one.

Side one of health

High white blood cell
High blood insulin
Cancer

Gastro problems
Vitamin E
Sickle Cell Anemia
Ebola-stage 2

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Flu symptoms
Vitamin Afbeta
carotene, sugar)
Malaria

We can extrapolate that since vitamin E is on the side of higher white
blood cells, vitamin E can disrupt any sickness related to flu-like
symptomsfusually an indicator of over-assertion of Vitamin Afbeta
carotene)), but enhance any sickness related to gastrointestinal/blood
vessel/blood thinning issues. If a factor from one side is presented to the
body when another factor from that same side is already present,
symptoms would worsen.

In using the information already formulated, we can transition to
heart attacks and their side of health. In 2005, a nationwide study found

521

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

that Heart Attacks could be predicted by simply measuring white blood
cell count. “As part of the federally supported Women's Health
Initiative, investigators at medical centers all over the United States
collected information on 72,242 postmenopausal women 50 to 79 years
old. All were free of heart and blood vessel disease at the start of the
study. During six years of follow-up, 1,626 heart disease deaths, heart
attacks, and strokes occurred. Women with more than 6.7 billion white
cells per liter of blood had more than double the risk of fatal heart
disease than women with 4.7 billion cells per liter or lower. A count of
6.7 is considered to be in the upper range of normal, so what is
"normal" may have to be redefined.” Source: Harvard University.
"Simple Test Prediets Heart Attaek Risk: White Blood Cells
Sound A New Alarm." ScienceDaily. ScienceDaily, 25 March 2005. <
www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2005/03/050323134019.htm>. From
our previous extrapolation, this study would indicate that heart attacks
would be placed on side one of health as shown in the diagram,
meaning that any other factors on side one would increase and promote
the chances of a heart attack, while the factors on side 2 would decrease
it. In comparison to Heart Attacks, which occurs when blood flow to the
heart is restricted enough to damage a part of the heart muscle.
Cardiogenic Shock takes place when the heart muscle doesn’t beat
strong enough to pump adequate blood and oxygen. Since both
implicate the heart, it becomes easy to place cardiogenic shock and
heart attack on the same side of health. Studies, however, have shown
that opposing factors to heart attacks tend to promote possible
incidents of cardiogenic shock. The onset of Type 1 diabetes, which
presents a low white blood cell count, has also been linked to sudden
cardiac arrest from shock. Baden, M.Y., Imagawa, A., Iwahashi, H. et al.
Diabetol Int (2016) 7: 281. https://d0i.org/10.1007/s13340-015-0247-6.

522

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Sepsis, which is an inappropriate immune response to an infection
also linked to a low white blood cell count, raises the chances of
cardiogenic shock. Because of the various nature of heart problems, I will
have to align cardiac problems with blood pressure accordingly in order
to make the distinction between high white blood cell count cardiac
related issues and low white blood cell count cardiac related issues. This
is done to make sense of sudden cardiac arrest taking place with
hypertensive factors, and sudden cardiac arrest taking place with
hypotensive factors. At the moment we can distinguish Heart attacks
from Cardiogenic Shock, and link high blood pressure/high white blood
cell to Heart attacks, and low blood pressure,/low white blood cell to
Cardiogenic shock. This means that putting our body in a position to
increase our chances of one should equate to decreasing our chances of
the other. Statin drugs, which are used to lower cholesterol and are also
found to lower blood pressure, has been said to reduce the effect of flu
shots on the flu. The reason for this is that flu treatment has been found
to raise blood pressure, which is opposite of what statins do. In theoiy,
this would mean that raising blood pressure is a key component of
fighting the flu, and not a side effect. This would align with our side one/
side two layout on the other page if we put high blood pressure on
one side of health while keeping flu on the other. It would also
align with the hypothesis that any factor on one side can counteract
a factor on the other. According to that layout, since statins lowers
blood pressure, it would automatically promote flu symptoms because
flu symptoms and low blood pressure would be on the same side of
health. Since it's been found that white blood cell count is increased
in hypertension, high blood pressure would have to go on the same
side of health as high white blood cell count. Source: Judith A.
Whitworth, Relationship between white blood cell count
and incident hypertension, American Journal of

523

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Hypertension, Volume 17, Issue 9, September 2004, Page 861,
https://d0i.0rg/10.1016/j.amjhyper.2004.05.021. Therefore, one can
assess that the opposite would be the case in hypotensionQower blood
pressure), which thus would put statins on the side of flu symptoms.
Many have reported muscle pain and weakness in using statins, which
are symptoms of the flu. Statins have been linked to higher blood
sugars and heightened risk for diabetes, which are on the same health
side of the flu. They have also been linked to depression, memory loss
and suicide, which would likely put those qualities on the same side of
flu. Here is an update to the layout of health.

Side one of health

High white blood cell
High blood insulin
High blood pressure
Cancer

Gastroproblems
Vitamin E
Sickle Cell Anemia
Ebola-stage 2
Heart Attack
Happinessfhigh
dopamine)

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Low blood pressure
Flu symptoms
Vitamin Afbeta
carotene, sugar)
Malaria
Statins

Cardiogenic shock

depressionQow

dopamine)

To reiterate, the hypothesis is that every factor on one side can fight
against any factor on the other. Depression fits on side two of health
due to depression being reported with statin use. This lines up with
how dopamine gets rid of depression and also how dopamine is used to
reverse cardiogenic shock. Since vitamin D is also associated with
elevated mood, which corresponds with a higher level of dopamine.

524

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

Vitamin D would also go on Side one. Magnesium, since it's linked to
lower blood pressure, would go on side two. Calcium, which is held as
an increased risk factor for cardiovascular events would go on side one.
So, if we update the side one and side two with what we just mentioned,
we began to get a better understanding of the body.

Side one of health

High white blood cell
High blood insulin
High blood pressure
High cholesterol
Cancer

Gastroproblems
Vitamin E
Sickle Cell Anemia
Ebola-stage 2
Heart Attack
Happinessfhigh
dopamine)

Vitamin D
Calcium

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Low blood pressure
Low cholesterol
Flu symptoms
Vitamin A(beta
carotene, sugar)
Malaria
Statins

Cardiogenic shock
depressionflow
dopamine)
Magnesium

Everything on side one is essentially linked together and everything on
side 2 is essentially linked together. Since Vitamin C and sugar have a
similar structure, and Vitamin C has been found to lower cholesterol.
Vitamin C would go on side two of health. Since vitamin K is an
antagonist to vitamin E due to the fact that vitamin K is a blood clotter
and vitamin E is a blood thinner, vitamin K would go on side two.
Vitamin Bi2 has been linked to lung cancer and is a natural antagonist
to Vitamin C. This would easily justify Vitamin Bi2 joining side one.
Since vitamin c enhances Iron absorption. Iron would go on side two.
Since Iron disrupts Zinc absorption. Zinc would go on Side one. Here is
another update of side one and side two on the next page.

525

Chapter IT. Health Engineering Mandate

Side one of health

High white blood cell

High blood insulin High

blood pressure High

cholesterol Cancer

Gastroproblems

Vitamin E

Sickle Cell Anemia

Ebola-stage 2

Heart Attack

Happinessfhigh

dopamine)

Vitamin D
Calcium
Vitamin B12
Zinc

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Low blood pressure
Low cholesterol
Flu symptoms
Vitamin Afbeta
carotene, sugar)
Malaria
Statins

Cardiogenic shock

depressionflow

dopamine)

Magnesium

Vitamin C

Vitamin K

Iron

More research into the links between vitamin/minerals and sickness
would provide an even more comprehensive outlook regarding side one
and side two of health. If we try to pin alcohol consumption and caffiene
consumption on either side of the list, we run into problems. In many
studies alcohol consumption has been linked with lower white blood cell
countfAssociation of alcohol consumption with white hlood
cell count: a study of Japanese male office workers N.
Nakanishi, H. Yoshida, M. Okamoto, Y. Matsuo, K. Suzuki, K. Tatara
https://doi.0rg/10.1046/j.1365-2796.2003.01112.x), while caffiene has
been linked with higher white blood cell countfEffect of caffeine
supplementation on haematological and biochemical
variables in elite soccer players under physical stress
conditions Adriana Bassini-Cameron, Eric Sweet, Altamiro Bottino,
Christina Bittar, Carlos Veiga, and Luiz-Claudio Cameron doi:

526

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

I0.ii36/bjsm.2007.035i47). The issue is that caffeine depletes calcium
levels in the body, and calcium is a supporter of high white blood cell
count, according to the side one and side two of health. In tandem with
the study that caffeine raises white blood cell count, caffeine becomes
both an antagonist and supporter of factors on the same side of the
list(in this case Calcium and high white blood cell count respec¬
tively). In contrast and according to my logic based on side one/side
two of health, caffeine would actually lower white blood cell count,
while alcohol would raise white blood cell count. In order to make
this true and line up with side one and two of health appropriately,
we have to associate factors that take place AFTER these drugs(alco-

hol and caffeine) have been used and released from the body.as

the standard side effect of the actual drugs. Meaning, the symptoms
that arise after alcohol or caffeine has left the blood stream or is leav¬
ing the blood stream, should be the deciding factor for the implica¬
tions of its use. Since calcium is depleted as urine and feces elimi¬
nates caffeine from the body, calcium deficiency and it corresponding
characteristics would be lined up with caffeine. Since calcium defi¬
ciency points to low mood, which points to low dopamine, caffeine
would correlate to side two of health. In a study done about the ef¬
fects of alcohol withdrawal on the brain, scientists found that af¬
ter the drop in dopamine during a brief period of abstinence
after alcohol consumption, a sharp rise in excessive dopamine
ensues as the period of abstinence becomes longer. Even though
this rise coincides with less receptivity to dopamine, it none¬
theless results with more dopamine being in the blood stream. This
state is called a hyperdopaminergic state. Source:
Hyperdopaminergic state in alcoholism Natalie Hirth, Marcus W.
Meinhardt, Hamid R. Noori, Humberto Salgado, Oswaldo Torres-
Ramirez, Stefanie Uhrig, Laura Broccoli, Valentina Vengeliene, Martin
Robmanith, Stephanie Perreau-Lenz, Georg Kohr, Wolfgang H.

527

Chapter IT. Health Engineering Mandate

Sommer, Rainer Spanagel, Anita C. Hansson Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences Feb 2016, 201506012; DOI:
io.i073/pnas.i5o6oi2ii3. One can hypothesize that during this
hyperdopaminergic state of hyperactivity, white blood cell count
would rise considerably and so would blood pressure, along with all
of its correlated factors. This outcome would have to be standard for
defining alcohol's effect on the body in order to make it fit the
appropriate side of health, which would be side one. In essence,
and hypothetically, alcohol would be able to fight flu symptoms,
while caffeine would fight gastro/nausea issues. In support of
alcohol fighting flu symptoms. Dr. William Schaffner, chair of
preventive medicine at Vanderbilt University Medical Center, told
ABC News in 2018: “The alcohol dilates blood vessels a little bit, and
that makes it easier for your mucus membranes to deal with the in¬
fection,” Source: Drinking A Little Whiskey Might Actually
Help Relieve Cold Symptoms - by Kate Bratskier of HuffPost.
However, to be better in line with side one and side two of health, I
would have to conclude that alcohol’s constriction of blood vessels
would make more sense as a mitigator of cold symptoms. Deconges¬
tants, which are a standard for fighting the cold or flu, raises
blood pressure. So, therefore, alcohol would have to align with
those factors in order to fully comply with side one and side two of
healthfhigh blood pressure being on the opposite side of the flu and
therefore an antagonist to flu symptoms) and also prevailing medici¬
nal determinants. This opens the door for caffeine to antagonize
things like high blood pressure, high white blood cell count, and
gastro/nausea problems. There have been studies that link to
coffee to lower blood pressure. While it is well known that cof¬
fee would raise blood pressure during intake, determining fac¬
tors after coffee is used and released by the body.

528

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

as the actual outcome of coffee.... allows us to makes sense of coffee’s
lowering of blood pressure due to a depletion of calcium. According to
Webmd, “Calcium channel blockers are drugs used to lower blood
pressure. They work by slowing the movement of calcium into the cells
of the heart and blood vessel walls, which makes it easier for the heart
to pump and widens blood vessels. As a result, the heart doesn't have to
work as hard, and blood pressure lowers.” Source: WebMD Medical
Reference Reviewed by James Beckerman, MD, FACC on October lo,
2017. This allows us to make perfect sense of how studies would find
that coffeefcaffeine antagonism to calcium) would reduce blood
pressure. Example: Habitual coffee consumption and blood pressure:
an epidemiological perspective. Geleijnse JMi. PMID:i9i83744
PMCID:PMC26 o 5331 DOI: io.2i47/vhrm.s3055. More studies support
coffee lowering blood pressure. “Researchers at the Preventative and
Clinical Investigations Center in Paris, France observed the blood
pressure of almost 200,000 men and women between the ages of 16 and
95 for 10 years and recorded their blood pressure, pulse pressure, and
heart rate. The findings revealed that those who avoided coffee and tea
consumption all together had the highest rates of blood pressure, pulse
pressure, and heart rate. And, those who drank tea the most often had
the best health reports. Even coffee drinkers fared better than those
who didn't drink coffee at all.” Source: Caffeine From Tea And Coffee
Lowers Blood Pressure: Researchers Say 4 Cups A Day Does The Deed
by Samantha Olsen of www.medicaldaily.com. We can update our side
one and side two of health with alcohol and caffeine on the next page.

529

Chapter IT. Health Engineering Mandate

Side one of health

High White blood cell
High blood insulin
High blood pressure
High cholesterol
Cancer

Gastroproblems
Vitamin E
Sickle Cell Anemia
Ebola-stage 2
Heart Attack

HappinessChigh dopamine)

Vitamin D

Calcium

Vitamin B12

Zinc

alcohol

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Low blood pressure
Low cholesterol
Flu symptoms
Vitamin Afbeta carotene,
sugar)

Malaria

Statins

Cardiogenic shock

depressionQow dopamine)

Magnesium

Vitamin C

Vitamin K

Iron

caffeine

Chemotherapy which is a treatment used to fight cancer, involves a
number of side effects like flu symptoms, low white blood cells, low
blood pressure. Upon observing side two of health, one can notice that
many of those side effects that relate to Chemotherapy are found in
many of the elements of side two. Vitamin observation also applies here.
For instance, chemotherapy has been also known to raise the chances
blood clot formation and when observing side two of health, we can see
that Vitamin K, which activates our bodies’ blood clotting mechanism,
affirms that diagnostic. Because Cancer would obviously be on the
opposite side of Chemotherapy, on Side one, chemotherapy becomes a
potential treatment to fight against all things related to side one of
health....not just cancer, but heart disease, Ebola, sickle cell anemia, high
blood pressure, high cholesterol. Upon research, we find that
chemotherapy drugs have been used with some success against the
aforementioned. However, Chemotherapy has been linked to high
cholesterol, which wouldn’t make sense on our heath layout. Further

530

Chapter IT. Health Engineering Mandate

research shows that this cannot be resolved to high cholesterol on side
one and low cholesterol on side two of health. This indicates a need for a
change to be made. High cholesterol on the side one of health would
have to be changed to High HDL Cholesterol, while Low Cholesterol on
side two would have to be changed to Low HDL Cholesterol. HDL
cholesterol is what's considered good cholesterol. Low LDLQjad
cholesterol) would have to be placed on side one, with High LDL placed
on side two. This would align with studies that places low LDL as a
cancer risk, and higher LDL as a symptom of chemotherapy. Doing this
essentially would link beta carotene, vitamin A, C, and K to high LDL,
high triglycerides. As confusing as that seems, it would actually explain
why vegans are getting high LDL counts in blood tests. So this is what
our updated layout of side one and side two of health would look like:

Side one of health

High white blood cell
High blood insulin
High blood pressure

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Low blood pressure

High HDL cholesterol
(good cholesterol)

Low HDL cholesterol
(good cholesterol)

Low LDL cholesterol High LDL cholesterol

(bad cholesterol) (bad cholesterol)

Cancer

Gastroproblems

Vitamin E

Sickle Cell Anemia

Ebola-stage 2

Heart Attack

Happiness(high

dopamine)

Vitamin D

Calcium

Vitamin B12

Zinc

Alcohol

Blood thinning

High Triglycerides

Flu symptoms

Vitamin A(beta carotene,

sugar)

Malaria

Statins

Cardiogenic shock

depression(low dopamine)

Magnesium

Vitamin C

Vitamin K

Iron

Caffeine

Chemotherapy

Blood clot

531

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

So now we can look for evidence that Chemotherapy is an antagonist to
side one of health and a promoter of factors on its own side, side two.
Metabolic syndrome, which is a combination of biochemical
abnormalities associated with cardiovascular problems, was found to be
increased amongst survivors of cancer after chemotherapy treatment.
Source: Metabolic syndrome induced by anticancer treatment
in childhood cancer survivors Hee Won Chueh, MD, PhD Jae Ho
Yoo, MD, PhD Ann Pediatr Endocrinol Metab. 2017 Jun; 22(2): 82-89.
In order to avoid confusion, a clear distinction needs to be made
between heart attack on side one and blood clot problems on side 2,
which leads to heart attack. Heart attack on side one relates to
cardiovascular disease and side two relates to circulation problems.
Embolism would be a better way to describe a cardiac event on side
two. I think heart problems and blood clots are used interchangeably
since blood clots cut off oxygen to the heart, which causes heart attacks.
Therefore, it can be confusing when reading medical terminology and
deciphering what is meant by heart attack. Vegans are known to be at
risk for blood clots, while simultaneously being protected from
cardiovascular disease. That in itself infers that blood clotting
mechanisms, such as the ones invoked by Vitamin K, actually fights off
cardiovascular disease. So, metabolic syndrome arising from
chemotherapy must relate to clotting factors. According to the layout.
High LDL must also relate to clotting issues and not cardiovascular
disease. More research is coming forth that LDL cholesterol is not
actually linked to heart disease. Source: LDL-C does not cause
cardiovascular disease: a comprehensive review of the current
literature Uffe Ravnskov, Michel de Lorgeril, David M Diamond,
Rokuro Hama, Tomohito Hamazaki, Bjorn Hammarskjold, Niamh
Hynes, Malcolm Kendrick, Peter H Langsjoen, Luca Mascitelli, Kilmer

532

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

S McCully, Harumi Okuyama ORCID Icon, Paul J Rosch, Tore Schersten,
Sherif Sultan & Ralf Sundberg Published online: ii Oct 2018. This possibly
opens the door to also hypothesize that high LDL can fight cancer. In fact,
Lower LDL cholesterol has been found to be a cancer risk. Source:
American College of Cardiology. "Low LDL cholesterol is related to
cancer risk." ScienceDaily. ScienceDaily, 26 March 2012. <

www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2012/03/120326113713.htm>. This aligns
perfectly with the layout of side one and side two of health as high LDL
cholesterol is on the opposite side of Cancer. We do, however, run into
issues with the proper placement of Statins. Since statins are known to
lower LDL cholesterol, it cannot be placed on the same side as high LDL
cholesterol. If we move statins to side one of health, it would make statins
a supporter of cancer and high HDL cholesterol, but a fighter against the
flu and malaria. Here would be the new layout with statins now on side one
of health:

Side one of health

High white blood cell
High blood insulin
High blood pressure

High HDL cholesterol
(good cholesterol)

Low LDL cholesterol
(bad cholesterol)

Cancer

Gastroproblems
Vitamin E
Sickle Cell Anemia
Ebola-stage 2
Statins

cant’d next pg

Side two of health

Low White blood cell
Low blood insulin
Low blood pressure

Low HDL cholesterol
(good cholesterol)

High LDL cholesterol
(bad cholesterol)

High Triglycerides
Flu symptoms
Vitamin A(beta carotene,
sugar)

Malaria

Cardiogenic shock
depression(low dopamine)

cant’d next pg

533

Chapter 27 : Health Engineering Mandate

cont’d

Heart Attack
(heart disease)

Happiness(high
dopamine)
Vitamin D
Calcium
Vitamin B12
Zinc
Alcohol
Blood thinning

cont’d

Heart attack
(embolism)

Magnesium
Vitamin C
Vitamin K
Iron
Caffeine
Chemotherapy
Blood clot

Statins as a fighter against depression still poses an issue as statins have
been known to cause depression. Because statins, in this layout, would
support heart attacks from heart disease, the prevention of heart at¬
tacks related to the use of statins must be associated with the formation of
blood clots related to embolisms. Since statins have been found to lower
blood clot risk, we can imply the hypothesis that statins only relates to
fighting against heart attacks arising from that, and not from heart dis¬
ease. Source: Setor K Kunutsor, Samuel Seidu, Kamlesh Khunti. Statins
and primary prevention of venous thromboembolism: a sys¬
tematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Haematology,
2017; DOI: io.ioi6/S2352-3026(i6)30i84-3. The study that showed
high LDL isn’t linked to cardiovascular disease supports the idea that
statins wouldn’t prevent heart disease as shown on side one of health.

The formation of health aspects into two sides allows for health philosophy
to make sense of complex factors regarding the different types of things we
consume and the treatment protocols we follow. By dividing health aspects
like this, one may find it easier to map out treatment protocols from a
determined blueprint.

534

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

Chapter 28

A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

After reading all the way through, we can gather how the unholy alliance
between the Satan, the False prophet and the Antichrist directly opposes the
holy Trinity between the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. It becomes clear that
Mars is Satan, his opposing effect is Antichrist, and his earthly
representation is the False prophet. In observing the signs related to Israel’s
security being tied to Mars’s position within 30 degrees of the lunar nodes,
we identify the catalyst for permeation of Mars 360, and how it could lead
to building a statue in observation of the god Mars/Ares along with the
implementation of a social/economic system that requires indication of
Mars’s position in one’s birth chart. This leaves us with an understanding
that this scenario plays out on earth at the direction of a single individual
human. This human is who the Bible refers to as the False prophet.
Antichrist is thus left as a spirit that the False prophet is trying to get
everyone to pay attention to via Mars, which he would succeed in doing.
The global effect would relate to the architecture of the Mars 360
system as the goal of Mars 360 is to ultimately bring wisdom and un¬
derstanding to the world.

In this writing, what we have is a working model of the 666(Mars 360)
system, which if used properly, can solve many of the current problems that
humans face at a social, psychological, economic, and political level. There is
also the timing issue that gives Mars 360 the credibility it needs. All the
events surrounding Catholicism since Vatican II paved a way for 666
introduction and implementation. Fatima was the major light that warned
in detail about the apostasy. As a result we find that it’s through Catholi¬
cism we are given the intricacies about factors relating to the end of
the age. Because of that, one has to reference it for instructions on how to
handle the coming final trial. This becomes critical because there is a major

535

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

distinction between the Catholic viewpoints and other viewpoints.
There is a resurgence of Catholicism before Antichrist in Catholic
prophecy, which is contrary to many other viewpoints. This book
has interpreted that resurgence as a transition period in which people
will want to be on the side of right before a mandatory 666 marking
system would be set in place. The trigger for such a mandate could be
the successful prediction of escalated Gaza rocket fire in Israel during a
time when Mars is within 30 degrees of the lunar nodes.

Throughout the book, there is an aura of attempting to make sense of
things. When it comes to truth, one should not have to bear the burden of
proof. However, truth is not always the decider of that. The majority can
just as easily be the decider of who should be obligated to prove one’s
assertions. However, in terms of initiating from a base, an unapologetic
systematizing of text in a historical context should not be considered out
of line. Jesus Christ, Himself, willfully and actively fulfilled prophecy. He
was not a passive participant. He knew the prophecies and even quoted
them as he went through life in His desire to fulfill them.

It was covered in Chapter 2I how eclipses would affect the economy. It
was mentioned how mercury's position in relation to the sun plays into
that. In Chapter 25 , a working model of the economy under the influence
of Mars was presented. It was explained how when Mars goes to within
30 degrees of the sun, the market becomes volatile with extreme lows and
highs. There was also a model that showed how significant drops in
the market is related to this Mars/Sun relationship. The difference be¬
tween Chapter 2I and Chapter 25 is that in Chapter 2I, it’s explained
how the moon influences the daily movements of the market, while in
Chapter 25 , it’s explained how the sun and the lunar node affect the
micro and macro movements of the market with Mars being
the volatility indicator. Both Chapters are similar in the fact
that they both provide something that could be used in real time.

536

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

While the number of the beast, 666, was found to represent Mars 360, the
continued exposition of what this entailed turned this writing from simply
an identification of the beast to a detailed architecture of its system
and a showcasing of its value. The outcome of this is only according to
God's will. The defining event for Mars 360(666) on the world stage
would be the successful prediction of escalated Gaza rocket fire
on Israel, which is determined to take place between Jan 15, 2020 -
April 3, 2020, when Mars goes within 30 degrees of the lunar node. This
would fulfill, in real time, the prophecy in Revelation that there would
be an ability to call down fire from heaven.

After further understanding of Mars, we find that the chance of being
killed, at least from a biblical perspective, by not observing Mars would
be due to the correlation of Mars to violent events and the obvious con¬
sequence of not looking out for such a warning sign. It's similar to
how anyone who would ignore dark clouds in the sky should in¬
crease his chances of getting caught in a rainstorm and thus getting
wet. Because its turning out to be a warning sign, people and nations
would have to inquire about Mars's influence. The Bible obviously
aligns this with being an act of worship and a submission to Mars
360(666). The information given about Mars, however, warrants a study
of it and it's very possible that ignoring this phenomenon—which indi¬
cates Mars is causing violent events— could be something that actu¬
ally does endanger others. This would align with biblical prophecy.

Many would find Mars 360 to be a more humanistic solution than full
blown atheism. Atheism, as it exists today, in contrast to the horrors and
dangers of nihilism, can only be deemed safe in regards to its sustenance
being derived from a contention with believers. As a standalone social
construct, atheism would not be able to affirm itself without being
supplemented with harsh oversight via a governmental body that
would use fear of consequence in order to get people to comply. Mars

537

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

360, while being antagonistic to God, still keeps God in the picture
by allowing biblical prophecy to usher it in. God then becomes the
source of contention needed for the Mars 360 system to sus¬
tain itself. Even though Mars 360 is against God, God's word is still
the foundation of it. This—being incumbent on both Biblical
Scripture and contention with God—mitigates the dangers arising
from all out atheism, specifically in areas where democracy is
valued. This allows atheism to be registered in non-authoritarian
regimes without it being able to unleash its drawbacks when com¬
bined with a lack of governmental control.

The biggest concern for Mars 360 is people fully giving into
Mars's expression, just because. There is still a free-will element
involved even with the negative energy being pointed out as a factor.
After taking the mark, there would be nothing in terms of the God
of Abraham, Issac, and Jacob being an influence on keeping one
from fully giving into Mars's negative energy and subsequently de¬
stroying the social construct. The only thing that would be in place
to circumvent this would be policy itself. Of course, there is al¬
ways the theory of grey matter— should it be reduced to a certain
point via Mars over-expression and gravitational pull— being taken
to the planet itself upon death of the person, with the person's
state of being taking on the very essence of the recipient of this
gravitational pull from Mars while ending up having to deal directly
with the natural elements of Mars for all eternity. This presents
the model that hell would still have to exist under Mars 360.

This dilemma of Mars 360's feasibility shows why it would be impera¬
tive for remnant Catholicism to try and remain active during such a
time, as it would provide the conflict needed to maintain a certain
balance, and also provide the continuous case as to why God should
always be a part of society. We can see that there are some holes in
the Mars 360 system that could only be addressed by a belief in God.

Misotheism needs God to exist in order to oppose Him. Mars 360 recognizes Christian¬
ity in order to hold God accountable.

538

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

Another danger with throwing God under the bus to try and maintain
the social fabric is how it could lead to consequences which
haven't taken place during the time of monotheism. There would be
a lack of knowledge as to what this would entail. The question is:
What catastrophes which didn't occur amongst the catastrophes
that did and how would that translate to those catastrophes that
didn't occur to still not occur when the catastrophes that did are
no longer there? Does this mean that the catastrophes that
didn't occur would now occur as a result of those other catastro¬
phes no longer occurring? It's hard to tell if a higher risk factor
for war equates to a lower risk factor for meteor strikes and vice
versa. Many people have come to the realization that there is a
certain balance to be maintained, which is why it's often very
difficult to accurately judge the state of the world.

With Mars 360, we have the revival of a debate that goes back to
the fall of the Roman Empire. In "City of God" written by St
Augustine, he is faced with attacks on Christianity by the Roman
citizens who blamed the change from paganism to Catholicism
as the catalyst for the destruction of the Empire. Because Rome
flourished during a time when Mars, among many other gods, was
worshiped, they concluded that the discontinuation of such
worship constituted a fall from grace. Now with Mars back in the
picture, it doesn't necessarily have to be looked upon from the
perspective of the unknown new, but can be regarded as the known
old, as in the case of the Roman Empire when society flourished under
the worship of Mars. It can even be said that Christianity adopted
many of the pagan practices of Rome, and thereby gave legitimacy to
many of Rome's pre-Christianity customs. With Mars 360, we now
have an adoption of Christianity via 666 and prophetic timeline,
science via grey matter reduction, psychology via personality traits,
and paganism via the Planet Mars, and also greek mythology via Ares,
who was wounded and healed, and who is also Mars. The concept of

539

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

hell in Mars 360 tvould be scientific and perhaps much more
realistic than the Christian notions of hell, tvhich has lost its ability to
deter believers from sin since Vatican II.

Mars 360 comes at a time when nihilism and terrorism has gone
rampant with no solution in sight. Since Vatican II removed the
Holy spirit from the Church, a new ideal was able to come about
and provide a solution to this problem. This aspect of Mars 360
being formulated at a such time was even foreseen by those who
would be considered enemies of the Church. Albert Pike, a
Freemason, predicted that nihilism would be the catalyst for a
Luciferic doctrine(666), which would provide deistic spirits with a
sense of direction. In William Carr's book, Pavras in the Game, he
quotes a letter from Albert Pike to Italian revolutionary leader
Gussepi Mazzini in 1871:

“We shall unleash the Nihilists and Atheists, and we shall provoke a
fomidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to
the nations the effect of absolute atheism, origin of savagery and of
the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to
defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, vwll
exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the multitude,
disillusioned with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will be from that
moment with-out compass (direction), anxious for an ideal, but
without knowing where to render its adoration, will receive the true
light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of
Lucifer brought finally out in the public view, a manifestation which
will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow
the destruction of Christianity and atheism, both conquered and
exterminated at the same time.”

William Carr mentioned the source for this to be the British Museum
Library, London, Eng. There has been a lot of controversy regarding
this. In William Carr's book, he mentions Pike's plan for three world
wars in order to bring about a new order. In the book, William Carr
doesn't quote Pike in explaining the three world wars, which is cur¬
rently misconstrued to be a direct quote from Pike in William Carr's

540

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

book. What he does is take Pike's ideology as a Freemason and applies
it to what transpired during the major wars of the twentieth century.
He uses words that make it seem as if Pike is actually predicting and
planning wars exactly as it happened, even before Nazism was
actually a term. But Carr is essentially taking what happened in the
twentieth century and crediting Pike in the way that any conspiracy
theorist would attribute such intricacy to unseen forces, but
he never attributes the explanation of three world wars as a
direct quote from Pike. However, this conspiracy outlook
from Carr wouldn't necessarily discount the actual quote from
Pike about the nihilists(terrorists), which Carr sources from the
British Museum Library. When asked about the 1871 letter from
which Pike's quote is attributed, the British Museum Library said
they never had such a document to begin with. However, that is
probably in response to a letter about three world wars, which is
not at all mentioned in what is actually quoted from Pike in
Carr's book. While Pike's quote may or may not be authen¬
tic, the prediction of three world wars, which isn't quoted, should
be held as nothing more than a conspiracy theory from Carr and
not a quote that Carr is attributing to Pike because he does not do
that in his book. In light of that. Pike actual quote in the book should
be regarded with some credence in terms of Pike's impressive degree
of foresight.

The exposition of 666 was a testimony of visual spatial reasoning
along with an attempt to translate that into a form of verbal expres¬
sion. I attribute this to a French Ancestry, in terms of geography(since
France doesn't believe in the concept of race), which would allow me
access to their artistic components genetically even though I myself
am not French, per se. This would make France a holy geography, and
a blessing—from an artistic and problem solving standpoint— to any
human(no matter genetics) residing there or any human who has ties
to it. 666, as a result, becomes the ultimate in creativity and
problem solving, and France, the center of this quality.

Mars 360 presents itself as nearly the only option to many of today's
problems, at least in terms of avoiding what today's current

541

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

problems would likely lead to. In a world desperate to avoid the
natural cataclysmic outcome which many feel these current problems
would lead to, Mars 360 steps in with solutions and feasible steps
that can be taken to avoid what seems to be on the horizon. Israel
would certainly have to take a look at the Mars phenomenon
especially as it relates to their security. France, most of all, being the
clue itself, would have to reference Mars 360 as way to address its
multiculturalism uncertainties. The global economy, as it relates to
interest rates, would have to inquire Mars 360's correlation to
volatility and the major market swings which oftentimes creates deep
recessions for the market.

The image of the beast will be that of Mars, and the narrative for
the beast will the one for Ares. Since they are both the same(Mars
is the Roman version of the Greek god of war. Ares), one can
attribute the story of Ares to that of Mars. Historically, the
m3d:hology of both Mars and Ares is indistinguishable. In the story of
Ares, Ares is a god of War who is hated by his father Zeus. In his
youth. Ares was abducted by two giants who wanted to destroy the
gods. They placed him in a bronze jar for 13 months, to which he
was later freed by the god Hermes. During the Trojan War, Ares
was wounded by Diomedes and Athena, but was later healed by
Paieon at the request of Zeus. This gives us insight into how the
book of Revelation understands the beast who was wounded and
yet lived. It also gives us insight into how Mars provides deistic
spirits with a viable Christ alternative. Jesus was wounded and
healed when we died and resurrected, likewise Ares is wounded
and healed. Elijah called down fire from heaven, likewise the False
prophet can use Mars's position in the sky to calculate when
events in the real world could take place, events which could
translate to fire coming from heaven.

The way Mars 360 has been explained in terms of being an energy
that should be heeded for the sake of understanding human
behavior and world events seems to slightly diverge from how the
Bible words such observation as actual worship. This wording has led

542

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

people to believe that the image would force people to worship or
be killed. We can see that is not the case at all with the image of
Mars in terms of keeping an eye on the position of the planet. As
stated earlier, Mars 360 can be likened to looking for dark clouds
to see if it rains. Such wouldn't postulate that one is worshiping
the dark clouds, nor would it postulate that the dark clouds are
forcing people to either worship or get wet. This dynamic of cause
and effect only relates to how ignoring the dark clouds could cause
someone to get wet from rain since dark clouds are often an indi¬
cator of incoming rain. This in itself cannot be correlated with
something like an edict of force. Yet, Revelation ascribes such ob¬
servation as being a form of worship coming from a worship or die
edict. It's almost as if this part of Scripture implies that the
Almighty would not want anyone to have such awareness, even if
such awareness could be a key to keeping humans safe from harm.
While it's understandable that a person could separate himself
from God by trying to get society to accept this negative energy
arising from himself as simply energy and not sin, calling the mere
observation of the planet in order that people could remain safe
from potential harm as worship seems to indicate that there is a
slanderous resistance on the part of Revelation. It's similar to
wording Peter's break from Jewish Tradition (so all people can
learn about Jesus) as an abomination. And Scripture itself does
have a reputation for wanting to keep people blind to certain
knowledge. This goes back to the garden of Eden. When it's men¬
tioned in Revelation 13 that the image is able to speak, it means
that Mars's position in the sky can relay a warning, and
this warning is symbolic of Mars actually speaking, and,
in this speaking, actually causing people to heed the warning that
something is about to happen(usually bad). There is also the con¬
secration factor. As the Jewish people consecrate the moon,
the followers of this school of thought would consecrate Mars,

543

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

which is a school of thought intended for the entire universe
and not just from a religious standpoint, but as described in
detail, also from an economic, social, and security standpoint.

When something speaks to us, it doesn't always indicate an actual
talking, which many scholars have come to interpret Revelation 13's
mention of the image of the beast as being able to speak. The
speaking mentioned in Revelation 13 is more along the lines of how
something can have great meaning, or how something can resonate
with someone. Ever hear someone say a painting spoke to them? It
happens all the time. Mars being a perfect fit for 666, in itself, is a
fulfillment of the image being able to speak when it's understood
as something that resonates with bible prophecy. Not only that,
the way it affects humanity makes the planet an actual living thing
and not just an inanimate object. It can be likened to the way an
artist breathes life into his painting.

Some biblical scholars maintain that the tribulation follows the
revelation of the lawless one. While there is a final trial as written in
the Catechism, it's not the same as the great tribulation. Using the
same system as what was used for Daniel's 70 week prophecy, which
translates to weeks of years, 490 years to be exact, we have to apply
the tribulation period using that same method. That would mark the
tribulation period to have begun at the time after the abomination
of desolation, when the desolation would have been fully complete
with the erection of the Dome of the Rock around 688 AD. If we
count the 42 months of authority given to the first beast in
Revelation 13 using the metric for Daniel's 70 weeks, 42 months
becomes translated to 1260 years. This would mark the end of the
tribulation period around 1948 when Israel became a nation. This
also marks WWII as the last war of the tribulation period. From
there we notice a gradual decline of wars in general. The falling
away spoken of by Paul is not to do with the wars and de¬
struction that describes the tribulation, but the loss of faith and

544

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

the Church's downfall as the moral standard in society, along with
society's reaction to that from a cultural morality standpoint.
Vatican II, therefore, serves as the catalyst for the revelation of the
lawless one. Mars 360 as 666 now comes in to explain how this
lawless spirit gave rise and perpetuity to the tribulation. It
presents itself, through identifying Mars as the culprit, as a
humanist solution to stopping those problems from continuing.
This comes as a result of the Church's enabling of humanistic
viewpoints to the detriment of its longstanding creeds. Therefore
Mars 360 as an architecture to solve man's problems is a
representation of the second beast explaining the first beast. A
good perspective is seeing Mars's opposition influence as the first
beast in being directly responsible for the tribulation that
happened as a result of the abomination that causes desolation,
and the False Prophet as the second beast who is explaining this
Mars phenomenon as being the cause, while presenting a solution
to this problem by observing Mars, with this ability to do so being
directly caused by Vatican II. The second beast should be regarded
as the humanistic problem solving element. This leads to a final
trial in which believers will have to decide if sin should be passed
off as energy and given some allowance in order to make everyone
happy for the sake of human health and safety, or should sin and
this energy continuously be resisted by society and the individual
no matter how it may affect the state of human civilization.

While it's easy to refer to the Mars 360 system as Satanism, it
tries not to fall in line with the contemporary school of thought
which regards Satanism as the worship of Lucifer. Satan in
Hebrew is defined as "adversary." We see in the study of Mars 360
that Mars is the influence behind this adversarial quality we find
in human nature, and the Mars 360 system identifies this quality
in every single person on Earth, and to varying degrees. Obviously,
detractors will regard such a study and inquiry into this
adversarial quality in human beings as an actual worship of Satan.

545

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

This is where intelligence and understanding will come into
relevance. Obviously, continuing to simply ignore this quality in
humanity will just bring about a repeat of all the wars and
tribulations of the past. If the era of peace involves bounding
and chaining Satan up for 1000 years, then one has to ask how
would that be done by ignoring the force of his nature and the
way such a quality affects everyone on the Earth. Of course, the
Church has had a restraining influence on Satan through the
Holy Spirit, but this obviously didn't curb all the conflict and
war that occurred throughout history. Much of this has to be
blamed on the lack of understanding. Therefore, this process of
Mars 360 has to be regarded as necessary to at least find out if
giving some freedom with regard to some expression will curb
some of the reactionary movements that bring about so much
chaos. If it doesn't work, at least there would be a body of
knowledge for the Church to re-integrate itself into the
world as something that would motivate people to resist
this force, should this be the perspective during the reign
of peace. Because at the moment, virtually all humans feel
as if they should be given a right to express this
adversarial quality without realizing where it's originating
from. Mars 360 will maintain that human inability to recognize
this force within themselves as Satanic is why there is so much
destruction in the world. Even myself writing such a
viewpoint is influenced by that adversarial force.

Mars 360 wants recognize everything and put ever5dhing in
its rightful place, or not in its rightful place if that in itself is a
rightful place for some people. Since peace is different for
everyone. Mars 360 has to relegate itself to the aspect of under¬
standing. It's important to remember that during the time of the
666 system, which is a fulfillment of Bible prophecy, everyone
who believed before the fact that this was going to happen is
going to experience an elevation in being right. Its also important

546

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

to remember that the Mars 360 system is in a sense a binding of
Satan. It's trying to monitor and control his spirit's influence on
humanity so that no one is deceived into thinking their actions are
not coming from this adversary force. Everyone now and all the
saints, martyrs and mystics who believed in Christ and the Bible
before fulfillment, their names are in the book of life. After that
when this phase is over and Mars's influence becomes the focus—
that's it. There could be no more to believe from that point. The
truth that comes into existence elevates all who believed before the
fact. If one didn't believe before the fact, one doesn't get rewarded
for the toil of believing. It's similar to how a person who is trying
to invent something goes through the stage of being called crazy
and then when his effort bears fruit, he gets the title of genius,
while those who didn't believe beforehand don't get the privilege of
sharing in that status. Fulfillment of biblical prophecy would bring
in a new generation whose names would naturally not be in the
book related to having to go through the trial of having to believe
without seeing. Of course, this element of rightness in Christ which
describes the millennial kingdom is prophesied to last only 1000
years before Satan is released for a short time. This would be the
new perspective that keeps this prophecy timeline alive during the
1000 years. During the millennial kingdom, those alive who came
after the transition phase and whose names are not in the book of
life but are living through a peaceful 666 system will only be able
to wait for the 1000 years to end in order to come to a
knowledge of Christ. Only those who are descendants of those
transition Catholics would have the responsibility of keeping this
timeline alive by avoiding the 666 system and prophesying about
the end of this Mars 360 system after 1000 years when it
starts to experience Misotheistic side effects. Because the world
would be a living testimony to Bible prophecy, those very

547

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

descendants will have a certain glorification over others who are
alive during that time, even as those same Catholics are contently
denying themselves the mark of the beast's privileges. During
the 1000 years, Satan is basically confined to this system, while
everyone is aware of him so that there is no deception. Catholic
descendants, while outside the system, will be part of a heavenly
heritage that foresaw the genesis of this new generation. This
will be a world awareness even by the 666 system. The
misotheistic side effect of global harmony will display itself dur¬
ing the time leading up to Gog and Magog after the 1000 years
and points to a time when adherents of 666 will want to fight
God in open war. It's possible that some of the issues still aris¬
ing during the millennial kingdom will pose such an annoyance
that many will want to consider God as the culprit. There will
likely be a movement that tries to openly implicate God during
the final phase of the 1000 years and defeat him in an overt way
after the 1000 years are up. The gathering of people to go to
Jerusalem will be garnered with an intent to go commit mass
sacrilege and open blasphemy against God. This will be re¬
sisted by the believers during this time. Catholics will likely
have their own encampment during this 1000 year reign, which
would have been developed by being allowed to refuse the mark
without threat of physical harm. This is why the final trial sp¬
oken of in the Catechism should not be looked at as the tribu¬
lation which took place during the 1260 years leading to
World War II and ending when Israel became a nation, but
as a free choice establishment that allows Catholics/Christians
to peacefully make their choice.

During the 1000 year reign, there will also be those descendants
of Catholics who will opt to join the 666 system for the economic
perks. On the next page, it will be shown in detail the next steps
for the future.

548

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

After the revelation of the lawless one, comes two more events
that usher in the beginning of the millennial kingdom. First is the
escalation of Gaza rocket fire when Mars is within 30 degrees of
the lunar node and second is a statue of Ares/Mars being erected
in Jerusalem. When that happens, the remainder of the
Catholic Church should began the process of anathematizing ev¬
erything: the false prophet, the planet Mars, and the Mars 360
system. This will constitute Armageddon and Jesus's second
coming as being a proclamation of words and condemnation
centered on the events in Israel that are related to Mars.
From there, all Christians are elevated to the degree in
which they believed as it would be confirmed the Bible was
right about 666. 3 days of darkness would follow for unbeliev¬
ers all over the world. Catholics will light blessed wax candles.
Jews of the blood moon observance will annoint the eclipses.
This condemnation of Mars will also symbolize the beast
and the false prophet being tossed in the lake of fire, which will
equate to being eternally separate from Christ's reign. There¬
fore Christian Bible prophecy becomes fulfilled and the Millennial
kingdom starts. France experiences resurgence of Catholicism as
many try to position themselves and their children in the grace of
God's timeline. Catholics then began the process of avoiding the
mark of the beast, which has been officially condemned as eter¬
nally evil. The sacraments are instituted and the Latin Mass rein-
stated.(This symbolizes Jesus's second coming). Mars 360, while
still alive, but irrevocably condemned, begins human study, and
the Mars phenomenon spreads. Humans learn more about each
other. Violence starts to decrease. People are becoming happier.
The Christian movement is making the sacrifices that come along
with avoiding the Mars 360 system. The final trial mentioned in
the Catechism comes to an end as the Christian encampment has
gathered enough to survive without the Mars 360 system. Chris¬
tians are using eclipses to sustain themselves. The rem¬
nant Catholics are prophesying about Gog and Magog to take place
after the 1000 years. This keeps God's time-line of prophecy

549

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

alive. The rest of the world is enjoying the benefits of 666. There's
peace for both those following 666 and those following
Catholicism. Both 666 and Christianity, while enemies,
are mutually aware that their manifestation as opposing
forces is Biblical. Even in this opposition, there is wide¬
spread peace throughout the world. This Christian prophe¬
sied phenomenon brings the world under Bible prophecy ju¬
risdiction. Later in the 1000 year reign, Misotheism starts to
become a problem. After the 1000 years, members of the 666
system plan an assault on God by performing some sacri¬
lege and blasphemous vandalism against holy places in
Christian encampments in Israel. This likely stems from
Anti-God Tribulation propaganda passed around during the
1000 year reign that painted God in a bad light and
made him seem undeserving of worship. Christians resist,
and the idea of Sin and Jesus's redemption prevails as Satan is
tossed in the lake of Fire.

We can see how this outlook starts the mark of the beast system and
the millennial reign at the same time. While the mark of the beast
system is in the lake of fire(condemned as evil), it still correlates with
Satan being bound within a system, so therefore the mark of the
beast system is kept alive for that reason. The
reason Satan(adversary force) is simply bound during this time is
so that Catholics can see their sin and decide which way to go
in terms of their own free will. It has to do with the atonement.
This period will fulfill the rest of Daniel 9:24: "end of
sin, to make atonement for iniquity, to bring in everlasting
righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy and to anoint the
most holy place" We are also able to remove the symbolic
aspect of Satan being bound in the bottomless pit for 1000 years.
Since outer space is a bottomless pit, and Mars 360 looks at
Satan as just a planet influencing humanity, Satan thus
becomes confined to that Mars/outer space/bottomless
pit perspective. After the 1000 years, when the vision and
prophecy is sealed, and as the holy place is about to be anointed,
Satan, through Misotheism, tries to commit sacrilege in a last

550

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

ditch effort to spite God.

It's important to understand that looking at the millennial kingdom in
tandem with mark of the beast has to do with the fact that Satan
believes fully in the Bible. He cannot attack a God that doesn't exist.

This exposition of Mars 360 in terms of its genesis, its architecture, and
its role in ushering in the new age allows us to remove the
contemporary idea that the Catholic Church is the beast, or the
Antichrist, or 666. The Catholic Church, in terms of eschatology can
only be identified as the restrainer of the revelation of the lawless one.
Since Vatican II, when that restraining force was taken out of the way,
the result was open and free expression of ideas without Church
oversight, along with scandal and massive cultural immorality
which eventually manifested Mars 360. As a result, the Catholic
Church becomes the cause of the revelation and not the
revelation itself. Even though the Church, just as all humans are, is
influenced by Mars, the Church cannot be said to be Mars alone. This
restraining is not to be confused with the binding of Satan dur¬
ing the 1000 years. The restrainer is simply what kept Satan secret,
but also what identified his unseen force in the world as sin. Logically,
it can only be assumed that the removal of such a restrainer would re¬
sult in Satan's unveiling and also the change of his identification from
sin to simply energy, which is what Mars 360 does. Therefore, it
can be gathered that the Catholic Church gets a renewal and has a place
in the Millenial kingdom as Jesus's presence on Earth becomes symbol¬
ized by the reinstatement of the Latin Mass under the influence of the
new Pope and the great French monarch. Vatican I's decree is thus af
firmed and Fatima fulfills its mission to preserve the Church dogma.

The binding of Satan during the 1000 years differs from the
restraining in that the restraining had to do with its unseen force,

and the binding, its recognized force. with its recognized force

being identified by Catholics as sin during that time.

551

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

The Gog and Magog battle at the end of the 1000 years is the perpetual
implication that stems from not consecrating Russia in time. This will
still be outlined in Catholic circles during the reign of peace. This spirit
of anarchy/misotheism arising from the social fabric's success through
Mars 360 makes a final attempt to rid the world of the external God for
good. Gog and Magog will be akin to the Tower of Babel which had
these same anarchist/God-hating elements. One of the Holy
Cities for the encampment of the saints during the 1000 years is
France. France is ground zero for both the Mars phenomenon
and the restoration of Catholicism under the protection of the great
Monarch. Therefore Gog and Magog becomes a prophecy that in¬
cludes France and the camp of remnant Catholics.

Mars 360 bears the question of what happens with Islam. When a
statue of Mars/Ares/Horus is observed in Jerusalem, the
Muslims will immediately recognize Mars as Dajjal/red-skinned.
Because it's been shown through statistics that the escalation of
rocket fire from Palestine into Israel is correlating with the po¬
sition of Mars, many will pause because it's following a pattern
according to what would fit prophecies regarding Dajjal/An-
tichrist system. Islamic and Jewish scholarship will have to study the
phenomenon. During the 1000 years of peace, most Muslims will
become content with the mark of the beast system for its
economic benefits. During that time, the remnant Muslims would
have encampments in Mecca and Medina as the Mars 360
system may not be able to reach those areas. Muslims
are already aware of the Mars 360 system's peaceful approach,
with any resistance to it having consequences that are economic in
nature. In Muslim teachings, the Dajjal will have both fire and water
with him. This would relate to the two perspectives that sur¬
round Mars. There is one that helps and heals humanity, which
would appear as water, and there is the other that brings eternal
damnation, which would appear as fire. Whichever one a person
jumps into, the opposite effect is garnered. Jumping into the fire
would bring the perspective that Mars36o is a bad thing, which would
therefore result in salvation(water), while jumping into the

552

Chapter 28: A Practical Perspective of Armageddon

water and looking at Mars 360 as a good thing will actually
bring

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Ares Le Mandat 4th Edition With Appendix"

See other formats